esia karot power

巴基斯坦卡洛特电力有限公司

KAROT POWER COMPANY (PVT.) LIMITED

720 MW KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

UPDATED ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (ESIA)

JANUARY 2015

PAKISTAN ENGINEERING SERVICES (PVT.) LTD. 7-B, Street No. 12, Phase-V, DHA, Lahore Tel: 92-42-37182500-5

Fax: 92-42-37182508, Email: [email protected], Web: www.pespk.com

http://www.pespk.com/

KAROT POWER COMPANY (PVT.) LIMITED

720 MW KAROT HYDRPOWER PROJECT

UPDATED

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (ESIA)

January, 2015

Authors

The team for preparing the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment of the Karot

Hydropower Project consists of the following members:

Name Position in Team

Dr. Mohammad Nawaz Tariq Chief Environmental Engineer

M. Naeem Akhtar Principal Envornmnetalist

Muhammad Saleem Principal Sociologist

Muhammad Asif Principal Design Engineer

Muhammad Tariq Vegetation Expert

Attia Dastgir Fishery Expert

Mr. Rafaqat Masroor Amphibian & Reptiles Specialist

Mr. Muhammad Kabir Birds Specialist

Mr. Shoaib Hameed Mammals Specialist

Updated Environmental & 720 MW Karot Hydropower Project Social Impact Assessment

TOC-I January 2015

UPDATED

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... ES-1

1.1 Project Review ................................................................................................................... ES-1

1.2 Present Updated EIA Study .............................................................................................. ES-1

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ ES-2

2.1 Project Access ................................................................................................................... ES-2

2.2 Project Components .......................................................................................................... ES-2

2.3 Dam Safety ........................................................................................................................ ES-2

2.4 Prone Areas of Reservoir .................................................................................................. ES-3

2.5 Flood Study ....................................................................................................................... ES-3

2.6 Project Operation ............................................................................................................... ES-3

2.7 Energy Generation ............................................................................................................ ES-4

2.8 Sediment Management ..................................................................................................... ES-4

2.9 Environmental Flows ......................................................................................................... ES-4

2.10 Construction Facilities at Dam Site ................................................................................... ES-4

2.11 Construction Schedule ...................................................................................................... ES-4

2.12 Material Source Planning .................................................................................................. ES-4

2.13 Switchyard and Transmission Line .................................................................................... ES-5

2.14 Project Layout Alternatives ................................................................................................ ES-5

3. LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ................................................................ ES-5

3.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Legislation IEE/EIA .................................................. ES-5

3.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA - 1997) ............................................ ES-5

3.3 The AJK, Environmental Protection Act, 2000 .................................................................. ES-6

3.4 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak. EPA) ................................................... ES-6

3.5 Environmental Tribunals .................................................................................................... ES-6

3.6 Catagorisation of the Project ............................................................................................. ES-6

3.7 National Resettlement Policy and Ordinance .................................................................... ES-6

3.8 Land Acquisition Act 1894 ................................................................................................. ES-6


TOC-II January 2015

3.9 Legislation on Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ................................................... ES-7

3.10 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) .......................................................... ES-7

3.11 Other Relevant Regulations for Karot Hydropower Project............................................... ES-7

3.11.1 Land Acquisition Procedures ............................................................................................. ES-7

3.11.2 The Forest Act, 1927 and the Forest (Amendment) Act 2010 .......................................... ES-7

3.11.3 Wildlife Act of 1975 ............................................................................................................ ES-7

3.11.4 Antiquities Act of 1975 ....................................................................................................... ES-7

3.11.5 Local Government Ordinance of 2001 .............................................................................. ES-7

3.11.6 Regulations for Mines and Oil Fields/ Mineral Development Act of 1948 ......................... ES-8

3.11.7 Motor Vehicles Ordinance of 1965 .................................................................................... ES-8

3.11.8 Factories Act of 1934 ......................................................................................................... ES-8

3.11.9 Highways Safety Ordinance of 2000 ................................................................................. ES-8

3.11.10 Pakistan Penal Code of 1860 ............................................................................................ ES-8

3.11.11 Explosives Act of 1884 ...................................................................................................... ES-8

3.11.12 Environmental Tribunal Rules of 1999 .............................................................................. ES-9

3.11.13 Forest Regulation Rules 2 of 1930 .................................................................................... ES-9

3.12 Interaction with other Agencies ......................................................................................... ES-9

3.12.1 Punjab and AJK- EPAs...................................................................................................... ES-9

3.12.2 Revenue Departments of Punjab and AJK........................................................................ ES-9

3.12.3 Punjab and AJK Forestry and Wildlife Departments ......................................................... ES-9

3.12.4 Local Government and Municipalities ............................................................................... ES-9

3.13 Requirements of External Support Agencies .................................................................. ES-10

3.13.1 IFC‟s Requirements ......................................................................................................... ES-10

3.14 The Karot Hydropower Project ........................................................................................ ES-10

4. BASELINE CONDITIONS ............................................................................................... ES-10

4.1 Baseline Burvey Bethodology ......................................................................................... ES-10

4.2 Physical Environment ...................................................................................................... ES-10

4.2.1 Topography ..................................................................................................................... ES-10

4.2.2 Geology ........................................................................................................................... ES-11

4.2.3 Seismology ...................................................................................................................... ES-11

4.2.4 Soils ................................................................................................................................. ES-11


TOC-III January 2015

4.2.5 Climate............................................................................................................................. ES-11

4.2.6 Rainfall ............................................................................................................................. ES-11

4.2.7 Temperature .................................................................................................................... ES-11

4.2.8 Hydrology ........................................................................................................................ ES-12

4.2.9 River Water Quality ......................................................................................................... ES-12

4.2.10 Ambient Air Quality .......................................................................................................... ES-12

4.2.11 Noise Levels .................................................................................................................... ES-12

4.3 Biological Environment .................................................................................................... ES-12

4.3.1 Vegetation Study: ............................................................................................................ ES-12

4.3.2 Natural Fauna .................................................................................................................. ES-13

4.3.3 Fish Biodiversity .............................................................................................................. ES-13

4.3.4 Protected Area ................................................................................................................. ES-13

4.4 Socio - Economic Environment ....................................................................................... ES-14

4.4.1 Census Survey of Affected Households .......................................................................... ES-14

4.4.2 Administrative and Social Set-up .................................................................................... ES-14

4.4.3 Demography and Population ........................................................................................... ES-14

4.4.4 Project Area Population ................................................................................................... ES-14

4.4.5 Religion ............................................................................................................................ ES-14

4.4.6 Culture and Local Traditions ........................................................................................... ES-14

4.4.7 Tribes in Project Area ...................................................................................................... ES-15

4.4.8 Mechanism for Resolving Disputes ................................................................................. ES-15

4.4.9 Language ......................................................................................................................... ES-15

4.4.10 Educational Facilities ....................................................................................................... ES-15

4.4.11 Literacy ............................................................................................................................ ES-15

4.4.12 Health Services ............................................................................................................... ES-15

4.4.13 Occupation / Livelihood ................................................................................................... ES-15

4.4.14 Income ............................................................................................................................. ES-15

4.4.15 Credit Availability ............................................................................................................. ES-15

4.4.16 Agriculture ....................................................................................................................... ES-16

4.4.17 Tenancy Status ................................................................................................................ ES-16

4.4.18 Land Holding Size ........................................................................................................... ES-16


TOC-IV January 2015

4.4.19 Livestock .......................................................................................................................... ES-16

4.4.20 Grazing ............................................................................................................................ ES-16

4.4.21 Banking ............................................................................................................................ ES-16

4.4.22 Housing ........................................................................................................................... ES-16

4.4.23 Drinking Water Supply ..................................................................................................... ES-16

4.4.24 Sanitation ......................................................................................................................... ES-16

4.4.25 Electricity ......................................................................................................................... ES-17

4.4.26 Road Network .................................................................................................................. ES-17

4.4.27 Industry ............................................................................................................................ ES-17

4.4.28 Minerals ........................................................................................................................... ES-17

4.4.29 Cultural Heritage .............................................................................................................. ES-17

4.4.30 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) ..................................................................... ES-17

4.4.31 Gender Status in the Project Area ................................................................................... ES-17

4.5 Socio-Economic Profile of Affected Households ............................................................. ES-17

5. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION .................. ES-18

6. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION ......................................................... ES-18

6.1 Design Related Impacts and Mitigation ........................................................................... ES-19

6.1.1 Permanent Land Acquisition ........................................................................................... ES-19

6.1.2 Loss of Houses ................................................................................................................ ES-19

6.1.3 Loss of Commercial Structures and income.................................................................... ES-19

6.1.4 Daily Wage Earners ......................................................................................................... ES-20

6.1.5 Relocation of Public Infrastructures ................................................................................. ES-20

6.1.6 Relocation of Community Structures ............................................................................... ES-20

6.1.7 Relocation of Roads and Bridges .................................................................................... ES-21

6.1.8 Vulnerability Status of Affected Households ................................................................... ES-21

6.1.9 Health and Safety Aspects of Workers ............................................................................ ES-21

6.2 Construction Related Impacts and Mitigation .................................................................. ES-21

6.2.1 Dust Impacts .................................................................................................................... ES-21

6.2.2 Excavated Material .......................................................................................................... ES-21

6.2.3 Traffic Aspects and Access ............................................................................................. ES-22

6.2.4 Air Quality ........................................................................................................................ ES-22


TOC-V January 2015

6.2.5 Noise................................................................................................................................ ES-22

6.2.6 River Water Quality ......................................................................................................... ES-22

6.2.7 Fishery ............................................................................................................................. ES-23

6.2.8 Landscaping .................................................................................................................... ES-23

6.2.9 Post Construction Site Restoration and Rehabilitation ................................................... ES-23

6.2.10 Soil Erosion ..................................................................................................................... ES-23

6.2.11 Affected Trees/Forest ...................................................................................................... ES-23

6.2.12 Fauna............................................................................................................................... ES-24

6.2.13 Community Health, Safety and Security .......................................................................... ES-24

6.2.14 Traffic Disruption and Community Safety ........................................................................ ES-24

6.2.15 Workers‟ Camp Solid and Liquid Wastes ........................................................................ ES-24

6.2.16 Fuel and Hazardous Material Storage Sites.................................................................... ES-25

6.2.17 Socio-Economic Aspects ................................................................................................. ES-25

6.2.18 Chance Find .................................................................................................................... ES-25

6.2.19 Post Construction Site Restoration and Rehabilitation ................................................... ES-25

6.3 Operation Related Impacts and mitigation ...................................................................... ES-25

6.3.1 Microclimate and Emissions of Green House Gases ...................................................... ES-25

6.3.2 Fishery ............................................................................................................................. ES-26

6.3.3 Impact of River Water Sediment and Sediment Flushing ............................................... ES-26

6.3.4 Collection of Sand ........................................................................................................... ES-27

6.3.5 Socio-Economic Aspects ................................................................................................. ES-27

6.4 Deccomissioning of the Project ....................................................................................... ES-27

6.5 Cumulative River Basin Impacts ..................................................................................... ES-27

6.5.1 Cumulative Impact on River Flows .................................................................................. ES-27

6.5.2 Cumulative Impact on Aquatic Ecology ........................................................................... ES-27

6.5.3 Climate Change & its Relevance ..................................................................................... ES-28

6.5.4 Adaptation in the wake of Climate Change Impacts ....................................................... ES-28

6.5.5 Climate Change in Himalayas ......................................................................................... ES-28

6.5.6 Climate Change Effects on Jehlum River ........................................................................ ES-28

6.6 Positive Impacts .............................................................................................................. ES-28

6.7 Socio-Environmental Uplift Programme .......................................................................... ES-28


TOC-VI January 2015

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN.................................................................................................... ES-29

7.1 Institutional Arrangements ............................................................................................... ES-29

7.2 Environmental and Social Management Plan ................................................................. ES-29

7.3 Site Specific Environmental Management Plans (SSEMPs) ........................................... ES-29

7.4 Monitoring and Evaluation ............................................................................................... ES-29

8. ENVIRONMRNTAL AND RESETTLEMENT COSTS .................................................... ES-29

CHAPTER –1 ........................................................................................................................................ 30

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 30

1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................. 30

1.2 Objectives .............................................................................................................................. 30

1.3 Scope of Consultant Service ................................................................................................. 30

1.4 Present Updated EIA Study .................................................................................................. 30

CHAPTER - 2 ........................................................................................................................................ 32

PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................... 32

2.1 Project Background ............................................................................................................... 32

2.2 Project Location ..................................................................................................................... 32

2.3 Project Access ....................................................................................................................... 35

2.3.1 Project Approach Road ........................................................................................................ 35

2.3.2 Project Approach by other Modes of Transport .................................................................... 35

2.3.3 Equipment Transport ............................................................................................................. 35

2.3.4 Selection of Mode of Transport ............................................................................................. 36

2.3.5 General Problems Relating to Very Heavy Loads Transportation ........................................ 36

2.3.6 Mode of Transportation by Rail up to Rawat ......................................................................... 36

2.3.7 Recommendations ................................................................................................................. 37

2.4 Project Components .............................................................................................................. 37

2.4.1 Dam, Reservoir and Power Intake ........................................................................................ 41

2.4.2 Headrace Tunnels ................................................................................................................. 41

2.4.3 Penstocks and Powerhouse .................................................................................................. 42

2.4.4 Processing Standard of Inundation ....................................................................................... 42

2.5 Dam Safety ............................................................................................................................ 51

2.6 Prone areas of reservoir ........................................................................................................ 52


TOC-VII January 2015

2.7 Flood Study ........................................................................................................................... 58

2.8 project Operation ................................................................................................................... 60

2.8.1 Energy Generation ................................................................................................................ 60

2.9 Sediment Management ......................................................................................................... 61

2.10 Environmental flows .............................................................................................................. 62

2.10.1 Hydraulic Design for Ecological Feed Pipe ........................................................................... 62

2.11 Construction Facilities at the Dam Site ................................................................................. 62

2.12 Construction Schedule .......................................................................................................... 64

2.13 Material source planning ....................................................................................................... 65

2.14 Switchyard and Transmission Line ........................................................................................ 65

2.14.1 Method of Connection to Electric Power System .................................................................. 66

2.15 Alternative options for Karot hPP .......................................................................................... 67

2.15.1 Project Alternatives ................................................................................................................ 67

2.15.2 Carbon Credits ...................................................................................................................... 68

2.15.3 Non-Renewable Option ......................................................................................................... 68

2.15.4 „‟No Project‟‟ Option ............................................................................................................... 69

CHAPTER - 3 ........................................................................................................................................ 70

LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ................................................................................... 70

3.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 70

3.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Legislation ..................................................................... 70

3.2.1 Initial Environmental Examination (IEE)/ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ............. 70

3.3 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (Pak-EPA Act 1997) ....................................... 70

3.4 The AJK, Environmental Protection Act, 2000 ...................................................................... 71

3.5 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak. EPA) ....................................................... 71

3.6 Environmental Tribunals ........................................................................................................ 72

3.7 Catagorisation of the Project ................................................................................................. 72

3.8 National Resettlement Policy and Ordinance ........................................................................ 72

3.9 Land Acquisition Act 1894 ..................................................................................................... 73

3.10 Legislation on Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ....................................................... 73

3.11 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) .............................................................. 73

3.12 Other Relevant Regulations for Karot Hydropower Project................................................... 74


TOC-VIII January 2015

3.12.1 Land Acquisition Procedures ................................................................................................. 74

3.12.2 The Forest Act, 1927 and the Forest (Amendment) Act 2010 .............................................. 74

3.12.3 Wildlife Act of 1975 ................................................................................................................ 74

3.12.4 Punjab wildlife Protection, Preservation, Conservation & Management Act, 1974 ............... 74

3.12.5 AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management) Ordinance, 2013 . 74

3.12.6 The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab Fisheries Ordinance, 1961 .......................................... 75

3.12.7 Antiquities Act of 1975 ........................................................................................................... 75

3.12.8 Local Government Ordinance of 2001 .................................................................................. 75

3.12.9 Regulations for Mines and Oil Fields/ Mineral Development Act of 1948 ............................. 75

3.12.10 Motor Vehicles Ordinance of 1965 ........................................................................................ 75

3.12.11 Factories Act of 1934 ............................................................................................................. 75

3.12.12 Highways Safety Ordinance of 2000 ..................................................................................... 76

3.12.13 Pakistan Penal Code of 1860 ................................................................................................ 76

3.12.14 Explosives Act of 1884 .......................................................................................................... 76

3.12.15 Environmental Tribunal Rules of 1999 .................................................................................. 76

3.12.16 Forest Regulation Rules 2 of 1930 ........................................................................................ 76

3.12.17 Punjab Forest Act, 1927 ........................................................................................................ 76

3.12.18 Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations, 1930 .................................................................... 76

3.13 Interaction with other Agencies ............................................................................................. 77

3.13.1 Punjab and AJK- EPAs.......................................................................................................... 77

3.13.2 Revenue Departments of Punjab and AJK............................................................................ 77

3.13.3 Punjab and AJK Forestry and Wildlife Departments ............................................................. 77

3.13.4 Local Government and Municipalities ................................................................................... 78

3.14 Requirements of External Support Agencies ........................................................................ 78

3.14.1 IFC‟s Requirements ............................................................................................................... 78

3.14.2 IFC's Performance Standards on Social and Environmental ................................................ 79

3.14.3 IFC‟s Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines .................................... 80

3.14.4 IFC's Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and

Distribution ............................................................................................................................. 81

3.14.5 World Commission on Dams (WCD) ..................................................................................... 81

3.14.6 Equator Principles ................................................................................................................. 81

3.15 The Karot Hydropower Project .............................................................................................. 81


TOC-IX January 2015

CHAPTER –4 ........................................................................................................................................ 82

BASELINE CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................... 82

4.1 Overview of Baseline ............................................................................................................. 82

4.2 Baseline Survey Methodology ............................................................................................... 82

4.2.1 Delineation of the Study Area ................................................................................................ 82

4.2.2 Data Collection ...................................................................................................................... 83

4.3 Physical Environment ............................................................................................................ 84

4.3.1 Topography ........................................................................................................................... 84

4.3.2 Geology of Project Area ........................................................................................................ 85

4.3.3 Seismology ............................................................................................................................ 85

4.3.4 Soils ....................................................................................................................................... 85

4.3.5 Climate................................................................................................................................... 85

4.3.6 Rainfall ................................................................................................................................... 85

4.3.7 Temperature .......................................................................................................................... 87

4.3.8 Hydrology .............................................................................................................................. 88

4.3.9 Hydrological Stations ............................................................................................................. 88

4.3.10 River Water Quality ............................................................................................................... 89

4.3.11 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................ 90

4.3.12 Noise Levels .......................................................................................................................... 91

4.4 Biological Environment .......................................................................................................... 92

4.4.1 Vegetation Study ................................................................................................................... 92

4.4.1.1 Survey Methodology Adopted ............................................................................................... 92

4.4.1.2 Plant Species in the Project Area .......................................................................................... 92

4.4.1.3 Fruit Trees ............................................................................................................................. 95

4.4.1.4 Forests in the Project Area .................................................................................................... 95

4.4.1.5 Cover Percentage, Species Composition and Forage Production ........................................ 96

4.4.1.6 Conservation Status of Flora of Karot HPP ........................................................................... 97

4.4.2 Fauna Study .......................................................................................................................... 97

4.4.2.1 Approach and Methodology .................................................................................................. 98

4.4.2.2 Existing Fauna of the Project Area ........................................................................................ 99

4.4.2.3 Conservation Status of Species .......................................................................................... 102


TOC-X January 2015

4.4.3 Fish in the Project Area ....................................................................................................... 103

4.4.4 Protected Areas ................................................................................................................... 104

4.5 Socio – Economic Environment .......................................................................................... 104

4.5.1 Census Survey of Affected Households .............................................................................. 104

4.5.2 Methodology Adopted During 2009 for Socio-Economic Baseline ..................................... 105

4.5.3 Sampling Design ................................................................................................................. 106

4.5.4 Administrative and Social Set-up ........................................................................................ 106

4.5.5 Demography and Population ............................................................................................... 106

4.5.6 Project Area Population ....................................................................................................... 107

4.5.7 Religion ................................................................................................................................ 107

4.5.8 Culture and Local Traditions ............................................................................................... 108

4.5.9 Tribes in Project Area .......................................................................................................... 108

4.5.10 Mechanism for Resolving Disputes ..................................................................................... 108

4.5.11 Language ............................................................................................................................. 108

4.5.12 Educational Facilities ........................................................................................................... 109

4.5.13 Literacy ................................................................................................................................ 109

4.5.14 Health Services ................................................................................................................... 109

4.5.15 Occupation / Livelihood ....................................................................................................... 110

4.5.16 Income ................................................................................................................................. 111

4.5.17 Credit Availability ................................................................................................................. 111

4.5.18 Agriculture ........................................................................................................................... 112

4.5.19 Tenancy Status .................................................................................................................... 113

4.5.20 Land Holding Size ............................................................................................................... 113

4.5.21 Livestock .............................................................................................................................. 113

4.5.22 Grazing ................................................................................................................................ 114

4.5.23 Nomads ............................................................................................................................... 114

4.5.24 Banking ................................................................................................................................ 114

4.5.25 Housing ............................................................................................................................... 114

4.5.26 Drinking Water Supply ......................................................................................................... 114

4.5.27 Sanitation ............................................................................................................................. 115

4.5.28 Electricity ............................................................................................................................. 115


TOC-XI January 2015

4.5.29 Existing Road Network/Bridges in the Project Area ............................................................ 115

4.5.30 Industry ................................................................................................................................ 116

4.5.31 Minerals ............................................................................................................................... 116

4.5.32 Cultural Heritage .................................................................................................................. 116

4.5.33 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) ......................................................................... 117

4.5.34 Gender Status in the Project Area ....................................................................................... 117

4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF AFFECTED HOUSEHOLDS ....................................... 119

4.6.1 Population of Affected Area ................................................................................................. 119

4.6.2 Age ...................................................................................................................................... 119

4.6.3 Marital Status ....................................................................................................................... 119

4.6.4 Education ............................................................................................................................. 119

4.6.5 Tribes ................................................................................................................................... 120

4.6.6 Occupation .......................................................................................................................... 120

4.6.7 Sand Collection ................................................................................................................... 120

4.6.8 Language ............................................................................................................................. 121

4.6.9 Family Structure .................................................................................................................. 121

4.6.10 Monthly Income ................................................................................................................... 121

4.6.11 Housing Characteristics....................................................................................................... 121

4.6.12 Number of Rooms ............................................................................................................... 122

4.6.13 Number of Latrines/Bathrooms ........................................................................................... 122

4.6.14 Housing Area ....................................................................................................................... 122

4.6.15 Amount Borrowed ................................................................................................................ 122

4.6.16 Size of Land Holdings.......................................................................................................... 122

4.6.17 Major Crops ......................................................................................................................... 122

4.6.18 Source of Water ................................................................................................................... 122

4.6.19 Vulnerability Status of Affected Households ....................................................................... 123

4.6.20 Choice of Resettlement ....................................................................................................... 123

4.7 Gender Analysis .................................................................................................................. 123

4.7.1 Education ............................................................................................................................. 123

4.7.2 Marital Status ....................................................................................................................... 123

4.7.3 Health Status ....................................................................................................................... 123


TOC-XII January 2015

4.7.4 Family Members Accompanying the Female for Treatment ............................................... 124

4.7.5 Role in Decision Making ...................................................................................................... 124

4.7.6 Priority of Services of Food ................................................................................................. 124

4.7.7 How often they Travel Outside ............................................................................................ 124

4.7.8 Daily Routine Work of Respondents ................................................................................... 124

4.7.9 Project Awareness ............................................................................................................... 124

4.7.10 Present Skill and Willing to Receive Training ...................................................................... 124

CHAPTER – 5 ..................................................................................................................................... 125

INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION ..................................... 125

5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 125

5.2 Objectives ............................................................................................................................ 125

5.3 Identification of Stakeholders .............................................................................................. 126

5.3.1 Primary Stakeholders .......................................................................................................... 126

5.3.2 Secondary Stakeholders ..................................................................................................... 126

5.4 Methodology ........................................................................................................................ 126

5.5 Public consultation ............................................................................................................... 127

5.6 Feed back from Consultations ............................................................................................. 127

5.6.1 Community Concerns .......................................................................................................... 127

5.6.2 Consultation with Secondary Stakeholders ......................................................................... 128

5.7 Future Consultations ........................................................................................................... 128

5.8 Procedure for Public Disclosure .......................................................................................... 129

5.8.1 Information Disclosure ......................................................................................................... 129

5.9 Public Hearing ..................................................................................................................... 130

CHAPTER – 6 ..................................................................................................................................... 131

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION ............................................................................ 131

6.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 131

6.2 Design Related Impacts and Mitigation ............................................................................... 133

6.2.1 Permanent Land Acquisition ............................................................................................... 133

6.2.2 Loss of Houses .................................................................................................................... 134

6.2.3 Loss of Economics Assets .................................................................................................. 135

6.2.3.1 Loss of Commercial Structures and Income ....................................................................... 135


TOC-XIII January 2015

6.2.3.2 Daily Wage Earners ............................................................................................................. 136

6.2.4 Relocation of Public Infrastructures ..................................................................................... 137

6.2.5 Relocation of Community Structures ................................................................................... 137

6.2.6 Relocation of Roads and Bridges ........................................................................................ 137

6.2.7 Route of Nomads ................................................................................................................. 140

6.2.8 Vulnerability Status of Affected Households ....................................................................... 140

6.2.9 Health and Safety Aspects of Workers ................................................................................ 141

6.3 Construction Related Impacts and mitigation ...................................................................... 142

6.3.1 Dust Impacts ........................................................................................................................ 142

6.3.2 Excavated Material .............................................................................................................. 143

6.3.3 Traffic Aspects and Access ................................................................................................. 146

6.3.4 Air Quality ............................................................................................................................ 146

6.3.5 Noise Aspects ...................................................................................................................... 147

6.3.6 River Water Quality ............................................................................................................. 148

6.3.7 Fishery ................................................................................................................................. 148

6.3.8 Landscaping ........................................................................................................................ 149

6.3.9 Post Construction Site Restoration and Rehabilitation ....................................................... 150

6.3.10 Soil Erosion ......................................................................................................................... 150

6.3.11 Affected Trees/Forest .......................................................................................................... 151

6.3.12 Fauna................................................................................................................................... 154

6.3.13 National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuaries .................................................................................... 156

6.3.14 Community Health, Safety and Security .............................................................................. 156

6.3.15 Workers‟ Camp Solid and Liquid Wastes ............................................................................ 157

6.3.16 Fuel and Hazardous Material Storage Sites........................................................................ 159

6.3.17 Socio-economic Aspects ..................................................................................................... 160

6.3.18 Chance Find ........................................................................................................................ 161

6.4 Operation Related Impacts and mitigation .......................................................................... 162

6.4.1 Microclimate and Emissions of Green House Gases .......................................................... 162

6.4.2 Fishery ................................................................................................................................. 162

6.4.3 Impact of River Water Sediment and Sediment Flushing ................................................... 164

6.4.4 Collection of Sand ............................................................................................................... 165


TOC-XIV January 2015

6.4.5 Socio-Economic Aspects ..................................................................................................... 166

6.5 Decommissionig of the Project ............................................................................................ 166

6.6 Cumulative River Basin Impacts ......................................................................................... 168

6.6.1 Cumulative Impact on River Flows ...................................................................................... 172

6.6.2 Cumulative Impact on Aquatic Ecology ............................................................................... 172

6.6.3 Climate Change & its Relevance ......................................................................................... 172

6.6.4 Adaptation in the wake of Climate Change Impacts ........................................................... 173

6.6.5 Climate change in Himalayas .............................................................................................. 173

6.6.6 Climate change effects on Jehlum River ............................................................................. 174

6.7 Positive Impacts .................................................................................................................. 175

6.8 Socio-Environmental Uplift .................................................................................................. 175

CHAPTER – 7 ..................................................................................................................................... 177

INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

............................................................................................................................................................ 177

7.1 Institutional Arrangement .................................................................................................... 177

7.1.1 Institutional Set-up and Formation of Environmental Management Unit (EMU) ................. 177

7.2 Complaints and Grievance Redressal ................................................................................. 178

7.3 Environmental Review and Approval .................................................................................. 179

7.4 Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) ........................................................ 179

7.5 Site Specific Environmental Management Plans (SSEMPS) .............................................. 180

7.5.1 Construction Phase SSEMPs .............................................................................................. 180

7.5.2 Operation Phase SSEMPs .................................................................................................. 180

7.6 Monitoring and Evaluation ................................................................................................... 206

7.6.1 Internal Monitoring ............................................................................................................... 206

7.6.2 External Monitoring .............................................................................................................. 206

7.7 Environmental and Social Training ...................................................................................... 214

7.8 Incident Management Procedures ...................................................................................... 214

7.9 Emergency Preparedness and Response Procedures ....................................................... 215

7.9.1 Define the Problem .............................................................................................................. 215

7.9.2 Manage the Situation........................................................................................................... 215

7.9.3 After the Event ..................................................................................................................... 215

7.9.4 Operation Contractor Emergency Response Procedures ................................................... 215


TOC-XV January 2015

CHAPTER – 8 ..................................................................................................................................... 217

ENVIRONMENTAL AND RESETTLEMENT COSTS ........................................................................ 217

8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 217

8.2 Overall Environmental and Resettlement Costs ................................................................. 217

8.3 Land Acquisition Cost .......................................................................................................... 217

8.4 Resettlement Cost of Affected Houses ............................................................................... 218

8.5 Compensation Cost of Buisness Enterprises ...................................................................... 218

8.6 Business Loss Allowance .................................................................................................... 218

8.7 Vulnerability Allowance........................................................................................................ 218

8.8 Project Affectees Allowance ................................................................................................ 218

8.9 Compensation Costof Affected Trees ................................................................................. 218

8.10 Relocation of Government and Community Infrastructures ................................................ 219

8.11 Management and Monitoring Cost ...................................................................................... 219

8.12 Socio-Environmental Uplift Cost .......................................................................................... 219

8.13 Contingencies ...................................................................................................................... 219

8.14 Resettlement Budget ........................................................................................................... 221

CHAPTER – 9 ..................................................................................................................................... 222

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS .................................................................................. 222

9.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 222

9.2 Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 222

9.3 Recommendations ............................................................................................................... 223


TOC-XVI January 2015

TABLES

Table 2.1: Physical Components of Karot Hydropower Project ........................................... 37

Table 2.2: Standard Meter of Designed Flood for Different Floored Object ......................... 42

Table 2.3: Scope of the Influenced Area of Reservoir of Karot Hydropower Project ............ 53

Table 2.4: Recorded Maximum Monthly Water Levels in 2013 (May ~September) .............. 58

Table 2.5: Main Momentum Indicators under the Recommended Scenario ........................ 60

Table 2.6: Average Energy Output by Month and Percentage to Annual Total .................... 61

Table 2.7: Main Indicators of Owner‟s Permanent Campsite ............................................... 63

Table 4.1: Climatological Data ............................................................................................ 89

Table 4.2: Hydrological Data ............................................................................................... 89

Table 4.3: Water Quality of River Jhelum ............................................................................ 90

Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality at Dam Site ......................................................................... 91

Table 4.5: Ambient Air Quality at Powerhouse Site ............................................................. 91

Table 4.6: Noise Levels at Various Location of the Project Area ......................................... 91

Table 4.7: List of Plant Species in the Project Area ............................................................. 92

Table 4.8: Type of Fruit Trees in Project Area ..................................................................... 95

Table 4.9: District-wise Forest Types Area in Project Area (in ha and %age) ..................... 95

Table 4.10: Location wise Cover percentage, Species Composition and Forage Production in

Karot HPP ............................................................................................................. 97

Table 4.11: Checklist of Mammals .................................................................................... 101

Table 4.12: Village Wise Households and Sample Size .................................................... 106

Table 4.13: District wise and Projected Population in the Project Area .............................. 106

Table 4.14: Population of the Sample Villages in Project Area .......................................... 107

Table 4.15: Major Castes, Religion and Spoken Language in Sample Villages of Project

Area- District Rawalpindi ..................................................................................... 108

Table 4.16: Education Facilities in Project Area ................................................................ 109

Table 4.17: Profession/Occupation in Project Area ........................................................... 110

Table 4.18: Household Income ......................................................................................... 111

Table 4.19: Status of Agriculture in the Project Area ......................................................... 112


TOC-XVII January 2015

Table 4.20: Fruit Production and Area in Rawalpindi District ............................................. 113

Table 4.21: Livestock/ Poultry Heads in Sample Villages .................................................. 113

Table 4.22: Basic Infrastructure in Project Area ................................................................ 116

Table 4.23: NGO‟s working in Rawalpindi and AJK ........................................................... 117

Table 4.24: Basic Characteristics of the Population in Project Affected Area .................... 119

Table 4.25: Age status of the Affected Households ........................................................... 119

Table 4.26: Educational Status of the Affected Households .............................................. 120

Table 4.27: Percentage of Occupation of Affected Households ......................................... 120

Table 4.28: Family Structure of the Affected Households .................................................. 121

Table 4.29: Monthly Income of Affected Households ........................................................ 121

Table 4.30: Type of Construction of Affected Houses ....................................................... 121

Table 4.31: Percentage of Number of Rooms in Affected Houses ..................................... 122

Table 4.32: Land Holding Size .......................................................................................... 122

Table 4.33: Vulnerable Groups ......................................................................................... 123

Table 5.1: Name of Villages and Number of Participants Consulted .................................. 127

Table 6.1: Type of Affected Assets and Number of Affected Households .......................... 131

Table 6.2: Type and Number of Relocation/Protection of Community and Public

Infrastructures ..................................................................................................... 132

Table 6.3: Permanent Land Acquisition due to Project Interventions ................................. 133

Table 6.4: Number of Lost Houses and Affected Persons in the Project Area .................. 134

Table 6.5: Impacts on Commercial Structures and Income ............................................... 135

Table 6.6: Affected Daily Wage Earners............................................................................ 136

Table 6.7: Location of Road Sections and Bridges to be relocated in Reservoir Area ....... 139

Table 6.8: Quantities of Excavated Material ...................................................................... 143

Table 6.9: Ownership and type of Trees affected due to Construction Activities................ 151

Table 6.10: Existing and Proposed Hydropower Projects in the Jhelum River Basin ......... 168

Table 7.1: Environmental and Social Management Plan ................................................... 182

Table 7.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan ......................................................................... 208

Table 8.1: Environmental and Resettlement Cost Estimate ............................................... 219


TOC-XVIII January 2015

FIGURES:

Figure 2.1: Project Location Map ........................................................................................ 33

Figure 2.2: Project Layout Satellite Imagery ........................................................................ 34

Figure 2.3: Project Layout Plan ........................................................................................... 39

Figure 2.4: Project Layout Plan (3D Perspective View) ....................................................... 40

Figure 2.5. Layout of Reservoir Area 7-1............................................................................. 44




Figure 2.9. Layout of reservoir area 7-5 .............................................................................. 48

Figure 2.10. Layout of Reservoir Area 7-6 ........................................................................... 49

Figure 2.11. Layout of Reservoir Area 7-7 ........................................................................... 50

Figure 2.12: Reservoir Prone Area (Suspension Bridge Area on Left Bank) ........................ 54

Figure 2.13: Reservoir Prone Area (Deformation Area on the Right Bank) .......................... 55

Figure 2.14: Reservoir Prone Area (Substation Area on the Right Bank) ............................ 56

Figure 2.15: Reservoir Prone Area (Downstream on Azad Pattan Bridge of the

Right Bank) ........................................................................................................... 57

Figure 2.16: Peak Flood Discharge Series at Karot and Azad Pattan Stations .................... 58

Figure 2.17: Construction Facilities ..................................................................................... 63

Figure 4.1: Mean Monthly Precipitations at Various Rain Gauging Stations ........................ 86

Figure 4.2: Mean Annual Precipitations for the Watershed .................................................. 86

Figure 4.3: Average Annual Precipitations for the Watershed ............................................. 87

Figure 4.4: Mean Monthly Temperature at Mangla Reservoir .............................................. 87

Figure 4.5: Mean Annual Temperatures at Domel ............................................................... 88

Figure 4.6: Sampling Points/Transects along Karot HPP .................................................... 99

Figure 4.7: Sampling Points for Birds – Karot HPP .......................................................... 100

Figure 4.8: Existing Access Road Rawalpindi/Islamabad – Kahuta – Karot/Azad Pattan .. 115

Figure 6.1: Existing Rawalpindi – Kahuta – Kotli Road ...................................................... 138


TOC-XIX January 2015

Figure 6.2: Alignment of Road to be Re-Located ............................................................... 139

Figure 6.3: Disposal Sites for Excavated Material ............................................................. 145

Figure 6.4: Existing and Proposed Hydropower Projects in the Jhelum River Basin .......... 171

Figure 7.1: Institutional Setup for ESMP Implementation .................................................. 178

REFERENCES

APPENDICES:

Appendix – I National Environmental Quality Standards

Appendix – II Proformas for Socio-Environmental Survey

Appendix – III List of Participants and their Concerns during Stakeholders Consultations

Appendix – IV Laboratory Water analysis Results

Appendix – V SGC Report on Ambient Air, Noise Water Quality

Appendix – VI Vegetation Study

Appendix – VII Fauna Study

Appendix – VIII Fish Study

Appendix – IX Rate List of Land Provided by District Management

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A- Photographs Showing Meetings with Officers of Line Departments

B- Photographs Showing Scoping Sessions / Consultations with Locals of the Project Area

C- Photographs Showing Various Assets to be Affected by the Project Intervention

D- Photographs Showing Various Project Areas


i January 2015

LIST OF ACRONYMS

ADB : Asian Development Bank

AJ&K : Azad Jammu and Kashmir

amsl : above mean sea level

AHs : Affected Households

APs : Affected Persons

CC

CCGT

:

:

Construction Contractor

Combined Cycle Gas Turbine

CAS : Compulsory Acquisition Surcharge

Cu.ft : Cubic Feet

CSPDR : Chaningjiang Survey, Planning, Design & Research Company,

Limited.

DC : Deputy Commissioner

DO : Dissolved Oxygen

DRO : District Revenue Officer

EF : Environmental Flow

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

ESMP : Environment and Social Management Plan

EPA : Environmental Protection Agency

ESDC : Environment and Social Development Cell

Ft. : Feet

GIS/RS : Geographic Information System/Remote Sensing

Govt : Government

GRCs : Grievance Redress Committees

GWh : Giga Watt Hour

HSE : Health and Safety Environment

hrs : Hours

HPP : Hydropower Project

IEE : Initial Environmental Examination

IFC : International Finance Corporation

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature


ii January 2015

LIST OF ACRONYMS

Km : Kilo meter

kV : Kilo Volt

LAA : Land Acquisition Act (1894)

Ltd : Limited

LOI : Letter of Indent

Lab : Laboratory

m : Meter

mm : Mili meter

m3/sec : Cubic Meter per Second

MW : Mega watt

NEQS : National Environmental Quality Standards

Nos. : Numbers

OP : Operational Policy

NTDC : National Transmission & Dispatch Company

Pvt : Private

PCDP : Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan

PEPA : Pakistan Environment Protection Agency

PEPC : Pakistan Environment Protection Council

ES : Performance Standards

RAP : Resettlement Action Plan

NGO : Non-Government Organization

P&D : Planning and Development Department

PES : Pakistan Engineering Services (Private) Ltd.

PMU : Project Management Unit

Rs : Rupees

SWHP : Surface Water Hydrology Project

SSEMP : Site Specific Environmental Management Plan

TOR‟s : Terms of Reference

WAPDA : Water and Power Development Authority

WB : World Bank


ES-1 January 2015

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. INTRODUCTION

Karot Power Company Limited (KPCL) contracted Pakistan Engineering Services Private

Limited (PES) to carry out an update of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

(ESIA) report prepared by SMEC in 2009. The objective of the assignment was to update

the ESIA report of 720 MW Karot Hydropower Project based on the design change and to

meet the requirements of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 and AJ&K

Environment Act 2000 as well as those of IFC Performance Standards (PS) and

guidelines, including preparation of the Resettlement Action Plan.

1.1 PROJECT REVIEW

The ESIA study of the project was completed by SMEC in 2009. Later on, as per

requirement of Pak-Environmental Protection Act 1997, the study was approved by the both

relevant Environmental Protection Agencies (Punjab - EPA and AJ&K - EPA) in 2010 and

2011 vide their approval letter nos. DD(EIA)/EPA/F-2502/2K9/335 dated 06-03-2010 and

Ref No. 178-80 dated 6-6-2010 respectively.

Later, China Three Gorges Corporation (CTGC) became the sponsor in 2014. They

reviewed and modified the design to a rock fill dam and a surface power house. The

conditions laid down in the approval letters of the relevant agencies (Punjab – EPA and

AJ&K - EPA) requires that „‟ Any change in the approved project shall be communicated to

EPA, Punjab and EPA – AJ&K and shall be commenced after obtaining the approval.‟‟

1.2 PRESENT UPDATED EIA STUDY

The present updated Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report prepared by

Pakistan Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd. (PES) Lahore. This report is an update of the 2009

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study of the Karot hydropower

project; since then, no significant baseline changes have occurred. This ESIA report seeks

to describes the additional associated project impact assessment with respect to social

aspects particularly due to change in design. The additional information discussed in this

updated ESIA report due to change in design includes the following:

Project Description and layout

Relocation and Resettlement Issues

Affected local communities

Loss of Business

Loss of community and government infrastructure

Socio-economic profile of the project affectees

Public consultation and disclosure process; and

Preparation of a standalone RAP of the project


ES-2 January 2015

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed area of Karot Hydropower Project is located on Jehlum River in Karot village,

tehsil Kahuta, District Rawalpindi in Punjab province, about 74km upstream of Mangla dam.

The dam will have a maximum height of 95.5 meters. It will impound 152 million cubic

meters of water at normal pool level of 461 masl and extending upstream up to 5.54 km²

into the narrow canyon that would submerge the bare and unproductive areas around river

bed. Three diversion tunnels have been envisaged to divert the river flows during

construction of main dam. With powerhouse located on the surface, the project will

generate up to 720 MW of electric power.

2.1 PROJECT ACCESS

The Karot Hydropower Project Site is accessible from Islamabad, Lahore and Karachi by

air, as well as, by road. Through railway, it is accessible upto Rawalpindi / Rawat. The

nearest airport for the Project is at Islamabad.

Existing access road Rawalpindi to Karot via Rawat (i.e. Rawat- Chowk Pandori-Beor-

Karot) is preferred over via Kahuta route (i.e. Sihala-Kahuta-Karot) to project site as the

later route via Kahuta is restricted for the foreigners.

Natioal Highway Authority (NHA) to be approached, through PPIB, for reconstruction / up-

gradating of road, Rawat-Chowk Pandori-Beor-Karot to class-70 specifications to transport

the construction machinery.

2.2 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Major physical components of Karot HPP as per feasibility update report by KPCL design

team are as under:

Powerhouse On surface, above ground with 170.4 m (L) x 27 m (W) x 61.7 m

(and Design Discharge of 1248.4 m³/s

Dam Asphalt Concrete Cote Rock Fill Dam, max. height 95.5 m, Normal

Pool Level 461 masl & Design Flood 20,700 m³/s

Spillway Overflow Type with Radial Gates, size 12m x 22m (each)

Tunnels

Diversion Tunnels

3 Nos. with 12.5 m dia & tunnel length of 450 (each)

Head Race Tunnels

4 Nos. with 9.5 m dia & tunnel length of 240 m (each)

Tailrace Channel

Length 170.4 m and width 17.5 m.

2.3 DAM SAFETY

Safety is given utmost importance in the project design. The detail parameters are given in

the design documents. Major safety parameters adopted in the project design and

operation is given below:

Safety against hydraulic pressure from full supply level and high flood level.


ES-3 January 2015

Safety against flood inflow. Additional flood storage has been provided in the design

to accommodate the basic design.

Safe against spill over due to extreme waves or flood events. A free board has been

accommodated to accommodate waves.

Safety against leakages. The dam design has provided inspection galleries. These

will allow monitoring of the dam after the fill. The high quality concrete will allow only

very little transmissibility.

Safety against land sliding during reservoir filling and drawdown. The filling of the

dam for the first time, and subsequently for operation will result in increase of pore

pressure. If the rock is poor, it may fail and result in land slide. The pore pressure

developed during filling will create reverse hydraulic gradient. This can result in the

failure of the slope and creating a land slide. The fill and emptying the reservoir must

be kept at low rate for safety of weir. The first filling of the reservoir will be carried out

at a rate of 1 m/day while monitoring slope failures. During flushing operations a filling

rate of 3 m/day and drawdown rate of 4 m/day will be adopted. However, landslide

prone areas will be stabilized after a few cycles of filling and drawdown.

Safety during repeated drawdown cycles and fill cycles if used for peaking power is

critical. It is important to keep surveillance during operation and keep studying the

slope movement. For this purpose the slopes are mapped and their movement

recorded to forecast the land slides. This has to be part of operation manual.

2.4 PRONE AREAS OF RESERVOIR

The influenced area of reservoir includes the areas of landslide and collapse caused by

reservoir filling. According to the the findings of geological survey in the influenced area of

reservoir

According to the geological survey, the bank slope sections with more concentrated

influence on the reconstruction of bank slope are mainly distributed at four places,

including; the bank slope in the surrounding of cable bridge with 12 ~13km away from the

dam site of the left bank, bank slope of distribution section of deformable bodies of

collapsed slide rock on the right bank with 16.3m from the dam site, bank slope in the

surrounding of transformer substation on the right bank with 17.9 ~18.2km from the dam

site, and the bank slope on the right bank with 19.2m from the dam site.

2.5 FLOOD STUDY

Extreme heavy flood occurred in the Jhelum River in 1992. Azad Pattan Bridge, located

7km upstream of Azad Pattan station, was destroyed by the flood. The maximum peak

flood discharge was 14730 m3/s.

In 2001 Mangla dam PMF review report, 1992 rainstorm was selected as most devastating

rainstorm in Pakistan since 1929. It was selected from 1929, 1959 and 1992 rainstorms.

2.6 PROJECT OPERATION

In the wet months of May, June, July and August, the power intake will divert 1248.4m³/s

from the reservoir into the power house water channel and thereby generate electricity up


ES-4 January 2015

to the full installed capacity level almost round the clock. From October to February, river

flows will be stored in the reservoir for diversion into the power house channel during the

peak demand hours of the system. As such, the plant will generate electricity at its full

capacity for at least 4 hours per day and the reservoir level will vary accordingly over a 24

hour period between Minimum Operating Level and Full Supply Level. During the

intervening months of September and March the hours of power generation at maximum

capacity will fall/rise according to the fluctuations in the river discharge.

2.7 ENERGY GENERATION

Installed capacity of the station is 720 MW with four units. The unit capacity is 180MW, the

warrant output is 116.5 MW, the average annual electricity output is 3.213 billion kW·h and

the annual utilization hours are 4,462.

2.8 SEDIMENT MANAGEMENT

The mean annual suspended load transport is 33.15 million tons including bedload of 4.97

million tons. The total sediment transport is 38.12 million tons. Sediment mainly comes in

the flood season from April to August.

The lower the sediment release level, the longer the annual sediment release downtime,

and the greater the limitation on the energy output of the station. In terms of the ability to

achieve higher energy output, the 451 m sediment release level is better.

2.9 ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS

It need to be considered that the ecological feed pipe should meet the requirements of

15m3/s discharge after the reservoir falls into the flushing water level.The diameter of the

ecological steel tube is subject to adjustment during detail design phase.

2.10 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AT DAM SITE

Construction facilities such as labour camp, workshops, storage yards, aggregate crushing

plant, concrete batching plant and material stockpiles are are provided. Areas for the labour

camp, workshops and storage yards must not be located in the immediate vicinity of the

dam. They must be located on unused land in the vicinity of the village of Karot.

2.11 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

In accordance with project characteristics and construction scheme, total construction

period for Karot hydropower station will be 5 years (60 months), and power duration will be

4 years and 7 months (55 months). Therein the construction preparation period will be 25

months, construction period of principal works 30 months, and construction completion

period 5 months; the project period of preparing to build will be 12 months, in which the time

of coincidence with preparation period will be 8 months.

2.12 MATERIAL SOURCE PLANNING

Concrete aggregate and gravel filling material are exploited from Beor natural gravel quarry

and the exploited quantity for design is 2,324,700 m3. 32,900 m

3 asphalt concrete mineral

aggregate and 41,600m3 anti-scouring wear resisting concrete aggregate are purchased

from Taxila limestone quarry.


ES-5 January 2015

2.13 SWITCHYARD AND TRANSMISSION LINE

Karot Powerhouse will be connected to the national grid through 500kV transmission line. A

Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) has been proposed for Karot HPP. The rated voltage of

GIS is 550kV, rated current 2000A, and rated short circuit breaking current 50kA. GIS

power distribution equipment room will be established on the upstream auxiliary

powerhouse with elevation of 431.0m.

The electricity generated by the Karot Hydropower Project will be incorporated by the

national grid of Pakistan. The generated power will be transmitted to three load centers,

namely, Gujranwala, Lahore and Rawalpindi, which will make up the maximum load

demand of the system. The construction of the project will actively promote the social and

economic development of the site and the power supply areas by improving the local power

supply guarantee rate, driving the local industrial development and enhancing the living

standard and employment rate of the local people.

2.14 PROJECT LAYOUT ALTERNATIVES

Different alternatives were examined from an environmental viewpoint to ensure that the

selected option is appropriate to minimize environmental impacts. Two alternatives were

developed for comparative evaluation, identification, analysis, and selection of the preferred

alternative. This exercise led to the earlier selection of Alternative 2 comprising a dam at

Karot with four power tunnels and an underground powerhouse at Karot village.

3. LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

In updating of ESIA report for Karot Hydropower Project, the requirements laid down by

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 and AJ&K Environmental Protection Act 2000

as well as guidelines of IFC have been followed. Land acquisition and resettlement aspects

have been focused with reference to IFC Involuntary Resettlement and Land Acquisition

Act 1894.

3.1 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION LEGISLATION

IEE/EIA

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA-1997) Section 12 lays down basic

requirements and procedures for the Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental

Impact Assessment. The Act provides that “No proponent of a development project shall

commence construction or operation unless he has filed an IEE with the Government

Agency designated by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency or Provincial

Environmental Protection Agencies, as the case may be, or, where the project is likely to

cause a significant adverse environmental effect, an Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA), for approval from Government Agency in respect thereof”.

3.2 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT 1997 (PEPA - 1997)

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997, has published a set of environmental

guidelines for conducting environmental assessments and the environmental management


ES-6 January 2015

of different types of development projects. Besides providing overview of Policy, Legal and

Administrative Framework, the section 2 also adumbrates guidelines and requirements of

IFC related to the Project.

3.3 THE AJK, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT, 2000

The Government of Pakistan promulgated “Pakistan Environmental Protection Act” in 1997.

The same was adopted by the Government of AJK. However, this act was notified in 2000

as Azad Jammu and Kashmir Environmental Protection Act, 2000. Under Section 11 of the

2000 Act, a project falling under any category (qualifying IEE or EIA) requires the proponent

to file IEE or EIA with the AJK-EPA.

3.4 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (PAK. EPA)

Under Section 5 of PEPA-1997, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has been

established with a Director General as its head. Sections 6 and 7 of PEPA 1997 describe

the functions and powers of the Agency. Similarly provincial EPA‟s are functional in each

province as provided in PEPA-1997. Azad Jammu and Kashmir has its own EPA.

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL TRIBUNALS

Under Section 20 of the Act, Environmental Tribunals have been established to try cases of

contravention or failure to comply with designated provisions of PEPA-1997.

3.6 CATAGORISATION OF THE PROJECT

Under policy and procedures for filing, review and approval of environmental assessment

issued in August 2002, includes Schedules A, B and C defining projects in terms of

requirements of IEE and EIA.

Karot Hydropower Project has an estimated generation of 720 MW. Consequently, the

preparation of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and of a Resettlement Action

Plan (RAP) is required under Schedule A.

3.7 NATIONAL RESETTLEMENT POLICY AND ORDINANCE

Only legislation relating to land acquisition and compensation is the Land Acquisition Act

(LAA) of 1894. The LAA is limited to a cash compensation policy for the acquisition of land

and built-up property, and damage to other assets, such as crops, trees, and infrastructure

based on market prices. The LAA does not consider the rehabilitation and resettlement of

disrupted populations and the restoration of their livelihoods. In the absence of this, Land

Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement as spelled out in IFC PS5 will form the basis for

managing the resettlement needs arising from the project.

3.8 LAND ACQUISITION ACT 1894

The Land Acquisition Act 1894 is a “law for the acquisition of land needed for public

purposes and for companies and for determining the amount of compensation to be paid on

account of such acquisition‟‟. The association of the persons interested in the property, with

the process of determination of its negotiated market value by the Collector is a highlight of

this Act.


ES-7 January 2015

3.9 LEGISLATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Under the EPA Guidelines, “Policy and Procedures for the filing, review and approval

of environmental assessments”, the EMP is defined as a “document designed to ensure

that the commitments in the Environmental Report, subsequent review reports, and

Environmental Approval conditions are fully implemented”.

3.10 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS)

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQs) specify the standards apply to

gaseous emissions and liquid effluents discharged by batching plants, asphalt plants, camp

sites, construction machinery, and vehicles. The standards for vehicle, noise wastewater

and drinking water will apply during the construction as well as operational phase of the

project.

3.11 OTHER RELEVANT REGULATIONS FOR KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

3.11.1 Land Acquisition Procedures

Under the Land Acquisition Act (1894), the Provincial Revenue Departments are

empowered to carry out the acquisition of private land or built-up property for public

purposes, including on behalf of a federal agency or a private developer. The acquisition of

land and payment of compensation as such will be the responsibility of the client and the

implementing agency.

3.11.2 The Forest Act, 1927 and the Forest (Amendment) Act 2010

The Act, inter alia, deals with the matters related with protection and conservation of natural

vegetation/habitats. Cutting of trees for the construction purposes or otherwise, prior

permission is required from the forest department of the concerned province.

3.11.3 Wildlife Act of 1975

In part of the project area in Punjab, Punjab wildlife protection, preservation, conservation

and management act, 1974 (amended up to 2007 and rules amended up to 2010) shall

enforce for the overall protection of wildlife flora and fauna. Whereas, in part of the project

area in AJK, the AJK Wildlife and Fisheries Department that has the basic responsibility to

ensure enforcement of the Act. It prohibits the dealing with any wildlife animal, dead or

alive, for domestic or commercial use without a Certificate of Lawful Possession. Permits

and trade license are necessary for the import, export and trade of wild animals of an

endemic or exotic species.

3.11.4 Antiquities Act of 1975

The Antiquities Act of Pakistan relates to the protection, preservation and

conservation of archaeological and historical sites and monuments. The Antiquities Act

would as such require that M/s, KPLCL notify the Department if anything of archaeological

value is excavated or discovered during project construction.

3.11.5 Local Government Ordinance of 2001

The Government of Pakistan has issued ordinances related to land use;


ES-8 January 2015

conservation of natural vegetation; air, water, and land pollution; disposal of solid waste

and wastewater effluents; and public health and safety, including some provisions for

environmental protection.

3.11.6 Regulations for Mines and Oil Fields/ Mineral Development Act of 1948

This legislation provides regulatory procedures for the quarrying and mining of

construction material on public as well as private lands.

3.11.7 Motor Vehicles Ordinance of 1965

The Ordinance deals with the powers of motor vehicle licensing authorities and empowers

other related agencies: to regulate traffic rules, vehicle speed and weight limits, and

vehicle use; to erect traffic signs; and to prescribe the specific duties of drivers in case of

accidents. M/s, KPCL would be required to coordinate with related agencies during design

and construction stages, so that the requirements relating to the safety and management

of traffic on the roads are observed.

3.11.8 Factories Act of 1934

The clauses relevant to the project area those which concern: health; safety and welfare of

workers; disposal of solid waste and effluent; and damage to private and public property.

The Factories Act also provides regulations for handling and disposing of toxic and

hazardous materials. As construction activity is classified as „industry‟, these regulations

will be applicable to the project‟s construction contractor.

3.11.9 Highways Safety Ordinance of 2000

This Ordinance includes provisions for: licensing and registration of vehicles and

construction equipment; maintenance of road, vehicles; traffic control offences, penalties

and procedures; and the establishment of a police force for motorways and national

highways to regulate and control the traffic as well as keep the highways clear of

encroachments.

3.11.10 Pakistan Penal Code of 1860

Pakistan Penal Code (PPC) deals with offences where public or private property and/or

human lives are affected due to the intentional or accidental misconduct of an individual or

body of residents. The Penal Code provide a basis for M/s, KPCL to co-ordinate their

activities with the local authorities so that the construction activities do not become a

cause of public nuisance or inconvenience.

3.11.11 Explosives Act of 1884

Under the Explosives Act, the project contractors are bound by regulations on licensing,

handling, transportation, storage and using explosives during quarrying, blasting, and

other purposes. These regulations will be applicable to the project‟s construction

contractor.


ES-9 January 2015

3.11.12 Environmental Tribunal Rules of 1999

According to these rules, the tribunal shall make every effort to dispose of a

complaint or an appeal or other proceeding within 60 days of its filing.

3.11.13 Forest Regulation Rules 2 of 1930

Forests of Azad Jammu and Kashmir are managed according to the guidelines provided

by Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations of 1930. This regulation lays down the rules

and regulations for both demarcated and un-demarcated forests, collection of drift and

stranded wood as well as penalties and procedures for not abiding by these regulations.

In part of the project area in Punjab, the Forest Act, 1927 (amended up to 2010) shall

enforce for the overall protection of forest.

3.12 INTERACTION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

3.12.1 Punjab and AJK- EPAs

No deviation is permitted in design and scope of rehabilitation during project

implementation without the prior and explicit permission of the EPAs once the approval is

obtained.

3.12.2 Revenue Departments of Punjab and AJK

The respective Revenue Departments of Punjab and AJK are empowered to carry out the

acquisition of private land or built-up property for public purposes.

The proponent also needs to liaise with the departments of agriculture, horticulture, and

forestry in order to evaluate affected vegetation resources, such as trees and crops etc. for

compensation purposes.

The proponent will approach the relevant departments for valuation of the affected building

or infrastructure before removing the facilities.

Likewise, the proponent will also liaise with other relevant departments/agencies for

relocation of public facilities such as electricity and telephone poles, public water supply

schemes, public buildings, etc.

3.12.3 Punjab and AJK Forestry and Wildlife Departments

The project is expected to involve clearing of vegetation and trees within the proposed

project area. The project contractor will be responsible for acquiring a „No-Objection

Certificate‟ (NOC) from the respective Forest Departments and Local Administration. The

proponent is required to coordinate with the departments to ensure that impacts on

vegetation and wildlife are minimized.

3.12.4 Local Government and Municipalities

The proponent and Contractor should liaise closely with the concerned bodies of the

governments of Punjab and AJK for the establishment of construction camps and plants,

use of the water resources and the safe disposal of wastewater, and toxic materials.


ES-10 January 2015

3.13 REQUIREMENTS OF EXTERNAL SUPPORT AGENCIES

External support agencies like the World Bank, IFC, Asian Development Bank, and other

bilateral organisations lay emphasis on the protection of environment and resettlement of

affected populations.

3.13.1 IFC’s Requirements

IFC applies the Performance Standards to manage social and environmental risks and

impacts and to enhance development opportunities in its private sector financing.

Together, the eight Performance Standards establish standards that the client is to meet

throughout the life of an investment by IFC or other relevant financial institution.

3.14 THE KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

According to the IFC guidelines this project has been classified as an Environmental

Category „A‟ project. Category „A‟ projects are expected to have significant impacts that

may be sensitive, diverse or unprecedented and require full EA. This is also in compliance

with the provisions of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997.

Under the provisions of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997, this EIA for the Karot

Hydropower Project will be filed with EPAs of Punjab and AJ&K for their approval.

4. BASELINE CONDITIONS

The project area covers administrative region consisting of Rawalpindi district in Punjab

province; Kotli and Sudhnuti districts in Azad Jammu and Kashmir (AJ&K). Jhelum is the

major river in the project region.

No significant changes in the baseline conditions are observed during the socio-economic

survey 2014, therefore, the baseline data of the project area remain unchanged. The survey

team consisted of PES professional staff including Chief Environmentalist, Principal

Environmentalist, Sociologist and Civil / Hydropower Engineer.

4.1 BASELINE BURVEY BETHODOLOGY

The methodological approach adopted during baseline survey in determining the

environmental and socio-economic baseline conditions of the project area consisted of the

following;

- Delineation of the Study Area.

- Data Collection i.e. primary and secondary data collection through consultation with the

locals of the project area by focussed group discussions and by participatory rural

approach.

- Use of pre-designed questionnaires.

4.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Topography

Project area is located in the medium-upper reach of Jhelum River. It belongs to medium-

low mountain topography. The hilltop ground elevation of the bank slopes is generally 510

m to 870 m.


ES-11 January 2015

The shape of the valley in the dam site area is generally asymmetrical “V" shaped.

Upstream of the left bank U turn of the river are generally stepped slopes. The terrain below

the U turn is relatively wide. The left bank is characterized as multi-stage gentle near shore

slope.

4.2.2 Geology

The geological formation of the dam site at Karot consists of Siwalik formation of thick,

massive sandstones and clay inter beds. On the left bank of the river, there is a flat bench

with thick overburden cover. Banks of Jhelum River on both sides are covered with stream

sediment material having some gravel on the surface. There are signs of major slides which

could create some problems after reservoir is filled near Azad Pattan Bridge.

4.2.3 Seismology

The PGA (Peak Ground Accelerations) of 0.55 g is adopted as MCE (maximum credible

earthquake) for Karot hydropower project. Karot HPP lies in the Jhelum fault which yields

maximum magnitude potential Mw = 7.5. The maximum potential magnitude for Himalayan

Frontal Thrust (HFT) was selected equal to the magnitude Mw = 7.6 of recent Kashmir

earthquake.

4.2.4 Soils

Most of the soils are formed by alluvial or alluvial deposits. They are generally non

calcareous, soils in the piedmont plains are of medium to light textured and well to

excessively drained.

4.2.5 Climate

Project area climate can be divided into four seasons as follows;

- The North - East Monsoon (December to February),

- Hot Weather Period (March to May)

- South - West Monsoon (June to September)

- Transition Period (October to November).

The distribution of rain during the year depends principally on topography of the area and

season. Summer rain fall in particular varies significantly in time and place.

4.2.6 Rainfall

The mean monthly precipitation for the watershed area is 124.5 mm. There are two peaks

of rainfall, the first peak appears in the month of March and second in July, however, the

second peak is the highest. The mean annual rainfall for the watershed based on available

stations data is 1442 mm.

4.2.7 Temperature

The highest temperatures are observed in the months of June and July, which is 28.62 °C

on the average. The lowest average daily temperature is 9.17 °C and is observed in the

month of January. On average, the results reveal that January is the coldest and June is


ES-12 January 2015

the hottest month.

4.2.8 Hydrology

In addition to surface water resources consisting of Jhelum River and numerous nullahs

draining into Jhelum River, ground water also exists at different location in the project area.

This resource can be tapped by means of dug wells and tube wells. The groundwater thus

tapped will be of acceptable quality for drinking, crop irrigation and for other purposes.

4.2.9 River Water Quality

The main surface water source is Jhelum River. The chemical analysis of the water

samples in the project area shows that water quality is well within the prescribed limits.

4.2.10 Ambient Air Quality

There are no major sources of air pollution in the vicinity of the project area. Routine

vehicular traffic on the nearby roads of the project area causes dust, which effect is fairly

localized.

4.2.11 Noise Levels

Overall, the noise levels are within safe limits in the project area as no industrial units exist

in the surrounding area of the project site.

4.3 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 Vegetation Study:

The project area falls under the sub-tropical pine forests and sub-tropical broad leaved

evergreen. These areas are mainly covered by "chir pine" and include the lower sub-

mountainous terrain of the project area within the lower reaches of the Jhelum River. Pinus

roxhurghii (Chir Pine) is the only conifer forest plant and is dominant within the area

with patches of broad leaved species such as; (Olive) Olea ferruginea, (Phulai) Acacia

modesta, (Timmer) Zanthoxylum armatum, (Fig) Ficus carica, (Sanatha) Dodonea

viscosa and (Simblu) Berberis lyceum and cultivated fruit trees.

Legally the forests of the Karot Hydro Power Project area are of two types the

Reserved/Protected or the Government owned forests, and the Guzaras/ Private/

Community Owned Forests also known as Khalsa Sarkaar in Azad Jammu & Kashmir.

Almost all the reservoir area lies in the Guzara/Community owned forests and far away

from the Reserved Forests (all the activities/rights are prohibited unless permitted by the

provincial government). A small portion of reservoir comes under Reserved/Protected

Forest (all activities/rights like cutting of trees, collection of firewood, grazing, grass

collection, collection of medicinal plants etc are permitted until and unless provincial

government prohibit any/all of these activities)

The flora of the Karot project does not contain any species which was declared as

endangered, threatened or rare. Only three species Celtis australus (Tree of Heaven),

Ficus bengalensis (Bohr) and Ficus carica (Fig) were found rare in Pakistan but they are

listed as common for the rest of the world. The rest of the vegetation species were found

protected and common in Pakistan and for the rest of the world.


ES-13 January 2015

4.3.2 Natural Fauna

Amphibians and Reptiles (Herpeto–Fauna):

A total of 288 reptile and amphibian specimens belonging to 32 species were observed in

the ecological study area. The most abundant amphibian seen here was the Skittering Frog

Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis. Except for Cyrtopodion rohtasfortai and Fejervarya limnocharis

which have not yet been assessed for the IUCN Red List (IUCN 2014), the rest of the taxa

are categorized as LC in IUCN Red List.

Birds:

Among the birds, the order Passeriformes have highest number of recorded birds species

(51) followed by Falconiformes (08) Coraciiformes and Galliformes (04 each) respectively.

Along the stream and water bodies Kingfisher, wagtail and little egret were recorded. The

critically endangered species, the white-rumped vulture (Gyps bengalensis) and

endangered Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus) were recorded in very small

number. The causes such as habitat destruction, food shortage, human persecution,

poisoning and pesticide use may have a gradual decline in vulture populations (Birdlife

International, 2010). The abundance of Egyptian Vulture, Black kite and crow species was

higher near the waste and garbage stored land. The habitat and distribution range

overlapping of two crow species, Jungle crow (Corvus macrorhynchos) and House crow

(Corvus splendens) were also observed.

Mammals:

About 28 species of mammals were reported in the selected sampling points. Three large

mammals reported from the ecological study area are included in IUCN Red List 2013.

These are the common Leopard Panthera pardus and common Otter Lutra lutra, both of

which are listed as near threatened and smooth-coated otter (Lutrogale perspicillata) as

vulnerable (VU) in the IUCN Red List 2013. However, none of the mammal species

observed or reported from the ecological study area is endemic; their distribution is not

limited to any specific site or habitat type. Their distribution is widespread.

4.3.3 Fish Biodiversity

The most commonly found species is Schizothorax plagiostomus belonging to the carp

family and is common in the river. Other common species upstream of project area are

snow carp and loaches while downstream species are Tor Putitora and Chinese carps are

important. Fisheries activities are not common. Apart from opportunistic fishing, fish does

not form an important part of diet of the local communities. Within the project area there is

no formal fish market. The fish biodiversity study particularly stress upon Karot HPP and

generally encompasses footprints of cascading hydropower projects on Jhelum River reach

and their impacts and mitigation on fish fauna.

4.3.4 Protected Area

A portion of 2.8 km of reserved forest falls in the re-alignment of existing Kahuta – Kotli


ES-14 January 2015

road route, for which NOC has been obtained from the relevant forest department. No other

protected areas such as national parks, wild life parks, and wildlife sanctuary and private

game reserves fall in the project area.

4.4 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Census Survey of Affected Households

During updating the EIA report, the additional census survey of the project affectees was

carried out during the months of June and July 2014. For this purpose participatory rural

appraisal technique was used and scoping sessions were held during census survey. The

aspect of land acquisition, affected houses, community and government infrastructure

supposed to be affected by the construction of project structures were investigated. This

involved consultations and scoping sessions with primary and secondary stakeholders like

owners of land, people of the area, shopkeepers, religious community leaders. Cost of land,

built-up property, economic trees etc was discussed with the owners, local people, and

revenue department staff.

4.4.2 Administrative and Social Set-up

The project area falls in Rawalpindi district of the Punjab province whereas the left bank of

the reservoir falls in the districts of Kotli and Sudhnuti of AJ&K. The administrative setup of

the Rawalpindi district is similar to the districts of AJ&K. District administration is headed by

the Deputy Commissioner (DC) who is assisted by District heads of other departments.

4.4.3 Demography and Population

The District wise population of the project area is as follow;

District wise and Projected Population in the Project Area

District Area

Sq.km Population

1998 Growth

Rate Family

size Projected Population

2018

Rawalpindi 5,286 336,4000 2.7 6.4 5,425,796

Kotli 1,862 563,000 2.59 7.3 892,401

Sudhnuti 569 224,000 1.99 7.3 322,023

The table indicates that the Rawalpindi districts more populated than the other districts of

the project area.

4.4.4 Project Area Population

The present population of the surveyed villages totals to 1881 with 583 households. The

average no. of persons per household varies from 6.2 to 8.8.The average household size

varies from 6 to 8. It is characterised neither by ethnic diversity nor by any indigenous

people.

4.4.5 Religion

As for as religion of project affected area is concerned, 100% population is Muslim.

4.4.6 Culture and Local Traditions

The majority of the population follows the Islamic tradition, which is well practiced in rural


ES-15 January 2015

area and has high moral values in the society.

4.4.7 Tribes in Project Area

In the entire six sample villages, majority of the population belongs to Rajput, Janjua, Satti,

Qureshi and Sudhan tribes.

4.4.8 Mechanism for Resolving Disputes

People resolve their minor disputes through heads of families while major disputes are

resolved through the Punchayat system which consists of an assembly of elders. Police and

the court of law is the last option which is very rare.

4.4.9 Language

Main spoken language is Punjabi followed by Hindko, Kashmiri and Saraiki. However,

the Urdu is also spoken but only with the visitors.

4.4.10 Educational Facilities

Educational facilities are lacking in the project area. Karot, Gorah and Hollar villages have

only one primary school. No high school exists in the area. Students from surrounding

areas go to Brohi village for high school education.

4.4.11 Literacy

The overall literacy rate among the respondents is about 43.6 %. The literacy rate is

minimum at Karot i.e 37.2 % and maximum in Azad Pattan i.e 49.4%. Higher literacy rate in

Brohi shows the availability of better facilities for education in that area.

4.4.12 Health Services

Overall the project area has not adequate medical facilities. The prevailing diseases in the

project area were reported to be diarrhea, dysentery, pneumonia, typhoid and tuberculosis

(TB) of lungs. The main reasons for the diseases are unclean drinking water, poor diet and

unhygienic living conditions.

4.4.13 Occupation / Livelihood

The socio-economic survey reveals that 58.3%t are farmers, shopkeeper/hotel owner are

16.7%, government employee 12.5%, businessmen 8.3% and the private employees are

4.2%.

4.4.14 Income

According to the social impact assessment survey, a good number 30% of the people in the

project affected area belong to monthly income group between Rs.15,000 to 25,000. While

46% are earning between ranges of Rs. 5000 – 10,000.

4.4.15 Credit Availability

The availability of institutional credit is very limited in the project area. The main users of

non-institutional credit are shop keepers and relatives of well-off families in the settlements.

These loans are mainly used for domestic and social needs such as marriages, birth

ceremonies, funerals, health and education.


ES-16 January 2015

4.4.16 Agriculture

Agriculture in the project area is rainfed. Wheat and Maize are main crops. Ploughing is

done usually by bullocks. The use of latest agricultural equipment and chemical fertilizer is

not common. The important fruit trees are apple, mango, citrus, guava, apricot, walnuts,

peach and pears.

4.4.17 Tenancy Status

Tenancy is not very common in the project area, because the agricultural land is limited;

therefore local population prefer to cultivate the land by themselves. Majority of the

respondents in project area were owner-cum-operator.

4.4.18 Land Holding Size

The average land holding in the project area was 15 Kanals. The maximum land holding

size was in Muslimabad i.e. 28.4 kanals and minimum size was10kanals at Barohi.

4.4.19 Livestock

Livestock comprises native cattle, goats and sheep along with poultry and donkeys for

transportation of loading/unloading of materials.

4.4.20 Grazing

In the project area, the agricultural fields are mainly used for grazing after crop harvesting

which adds manure to the fields improving the soil fertility. Moreover, the vegetation along

the Nullah/forest is also usually used for grazing purpose.

4.4.21 Banking

Banking services are very limited in the project area as only one branch of Habib Bank

Limited is available in Hollar village. The residents of remaining project area go to nearby

town Kahuta for banking services.

4.4.22 Housing

About 79% of the total houses have Pacca construction whereas about 2% and 19% of the

houses were semi Pacca and Katcha construction respectively in the project area. The

total area of housing units varied from 6.8 marlas to 15 marlas.

4.4.23 Drinking Water Supply

The surface water is available in the river and nullah but that is not used for drinking

purpose. The groundwater resource is available at limited scale, which is only used for

drinking purpose. Ground water is available at a depth of about 120 – 50 feet. Hand pumps

are available to a limited number of families in the project area.

4.4.24 Sanitation

The sanitation conditions of the project area are unsatisfactory. People drain out used water

in open spaces. Similarly the open dumping of solid waste is normal practice in the project

area.


ES-17 January 2015

4.4.25 Electricity

The project area surveyed villages are connected with a nearby national grid system.

However, shortage of electricity and load shedding is normal practice in the area as with

other parts of the country.

4.4.26 Road Network

The Karot Hydropower Project is located in Tehsil Kahuta, District Rawalpindi. A road leads

to Karot and Azad Pattan villages from Rawalpindi via Kahuta. Karot Bridge is also an entry

point for AJK. A road from Karot leads to Kotli and Mirpur Districts. A road from Azad Pattan

leads to Rawala Kot and Sudhnuti districts.

4.4.27 Industry

There are no industries of major importance in the project area.

4.4.28 Minerals

District Rawalpindi is rich in mineral wealth including limestone, marble, fire clay, ordinary

sand and stones. AJK has variety of minerals and precious stones including marble, coal,

gypsum, graphite, silver, copper, bauxite and ruby, tourmaline and garnets. However, none

of the respondents reported any mineral exploration in the project area.

4.4.29 Cultural Heritage

There are some ruins of Owen Qila at the left bank of River Jhelum near the proposed dam

site which are located above the crest level of reservoir and thus safe and will remain

protected as such. Similarly, foundation stone of old Karot wall and a shrine is present

along the side of Kahuta-Karot road about 3 km away from the dam site.

4.4.30 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs)

Many NGOs like AJ&K Rural Support Programme, IR International, and Neelum

Development Organization are working with communities in the health and education

sectors.

4.4.31 Gender Status in the Project Area

There is a male dominating society and they dominate in all occupations. Despite the

overall discrimination, women are responsible for management of daily family relations and

economic performance. They are taking over a huge work load of the family.

4.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF AFFECTED HOUSEHOLDS

The estimated total population of the project affected area is 510 with 72 households having

the average household size is 7.08.

A small proportion 4 % of them have never been to school; About 30 % of them got their

education up to primary, 36% were educated up to Middle and 30 % had education up to

matric level.

By virtue of their local tribal origin; 84% belong to Janjua tribe; whereas 10% of them were

Gujjar; while remaining 6% were Hashmi.


ES-18 January 2015

People of project affected area have small land holding and about 22% of them were under

the category of farmers; 4 % engaged in business, general laborers were 8%; 6% were

engaged in government services; 22% were private services (drivers); whereas 18% was in

abroad and rest 20% were in category of retired services etc.

About 58% nuclear family system was prevailed in the project affected area;

whereas 42% were belonged to joint family system.

Monthly income of 22% of the respondents was up to Rs.10000, whereas 30% were

between Rs.10001 to 20000 and a significant majority 48% was under the category of Rs

20001and above.

Among the small business category, seven people are engaged in sand and gravel

collection downstream of the powerhouse site for use in construction business. This activity

is carried out at both banks of River Jhelum on a very limited scale as the river bed

downstream of the powerhouse is narrow and relatively steep.

Usually the collection of sand is carried out in winter from September to March during low

flow period as more of the river bed and banks are exposed during this period. During the

high flow season in summer months, particularly in the monsoon period, the river tends to

flow full thus making access to river sand impossible.

Nature of construction of 94% of the houses was reported to have Pacca construction,

whereas about 6% were Katcha construction.

Majority 70% owned land 3 - 5 kanal land holding while; about 30 % were having land

holding of 5.1 and above kanal.

Wheat and Maize were the major crops of the project affected area which were rain

dependent. Main source of water is springs and nullah. Hand pump and bore was being

used for drinking purpose.

99% of the population wanted to resettle in the vicinity of project area. Affected people

showed their apprehension that project should provide resettlement site for their future

residence near project area.

Significant (82%) majority of female respondents were uneducated; only 9% having

education up to middle; whereas 9% received education up to matric.

99% of the female respondents expressed that there were no health facilities available at

village level. They have to go Kahuta to avail health facilities.

5. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

The present EIA has been prepared by consultations with local communities,

nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and concerned government departments/

organizations in compliance to the requirements of the IFC Performance Standard 1. Their

views and concerns have been taken into account in the study.

6. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

The project impacts have been discussed with reference to design, construction and


ES-19 January 2015

operation related impacts and positive impacts. The severity of the predicted impacts has

been assessed on the basis of significance, type and magnitude of the impact.

6.1 DESIGN RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

The key design-related environmental impact relates to the loss of whole Karot village and

partially Hollar village, relocation of government and private infrastructures including trees

losses due to construction of dam and its ancillaries and creation of 27 km long reservoir at

480m amsl maximum flood level. This will result in displacement of 510 Nos. of persons

with 72 Nos. of Households. All affected persons (APs) will be compensated based on the

rates provided by the district management including 15% compulsory acquisition surcharge

(CAS) and free salvage material for new construction.

6.1.1 Permanent Land Acquisition

Land acquisition represents one of the major impacts which become unavoidable due to the

nature of such projects. In Karot HPP the need for land acquisition was assessed based on

the previous experiences in hydropower projects in Pakistan.

The analysis of the impact on affected households brought forth that most of the affectees

engaged in agricultural activities will be losing their terrace agriculture by losing 49.67 ha of

rainfed cultivated land.

A total of 907.69 ha of land will be affected due to the project interventions. Land

compensation including 15% CAS will be provided to the affectees on the basis prevailing

market rates as well as the negotiations between the affectees.

6.1.2 Loss of Houses

About 72 No. of houses will be affected by the construction of dam, spillway, diversion

tunnels, headrace tunnels and powerhouse. Few of them will be acquired as a result of

blasting and drilling activities in the construction period. The impact on residential houses

would lead to the displacement of 72 households with population of 510 affected persons.

All Affected households (AHs) are Muslim and ethnically Rajput and Sudhnuzai. There are

neither tribal nor minority people amongst the AHs.

All AHs will be compensated based on the prevailing market rates in the project area. They

will also get 15 % compulsory acquisition surcharge (CAS) and free salvage material for

new construction.

6.1.3 Loss of Commercial Structures and income

About 58 Nos. of shops, nine road side hotels and a petrol pump along the road on right

side of the Jhelum River will be affected by the reservoir impounding and 10Nos, of shops

will be acquired as a result of construction of dam structures thus losing their income

generating activities.

Affectees of the commercial enterprises will be compensated according to the prevailing

markets rate and negotiation between the sponsor and the relevant departments including

15% compulsory acquisition surcharge (CAS) and free salvage material for new


ES-20 January 2015

construction. In addition to structure compensation, the affectees will be compensated with

business loss allowance equalling the average income of three months.

6.1.4 Daily Wage Earners

A total of 32 wage earners employed as labourers and helpers in the shops, restaurants

and petrol pump will be affected by their relocation. Special consideration will be given to

these affected daily wagers in job employment during the construction and operation stages

of the project. In addition, they will be given special Project Affectees Allowance equal to

their three month income i.e Rs.30, 000/wage earner.

6.1.5 Relocation of Public Infrastructures

The detail of public infrastructure needing relocation is given in Table below.

Relocation of Public Infrastructures

Sr.

No. Infrastructures Number

1. Concrete Bridge (Reservoir submergence) 1

2. Suspension Bridge (Reservoir submergence) 2

3. Forest Check Post (Reservoir submergence) 1

4. Police Check Post (Reservoir submergence) 1

5. 11 kV Electric Poles (Reservoir submergence) 25

6. Metaled Road of 8000m length (Reservoir submergence) 1

7. Surface Water Hydrology Gauge Room (Reservoir submergence) 1

8. Concrete Bridge in Karot Village (Construction of Dam and Powerhouse) 1

9. Rest House Building (Construction of dam and Powerhouse) 1

10. Tourism Building (Construction of Dam and Powerhouse) 1

11. 11kv Electric Poles (Construction of Dam and Powerhouse) 35

12. School (Construction of Dam and Powerhouse) 2

Relocation cost of all these public infrastructures is provided in environmental costs.

6.1.6 Relocation of Community Structures

Community structures such as four Mosques, two graveyards including one Shrine need to

be protected during construction of dam, spillway and powerhouse. These structures will

not be affected directly by the construction activities as these are 2-3km away from the

construction zone of the project. Mosques will be reconstructed at appropriate place with

the mutual consent of the community and a retaining wall of 2-3 m will be constructed

around the graveyards and shrine. The CC shall take care of these structures. The lump

sum cost for the relocation of mosques and protection of graveyards and shrine is given in

environmental cost.


ES-21 January 2015

6.1.7 Relocation of Roads and Bridges

Existing access roads and bridges need to be improved or relocated for the movement of

heavy machinery and vehicles. The 2.8km section of the existing Karot – Kotli road will be

affected due to construction of spillway thus requiring relocation. It has been proposed that

this affected portion of the road will be relocated so as to reach the relocated new Karot

Bridge.

As a result of creation of dam reservoir, about 8.9km Kahuta – Azad Pattan including one

Azad Pattan bridge and two suspension bridges will be submerged. These road and

bridges will be relocated at higher locations to reconnect them with the existing Kahuta –

Azad Pattan road.

During relocation activities the movement of the traffic and provision of utility services will

be affected for a short period of time causing low negative impact which is unavoidable.

However, on long term basis the impact will be significant positive locally as well as

regionally.

6.1.8 Vulnerability Status of Affected Households

About six AHs have been identified as vulnerable on the basis of their socio-economic

realities. These households consist of hard core poor and female-headed households.

These vulnerable households will be offered vulnerable allowance equal to Rs.

50,000/person for their rehabilitation to restore their livelihood. This allowance will be in

addition to the compensation of lost assets.

6.1.9 Health and Safety Aspects of Workers

The significance of the impact is minimized to low negative if health and safety of workers is

ensured by implementation of a comprehensive safety plans for the workers. Health and

safety aspects of the workers will be met by compliance the IFC Performance Standard 2

(PS2) which aims to promote “safe and healthy working conditions, and to protect and

promote the health of workers.

6.2 CONSTRUCTION RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.2.1 Dust Impacts

Construction activities, heavy machinery and traffic on the road will likely to generate dust.

Spraying water on exposed surfaces and soil at adequate frequency to keep soil, moist at

all times can reduce the total dust emissions from the project by as much as 75%. By

maintaining a vehicular speed limit of 20 Km/h or less on all unpaved areas within the

construction route can also reduce the dust emissions.

Dust emission from soil and aggregate storage stockpiles will be minimized by covering the

pile with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets.

6.2.2 Excavated Material

A total of 14,129.4 thousand m3 material will be excavated from surface foundations and

underground excavations. About 1/3rd

quantity of the excavated material will be used as fill


ES-22 January 2015

material for construction of main dam, coffer dams, power house building and widening of

road etc. The remaining surplus material 10,493.10 thousand m3

will be removed and

loaded on dumpers and disposed-off at designated four dumping locations with dumping

capacity of 15400 thousand m3 in an environmentally sound manner.

This issue will significantly affect different aspects such as land acquisition, use of terrestrial

habitats, traffic, noise, air quality and tourist activities. Thus, the impact of dumping

excavated material on several environmental aspects has to be evaluated as being high

negative.

Side effects related to the transport of excavation material can be mitigated by proper

management of heavy traffic used in loading and dumping of the excavated material.

6.2.3 Traffic Aspects and Access

Movements of trucks along the existing road can increase the traffic volume resulting in

noise and emissions of dust and exhaust. Though nearby settlements are about 3km away

from the construction side. Short transportation ways from the site of excavation to the

dumping site are selected. The severity of the impact has been visualized as low if the

proposed mitigation measures are adopted adequately.

6.2.4 Air Quality

Gaseous emission and dusty atmosphere will result from movement of heavy vehicles for

transportation of equipment and construction materials. Similar effects would be caused by

drill-blasting for the tunnel, pressure shaft and caverns. The additional impact on air quality

caused by the project is assessed to be low if proper management is carried out during

construction activities.The contractor would be required to control noise and exhaust

pollution by construction management techniques as per NEQS.

6.2.5 Noise

There will be no noise impact on the nearby settlements due to vehicular movement as no

settlements exist near the project construction activities area. Noise nuisances can be

minimized by preventing traffic movement during night time 21:00 hrs to 06:00 hrs, blowing

of horns and by proper tuning and maintenance of construction equipment.


It is expected that river water quality will deteriorate during construction phase. This will

mainly be due to the increase of suspended solids, turbidity and waste due to run-off from

land. This change in water quality will be of temporary, medium negative during

construction activities only.

The deterioration of river water quality will be minimized by controlled blasting, drilling and

construction activities along the river banks. Hazardous chemicals and fuels will be

managed as per standard procedures to avoid their spillage into river. The construction of

diversion tunnels would not be carried out during lean periods. Moreover, Construction and

maintaining temporary drainage channels around areas where major construction activity


ES-23 January 2015

and construction spoils are located. The drainage system would preferably lead the water to

a temporary pool or swamp before it is properly discharged in the river, to settle extra

suspended material related to construction activity. The CC has to ensure that all such

construction activities are carried out in a planned manner.

6.2.7 Fishery

Construction related impacts on fishery has been visualized as low negative which include

water pollution due to construction activities, impacts due to restriction in normal flow,

sediments and workers resorting to illegal poaching.

In-stem river pollution will be managed by controlled construction activities such as;

hazardous chemicals and fuels will be managed as per standard procedures to avoid their

spillage into river. The contractor will ensure that construction of diversion tunnels will not

be carried out during lean periods. The contractor‟s workforce will be sensitized about the

protection of fish life. The stranded fish will be stocked in downstream reaches of river to

avoid mortality.

6.2.8 Landscaping

For the conservation of existing natural environment and the minimization of final

disturbance to landscape, the Contractor will make effort to minimize the area of disturbed

land and apply Landscape / Vegetation Rehabilitation Plan to provide recovered status to

local existing landscape.

6.2.9 Post Construction Site Restoration and Rehabilitation

After finalization of the construction activities, the areas of construction activities will be

rehabilitated in their original ecological status and parks or play grounds. Proper vegetation

and planting will be provided to construction area after activities to restore the concerned

environment to original or planned status.

6.2.10 Soil Erosion

Land construction slope should be kept as flat as is reasonably possible. Methods such as

slope rounding, terracing or contouring to minimize erosion and to promote plant growth will

be adopted. The extent of impact of erosion is assessed to be medium due to removal of

trees from the reservoir which will affect the stability of the slopes of the river bank. This

impact can be reduced to low if proper mitigation measures regarding the slope protection

are adopted throughout the life of reservoir.

6.2.11 Affected Trees/Forest

It is estimated that 5676 number of private and government trees will be acquired due to the

project interventions. It is to be pointed out that submergence area would involve major tree

cutting of the project component. The exact number and ownership of trees will be

executed by the forest department with the involvement of the revenue department.

The cutting of trees will affect the ecological balance of the area and enhance soil erosion

and landslide potential. The impact of the construction activities on terrestrial fauna and

flora is assessed to be medium negative. It is recommended that only the smallest possible


ES-24 January 2015

number of trees should be cut to clear the land for construction. Only indigenous tree

species will be selected for replacement and no alien invasive species will be used. At least

seven new trees will replace each cut tree in the periphery of the reservoir, dam,

powerhouse and staff colony.

It will be the responsibility of the contractor to avoid maximum tree cutting during

construction activities of the project structures and plant seven new against each tree

cutting. Respective owners of the trees will be compensated according to the rate finalized

by the forest and horticulture department.

6.2.12 Fauna

As a result of dam construction, the level of reservoir will rise and the habitat therein will be

submerged which will negatively affect and dislocate the population of reptiles and rodent

species to higher steel slopes of the mountains. Habitat shrinkage will greatly affect these

animals. However, a positive impact on the population of amphibians, birds and large

mammals is expected in the long-term scenario. On the other hand dam construction will

add a wetland for many migratory birds‟ species.

Fauna having migrated to nearby safe areas will have the opportunity to return to their

habitats due to distribution of similar habitat throughout the project area after construction

activities are over.

Controlled blasting, mining and construction activities will reduce impact on the population

of lizards, snakes and rodents in the short-term activities.

The on-going annual tree plantation campaigns by the Forest Department can be seen on

mitigation measures for wildlife habitats rehabilitation.

Considering the common leopard, wolf, barking deer and Indian pangolin which are very

rare in the area and only occasionally seen, hydropower development in these basins will

significantly alter the habitats of these species of very high conservation importance. For

this, extensive long-term seasonal studies are required.

6.2.13 Community Health, Safety and Security

Construction activities can impact the community of the area in terms of security, safety and

health. The significance of impact is minimized to negligible if comprehensive safety plans

and awareness among the community is highlighted.

6.2.14 Traffic Disruption and Community Safety

The construction related traffic on the road can disrupt existing traffic and can also create

safety hazards for the villagers. A traffic management plan will be developed and submitted

by the contractor at least one month before commencement of construction work. Its main

objective is to maximize the safety of the workforce and the travelling public and to keep

traffic flowing as freely as possible.

6.2.15 Workers’ Camp Solid and Liquid Wastes

The camps can be a source of environmental pollution if the wastes are not managed

properly. It is recommended that proper sanitation facilities, pour flush type latrines with

septic tanks are recommended. Also proper arrangements of solid waste management


ES-25 January 2015

should be made in construction camps. Proper water supply system should be provided

from the springs. All such facilities are to be provided by the contractors.

6.2.16 Fuel and Hazardous Material Storage Sites

Fuel and hazardous material storage sites and their handling are the potential sites for soil

and water pollution. Improper siting, storage and handling of fuels, lubricants, chemicals

and hazardous materials, and potential spills from these will severely impact the soil and

water quality and cause safety and health hazards. The impact of fuel and hazardous

material storage sites on the environment is assessed to be medium negative.

The storage sites are to be designed such way that any spills from these goods will not

pollute the soils and water. As a minimum, these sites are to be bunded on all sides on top

of an impermeable layer (e.g. concrete lined) by providing absorbent and containment

material (e.g. absorbent matting).

All the associated equipment such as filling and off-take points, gauges, etc. should be

located within the bund. All the personnel involved in the handling of these sites are to be

properly trained. Fuel supply equipment will be regularly revised to prevent leakage due to

inappropriate condition of refueling equipment.

Regular plant checks will be undertaken to ensure no leaks or other problems are apparent.

Vehicle maintenance, cleaning, degreasing etc. will be undertaken only in designated areas

of hard-standing.

6.2.17 Socio-Economic Aspects

During the construction phase of the project a mass inflow of outside workers and heavy

machinery will disturb the local socio political and socio cultural life. As a result the women

folk in particular could be restricted by a more strict application of purdah and sense of

insecurity among the locals may increase.

Negative influence of migrant workers on the society including spreading of HIV will hardly

occur and the risk is assessed to be very low

It is anticipated that residential accommodation facilities will be developed and the local

people will be exposed to new income generation opportunities. People from other places

are expected to visit the project site for participation in the construction activities leading to

cultural transformation and learning from each other.

6.2.18 Chance Find

In case of chance find it will be the responsibility of the project engineer to stop the activities

and report to the Archaeological Department for further necessary action.


The Construction Contractor will ensure to restore and rehabilitate all construction sites to

their original conditions.

6.3 OPERATION RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.3.1 Microclimate and Emissions of Green House Gases


ES-26 January 2015

The effect on the microclimatic conditions will be minimal. Most of the organic materials as

trees, shrubs etc. will be removed before filling the reservoir. This reduces the generation of

greenhouse gases to a minimum. Compared with oil or coal fired power plants the emission

of CO2 can be neglected.

6.3.2 Fishery

Some of the impacts due to cascading projects on Jhelum River during operational phase

will include modification in lotic habitat i.e. compartmentalization of river into lotic and

lacustrine river segments. The diversion tunnels in case of cascading projects upstream of

Karot HPP will also impact the long river reaches and there will be direct low negative

impact on aquatic biota and riparian users. Upper rithronic portion of Jhelum River has

limited ichthyo diversity and gradually it reaches to its peak at Mangla dam with 46 fish

species. This biodiversity in impacted reach will be further reduced in favour of planktivore

species. However, biomass of benthic species will be reduced.

The fisheries management in the impacted river reach will encompass two fold

management i.e. propagation of culture based fisheries in fluctuating reservoirs and

ensuring availability (15m3/s in case of Karot HPP) of environmental flows in downstream

reaches.

The indirect mitigation measures include participation of local stakeholders in fisheries

management, enforcement of fisheries regulations, protection of natural spawning grounds

and reduction in ichthy mass of carnivore varieties.

Ecological flow: The environmental flows as assessed for Neelum Jhelum HPP and other

cascading projects by modifying Montana method comes to 15m3/s.

For Karot HPP, on an average daily flows of lean period works out as 150 m3/s. It is

proposed that 10% of this flow namely 15m3/s downstream of the project head works may

be made available in winter season to provide for environmental flow requirements which

would take care of the need for aquatic flora and fauna including fisheries in the relevant

river stretch of the project area.

6.3.3 Impact of River Water Sediment and Sediment Flushing

The total sediment transport is 38.12 million tons. Sediment mainly comes in the flood

season from April to August. The sediment inflow into the Karot reservoir is highly

concentrated in contrast to the limited reservoir storage of only 152 million m3.

A lower sediment release level will better help reduce the reservoir sedimentation and lower

the dam-front sedimentation height. After examining the one-dimensional numerical

sedimentation simulation result of the reservoir area and the three-dimensional numerical

simulation of the damsite area, three scenarios of 451 m, 446 m and 441 m were selected

and he reservoir sedimentation will be 108 million m3, 104 million m

3 and 99 million m

3,

respectively at the end of 10 years. The reservoir sedimentation will be 132 million m3, 126

million m3 and 120 million m

3, respectively at the end of 20 years‟ service for the 451 m,

446 m and 441 m sediment release levels.The lower the sediment release levels the

smaller the reservoir sedimentation.


ES-27 January 2015

In terms of the ability to achieve higher energy output, the 451 m sediment release level is

better.

6.3.4 Collection of Sand

The continuous extraction of sand/gravel will not affect the daily income of inhabitants

accruing from this activity weather the project is built or not built. On the other hand, the

continuous extraction of sand/gravel will insignificantly affect the aquatic ecology of the river

downstream of the powerhouse.

The best way to achieve the reduction in sand/gravel collection is to focus on these

extraction activities in fewer areas where they can be better managed as this will reduce the

area of sediment extraction hence suggesting controlled sand/gravel collection practices at

the alternate locations.


Employment

The employment opportunities available during the operation phase of the project will be

limited to a number of technicians / skilled workers like engineers. The effect on

employment of local people during operational period will be positive.

6.4 DECCOMISSIONING OF THE PROJECT

Low to mediun adverse negative impacts have been assessed during decommissioning of

the project.

6.5 CUMULATIVE RIVER BASIN IMPACTS

Under the cascade development plan on the mainstream of Jhelum River, upstream of the

Mangla dam, five hydropower plants with installed capacity of more than 500 MW are to be

constructed in the Kohala – Mangla river section, namely; Kohala (1100MW), Mahl

(700mw), Azad Pattan (640mw), Karot (720mw), Mangla (1000mw). Most of these cascade

reservoirs are designed with daily regulation capability. Their water levels are generally

connected with each other.

6.5.1 Cumulative Impact on River Flows

The cascade hydro projects in the Jhelum River basin will directly affect the Jhelum River

flow. There diversions will release diverted flows back into the Jhelum River. The

environmental flow from these projects will be sufficient for bare survival of the aquatic life

of the affected reaches in the Jhelum River.

6.5.2 Cumulative Impact on Aquatic Ecology

Fish migration will be restricted and fish biodiversity may be altered by the construction of

cascade of hydropower projects resulting in river compartmentalization. Accordingly, the

potential impact on fisheries is considered to be negative and of moderate magnitude.

To mitigate the losses/reduction in fish numbers due to the project, in situ fisheries

management techniques including culture based fisheries management, reduction in

carnivore varieties, and adoption of conservation measures will result in enhancement in


ES-28 January 2015

fisheries bio productivity.

6.5.3 Climate Change & its Relevance

It is widely accepted that increasing concentrations of (GHG) in the atmosphere are causing

climate change, but there still exists uncertainly in magnitude; timing and spatial distribution

of these changes. The role of simulation modeling in assessing climatic changes impacts on

hydrology & river is essential.. The temporal variability in the availability of water resources

in the basin under the influence of climate change indicate the need for developing different

adaptation strategies, particularly for lean period flows i-e winter flows.

6.5.4 Adaptation in the wake of Climate Change Impacts

The climate change oriented adaptation measures in case of future viability of Jhelum River

fisheries, include basin wide understanding of intricacies of water budget changes,

integrated water resource management, construction of cascading HPP in the anticipation

of changing climatic scenarios. Introduction of eurytonic fish species, having flexible

feeding, breeding and living habits can thrive in changing environment.

Water loss through evaporation in cascading reservoirs will require further knowledge about

species which can adopt in changing epilimnion i-e surface feeders aquatic environment.

6.5.5 Climate Change in Himalayas

The impacts of climate change in the Himalayas are real. Melting glaciers, erratic and

unpredictable weather conditions, changing rainfall patterns, and increasing temperatures

are impacting on the people and wildlife of the region.

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), “glaciers in the

Himayalas are receding faster than in any other part of the world and if the present rate

continues, the likelihood of them disappearing by the year 2035 and perhaps sooner is very

high if the earth keep getting warmer at the current rate”. According to the IPCC report the

total area of glaciers in the Himalaya will shrink from 1930051 square miles to 38,000

square miles by 2035.

6.5.6 Climate Change Effects on Jehlum River

As Pakistan falls in arid climate region therefore construction of dam/ reservoir in particular

Jehlum / Karot will have negligible impact on the local climate. Also the Karot reservoir is

confined in a gorge therefore evaporation losses will be negligible.

6.6 POSITIVE IMPACTS

The Project is expected to provide 300 MW of energy which will assist in addressing the

power deficits of the country. This will have tremendous beneficial impacts on the national

economy and improve the quality of life of the people currently suffering due to power

shortage every other hour of the day.

6.7 SOCIO-ENVIRONMENTAL UPLIFT PROGRAMME

Considering the betterment of the local community following socio-environmental

development plans have been proposed;

i) Improvement of the sites used for various construction activities for parks,


ES-29 January 2015

playgrounds etc.

ii) Development Scheme like Medical Treatment, School Support, Drinking Water

Treatment Plants etc.

7. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

Environmental impacts associated with construction and operation of the project need to be

mitigated for which institutional arrangements have been proposed by establishing a project

management unit (PMU) headed by a full time Project Director to ensure compliance with

IFC guidelines. For addressing complaints and grievances of project affectees, a grievance

redress committee (GRC) has been proposed.

7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The environmental and social management plan (ESMP) has been drawn up to address

environmental concerns, recommend mitigation measures and assign responsibility to

implement and monitor them. The environmental and social management plan should be

used as a basis for environmental compliance programme and be included in the contract

document.

7.3 SITE SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS (SSEMPS)

The respective contractor will ensure to prepare all relevant management plans for

construction and operation phases as part of SSEMPs before start of construction and

operation phases respectively.

7.4 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

Environmental performance of the project will be monitored both, internally and externally.

Internal monitoring will be conducted by PMU/ESDC. The external monitoring will be

assigned to an organization hired by Karot power Company Ltd and approved by IFC and

will be undertaken in the form of periodic audit, for which IFC will prepare the terms of

reference (ToR).

8. ENVIRONMRNTAL AND RESETTLEMENT COSTS

The total environmental and resettlement cost including compensations for the affected

and, houses, shops, trees including relocation cost of community structures has been

estimated as Rs. 1338 million 15% CAS has also been included in the replacement cost of

land and houses.


30 January 2015

CHAPTER –1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE

The Karot Power Company Limited (KPCL) intends to construct a 720 MW Karot

hydropower project on river Jhelum in Rawalpindi District, Punjab province near Karot

village, through the financial assistance to be provided by the World Bank/International

Finance Corporation (IFC). KPCL contracted Pakistan Engineering Services Private Limited

(PES) to carry out an update of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report

prepared by SMEC in 2009.

Karot Power Company Limited (KPCL) was assigned to update the feasibility of the project.

Consequently, they reviewed the design and modified it from concrete dam to rock fill dam

and from underground powerhouse to a surface powerhouse. This Report presents the

outcome of the EIA update exercise based on the design change carried out by the

Consultant.

Pakistan is facing an acute crisis in the energy sector. Increase in oil and gas prices has

doubled the production cost of thermal power. It, therefore, becomes necessary to take up

hydel power projects to keep the electricity tariff within the affordable limits.

1.2 OBJECTIVES

The objective of the assignment was to update the EIA report of 720 MW Karot Hydropower

Project to reflect the final design and to meet IFC Performance Standards, including

preparation of the Resettlement Action Plan.

1.3 SCOPE OF CONSULTANT SERVICE

The scope of services undertaken by the consultant was to update the EIA report of Karot

HPP and make it an internationally acceptable document in light of the World Bank/IFC

Environmental Guidelines and their applicable Performance Standards in addition to the

national requirements as laid down in the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997

(Pak-EPA 1997) as well as those of Azad Jammu & Kashmir Environmental Protection Act

(AJK-EPA 2000).

1.4 PRESENT UPDATED EIA STUDY

The present updated Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report prepared by

Pakistan Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd. (PES) Lahore, addresses Karot Hydropower

Project, which would develop the hydroelectric potential of the Jhelum River from

upstream limit at elevation 480 masl to a proposed powerhouse near village Karot in

Rawalpindi district, Punjab province.

This report is an update of the 2009 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study of the

Karot hydropower project; since then, no significant baseline changes have occurred. This

EIA report seeks to describe the additional associated project impact assessment with


31 January 2015

respect to social aspects particularly due to change in design. The additional information

discussed in this updated EIA report due to change in design includes the following:

Project Description and layout

Relocation and Resettlement Issues

Affected local communities

Loss of Business

Loss of community and government infrastructure

Socio-economic profile of the project affectees

Public consultation and disclosure process; and

Preparation of a standalone RAP of the project


32 January 2015

CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA) in November 1984 conducted

ranking studies of possible sites for development of Hydropower Projects along river

Jhelum. Karot Hydropower scheme was identified as potential site for hydropower

production. The ranking studies were conducted by Hydro Electric Power Organization of

WAPDA NWFP province (now KPK) and German Consultants Company GTZ. No further

work on this proposal was, however, carried out leaving it as a raw site. In later years, the

scheme was taken up by the Private Power Infrastructure Board (PPIB) which offered it as

an investment power project (IPP) to the private sector in 2007. A group of Pakistani and

Chinese sponsors was awarded the Letter of Interest (LOI) after an international

competitive bidding process in March 2007. M/s. Associated Technologies Pvt. Ltd. (ATL)

was awarded the project and signed a contract on August 21, 2007. ATL consisted of a

consortium of international and local companies namely M/s SMEC International (Pvt.) Ltd.,

Australia, M/s Mirza Associates Engineering Services (Pvt.) Ltd., Pakistan (MAES), M/s

Engineering General Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd., Pakistan (EGC). The EIA study of the project

was completed by SMECK in 2009.

Later on, as per requirement of Pak-Environmental Protection Act 1997, the study was

approved by the both relevant Environmental Protection Agencies (Punjab - EPA and AJ&K

- EPA) in 2010 and 2011 vide their approval letter nos. DD(EIA)/EPA/F-2502/2K9/335 dated

06-03-2010 and Ref No. 178-80 dated 6-6-2010 respectively.

The conditions laid down in the approval letters of the relevant agencies (Punjab – EPA and

AJ&K - EPA) requires that „‟ Any change in the approved project shall be communicated to

EPA, Punjab and EPA – AJ&K and shall be commenced after obtaining the approval.‟‟

After extensive field works and desk studies, a feasibility review/update report was

prepared in March 2014 in which major layout / design changes have been proposed such

as the main dam axis has been shifted downstream and its type has been changed from

concrete gravity type to rock fill type. The spillway is no more part of dam body, instead a

separate spillway structure has been provided in open cut adjacent to power intake. The

powerhouse has been changed from cavern type to above ground/surface type.

This chapter mainly describes the project as conceived by the Changjiang Design Institute

in their feasibility update report of March 2014.

2.2 PROJECT LOCATION

Karot Hydropower Project is proposed to be built on River Jhelum, upstream of Mangla

Dam near village Karot in Kahuta Tehsil of Rawalpindi District. The site is accessible from

the Federal Capital Islamabad via Kahuta-Kotli Road and lies at an approximate distance of

65 kilometres south-east of Rawalpindi. The site has GPS coordinates 33-36-N and 73-36

E. Upstream of the Proposed Hydropower project, Jhelum River is joined by its main


33 January 2015

tributaries i.e., Kunhar, Neelum and Mahl Rivers. A location map of Jhelum River and Karot

Hydropower Project Area is presented in Figure 2.1.

The Project Area comprises locations in the AJK (reservoir left Bank only) and in the

Province of Punjab, on Jhelum River upstream of the existing Mangla Reservoir, near the

village of Karot. The satellite imagery of dam site is given in Figure 2.2.

Figure 2.1: Project Location Map


34 January 2015

Figure 2.2: Project Layout Satellite Imagery


35 January 2015

2.3 PROJECT ACCESS

The existing road route from the port of Karachi to Karot (Project Site) can be subdivided

into following segments:

i) From the Karachi Port to Rawalpindi / Rawat

ii) From Rawalpindi / Rawat to Karot Hydropower Project Site.

The status of infrastructure existing as of today in the above mentioned route segments

are briefly described hereafter.

The Karot Hydropower Project Site is accessible from Islamabad, Lahore and Karachi by

air, as well as, by road. Through railway, it is accessible up to Rawalpindi / Rawat. The

nearest airport for the Project is at Islamabad.

2.3.1 Project Approach Road

The National Highway N-5 connects Karachi and Rawalpindi, covering a distance of 1540

kilometres. The N-5 is a two lane highway that caters for about 80% of the country's

economy related transportation and is suitable for transportation of all kinds of vehicles.

There should be no need for improvement / alteration of roads / bridges or lifting of

transmission lines. The highway is regularly used for transportation of similar heavy

equipment as contemplated to be transported for Karot Hydropower Project. Local access

roads, however, need to be upgraded and bridges reinforced.

2.3.2 Project Approach by other Modes of Transport

Approach by Railway / Roads: The railway link is available from Karachi to Rawat /

Rawalpindi. Equipment for Karot Hydropower Project can be transported from Karachi to

Rawat by Railway and, further, it can be transported to the Project Site through roads. Two

separate routes from Rawalpindi to Karot site as noted have been studied.

Rawalpindi – Sihala – Kahuta – Karot

Rawat – Chowk Pandori – Beor – Karot

Access by Air: The proposed Project Site can be reached through the airports at

Islamabad and Lahore. These airports handle international flights and can be reached

directly and via Karachi.

2.3.3 Equipment Transport

The heavy equipment such as gates, generators, transformers, turbines, cranes etc shall

arrive at Karachi Port. From docks of Karachi, equipment shall be transported to the dam

and powerhouse sites, located along the Jhelum River near Karot Bridge. Two modes of

transport, can be adopted for transportation of the equipment to the Project Area, as stated

below.

Entirely by Road: By road from Karachi to Rawalpindi / Rawat and then to the Project Site.

By Combination of Rail and Road: By rail from Karachi to Rawat and then by road from

Rawat to the specific Project locations.


36 January 2015

2.3.4 Selection of Mode of Transport

It has been realized that transportation of equipment from Rawat to the Project Area is only

possible by road. However, for journey from Karachi to Rawalpindi / Rawat, two alternatives

are available; either by road or by train.

In case of journey by road, equipment shall be loaded at Karachi Port on long body trucks,

having appropriate number of trailers with bogies, depending on weight of the

consignments. Trucks will reach Rawat and from there onwards the trucks will move to the

Project Site. It is recommended that the transportation of all equipment be done by road to

avoid trans-shipments at Rawat.

2.3.5 General Problems Relating to Very Heavy Loads Transportation

Very heavy components of Project machinery and equipment to be transported would have

been 3-phase transformers, turbine runners, inlet valves and generator rotors, etc. By using

singly phase transformers, the heaviest part for transportation would be turbine runner with

a weight of 84 tons and diameters of 5.5 meters. The other heavy component of machine

like rotors and stators of generators will be received in pieces and will be assembled at

power station site. Transformer will be transported on a flatbed trailer giving an axle load of

approximately 9.5 tons. If this is not possible, a trailer with two bogies will be used. All other

main generator parts will be transported on either of the two trailers.

Runner of the turbines and other hydro-mechanical equipment, including main turbine parts,

will be transported on the trailers, which will be used for the transformers; either the flat-bed

or the bogie trailer. Depending on the size of spiral casing of turbine, the delivery of casing

in one part or two parts will be done. Due to the width or height restrictions, the spiral

casing will be cut into parts and later re-joined with an erection weld at site. However,

dividing the spiral casing into two with a flanged joint is a more expensive proposition.

The heavy pieces of equipment will be unloaded at each bay of the power station after the

power station cranes have been erected. Before that, it is assumed that the contractor will

provide a mobile crane with adequate capability. Even with smaller pieces of plant and

equipment, bridges with a load carrying capacity of not less than 15 - 20 tons are required.

For sharp bends, a transport which allows some measure of articulation may even become

necessary. Some of the bridges will have to be replaced or strengthened.

The suggestion of using helicopters to transport the heaviest pieces of equipment is

unworkable on following grounds:

Restricted lifting capacity of the largest helicopter available in Pakistan.

Enormous cost

Risk of using helicopters with heavy loads to be carried.

2.3.6 Mode of Transportation by Rail up to Rawat

Railway Line Characteristics: The main broad gauge line form Karachi to Rawalpindi, has

a design capacity of 22.86 tons axle load. The free profile of this branch line has a free

width of 4.1 meters and a free height of 5.8 meters.


37 January 2015

All the equipment, with exception of the transformers and turbine runners can be

subdivided to allow transportation by railway. The subdivision can be made so that the axle

load does not exceed 16.5 tons. Suitable railway cars, either with 2 or 3 axle bogies and

double load-bearing beams or flat-bed, are available with Pakistan Railways for

transportation of heavy parts.

Unloading at Rawat: The equipment will be unloaded at Rawat and loaded on to trucks or

trailers. The transformers may be moved side-ways from railway car on to the trailer without

lifting provided that suitable railway cars are used. For all other equipment, it is assumed

that contractor will provide a mobile crane for lifting various parts of the Project machinery.

2.3.7 Recommendations

As an outcome of the Transportation Studies the maximum size of equipment to be

transported to the Project site is 5.5 meters.

Transportation of equipment, machinery and materials by road should be preferred

over transportation by rail. Maximum size of equipment is restricted to 5.5 meters.

With road transportation Rawat to the Project Site, the Route N.2 (i.e. Rawat- Chowk

Pandori-Beor-Karot) is preferred over the Route No. 1 (i.e. Sihala-Kahuta-Karot)

NHA to be approached, through PPIB, for reconstruction / up-gradating of road,

Rawat-Chowk Pandori-Beor-Karot to class-70 specifications.

Transformers should be transported on hydraulic platform trailers having 15 meters

length, 3 meters width approximately number of axles and wheels/tyres, depending

upon type of transformers these phase or single phase to be used.

A minimum of 16 meters turning radius be provided for easy manoeuvrability of

hydraulic plat form trailers.

Pavement design, retaining walls, culverts and bridges of access roads need top

graded/reconstructed for carrying class 70 loads vehicles.

Convoy-rest-areas and crossing places be provided at appropriate places.

New access roads are to be constructed within the Project Area to gain time for the

main (civil works).

2.4 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Table 2.1 enumerates the major physical components of Karot HPP as per feasibility

update report by KPCL design team (March 2014). The latest project layout as per

feasibility update report by KPCL is presented at Figures 2.3 & 2.4.

Table 2.1: Physical Components of Karot Hydropower Project

Sr. # Project Components Data

1. Powerhouse

Powerhouse Type

Dimensions (L x W x H)

Surface, above ground

170.4 m x 27 m x 61.7 m


38 January 2015


Design Discharge 1,248.4 m3/s

Installed Capacity 720 Mw

Mean Annual Energy 3,213 GWh

Plan Factor 50.94%

Auxiliary Consumption 1%

2. Turbines

No. 4

Type Francis

Rated Output

Rated Flow

Rated Head

Maximum Head

182.7 MW (each)

312.1 m3/s (each)

65.0 m

79.34 m

3. Dam

Dam Type Asphalt Concrete Core Rockfill

Dam

Maximum Dam Height

Normal Pool Level

Design Flood

95.5 m

461 masl

20,700 m3/s

Safety Check Flood

Check Flood Level

29,600 m3/s

467.06 (5000 Year Flood)

4. Spillway

Spillway Type Overflow with Radial Gates

Gate Size 14 m x 22 m (each)

No. of Gates 6

5. Sluicing Gates

No. of Gate Orifices 2

Gates Types Radial

Gate Size 9 m x 10 m (each)

6. Diversion Tunnels D & B (Drill and Blast)

Type Concrete Lined Tunnel

No. of Tunnels 3

Tunnel Dia 12.5 m

Tunnel Length 450 m (each)

7. Head Race Power Tunnel D & B (Drill and Blast)

Type

No.

Concrete Lined Tunnel

4

Tunnel Diameter 9.5 m (each)

Tunnel Length 240 m (each)

No. of Penstocks 4 m


39 January 2015


Diameter of Penstocks 7.9 m (each)

8. Tailrace Channel

Type

Length

Width

Concrete Lined Channel

170.4 m

17.5 m

9. Electrical Works

Transmission Line Capacity 500 kV

Generator 4, Turbo units

Generator Capacity 180 MW/ 200 MVA

Generation Voltage 18 kV

Figure 2.3: Project Layout Plan


40 January 2015

Figure 2.4: Project Layout Plan (3D Perspective View)


41 January 2015

2.4.1 Dam, Reservoir and Power Intake

The proposed dam will be located downstream of the village of Gorah, about 200 meters

upstream of Karot Bridge. During construction, the foundation of the dam and power

intake will cover an area centred on the river bed between the upstream and downstream

cofferdams. The project area mostly covers bare, unproductive rock and river bed. Three

diversion tunnels have been envisaged to divert the river flows during construction of main

dam.

The dam will have a maximum height of 95.5 meters. It will impound 152 million cubic

meters (MCM) of water at normal pool level of 461 masl. The normal pool level has been

assigned to the project by Private power Infrastructure Board (PPIB). Government of

Pakistan (on the basis of cascade study) carried out study for optimal allocation of gross

head to the hydropower projects proposed upstream of Mangla Dam on Jhelum River. At

normal pool level, this reservoir will extend upstream upto 5.54 km² into the narrow canyon

and would submerge the bare and unproductive areas around river bed. The topographic

map of reservoir area is shown in Figures 2.5 - 2.11. It has been proposed to permanently

acquire land in reservoir area corresponding to 20 years flood in the Karot reservoir.

The dead level has been recommended as 451 m on the basis of the dam-front

sedimentation elevation. It is fixed by considering water level requirement at intake and

ensuring the operational stability of the generating units by minimizing the energy output

loss during reservoir sediment release period.

After 20 years of reservoir operation, there will still be approximately 20 million m3

regulating storage left. This indicates that the selected dead water level will still satisfy the

requirement of intake and daily regulation.

2.4.2 Headrace Tunnels

Four headrace tunnels will convey up to 312.1 m³/s (each tunnel) of water from the power

intake on the right bank of Jhelum River to the powerhouse.

One generator is matched with one tunnel to avoid large diameter of tunnel and keep

flexibility in running of generator. There are 4 tunnels in total. These will be excavated using

drill and blast method.

These 4 tunnels will run parallel to each other and are to be connected by means of

“straight line-arc-straight line”. Distance between tunnel axis is 27m.

The diameter of tunnel shall be not too large as surrounding rocks in are classified as III

and IV. If proposed diameter of tunnel is 10m and thickness of rock pillar between tunnels is

only 1.25 times of the diameter (not thick enough), there will be instability of surrounding

rock. In this circumstance, it is necessary to widen space between tunnels. This will enlarge

intake, increase amount of work meanwhile bring a range of problems in layout and power

generation structure. The tunnels will be concrete lined having a diameter of 9.5 m.


42 January 2015

2.4.3 Penstocks and Powerhouse

From the downstream end of the headrace tunnel, water will be conveyed through the

penstocks to the powerhouse. This powerhouse would be located in open cut on the right

bank of Jhelum River at Karot. The discharge from the turbines will run through a 170

meters long tailrace channel back to the Jhelum River. All material excavated from the

penstock, powerhouse and tailrace channel will be properly dumped in the disposal areas

selected for the project.

2.4.4 Processing Standard of Inundation

As there is no regulations and codes and related provisions related with respects of the

processing standards for inundation in Pakistan. In combination with the practical situation

of the reservoir area, considering the degree of importance of flooded objects and the

original flood control standard as well as the influenced degree by reservoir inundation, the

processing standard and processing scope of inundation of reservoir area in Karot HPP is

considered by KPCL.

Designed Backwater of Reservoir: The designed flood standard of farmland shall be

once in 5 years, the designed flood standard of resettlement line shall be once in 20 years,

the designed flood standard of highway and other professional projects shall be determined

according to the provisions of the relevant industrial technical standards, for those are not

stipulated by relevant industrial technical standards, the designed flood standard shall be

determined according to the study of importance of its service objects. Refer to Table 2.2

for details about the designed flood standards of different flooded objects. The calculation

of backwater of reservoir considered the influence of sediment deposition used for 20

years.

Table 2.2: Standard Meter of Designed Flood for Different Floored Object

Flooded Object Flood Standard

(frequency %) Recurrence Interval (year)

Farmland 20 5

Forest land, grassland and

unused land Normal pool level －

Housing estate 5 20

Free height of reservoir: comprehensively consider the factors of safety, the resettlement

line shall be considered to add 1m in height and the land acquisition line to add 0.5m in

height.

The designed final position of the terminal of backwater of reservoir: take the calculated

section with a difference value of 0.3m from the water surface profile of backwater of the

designed flood sediment deposition to the water surface profile of natural flood with the

same frequency as the section of terminal of backwater of reservoir, the inundated area of


43 January 2015

the upper reach of section of terminal of backwater of reservoir shall be horizontally

extended to place intersecting with the averaged water surface profile of natural river

course for several years. In consideration of the dam site of Azad Pattan Hydropower

Station at the cascade in upper reach of Karot Hydropower Project of Jhelum River locates

at the Azad Pattan Bridge with 7km away in the upper reach. When the section of designed

flood backwater terminal locates at the upper reach of dam site of Azad Pattan Hydropower

Project , finger out shall be conducted in the way that the section of Azad Pattan dam site to

be cut off vertically.

Scope of Reservoir Inundation Area:

Line of land acquisition: The farmland shall be the recommended normal pool level

(461m, the same below) in front of dam + free height value of reservoir (the influence of

storm waves and ship waves shall be considered in this phase and measured as 0.5m)

horizontally connecting the water surface profile of backwater of the designed flood

sediment deposition occurred once in 5 years, the normal pool level shall be deemded as

that of the forest land, grassland and unused land.

Resettlement line: Include the housing estates, cities and towns (markets) and general

professional projects. Horizontally connect the water surface profile of backwater of the

designed flood sediment deposition occurred once in 20 years to the normal pool level in

front of dam + free height value of reservoir (the influence of storm waves and ship waves

shall be considered in this phase and measured as 1.0m), among which, for the high grade

professional projects, refer to the designed flood standards specified by relevant

professional norms.


44 January 2015

Figure 2.5. Layout of Reservoir Area 7-1


45 January 2015



46 January 2015



47 January 2015



48 January 2015

Figure 2.9. Layout of reservoir area 7-5


49 January 2015



50 January 2015



51 January 2015

2.5 DAM SAFETY

Safety is given utmost importance in the project design. The detail treatment of the subject

is given in the design documents. A summary of safety parameters adopted in the project

design and operation is given below:

Safety against hydraulic pressure from fully supply level and high flood level.

Safety against combined pressure of water and soil (sediment); this is structural part

of the design. This condition will not develop on initial filling, but may develop after

years of reservoir operation if no sediment is removed.

Safety against flood inflow. Additional flood storage has been provided in the design

to accommodate the basic design.

Safe against spill over due to extreme waves or flood events such as GLOFs. The

safety check flood of the dam is designed to consider a combined event of historical

GLOFs, rainfall records and natural dam failures. A free board has been

accommodated to accommodate waves.

Safety against waves generated by landslides in reservoir. The chances of landslides

fill during and after reservoir filling cannot be ruled out. A large landslide drop into the

reservoir has potential of generating a wave. The land slide wave can be absorbed by

the provision in the weir design for flood + wave.

Safety against scour in plunge pool scours depth. The discharge from spillway will flip

from the bucket into the air and fall in the pool of water below. The formation of

eddies will dissipate the energy. The process will scour the river bed and depth of the

water in the plunge pool will increase. This depth will attain equilibrium and reach no

scour no deposit. The foundation of the weir is below the maximum scour depth is

surety of the safety.

Safety against Tilt or differential settlement: The foundation is on firm fresh rock.

There is no chance of differential settlement.

Safety against leakages. The dam design has provided inspection galleries. These

will allow monitoring of the dam after the fill. The high quality concrete will allow only

very little transmissibility. Should the inflow indicate an abnormal increase, the

operator will have to investigate the reason and eliminate it.

Safety against land sliding during reservoir filling and drawdown. The filling of the

dam for the first time, and subsequently for operation will result in increase of pore

pressure. If the rock is poor, it may fail and result in land slide. The pore pressure

developed during filling will create reverse hydraulic gradient. This can result in the

failure of the slope and creating a land slide. The fill and emptying the reservoir must

be kept at low rate for safety of weir. The first filling of the reservoir will be carried out

at a rate of 1 m/day while monitoring slope failures. During flushing operations a filling

rate of 3 m/day and drawdown rate of 4 m/day will be adopted. However, it is

expected the landslide prone areas will be stabilized after a few cycles of filling and

drawdown.

Safety during repeated drawdown cycles and fill cycles if used for peaking power is

critical. It is important to keep surveillance during operation and keep studying the


52 January 2015

slope movement. For this purpose the slopes are mapped and their movement

recorded to forecast the land slides. This has to be part of operation manual.

Preparation of annual safety report for review by dam experts. This has to be the part

of operation manual.

Monitoring is an important tool to ensure safety. After completion of the construction, the

dam safety Programme consists of Three Tiers:

The First Tier: Monitoring is carried out by the operation and maintenance (O&M) staff of

the project. This consists of observing the responses of the vast network of instruments

embedded in the various structures. The data collected thus is compiled and analysed to

identify the areas of abnormal behaviour and to devise measures for immediate action.

The Second Tier: Monitoring is carried out. It is done by keeping a constant watch on the

flow of instrument response data of the project structures through Tier One, analysing it

using the latest interpretation techniques, locating the areas of abnormal behaviour and

suggesting short term and long term solutions. Annual inspections to see the physical

condition of the works and to make on site appraisal of performance data. At the end of the

inspection, a comprehensive report is issued commenting upon the physical condition of the

works, abnormalities observed, their likely causes and possible solutions. Experts also visit

projects, whenever any abnormal situation is reported, to study the phenomenon in situ and

suggest corrective measures. In summary Expert's functions under Second Tier are as

below:

Carrying out annual inspection and issuance of inspection report, identifying physical

inadequacies, erratic performances, possible causes and the corrective measures.

Compilation, tabulation and interpretation of performance data of project structures

and issue biannual safety evaluation reports.

Paying site visits to study, diagnose and prescribe problems of emergent natures.

The Third Tier: Monitoring implies periodic Inspections which are undertaken at an interval

of 2 to 5 years, depending upon the hazard value and age of the project. This is supposed

to be carried out by an external team, who are not part of project. The external team will

prepare a comprehensive inspection reports reviewing the health of the structures,

identifying the areas of concern and suggesting short term and long term corrective

measures”.

2.6 PRONE AREAS OF RESERVOIR

According to the the findings of geological survey in the influenced area of reservoir, the

influenced area of reservoir includes the areas of landslide and collapse caused by

reservoir filling.

After the reservoir filling of Karot Hydropower Project, different levels of reconstruction

phenomena on the reservoir bank slope will be caused by the effect of fluctuation and wave

washout of the water in the reservoir, and the facilities and civil buildings inside the

reconstruction influenced area will be affected. According to the field survey and analytical

prediction, the bank slope sections with more concentrated influence on the reconstruction


53 January 2015

of bank slope are mainly distributed at four places, including the bank slope in the

surrounding of cable bridge with 12 ~13km away from the dam site of the left bank, bank

slope of distribution section of deformable bodies of collapsed slide rock on the right bank

with 16.3m from the dam site, bank slope in the surrounding of transformer substation on

the right bank with 17.9 ~18.2km from the dam site, and the bank slope on the right bank

with 19.2m from the dam site, refer to Table 2.3 for details, among which:

Table 2.3: Scope of the Influenced Area of Reservoir of Karot Hydropower Project

Sr.

# Location

Distance from

Dam(km)

Area

(km2)

1 Cable bridge areas on the left bank 12 ~13 0.0176

2 Deformable Bodies areas on the right bank 16.3 0.0011

3 Transformer substation areas on the right bank 17.9 ~18.2 0.0093

4 Areas nearby the lower reach of Azad Pattan

Bridge on the right bank 19.2 0.0005

Cable Bridge Area on the Left Bank: It is distributed in the cable bridge surrounding with

12 ~13km from the dam site on the left bank, this section of bank slope is the quaternary

collapsed slide rock piled up bank slope, the thickness of the collapsed slope generally is 3

~5m with the most thickness reaching more than 10m. The predicted length of

reconstruction area along river shall be of 823m after reservoir filling, and the width of

reconstructed bend shall be of 10 ~20m, the highest influenced elevation shall be of about

490m, and there mainly are highways and houses, etc. For layout see Figure 2.12.

Deformable Bodies Areas on the Right Bank: It is 16.3m away from the dam site, this

section of bank slope shall be quaternary collapsed slide rock piled up bank slope, and

mainly are massive gravels with thickness of 3~5m, overall deformation has happened at

present. The predicted length of reconstruction area of this section of reservoir bank along

river shall be 100m also, and the width of reconstructed bend shall be 5~15m and the

highest influenced elevation shall be about 469m. The reconstruction of reservoir bank will

mainly have effect on the normal operation of highways in the inner side. For layout see

Figure 2.13.

Transformer Substation Areas on the Right Bank: It is 17.9 ~18.2km away from the dam

site, this section of bank slope is the collapsed slide rock piled up bank slope and is made

up by clay with gravel and massive gravels. The predicted length of reconstruction scope of

reservoir bank along the river is more than 220m, the width of reconstructed bend is 30

~50m and the highest affected elevation is about 485m, and it will mainly have effect on the

safe operation of transformer substations in the inner side. For layout see Figure 2.14.

Areas Nearby the Lower Reach of Azad Pattan Bridge on the Right Bank: The bank

slope in this area mainly consists of the collapsed slope rock and gravelly soil, the predicted

length of reconstruction scope of reservoir bank along the river is about 40m, the width of


54 January 2015

reconstructed bend is 10 ~17m and the highest affected elevation is about 470m, it will

mainly have effect on the normal operation of highways in that area. For layout see Figure

2.15.

In general, reconstruction is slight; the width of reconstruction affected zone is

generally less than 5m. There shall be no highway and other key facilities and

dwellings inside the affected area.

Figure 2.12: Reservoir Prone Area (Suspension Bridge Area on Left Bank)


55 January 2015

Figure 2.13: Reservoir Prone Area (Deformation Area on the Right Bank)


56 January 2015

Figure 2.14: Reservoir Prone Area (Substation Area on the Right Bank)


57 January 2015

Figure 2.15: Reservoir Prone Area (Downstream on Azad Pattan Bridge of the Right Bank)


58 January 2015

2.7 FLOOD STUDY

Karot Hydropower project is located on the downstream side of Jhelum river basin. Neelum and Kunhar are two major tributaries that join the Jhelum River at upstream side of the dam site.

Jhelum river basin has torrential rains and is frequent during monsoon season in summer.

Rainfall mainly concentrates in southern and western river basin.

Peak flood discharge series of Karot station and Azad Pattan project are mainly collected

from WAPDA and are used for runoff design.Water level observation started from 8:00 a.m.

to 5:00 p.m. Water level was observed once every hour, so high water level observation

may have been missed. Recorded maximum monthly water levels and occurrence time in

2013 through May to September are referred inTable 2.4.

Table 2.4: Recorded Maximum Monthly Water Levels in 2013 (May ~September)

Month Maximum water level recorded by

water level recording meter (m) Time

May 433.26 27th, 8:30

Jun. 432.16 12nd

, 14:05

Jul. 431.10 8th, 8:30

Aug. 433.43 19th, 17:10

Sept. 427.56 13rd

, 14:20

Maximum water level in flood season is 433.43m and was recorded on August 19 at 17:10.

It was higher than maximum water level of 433.39m recorded by water level recording

meter at 17:00 on the same day. Maximum monthly water levels observed in May, June,

July and September, 2013 occurred during regular observation period in Pakistan.

The difference is only 0.04m between the readings. This has less impact on annual

maximum peak flood discharge measured at this station.

The peak flood discharge series of Karot station and Azad Pattan station are shown in

Figure 2.16.

Figure 2.16: Peak Flood Discharge Series at Karot and Azad Pattan Stations

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

14000

16000

19

69

19

71

19

73

19

75

19

77

19

79

19

81

19

83

19

85

19

87

19

89

19

91

19

93

19

95

19

97

19

99

20

01

20

03

20

05

20

07

20

09

Dic

har

ge（

m3/s）

years

Karot Azad Pattan


59 January 2015

Extreme heavy flood occurred in the Jhelum River in 1992. Azad Pattan Bridge, located

7km upstream of Azad Pattan project, was destroyed by the flood. The maximum peak

flood discharge was 14730 m3/s.

In 2001 Mangla dam PMF review report, 1992 rainstorm was selected as most devastating

rainstorm in Pakistan since 1929. It was selected from 1929, 1959 and 1992 rainstorms.

Site investigation and SMEC consultants also confirmed that 1929 heavy flood that

occurred at Azad Pattan station is the heaviest flood since 1929. It was having peak flood

discharge even higher than that of 2010 flood (peak flood discharge 9748m3/s).

The return period of 1992 flood at Azad Pattan station was determined to be 82 years.

Karot dam site is located downstream of Azad Pattan hydrology station and Karot hydrology

station (abandoned in 1979). There is no large tributary between Karot dam site and Azad

Pattan hydrology station.

Difference of drainage area of the two stations is very small as Karot hydrology station is

close to Azad Pattan hydrology station. The maximum flood may occur through March to

September at Karot dam site. Probability of flood in August and September is maximum.

Maximum flood cannot occur from October to next February.

According to requirement of flood control calculation for Karot Hydropower project, peak

flood, 3days flood discharge and 7days flood discharge are selected for flood frequency

calculation.

Empirical frequency of extreme heavy flood is calculated from following formula:

1M

MP

N

Empirical frequency of surveyed continuous flood seriesis calculated from the formula:

111

1

ln

lm

N

a

N

aPm

Where,

PM: empirical frequency of extreme heavy flood, item M;

Pm: empirical frequency of surveyed flood series, item m;

N: research period of extreme heavy flood;

M: sequence number of extreme heavy flood (M=1, 2,……, a);

a: item number of extreme heavy flood with continuous sequence in N years;

l: item number of surveyed flood taken out as extreme heavy flood;

m: sequence number of surveyed flood;

n: item number of surveyed flood series

P-Ⅲ type curve is adopted as design flood frequency curve of Karot dam site.


60 January 2015

2.8 PROJECT OPERATION

In the wet months of May, June, July and August, the power intake will divert up to

1248.4m³/s from the reservoir into the power house water channel and thereby generate

electricity up to the full installed capacity level almost round the clock. During this time, the

reservoir level will vary slightly remaining at or close to Full Supply Level. From October to

February, river flows will be stored in the reservoir for diversion into the power house

channel during the peak demand hours of the system. As such, the plant will generate

electricity at its full capacity for at least 4 hours per day and the reservoir level will vary

accordingly over a 24 hour period between Minimum Operating Level and Full Supply

Level. During the intervening months of September and March the hours of power

generation at maximum capacity will fall/rise according to the fluctuations in the river

discharge.

2.8.1 Energy Generation

Karot project is designed for the purpose of generating power with daily regulation

capability. The daily operation will involve arrangement of the transient output of the station

and the start/shutdown, the service/shutdown of the generating units and load distribution

under the defined daily average output (or daily energy output). During the flood season,

the station will provide the system intermediate load and base load. During the dry season,

peak shaving may be used as required by the power system.

If the reservoir level is higher than or equal to 451 m and the power generation head is

larger than the minimum head of the generating units, the station will continue to generate

power as usual. When the inflow discharge is larger than 4,850 m3/s or the reservoir level is

lower than 451 m, the station will stop operation.

Under the recommended scenario, the momentum indicators are: normal pool level 461m;

dead level 451m; daily regulation capacity; station installed capacity 720MW; guaranteed

output 116.5MW (P＝90%; mean annual energy output 3.213 billion kWh; available hours of

installed capacity 4462h. Table 2.5 lists the main momentum indicators of the Karot HPP.

Table 2.6 shows the month-to-month energy output distribution of a year.

Table 2.5: Main Momentum Indicators under the Recommended Scenario

Item Unit Indicator

Control catchment area at damsite Km2 26700

Mean annual runoff 100m m3 258.3

Normal pool level m 461

Storage below normal pool level 10,000m3 15200

Dead level m 451

Dead storage 10,000m3 10295

Balancing storage 10,000m3 4905


61 January 2015

Item Unit Indicator

Regulating performance / Daily regulation

Guaranteed output (90%) MW 116.5

Installed capacity MW 720

Mean annual energy output 100m kWh 32.13

Available hours of installed capacity h 4462

Weighted average output head m 69.12

Table 2.6: Average Energy Output by Month and Percentage to Annual Total

Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total

Annual

energy

output

(100m

kWh)

1.03 1.40 3.00 4.33 4.14 3.87 4.29 3.91 2.51 1.53 1.10 1.03 32.1

3

Percent

(%) 3.21 4.37 9.34 13.47 12.88 12.04 13.34 12.16 7.82 4.76 3.41 3.20

100.

00

2.9 SEDIMENT MANAGEMENT

Estimation of sediment inflow is prerequisite for planning of any reservoir because life of

reservoir is directly affected by rate of sediment inflows. Sediment is a part of fragmented

rocks of varying size from less than 0.075 mm to larger than 1.0 m. Due to erosion,

sediments become part of River. Transport of sediment depends upon velocities in Jhelum

River. With construction of dam on River, river velocities will drop down leading to

deposition of sediments in the storage area. The coarser material will be deposited

upstream of top set slope and relatively finer material will be deposited in fore set and

bottom set slope of the reservoir. Sediment depositions in the reservoir will result in the

decrease of gross storage and ultimately no space would be available after several years of

operation. Therefore sediment data, its processing and exact determination of deposition

pattern are prerequisites for estimation of useful life of the dam.

According to analysis for Karot HPP, the mean annual suspended load transport is 33.15

million tons including bedload of 4.97 million tons. The total sediment transport is 38.12

million tons. Sediment mainly comes in the flood season from April to August. The sediment

inflow into the Karot reservoir is highly concentrated in contrast to the limited reservoir

storage of only 152 million m3. The reservoir sediment delivery ratio is 5.2. When the project

is complete, the reservoir will suffer heavy sedimentation.


62 January 2015

2.10 ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS

To meet the requirements of ecological flow discharge, an ecological discharge steel tube

with an inner diameter of 800mm is to be provided. The inlet of the discharge tube is set

with trash rack. In order to adjust the velocity of the inlet grid, the inlet pipe size of the

ecological discharge steel tube is 2800mm, the length of the gradual change section is

6.23m. The inlet elevation is 440.00m. The inlet of the ecological discharge steel tube is

equipped with an overhauling valve. The outlet thereof is equipped with a working valve.

The diameter of the ecologoical steel tube is subject to adjustment during detail design

phase.

2.10.1 Hydraulic Design for Ecological Feed Pipe

The original feasibility study report of 720MW Karot HPP (Consultant Consortium,

September 2009) pointed out that in order to meet the requirements of the downstream

ecological environment, it is needed to drain abut 15m3/s of ecological flow for the karot

reservoir.

During the normal power generation of the power station, the discharge flow per unit of the

power station should be 312m³/s, which satisfies the discharge requirements of ecological

flow. It need to be considered that the ecological feed pipe should meet the requirements of

15m3/s discharge after the reservoir falls into the flushing water level.

And the pipe size of the ecological feed pipe should be estimated according to the

pressure nozzle formula

2.11 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AT THE DAM SITE

Labour camp, workshops, storage yards, aggregate crushing plant, concrete batching plant

and material stockpiles are needed to support the dam‟s construction work.

Areas for the labour camp, workshops and storage yards must not be located in the

immediate vicinity of the dam. There should be located on unused land in the vicinity of the

village of Karot. However, the aggregate crushing plant, concrete batching plant and

material stockpiles must be located close to the site of construction. The land would be

formed into larger terraces in order to accommodate various components of the

construction facilities. It has been decided to permanently acquire the land for construction

facilities instead of leasing it for a limited time. The location for construction facilities are

presented in Figure 2.17.

The office and living campsite of the owner‟s Karot Hydropower Project will consist of two

dormitory buildings, four villas and four watch houses, an office building, a meeting centre,

a canteen, an activity room, a maintenance shop, a switching house, a pump house, and a

garage. The building area totals 6,552m2. Outdoor facilities will include outdoor sports

facilities (such as basketball court), enclosing wall, gate, roads and parking lot, etc.

gH

Qd

c 2

4


63 January 2015

Figure 2.17: Construction Facilities

The campsite will be arranged at the mechanical parking area on the right bank. The

elevation of the campsite will be about 510m and the total floor space will be 31,200m2.

Located in the front of peninsula where the project area is, the land is relatively isolated and

surrounded by beautiful landscape. Total building area of the owner‟s office and living

campsite: 6,552 m2. The main components of permanent campsite are given in Table 2.7

below.

Table 2.7: Main Indicators of Owner’s Permanent Campsite

Project Indicator

Total area of used land 31200 m2

Gross building area 6552 m2

Office building 1950 m2

Meeting centre 540 m2

Dormitory building (2) 2340 m2

Villa (4) 720 m2

Activity room 270 m2

Canteen 480 m2


64 January 2015

Project Indicator

Power distribution room 72 m2

Water pump room 54 m2

Maintenance workshop 216 m2

Garage 144 m2

Watch house (4) 36 m2

Building density 15%

Floor area ratio 0.21

Greening rate 60%

Parking space 49

2.12 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

In accordance with project characteristics and construction scheme, total construction

period for Karot hydropower station will be 5 years (60 months), and power duration will be

4 years and 7 months (55 months). Therein the construction preparation period will be 25

months, construction period of principal works 30 months, and construction completion

period 5 months; the project period of preparing to build will be 12 months, in which the time

of coincidence with preparation period will be 8 months (not counted into the total

construction period).

During the project period of preparing to build, project bidding, dam transportation (including

Dam Bridge), construction power supply line, land requisition and resettlement, contract

signing, campsite of early stage will be completed.

The period of preparing to build will start from September of the first year, and will be used

for construction preparation.

In January of the first year, excavation of diversion tunnel adit will start; at the beginning of

April of the same year, open excavation of diversion tunnel exit will start; at the end of

September of the second year, diversion tunnel will have existence condition of water

system.

At the beginning of October of the second year, major river bed closure will be carried out;

at the end of February of the third year, cofferdam anti-seepage and foundation pit pumping

will be completed.

At the beginning of March of the third year, foundation excavation and treatment will be

carried out in the dam river bed; in December of this year, concrete base pouring and

consolidation, and curtain grouting will be completed; at the beginning of September of the

same year, filling of dam enrockment will be started; at the end of September of the fourth

year, full section of dam will be filled to the elevation of 434m; at the end of March of the

fifth year, the dam will be filled to top elevation of 469.5m.


65 January 2015

Construction of powerhouse slope will be started at the beginning of May of the first year,

and completed at the end of April of the second year; concrete pouring of powerhouse will

be started in May of the same year, and concrete pouring of first unit will be completed in

June of the fourth year; in July, installation of first unit will be started and completed in

January of the fifth year; since then, one unit will be installed every 2 to 3 months;

installation of all units will be completed in August of the fifth year.

The gate will be lowered for impoundment at the end of February of the fifth year; at the end

of March, the first unit will be put into operation; all the units will be put into operation at the

end of August, so that the project will be completed.

2.13 MATERIAL SOURCE PLANNING

Total concrete quantity of main works of Karot hydropower project and diversion works is

1,146,500 m3. Asphalt concrete is 21,400 m

3 and the demand of finished material is 32,900

m3; anti-scouring wear resisting concrete is 26,700 m

3 and the demand of finished material

is 41,600 m3; normal concrete is 1,098,400 m

3 and the demand of finished aggregate is

1,713,400 m3.

Total earth-rock filling is 4,492,500 m3, amounting to the bank measure of 4,185,400 m

3.

Stone filling including different kinds of block stone, stone ballast and stone ballast mixture,

etc. is 4,049,300 m3, amounting to the bank measure of 3,636,400 m

3; different kinds of

gravel materials (including bedding material) are 443,200 m3, amounting to the bank

measure of 549,000 m3.

In the phase of feasibility study, two natural gravel quarries and one stone quarry nearby

the Karot hydropower project area have been investigated in detail and excavated materials

of main structures have been analysed. Slightly weathered and fresh pelitic siltstone and

sandstone in the excavated materials of structures meet the design requirement of filling

material and its geological reserve is 7,521,100 m3, and available quantity is 5,060,000 m

3.

Concrete aggregate and gravel filling material are exploited from Beor natural gravel quarry

and the exploited quantity for design is 2,324,700 m3. 32,900 m

3 asphalt concrete mineral

aggregate and 41,600m3 anti-scouring wear resisting concrete aggregate are purchased

from Taxila limestone quarry.






will be removed and


capacity of 15400 thousand m3 in an environmentally sound manner.

2.14 SWITCHYARD AND TRANSMISSION LINE

It is pointed out that the following description of transmission line is not part of the present

updating of EIA Study Report of Karot HPP.

Karot Powerhouse will be connected to the national grid through 500kV transmission line. A

Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) has been proposed for Karot HPP. The rated voltage of

GIS is 550kV, rated current 2000A, and rated short circuit breaking current 50kA. GIS


66 January 2015

power distribution equipment room will be established on the upstream auxiliary

powerhouse with elevation of 431.0m.

Karot Hydropower project is on the 4th level of the five cascade hydropower project

planned for Jhelum River. It is located at upstream (1.75km) of the Karot bridge and 74 km

upstream from the Mangela dam on the downstream. This station is a hydropower hydro

complex dedicated to power generation. At present, the installed capacity of the station is

720 MW with four units. The unit capacity is 180MW, the warrant output is 116.5 MW, the

average annual electricity output is 3.213 billion kW·h and the annual utilization hours are

4,462.

The Karot Hydropower Project was established by the Sanxia Group in the BOT mode.

According to the results of the spatial analysis on the power market of Pakistan, the power

utilization demand of Pakistan is increasing rapidly with huge power market potential and

strong hydropower digestion capacity. The electricity generated by the Karot Hydropower

Station will be incorporated by the national grid of Pakistan. The generated power will be

transmitted to three load centers, namely, Gujranwala, Lahore and Rawalpindi, which will

make up the maximum load demand of the system. The construction of the project will

actively promote the social and economic development of the site and the power supply

areas by improving the local power supply guarantee rate, driving the local industrial

development and enhancing the living standard and employment rate of the local people.

2.14.1 Method of Connection to Electric Power System

The design will be based on the connection system and primary electrical connection

requirements. On the meeting held in January 2013, NTDC provided the planning of the

Pakistani power grid by 2030. An output line from Karot Hydropower Project will connect to

the GUJRANWALA substation. Another line is connected to the NJ power station which is

about 100 km away from the hydropower station. The voltage classes of the connection

system and connecting lines are 500kV. The Hydropower Project near Karot is under

construction. The installed capacity of the station is 4×265.5MW. The unit connection is

used for the combination of its generators and main transformers. The 500kV 1.5-time

breaker connection is used on the high voltage side. The power station has two output

lines.

According to the requirements specified by NTDC and the location and installed capacity

(720MW) of the power station as well as the installed capacity of the NJ power station

(1060MW) and the transmission distance and direction, the two-circuit 500kV AC lines shall

be used to output electricity. One circuit shall be connected to the 500kV GUJRANWALA

substation, and the other circuit shall be connected to the NJ power station. The power

transmission distances are 150km and 100km, respectively.

Furthermore, since the two 500kV output lines of the Karot Hydropower Project have long

power transmission distances and the charge capacity of the power distribution grid is

large, the reactive power balance and overvoltage of the first generator as well as the

corresponding measures shall be considered. Since the contracted system designing is

undergoing and the information about the system is insufficient, the paralleling reactor will


67 January 2015

not be installed in the Karot Hydropower Station at the current stage. The research works

shall not be done until the designing of the connection system of the power station is

completed and the information is fully provided.

2.15 ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS FOR KAROT HPP

2.15.1 Project Alternatives

During the feasibility studies of 2009, six main parameters were considered in the analysis

of Karot project alternatives. These parameters included:

● Number of project affected persons;

● Number of religious sites under threat of demolishes

● Degree of willingness of affected persons to relocate

● Presence of sensitive entities

● Strategic security of the dam structure and

● Construction cost of the project

All alternatives were examined from an environmental viewpoint to ensure that the

selected option is appropriate to minimize environmental impacts. Two alternatives were

developed for comparative evaluation, identification, analysis, and selection of the

preferred alternative. This exercise led to the earlier selection of Alternative 2 comprising

a dam at Karot with four power tunnels and an underground powerhouse at Karot village.

The KPCL carried out additional field investigations and desk studies from 2010 to 2014

and proposed different layouts of the project mainly comparing the dam type and location of

dam axis. An asphalt core rockfill dam has been proposed instead of concrete gravity dam

thus requiring a separate spillway structure on the right bank of Jhelum River. The

underground powerhouse cavern has been changed to surface type powerhouse in open

cut. The revised project layout offers cost savings as well as lesser complications in

construction activities. The scope of land acquisition however has been increased as

compared to the layout proposed in the feasibility study by SMEC consortium. The latest

project layout as per feasibility update report by KPCL design team is presented at Figures

2.3 & 2.4. The present EIA report has been updated for this revised layout.

The direct yield of the project will be 720 MW of electrical power and 3,213 GWh of

electrical energy per year. In the wet summer months of May, June, July and August, the

plant will generate the full installed capacity almost around the clock. From October to

February, the power plant will operate for only 4 hours per day. During the intervening

months of September and March the hours of generation at maximum capacity will

fall/rise as per river flow fluctuation.

It is necessary to compare this hydropower project with thermal power plants in the

generation of electricity. The Thermal power stations produce huge amounts of CO2 - a

greenhouse gas associated with global warming. Karot HPP will not emit any CO2 during its

operation and is thus credited with displacing that quantity of CO2 that would otherwise be


68 January 2015

emitted into the atmosphere by a thermal power plant generating the equivalent amount of

electricity. This will amount to about 1,927,800 tonnes of CO2 per year.

2.15.2 Carbon Credits

Karot Hydropower Project will generate on an average 3,213 GWh per year of electrical

energy without producing any CO2. The reservoir area is devoid of vegetation thus CH4 will

also not be produced during the project life.

At present Pakistan base energy is generated by hydropower plants, thermal power plants

using combined cycle gas turbines. A combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) is the only

thermal plant that can generate both base and peak energy at competitive prices. Gas

turbines normally operate in combined cycle/ open cycle mode to generate base energy.

The CCGT plants can be fired with different fuels. For the purpose of present assessment,

natural gas has been adopted. A CCGT will produce CO2 as follows:

Combined Cycle Mode:

Natural gas consumption by volume = 230 m³/MWh

Natural gas density = 0.717 kg/m³

Natural gas consumption by mass = 165 kg / MWh

Open cycle mode:

Natural gas consumption by volume = 314 m³/MWh

Natural gas density = 0.717 kg/m³

Natural gas consumption by mass = 225 kg/MWh

Assuming that natural gas is methane (CH4), the complete combustion of 1kg of natural gas

will result in the emission of 2.75 kg of CO2.

Therefore, the CO2 emission rates are as follows:

Combined cycle mode (for base energy) = 454kg CO2/MWh (450 t CO2/GWh).

Open cycle mode (for peak energy) = 619kg CO2/MWh (620 t CO2/GWh).

On average, the Karot HPP will generate annually 3,213,000 MWh of energy. The

implementation of the Karot Project will thus avoid the annual emissions from a natural gas

fired CCGT of:

Average CO2 avoidance per annum = 1,927,800 t CO2.

2.15.3 Non-Renewable Option

Non-renewable options such as solar and wind are not brought into the national grid at any

of the location in Pakistan, however, few wind projects are at different stages of

implementation/ construction. Pakistan imports oil from other countries to meet domestic

needs whilst the gas reserves of the country are fast depleting and hence cannot be

presently considered as reliable sources of power generation. The only coal used in

Pakistan is imported from Indonesia and South Africa. The Thar Coal resources are still in


69 January 2015

early stages of exploration and are yet to be further evaluated for potential to generate

electricity. Wind power is currently in the experimental stage and few projects are under

implementation and having lower efficiency and power potential cannot be considered as a

replacement or full time substitute of other sources of power generation. Numerous

perennial and seasonal rivers are flowing in the north south direction in Pakistan. Hence

Hydel power is considered a viable option for a country rich in surface water resources. For

a developing country like Pakistan minimum O&M cost makes the hydel power as a viable

option.

2.15.4 ‘’No Project’’ Option

The “No Project” option is least considered option for Pakistan. The country is currently

going through the worse power crisis of the history. Energy crisis is considered as major

development hurdle in Pakistan and has resulted in massive load shedding in the country

hugely deteriorating the economic development and growth. In year 2012-13 reveal that the

power shortfall touched the figured of 6,390 MW with average shortfall of 3,886 MW. The

total generation was 95,364 GWh during year 2011-12 which represent only 47% capacity

utilization. “No Project” scenario is considered or adopted it would mean that the already

power deficient economy would suffer even more and at current rate if no power is added to

the national grid. Given the gravity of energy crisis and its repercussion on the economy,

Pakistan cannot afford to deprive itself of a major project of cheap source of electricity.


70 January 2015

CHAPTER - 3

LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

3.1 GENERAL

Legal requirements for carrying out the Environmental Impact Assessment of Karot

Hydropower Project are covered by environmental regulations enumerated in Pakistan

Environmental Protection Act 1997 and in the document titled Review of IEE and EIA

Regulations 2000. In addition, any project that would be implemented with financial

assistance from the IFC, needs to follow its standards and guidelines.

3.2 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION LEGISLATION

3.2.1 Initial Environmental Examination (IEE)/

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA-1997) Section 12 lays down basic

requirements and procedures for the Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental

Impact Assessment. The Act provides that “No proponent of a development project shall

commence construction or operation unless he has filed an IEE with the Government

Agency designated by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency or Provincial

Environmental Protection Agencies, as the case may be, or, where the project is likely to

cause a significant adverse environmental effect, an Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA), for approval from Government Agency in respect thereof”.

The Government of Pakistan in the year 2000 adopted, the Regulations for the Review of

IEE and EIA, henceforth given as (“the Review Regulations”). Under the Review

Regulations, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) stipulated relevant procedures for

the proponents to be compliance with environmental quality requirements for the

preparation of the environmental assessment studies (either IEE or EIA). The Review

Regulations define the role of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency, Provincial

EPA‟s as the approving governmental agencies for according approval to the various

IEE/EIA Studies after ascertaining that appropriate level of Public Consultation was made

and stake holders feedback was incorporated.

3.3 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT 1997 (PAK-EPA ACT 1997)

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997, aims at providing a set of “comprehensive

procedures and guidelines for environmental assessment in Pakistan”. The provisions of

the Act include the following:

- Pakistan Environmental Legislation & National Environmental Quality Standards

(NEQS).

- Policy and Protection for Filing and Approval of Environmental Assessment

Reports.

- Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports.

- Guidelines for Public Consultations.

- Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas.


71 January 2015

- Sectoral Guidelines for major thermal and hydel power stations, major chemical and

manufacturing plants, water supply projects, industrial estates, new township

development, major roads, sewerage schemes, and oil and gas exploration.

In addition, the list includes guidelines for Irrigation and drainage, dams, forestry, and urban

waste disposal.

3.4 THE AJK, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT, 2000

The AJK, Environmental Protection Act, 2000 empowers the AJK –EPA to:

• Administer and implement the provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations

made there-under to comply with the environmental policies approved by the Council;

• Enforce the provisions of the Act through environmental protection orders and

environmental tribunals headed by magistrates with wide-ranging powers, including

the right to fine violators of the Act.

• Prepare or revise, and establish the Environmental Quality Standards with the

approval of the Council;

• Develop environmental emission standards for parameters such as air, water and

land. Identify categories of projects to which the Initial Environment Examination

(IEE) or Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) will apply.

• Develop guidelines for conducting initial environmental examinations (IEE) and EIA‟s

and procedures for the submission, review and approval of the same.

• Review IEE or EIA with the objectives that these meet the requirements of the Act.

Public participation shall be ensured during review process of IEE or EIA reports.

3.5 PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (PAK. EPA)

Under Section 5 of PEPA-1997, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak.EPA) has

been established with a Director General as its head. Sections 6 and 7 of PEPA 1997

describe the functions and powers of the Agency. Similarly provincial EPA‟s are functional

in each province as provided in PEPA-1997. Azad Jammu and Kashmir has its own EPA.

Under Section 6(2) of the Act, Pak- EPA has the authority:

- To undertake inquiries or investigations into environmental issues.

- To request any person to furnish any information or data relevant to the functions of

Pak - EPA.

- To recommend to the Federal Government incentives, prizes, awards, subsidies,

tax exemptions, rebates etc. for achieving environmental objectives and goals.

Under Section 7(a) of the Act Pak- EPA has been empowered:

- To summon and enforce the attendance of any person for conduct of any

enquiry/investigation into any environmental issue.

- To enter and inspect any land, building and premises to verify an offence under the

Act being committed.

- To take sample of effluents, wastes or air pollutant being discharged or emitted and

- To arrange for test and analysis of the samples at a laboratory certified by Pak -

EPA.


72 January 2015

3.6 ENVIRONMENTAL TRIBUNALS

Under Section 20 of the Act, Environmental Tribunals have been established to try cases of

contravention or failure to comply with designated provisions of PEPA-1997.

3.7 CATAGORISATION OF THE PROJECT

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency issued in August 2002 policy and procedures for

filing, review and approval of environmental assessment for the development of projects

relating to various sectors of national economy. This document includes Schedules A, B

and C defining projects in terms of requirements of IEE and EIA.

Schedule A defines projects which require an EIA. It deals with list of major projects which

have the potential to affect a large number of people. The impact of such projects may be

irreversible and could lead to significant changes in land use and in the social, physical and

biological environment. The Section of Schedule A relating to Energy Sector is reproduced

below.

Energy Sector – Schedule A

- Energy Sector: Hydroelectric power generation over 50 MW.

Schedule B defines projects which require an IEE. It deals with projects where the range of

environmental issues is comparatively narrow and issues can be understood and managed

through less extensive analysis. The Section of Schedule B relating to Energy Sector is

reproduced below.

Energy Sector – Schedule B

- Energy Sector: Hydroelectric power generation less than 50 MW.

Schedule C combines everything not in Schedule A and B. Illustrative example given in

Schedule C includes the following.

- Projects promoting energy efficiency


preparation of an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) and of a

Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) is required under Schedule A. This is in agreement with

international used guidelines as derived from IFC (see section 3.14.1).

3.8 NATIONAL RESETTLEMENT POLICY AND ORDINANCE

At this point, the only legislation relating to land acquisition and compensation is the

Land Acquisition Act (LAA) of 1894. The LAA is, however, limited to a cash compensation

policy for the acquisition of land and built-up property, and damage to other assets, such as

crops, trees, and infrastructure based on market prices. The LAA does not consider the

rehabilitation and resettlement of disrupted populations and the restoration of their

livelihoods.

Experience with large-scale infrastructure development projects implemented by institutions

such as the Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA) has demonstrated


73 January 2015

the need for a cohesive national policy for resettlement. In spite of the fact that a National

Resettlement Policy and related legislation has been drafted, it has not been officially

notified. In the absence of this, Performance Standard 5 of IFC will form the basis for

managing the resettlement needs arising from the project.

3.9 LAND ACQUISITION ACT 1894

The Land Acquisition Act 1894 is a “law for the acquisition of land needed for public

purposes and for companies and for determining the amount of compensation to be paid on

account of such acquisition”. The raison de etre of this piece of legislation is, therefore, two-

fold: firstly to fulfil the needs of government and companies for land required by them for

their projects, and secondly, to determine and pay compensation to those private persons

or bodies whose land is is so acquired. The exercise of the power of acquisition has been

limited to public purposes. The principles laid down for the determination of compensation,

as clarified by judicial pronouncements made from time to time, reflect the anxiety of the

law-giver to compensate those who have been deprived of property, adequately. It is with

this end in view that the association of the persons interested in the property, with the

process of determination of its negotiated market value by the Collector is a highlight of this

Act.

3.10 LEGISLATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

EPA Guidelines “Policy and Procedures for the filing, review and approval of

environmental assessments” (September 1997), describe in detail what has to be done for

the preparation of an EMP. The EMP is defined as a “document designed to ensure that

the commitments in the Environmental Report, subsequent review reports, and

Environmental Approval conditions are fully implemented”. The EPA Guidelines further

highlight that the EMP is “a comprehensive document which is usually finalised during or

following detailed design of the proposal, after Environmental Approval of the development

application”.

3.11 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (NEQS)

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQs) specify the following standards:

- Maximum allowable contamination of pollutants (32 parameters) in emission and

liquid industrial effluents discharged to inland water.

- Maximum allowable concentration of pollutant (16 parameters) in gaseous emission

from sources other than vehicles.

- Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants in gaseous emissions from vehicle

exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.

- Maximum allowable noise level from vehicles. Ambient noise standards

- Ambient air quality standards.

These standards apply to gaseous emissions and liquid effluents discharged by batching

plants, asphalt plants, camp sites, construction machinery, and vehicles. The standards for

vehicle, noise wastewater and drinking water will apply during the construction as well as

operational phase of the project. These NEQS are presented in Appendix – I.


74 January 2015

3.12 OTHER RELEVANT REGULATIONS FOR KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

3.12.1 Land Acquisition Procedures

Under the Land Acquisition Act (1894), matters relating to land use and ownership are

outside the jurisdiction of the Federal Government. Consequently, the Provincial Revenue

Departments are empowered to carry out the acquisition of private land or built-up property

for public purposes, including on behalf of a federal agency or a private developer such as

M/s, KPCL. The acquisition of land and payment of compensation as such will be

the responsibility of the client and the implementing agency i.e. Revenue Department of the

Government of Punjab and AJ&K.

3.12.2 The Forest Act, 1927 and the Forest (Amendment) Act 2010

The Act, inter alia, deals with the matters related with protection and conservation of natural

vegetation/habitats. In that matter it empowers the concerned agency to declare protected

and reserved forest areas and maintaining these. In spite of the fact that it recognizes the

right of people for access to the natural resources for their household use, it prohibits

unlawful cutting of trees and other vegetation.

Therefore, for cutting trees for the construction purposes or otherwise, prior permission is

required from the forest department of the concerned province.

3.12.3 Wildlife Act of 1975

In addition to empowering the Wildlife Department to establish game reserves, parks, and

wildlife sanctuaries, the Act regulates hunting and disturbance of wildlife. While reviewing

the ESIA, the EPA may consult the Wildlife Department if the project has an impact on

wildlife.

3.12.4 Punjab wildlife Protection, Preservation, Conservation & Management Act, 1974

In part of the reservoir in Punjab, Punjab wildlife protection, preservation, conservation and

management act, 1974 (amended up to 2007 and rules amended up to 2010) shall enforce

for the overall protection of wildlife flora and fauna.

3.12.5 AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management) Ordinance,

2013

The AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation and Management) Ordinance 2013 was

promulgated by the President of AJK in 2010. It outlines the roles and responsibilities of

government organizations and departments primarily the AJK Wildlife and Fisheries

Department that has the basic responsibility to ensure enforcement of the Act. The

Ordinance also provides for the declaration of various categories of protected areas:

wildlife sanctuaries, wildlife refuge, national parks, game reserves, biosphere reserves,

biodiversity reserve and national natural heritage site. It prohibits the dealing with any

wildlife animal, dead or alive, for domestic or commercial use without a Certificate of

Lawful Possession. Permits and trade license are necessary for the import, export and

trade of wild animals of an endemic or exotic species.


75 January 2015

3.12.6 The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab Fisheries Ordinance, 1961

The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab fisheries ordinance, 1961 (amended up to 2010) shall

enforce for the overall protection of fisheries resources.

3.12.7 Antiquities Act of 1975

The Antiquities Act of Pakistan relates to the protection, preservation and

conservation of archaeological and historical sites and monuments. It prohibits

construction (or any other damaging) activity within 200 meters of such sites unless prior

permission is obtained from the Federal Department of Archaeology and Museums.

The Antiquities Act would as such require that M/s, KPCL notify the Department if

anything of archaeological value is excavated or discovered during project construction.

3.12.8 Local Government Ordinance of 2001

The Government of Pakistan has issued ordinances related to land use;

conservation of natural vegetation; air, water, and land pollution; disposal of solid waste

and wastewater effluents; and public health and safety, including some provisions for

environmental protection.

3.12.9 Regulations for Mines and Oil Fields/ Mineral Development Act of 1948

This legislation provides regulatory procedures for the quarrying and mining of

construction material on public as well as private lands.

3.12.10 Motor Vehicles Ordinance of 1965

The Motor Vehicles Ordinance of 1965 was extended to the whole of Pakistan in 1978.

The Ordinance deals with the powers of motor vehicle licensing authorities and empowers

other related agencies: to regulate traffic rules, vehicle speed and weight limits, and

vehicle use; to erect traffic signs; and to prescribe the specific duties of drivers in case of

accidents. It also prescribes powers of police officers to check and penalize traffic

offenders. At the same time, the Ordinance also empowers the Regional Transport

Authority to operate as a quasi-judicial body at the district level to monitor road transport,

licensing requirements, and compensations for death or injury to passengers on public

carriers. M/s, KPCL would be required to coordinate with related agencies during

design and construction stages, so that the requirements relating to the safety and

management of traffic on the roads are observed.

3.12.11 Factories Act of 1934

The clauses relevant to the project are those which concern: health; safety and welfare of

workers; disposal of solid waste and effluent; and damage to private and public property.

The Factories Act also provides regulations for handling and disposing of toxic and

hazardous materials. As construction activity is classified as „industry‟, these regulations

will be applicable to the project‟s construction contractor.


76 January 2015

3.12.12 Highways Safety Ordinance of 2000

This Ordinance includes provisions for: licensing and registration of vehicles and

construction equipment; maintenance of road, vehicles; traffic control offences, penalties

and procedures; and the establishment of a police force for motorways and national

highways to regulate and control the traffic as well as keep the highways clear of

encroachments.

3.12.13 Pakistan Penal Code of 1860

Pakistan Penal Code (PPC) deals with offences where public or private property and/or

human lives are affected due to the intentional or accidental misconduct of an individual or

body of residents. In the context of environment, the PPC empowers the local authorit ies

to control noise, noxious emissions and disposal of effluent. (NEQS enforced by the EPAs

supersede the application of this legislation to industries and municipalities). The Penal

Code, however, can provide a basis for M/s, KPCL to co-ordinate their activities with the

local authorities so that the construction activities do not become a cause of public

nuisance or inconvenience.

3.12.14 Explosives Act of 1884

Under the Explosives Act, the project contractors are bound by regulations on licensing,

handling, transportation, storage and using explosives during quarrying, blasting, and

other purposes. In the context of Karot Hydropower Project, this will be of particular

relevance for tunnelling and major excavation activities.

3.12.15 Environmental Tribunal Rules of 1999

According to those rules, the tribunal shall make every effort to dispose of a

complaint or an appeal or other proceeding within 60 days of its filing. The

regulations were prepared by the Federal EPA and issued on March 10, 2000.

3.12.16 Forest Regulation Rules 2 of 1930

Based on those regulations, registration of Fuel Wood Depot Rules was framed in August

1990. These rules state that carriage of purchased stock from one forest to another shall

not be allowed, except with the special permission of the Divisional Forest Officer, and in

case of interdivisional transaction, by the Conservator of Forests.

3.12.17 Punjab Forest Act, 1927

In part of the reservoir in Punjab, the Forest Act, 1927 (amended up to 2010) shall enforce

for the overall protection of forest. Punjab Forest Sector Policy, 1999 also outlines the

guidelines for the protection of forest and its products.

3.12.18 Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations, 1930

Forests of Azad Jammu and Kashmir are managed according to the guidelines provided

by Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations of 1930 (including amendments), generally

known as Forest Law Manual. This regulation lays down the rules and regulations for both

demarcated and un-demarcated forests, collection of drift and stranded wood as well as

penalties and procedures for not abiding by these regulations.


77 January 2015

3.13 INTERACTION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

The proponent is responsible for ensuring that the project complies with the laws and

regulations controlling the environmental concerns of dam construction and

operation, and that all pre- construction requisites, such as permits and clearances are

met. This section describes the nature of the relationship between the proponent and line

departments.

3.13.1 Punjab and AJK- EPAs

The proponent is responsible for preparing the complete environmental documentation

required by the Punjab and AJK-EPAs and remain committed for getting clearance from it.

Moreover, it is also desirable that once clearance from both EPAs is obtained, the

proponent should remain committed to the approved project design. No deviation is

permitted in design and scope of rehabilitation during project implementation without the

prior and explicit permission of the EPAs.

3.13.2 Revenue Departments of Punjab and AJK

Under the national law, matters relating to land use and ownership are provincial subjects,

and for the purposes of this project, the respective Revenue Departments of Punjab and

AJK are empowered to carry out the acquisition of private land or built-up property for

public purposes. In order to depute land acquisition collectors (LACs) and other revenue

staff who will be responsible for handling matters related to acquisition of land and the

disbursement of compensation, the proponent must lodge applications with the Punjab and

AJK government.

The proponent will provide logistical support and assist in preparing the documents

necessary for notification. It will also need to liaise with the departments of agriculture,

horticulture, and forestry in order to evaluate affected vegetation resources, such as trees

and crops etc., for compensation purposes. Where public buildings/infrastructures are

involved, the proponent will approach the relevant departments for valuation of the

affected building or infrastructure before removing the facilities.

Likewise, the proponent will liaise with other relevant departments/agencies for relocation

of public facilities such as electricity and telephone poles, public water supply schemes,

public buildings, etc.

3.13.3 Punjab and AJK Forestry and Wildlife Departments

The project is expected to involve clearing of vegetation and trees within the proposed

project area. The project contractor will be responsible for acquiring a „No-Objection

Certificate‟ (NOC) from the respective Forest Departments and Local Administration

depending upon the type of forest, viz., demarcated, un-demarcated or individual forests

under threat. The application for an NOC will need to be endorsed by the proponent.

Where construction is to be carried out in close proximity of protected forests and wildlife

areas, the proponent is required to coordinate with the departments to ensure that impacts

on vegetation and wildlife are minimized.


78 January 2015

3.13.4 Local Government and Municipalities

The proponent and its contractors must ensure that the project meets the criteria

of the governments of Punjab and AJK for the establishment of construction camps and

plants, use of the water resources and the safe disposal of wastewater, and toxic

materials. These matters lie in the jurisdiction of Local Governments. Therefore, the

Contractor should liaise closely with the concerned body. The project Proponent will

coordinate and monitor environment-related issues.

The project proponent will liaise with local government/administration and municipalities on

the matters related to resettlement of squatters and removal of encroachments or

sources of congestion. In specific cases, the project proponent will enter into agreements

with the municipality, local government, or other service provider on the resettlement of

displaced squatters.

3.14 REQUIREMENTS OF EXTERNAL SUPPORT AGENCIES

Funds in the form of loans or grants for development Projects in Pakistan are generally

available from external support agencies like the World Bank, Asian Development Bank,

and other bilateral organisations. As a policy matter, external support agencies lay

emphasis on the protection of environment and resettlement of affected populations.

Proponents of projects in Pakistan planning to receive financial support from such

organizations must ensure that the projects are not harmful to the environment, and that

appropriate mitigation measures are carried out, as necessary, in accordance with the

requirements laid down by the external support agencies.

3.14.1 IFC’s Requirements

IFC applies the Performance Standards to manage social and environmental risks and

impacts and to enhance development opportunities in its private sector financing in its

member countries eligible for financing. The Performance Standards may also be applied

by other financial institutions electing to apply them to projects in emerging markets.

Together, the eight Performance Standards establish standards that the client is to meet

throughout the life of an investment by IFC or other relevant financial institution:

Performance Standard 1: Social and Environmental Assessment and Management

System.

Performance Standard 2: Labor and Working Conditions

Performance Standard 3: Pollution Prevention and Abatement

Performance Standard 4: Community Health, Safety and Security

Performance Standard 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement

Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Natural

Resource Management

Performance Standard 7: Indigenous Peoples

Performance Standard 8: Cultural Heritage


79 January 2015

3.14.2 IFC's Performance Standards on Social and Environmental

International Finance Corporation applies the Performance Standards to manage social

and environmental risks and impacts and to enhance development opportunities in its

private sector financing in its member countries eligible for financing. Together, the eight

Performance Standards establish standards that the client is required to meet throughout the

life by IFC or other relevant financial institution.

PS1 Social and Environmental Assessment and Management System- It establishes the

importance of integrated assessment to identify the social and environmental impacts,

risks, and opportunities in the project‟s area of influence. PS 1 requires Social and

Environmental Assessment and Management Systems for managing social and

environmental performance throughout the life cycle of this Project and runs through all

subsequent PSs. The main elements of PS 1 includes following elements: (i) Social and

Environmental Assessment; (ii) Management program; (iii) organizational capacity;

(iv)training; (v) community engagement; (vi) monitoring; and (vii) reporting.

PS2 Labor and working conditions- requires that worker-management relationship is

established and maintained, compliance with national labor and employment laws and

safe and healthy working conditions are ensured for the workers.

PS 3 Pollution prevention and Abatement- outlines approach to pollution prevention and

abatement in line with Internationally disseminated technologies and practices with

objectives to a) avoid or minimize adverse impacts on human health and the environment

by avoiding or minimizing pollution from activities; and b) promote the reduction of

emissions that contribute to climate change. It requires a project to avoid, minimize, or

reduce adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding or minimizing

pollution from project activities.

PS4 Community health, safety and security- concentrates on the responsibility that must be

undertaken by the client to avoid or minimize the risks and impacts to the community's

health, safety and security that may arise from project activities.

PS5 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement- This standard requires that project does

not result in involuntary resettlement or at least if unavoidable it is minimized by exploring

alternative project designs. Also the project will ensure that social and economic impacts

from land acquisition or restrictions on affected persons' use of land are mitigated.

PS6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Natural Resource Management- aims at

protecting and conserving biodiversity, the variety of life in all its forms, including

genetic, species and ecosystem diversity and its ability to change and evolve, is

fundamental to sustainable development. This PS addresses how clients can avoid or

mitigate threats to biodiversity arising from their operations as well as incorporate

sustainable management of renewable natural resources.

PS7 Indigenous Peoples- acknowledges the possibility of vulnerability of indigenous people

owing to their culture, beliefs, institutions and living standards and that it may further get

compromised by one or other project activity throughout the life cycle of the project.


80 January 2015

This PS underlines the requirement of minimizing adverse impacts an indigenous people

in the project area, respecting the local culture and customs, fostering good relationship

and ensuring that development benefits are provided to improve their standard of living

and livelihoods.

PS8 Cultural Heritage- aims to protect the irreplaceable cultural heritage and to guide

clients on protecting cultural heritage in the course of their business operations.

The applicability of these Performance Standards is established during the Social and

Environmental Impact Assessment process, while implementation of the actions is

necessary to meet the requirements of IFC, the Performance Standards are

managed through the owner's Social and Environmental Management System.

KHPP will have to follow all the Performance Standards of IFC for this project and should

also ensure that the contractors / subcontracts (subcontractors of the contracts) appointed

by KPCL, all follow the IFC performance standards on Environmental and Social

Sustainability.

3.14.3 IFC’s Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines

The EHS Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific

examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP). The applicability of the EHS

Guidelines should be tailored to the hazards and risks established for each project on the

basis of the results of an environmental assessment in which site-specific variables, such

as host country context, assimilative capacity of the environment, and other project factors,

are taken into account. The General EHS Guidelines consist of the following components:

Environmental: This guideline applies to facilities or projects that generate emissions to

air at any stage of the project life-cycle. They also look into aspects of energy

conservation, wastewater and ambient water quality, water conservation, hazardous

materials management, waste management, noise and contaminated land.

Occupational Health and Safety: This section provides guidance and examples of

reasonable precautions to implement in managing principal risks to occupational health

and safety. Although the focus is placed on the operational phase of projects, much of the

guidance also applies to construction and decommissioning activities. This incorporates

general facility design and operation, communication and training, physical hazards,

chemical hazards, biological hazards, radioactive hazards, Personal Protective Equipment

(PPE), special hazard environment and monitoring.

Community Health and Safety: This guidance complements the above two guidelines by

specifically addressing aspects of project activities which fall outside the traditional project

boundaries but which are related to the project operations as and when they occur.

Construction and Decommissioning: This section provides an additional and specific

guidance to the prevention and control of community health and safety impacts that may

occur during new project development, at the end of the project life-cycle or due to

expansion or modification of existing project facilities.


81 January 2015

3.14.4 IFC's Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission

and Distribution

The EHS Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution include information

relevant to power transmission between a generation facility and a substation located

within an electricity grid, in addition to power distribution from a substation to consumers

located in residential, commercial, and industrial areas. The various aspects comprising

this guidance are industry specific impacts and management and performance indicators

and monitoring.

3.14.5 World Commission on Dams (WCD)

This ESIA is also guided by the „Report of the World Commission on Dams (WCD)‟ and by

findings of a workshop on „Large Dams, Learning from the Past, Looking at the Future‟

(IUCN and The World Bank; Workshop Proceedings Gland, Switzerland, April 11-12,

1997).

3.14.6 Equator Principles

The environmental policy of many private donor banks follows the so called “Equator

Principles”. In financing private projects, these Equator Principles Financial Institutions

(EPFIs) demand to encounter social and environmental issues during development of

projects. Thus, negative impacts on project-affected ecosystems and communities should

be avoided where possible, and if these impacts are unavoidable, they should be reduced,

mitigated and/or compensated for appropriately. The methods to reach these goals follow

mainly the IFC Guidelines as well as national requirements as laid down in Pak – EPA 1997.

3.15 THE KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT


project falls under category „A‟ thus requiring preparation of an Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) and of a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) under Schedule A. This is in

compliance with the provisions of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997.

According to IFC PS1, this project has been classified as an Environmental Category „A‟

project. Category „A‟ projects are expected to have significant impacts that may be

sensitive, diverse or unprecedented and require full EIA.

This ESIA for the Karot Hydropower Project will be filed with EPAs of Punjab and AJ&K for

their approval.


82 January 2015

CHAPTER –4

BASELINE CONDITIONS

4.1 OVERVIEW OF BASELINE

Overall, the project area has a mountainous topography dissected by rivers, hill streams

and springs. The project area covers administrative region consisting of Rawalpindi district

in Punjab province; Kotli and Sudhnuti districts in Azad Jammu and Kashmir (AJ&K).

Jhelum is the major river in the project region. The description of existing baseline

conditions includes physical environment such as topography, geology/ seismicity, soil, land

use, meteorology, hydrology/ water resources; biological environment like flora, fauna,

crops, horticulture and forestry and socio-economic environment including demography,

source of income, civic amenities and utilities etc.

Several field surveys and consultations were conducted in the process of preparing EIA and

in assessing stakeholders‟ views in 2009. During updating of the EIA report, the field work

for determination of environmental baseline and in particular socio-economic setting of the

project area due to change in design was undertaken during the month of June – July 2014.

No significant changes in the baseline conditions are observed during the socio-economic

survey 2014, therefore, the baseline data of the project area remain unchanged. The survey

team consisted of PES professional staff including principal environmentalists, sociologist

and engineers.

4.2 BASELINE SURVEY METHODOLOGY

The methodological approach adopted during baseline survey in determining the

environmental and socio-economic baseline conditions of the project area is discussed in

the following sections.

4.2.1 Delineation of the Study Area

The area falling under project influence due to construction of various project structures is

termed as study area. Some of these areas are directly affected while others are indirectly

affected by the project activities. Considering the mountainous topography dissected by

river, hill stream most of the potential area would fall within 150m on either side of the river

Jhelum and about 27km in length covering the river stretch from tail of the reservoir to dam

site. The right bank of the reservoir (Jhelum River) falls in Rawalpindi district, Punjab

province whereas the left bank falls in Kotli and Sudhnuti districts of AJ&K. The area of

most concerns included;

i) Area of Karot (Rawalpindi district) and Hollar (Kotli district) villages falling in the

vicinity of the project structures such as Dam, spillway, diversion tunnel, intake

headrace tunnel, tunnel, tail race tunnel and power house.

ii) 27 km long reservoir and 150m wide on either side of the reservoir area to be created

by the construction of dam. The right bank is included in Rawalpindi district of Punjab

province and left bank in the Districts of Kotli and Sudhunti of AJ&K.

iii) Areas to be used for establishing construction camps


83 January 2015

iv) Areas likely to be used for dumping of spoil material from excavation of tunnel, dam

and power house,

v) Downstream of dam, about 232m stretch of the river reach from dam up to

powerhouse. This 232m long stretch will going to be deprived from the river flows

during low-flow season for its diversion into the power tunnel for power generation.

vi) Areas on high-benches through which the power tunnel is going to be excavated.

These areas are going to be directly affected. As there are settlements on these

benches hence disruption due to vibrations from blasting and drilling will be

significant.

vii) Beor town will not going to be directly affected by the project; however, the area will

likely to have indirect effects due to induction of heavy machinery and vehicles,

particularly when transporting construction material and will cause traffic congestions

and hazards, while on the other hand the induction of outside workforce will be

beneficial in boosting the local business.

4.2.2 Data Collection

The required information/ data of a baseline study was classified into two main categories

i.e. Primary data and Secondary data. The primary data was collected directly from the

concerned communities and affected households while secondary data was the information

gathered through secondary sources such as census report, research publications,

topographic sheets, other published data related to the project such as wildlife, livestock,

fishery, forestry, agriculture, horticulture, climate etc.

Primary Data Collection: In compiling data for socio-environmental baseline

conditions and consultation process, three pre-designed questionnaires were used

during the field surveys in addition to Survey of Pakistan Maps 1:50,000 Scale to

record physical, biological and socio-economic conditions in the project area as well

as to assess the likely impacts due to the project implementation. The pre-designed

questionnaires used were;

- Questionnaire for Village Profile

- Questionnaire for Physical and Biological Environmental Data Collection

- Questionnaire for Socio-Economic Profile and Census Survey of Affected

Persons

These questionnaires are combination of both close and open-ended questions along with

certain guided questions where necessary. The respondents avoiding or hesitating to

provide proper information was tackled by asking different indirect questions during face to

face interviews. These questionnaires including questionnaires of surveys conducted in

2009 are appended as Appendix – II.

Consultations

The information pertaining to socio-economic profile of the affected persons was gathered

through consultative meetings with local communities in their respective villages.


84 January 2015

Participatory rural appraisal (PRA) technique was employed and focused group

discussions/ scoping sessions were arranged with locals including affectees of the project

area. These consultations were helpful in the ongoing process of information gathering as

well as consensus and confidence building between consultant, client and the local/affected

communities of the project area.

Secondary Data Collection: To collect published information relating to project area

on demography, land use, geology, landforms climate, water resources, wild life,

forestry and fishery, officials of the following relevant line departments were visited.

- Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Kahuta, Punjab

- Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Sudhnuti, AJ&K

- Office of the Assistant Commissioner, Sehensa, Kotli AJ&K

- Wildlife and Forest Department, Rawalpindi and Muzaffarabad

- Fishery Department, Rawalpindi and Muzaffarabad

- Agriculture and Horticulture Department, Rawalpindi and Muzaffarabad

- WWF and AJ&K Rural Support Programme (NGOs)

All the collected information viz-a-viz physical, biological and socio-economic data is

discussed in the following sections. Appendix – III is a list of participants of scoping

sessions held in the project area. Whereas the photographic documentation of the socio-

environmental survey including project areas of various activities is given at the end of the

report.

4.3 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 Topography

Project area is located in the medium-upper reach of Jhelum River. It belongs to medium-

low mountain topography. The hilltop ground elevation of the bank slopes is generally 510

m to 870 m. The shape of the valley in the dam site area is generally asymmetrical “V”

shaped. Upstream of the left bank U turn of the river are generally stepped slopes with an

average slope of 25 ° to 30 °,locally38 ° to 42 °. The top is generally wide and gentle, where

dip slope with bedrock outcrops. For the bending area on the right bank, the slope is steep

in the upper part and gentle in the lower part. The topographic slope in the lower part is 25 °

~ 35 °, and it is stepped cliff in the upper part. The terrain below the U turn is relatively wide.

The left bank is characterized as multi-stage gentle near shore slope. The top of the slope

is tilting towards SE direction. The lower terrain of the bank slope of the right bank is

relatively gentle, and the topographic slope is 20 °to 35 °.

The terrain in the dam site area is closed. The mountains on the left bank are thick. The

width at the elevation of 461 m of the bending area on the right bank is 380m-700m. And

there is no terrain pass.

The water surface width during the low flow period of the Jhelum River is 30m – 60m, the

water level elevation is 388m – 391m, the corresponding depth is 6m – 8m, and the depth


85 January 2015

in the middle of the riverbed is 8m – 12m.

4.3.2 Geology of Project Area

The geological formation of the dam site at Karot consists of Siwalik formation of thick,

massive sandstones and clay inter beds. The beds dip upstream at 10 to 20 degree. A

continuous major bedding joint divides the main sandstone bed equally. This is an

unloading feature and is common in thick sandstone. On the left bank of the river, about 50

meters above normal river level, there is a flat bench with thick overburden cover. This

bench continues for 200 meters before meeting a steep rock face.

Banks of Jhelum River on both sides are covered with stream sediment material having

some gravel on the surface. There are signs of major slides/slips which could create some

problems after reservoir is filled near Azad Pattan Bridge.

4.3.3 Seismology

Karot hydropower project lies in the Jhelum fault, which has length of 120 km. The Jhelum

fault yields maximum magnitude potential MW = 7.5. The maximum potential magnitude for

Himalayan Frontal Thrust (HFT) was selected equal to the magnitude MW = 7.6 of recent

Kashmir earthquake. This is considered the characteristic (maximum) for that fault. The

ground acceleration of 0.31 g is adopted as design basis earthquake (DBE) for Karot

hydropower project.

4.3.4 Soils

Soils of the project area are predominantly of calcareous sandstone origin. Most of the soils

are formed by alluvial or alluvial deposits. Soils of the uplands are generally deep to

moderately deep and well drained. They are leached and therefore generally non

calcareous, soils in the piedmont plains are of medium to light textured and well to

excessively drained.

4.3.5 Climate

Climate of Indo Pakistan sub-continent, in which the project catchments lies, can be divided

into four seasons; namely the North-East Monsoon (December to February), Hot Weather

Period (March to May), South-West Monsoon (June to September) and Transition Period

(October to November). The distribution of rain during the year depends principally on

topography of the area and season. Summer rain fall in particular varies significantly in time

and place.

4.3.6 Rainfall

Mean monthly precipitation of various rain gauging stations is presented in Figure 4.1. The

mean monthly precipitation for the watershed area is 124.5 mm. The data presented in

Figure 4.1 indicate that the temporal monthly distribution of the rainfall is bi-modal; the first

peak appears in the month of March and second in July, however, the second peak is the

highest.

Average annual rainfalls were computed for each climatological station and are presented

in Figure 4.2 with total length of data records used for estimation of averages. The Figure


86 January 2015

4.2 shows that Rawlakot has maximum annual average rainfall (1824 mm), whereas,

Risalpur carries minimum average annual rainfall i.e. 636 mm. The mean annual rainfall for

the watershed based on available stations data is 1442 mm.

Figure 4.1: Mean Monthly Precipitations at Various Rain Gauging Stations

Figure 4.2: Mean Annual Precipitations for the Watershed

Mean annual precipitations were also computed for the watershed and are presented

in Figure 4.3. The average maximum and minimum annual precipitations over the

watershed was estimated as 1769 mm in 1988 and 1022 mm in 2001, respectively. The

results of average precipitations are based on 35 years (1971-2005) data record of seven

climatological stations namely Balakot, Garhi Dupatta, Muzaffarabad, Murree, Risalpur,

Rawlakot and Domel.


87 January 2015

Figure 4.3: Average Annual Precipitations for the Watershed

4.3.7 Temperature

The mean monthly temperature at Mangla Reservoir is presented in Figure 4.4. The data in

Figure 4.4 show that the highest temperatures are observed in the months of June and July,

which is 28.62 °C on the average. The lowest average daily temperature is 9.17 °C and is

observed in the month of January. On average, the results reveal that January is the

coldest and June is the hottest month. The mean annual temperatures from 1968 to 2005

are presented in Figure 4.5, which shows that the mean temperature of 1968 was the

highest with a numerical value of 23.9 °C and then means annual temperatures almost

remain same with slight variations.

Figure 4.4: Mean Monthly Temperature at Mangla Reservoir


88 January 2015

Figure 4.5: Mean Annual Temperatures at Domel

4.3.8 Hydrology

In addition to surface water resources consisting of Jhelum River and numerous nullahs

draining into Jhelum River, ground water also exists at different location in the project area.

This resource can be tapped by means of dug wells and tube wells. The groundwater thus

tapped will be of acceptable quality for drinking, crop irrigation and for other purposes.

The generated daily flows at the dam site for 35 years from 1969 to 2004 have been

obtained. The absolute minimum, average and maximum daily flows were found as

106,821m3/s and 10,900m

3/s, respectively. The minimum, average and maximum daily

flows based on the averages for 35 years data are 203, 817m3/s and 1792m

3/s,

respectively. The minimum, mean and maximum 10-daily flows at the dam site were

computed as 209, 803 m3/s and 1758 m

3/s, respectively on the basis of 35 years

data record. The minimum, mean and maximum monthly flows at the dam site were

computed as 218, 81 m3/s and 1706 m

3/s respectively. The minimum, mean and maximum

annual flows at the dam site were computed as 382, 821 and 1300 m3/s, respectively.

4.3.9 Hydrological Stations

Nine main hydrological stations were available in the study area watershed from where

flow, instantaneous peaks and sediment discharge data were made available; all those

stations were setup and are being maintained by the SWHP, WAPDA. Those gauging

stations include Chinari, Hattian Bala, Domel, Chattar Kallas, Karot, Azad Pattan and Karot

on River Jhelum; whereas Garhi Habibullah and Muzaffarabad stream gauging stations are

situated on Rivers Kunhar and Neelum, respectively.

For dam site flow and flood study, Karot and Azad Pattan gauging stations data were found

appropriate as the Karot gauging station is situated at the dam site and Azad Pattan is

located slightly upstream the dam site. Climatological and hydrological data for different

periods were collected from various meteorological stations are presented in Table 4.1and

4.2 respectively.


89 January 2015

Table 4.1: Climatological Data

Station Temperature Relative Humidity

Pan Evaporation

Wind Velocity

Rainfall

Domel 1968-2005 1968-2005 1968-2005 1968-2005 1968-2005

Balakot 1970-1979 1970-1979 1970-1979 1970-1979 1970-2005

Naran 1970-2005 1970-2005 1988-2005 1988-2005 1970-2005

Rawlakot 1970-2005 1970-2005 - - 1970-2005

Bagh 1970-2005 1970-2005 - - 1970-2005

Palandri 1970-2005 1970-2005 - - 1970-2005

Dhudnial - - - - 1985-1995

Balakot 1960-1967

1971-2005 -

1960-1967

1971-2005

1960-1967

1971-2005

1960-1967

1971-2005

Garhi

Dupatta 1955-2005 - 1955-2005 1955-2005 1955-2005

M-Abad 1955-2005

- 1955-2005 1955-2005 1955-2005

Murree 1960-2005

- 1960-2005 1960-2005 1960-2005

Risalpur 1954-2005 - 1954-2005 1954-2005 1954-2005

Rawlakot 2003-2005 - 2003-2005 2003-2005 2003-2005

Mangla - - 1984-2007 - -

Table 4.2: Hydrological Data

Sr.

No.

Gauging

Station River Flow data

Sediment

Data

1 Chinari UpperJhelum 1970-1996 1970-1996

2 Hattian Bala UpperJhelum 1997-2004 1997-2004

3 Domel UpperJhelum 1976-2004 1976-2004

4 Muzaffarabad Neelum 1963-2004 1963-2004

5 Garhi Habibullah Kunhar 1960-2004 1960-1995

6 Karot LowerJhelum 1965-1995 1965-1995

7 Chattar Kallas LowerJhelum 1997-2004 1997-2004 8 Azad Pattan

U/S ManglaDam 1979-1992

1994-2004

1979-1992

1994-2004 9 Karot U/S ManglaDam 1969-1979 1969-1979


The project is located in a very thinly populated area and there are no major sources of

pollution in and around the area. During construction, the pollution may occur due to

increase in sedimentation, deposition of hazardous waste material and discharge of the

workers‟ camp waste waters into the water bodies. Water samples were collected by the

SGS from dam and powerhouse site in 2009 and analysed for 26 parameters. Same

parameters were got analysed by PES from EPA approved laboratory, Solution

Environmental & Analytical Laboratory, Lahore, during December 2014. A copy of


90 January 2015

Laboratory results is attached as Appendix –IV. The analysis results are reproduced in

Table 4.3.

Table 4.3: Water Quality of River Jhelum

Sr.

No

Parameters

Unit

Results at

Power house site

Results at Dam

Site Limits

as per

NEQS 2009 2014 2009 2014

1 Temperature °C 13 26.0 12 26.0 =<40

2 pH 7.78 7.85 7.92 7.6 06-09

3 Biochemical Oxygen

Demand mg/L 21 15 10 12 80.00

4 Chemical Oxygen

Demand mg/L 37 30 19 24 150.00

5 *Total Suspended

Solids mg/L 366 46 241 44 200.00

6 Total Dissolved mg/L 114 196 109 140 3500.00

7 Chloride mg/L 10 24 10.6 22 1000.00

8 Fluoride mg/L 0.4 1.48 0.6 1.4 10.00

9 Cyanide mg/L <0.01 BDL <0.01 BDL 01.00

10 Sulphate mg/L 45 28 40 27 600.00

11 Sulphide mg/L <0.1 BDL <0.1 BDL 01.00

12 Magnesium mg/L 11.9 8.56 10.9 9.87 -

13 Ammonia mg/L <0.1 BDL <0.1 BDL 40.00

14 Cadmium mg/L <0.05 BDL <0.05 BDL 00.10

15 Chromium mg/L <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.02 01.00

16 Copper mg/L 0.02 0.5 0.02 0.5 01.00

17 Lead mg/L 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 00.50

18 Mercury mg/L <0.001 BDL <0.001 BDL 00.01

19 Selenium mg/L <0.01 BDL <0.01 BDL 00.50

20 Nickel mg/L 0.04 BDL 0.04 BDL 01.00

21 Silver mg/L <0.1 BDL <0.1 BDL 01.00

22 Zinc mg/L 0.14 0.20 0.12 0.20 05.00

23 Arsenic mg/L <0.005 0.02 <0.005 0.02 01.00

24 Barium mg/L <0.5 BDL <0.5 BDL 01.50

25 *Iron mg/L 12.5 0.90 7.5 0.17 8.00

26 Boron mg/L <0.02 0.50 <0.02 0.50 6.00 BDL = Below Detection Limit *The variations in the concentrations of total suspended solids (TSS) and iron are due to natural causes.

4.3.11 Ambient Air Quality

Presently the air quality is good in the project area as there are no major sources of air

pollution in the vicinity of the project area. Routine vehicular traffic on the nearby roads of

the project area causes dust, which effect is fairly localized. For ambient air quality

monitoring, noise level monitoring, sampling and analysis of surface water from advised

sampling points, a study was done by SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Limited in 2009, attached as

Appendix – V.

The data reproduced in Table 4.4 and Table 4.5 indicate that the carbon monoxide,

nitrogen oxides and sulphur dioxide levels at dam site and powerhouse site

respectively are quite lower than the National Environmental Quality Standards for

these gases.


91 January 2015

Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality at Dam Site

Parameter Unit Duration LDL

Average

Obtained

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide(Nox) ppb 24Hours 1 11.62

Sulfur Dioxide(SO2) ppb 24Hours 1 1.96

Carbon Monoxide(CO) ppm 24Hours 0.01 2.12

PM10 ug/m3

24Hours 2 109.02

µg/m3: micro grams per cubic meter

LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

Table 4.5: Ambient Air Quality at Powerhouse Site

Parameter Unit Duration LDL

Average

Obtained

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide(Nox) ppb 24Hours 1 14.22

Sulfur Dioxide(SO2) ppb 24Hours 1 2.00

Carbon Monoxide(CO) ppm 24Hours 0.01 2.61

PM10 ug/m3

24Hours 2 136.10

µg/m3: micro grams per cubic meter


4.3.12 Noise Levels

The one hour noise levels have been determined during noise level survey conducted by

PES staff in December 2014. These levels have been recorded to comply with

requirements of IFC and NEQS. Accordingly, the results are reproduced in Table 4.6 below.

Table 4.6: Noise Levels at Various Location of the Project Area

The observations include noise levels due to flow of river water, wind, light traffic and noise

created due to children and other similar entities in the village.

As can be seen, the observations show that the noise levels at the proposed sites of dam

axis, powerhouse, Karot village boundary of house and the primary school are all within the

limits of NEQS 75dBA for day time and dBA for night time and IFC EHS General Guidelines

limits of 55dBA day time and 45dBA for night time.

Sr.

No Location Time

L (Min)

(dbA)

L (Max)

(dbA)

L (Average)

(dbA) Remarks

1 Dam Axis ( left bank of River) 11:00 am 45 55 50 Noise of wind

and water

2 Road near Dam Axis

(right bank of River) 11:30 am 40 45 42.5

Noise of light

traffic

3 Boundary of House in Karot

Village 11:45 am 44 55 49.5

Noisy activities of

the residents

4 Primary School in Karot

Village 11:55 am 40 49 44.5

Noise due to the

children

5 Right Bank of Powerhouse 12:25 am 52 53 52.5 Noise due to the

water

6 Left Bank of Powerhouse 3:30 pm 45 50 47.5 Noise due to the

water


92 January 2015

4.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Vegetation Study

The vegetation study of the project area was undertaken and completed in December 2014.

The vegetation study is described in brief terms in the following paragraphs. The full text of

the vegetation study appears as Appendix – VI of this report.

4.4.1.1 Survey Methodology Adopted

Along 27km length of reservoir area three representative sites were selected for vegetation

survey on both left and right banks of river Jhelum. At each site two transect lines of 500

meter each were laid across one another. On each transect line 1m X 1m Quadrat for

grasses/herbs, 4m X 4m Quadrat for shrubs and 10m X 10m for trees were laid on an

interval of 50 meter. The data was collected and compiled for identification, calculation of

cover percentage, species composition and forage production. For forage production the

species were clipped and air dried at 2 cm from the ground level.

Simultaneously, one site each at dam location (dam, powerhouse, diversion tunnels, spill

way etc), proposed residential colony, dumping sites and proposed stretch of 2.8km Karot

road (to be relocated) were also surveyed separately for cover percentage and spp

composition only ( Quraishi, 1998).

Quadrat surveys proforma was used for results of cover percentage, species composition

and forage production. (See proforma in Appendix of Vegetation Study)

The plant species were identified along the transect line laid at various sites. The

unidentified plants specimens were collected with specific voucher numbers and

identification was carried out with the help of plant herbarium at Pakistan Forest Institute,

Peshawar. Published/online literature available including Flora of West Pakistan Fascicles

(Nasir et al., 1970) and www.efloras.org (Flora of Pakistan) were also consulted.

4.4.1.2 Plant Species in the Project Area

In Total, 95 species of trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses and ferns belonging to 49 families were

identified during the survey. Most of the plants belong to Asteraceae, Fabaceae, Poaceae

and Rosaceae families. Almost all the plants are important and exploited as medicinal

plants. The identified plant species are listed in Table 4.7.

Table 4.7: List of Plant Species in the Project Area Local Name

Biological Name

Type of Trees

Kalatoot

Morus nigra

Beri Zizyphus jujuba Fig/Paghwar

Ficus carica

Sufaida

Populus nigra

Darwia

Ailenthus excelsa

Dhaman

Grewia spp.


93 January 2015

Local Name

Biological Name

Tun

Cedrella toona

Sunmbal

Salmalia melabarica

Kaliar/Kachnar

Bauhnia variegate

Kaho

Olea cuspidate

Tree of Heaven Celtis australis

Phulahi

Accacia modesta

Lohn

Coetonestor species

Ipil Ipil

Robinia pseudocassia

Bohr

Ficus bengalensis

Shisham

Daibergia sissoo

Type of Medicinal Plants

Amla Phylanthu semblica

Komal Berberis lyceum

Makoo Solanum nigrum

Chahoo Artimisea vulgaris

Kewra Agave Americana

Kanwargandal Aloevera

Behakar Justicia vesica

Sowa Anethum graveolens

Ak Calotropis procera

Bhang Cannabis sativa

Datura Datura alba

Kasni Cichoriumintybus

Watercress Lepidium sativum

Alsi Linumusita tissimum

Dhrek Melia azederach

Pudina Mentha arvensis

Kanergandera Nerium odorum

Bhabori Ocimum basilicum

Banafsha Viola odorata

Timar Zanthoxylum armatum

Lasoora Cordia myxa

Anab/Sanjli Zizyphus vulgare

Arnolu Ricinus communis

Dhavi Woodfordia floribunda

Fern Adiantum

Rinjal Narcisus


94 January 2015

Local Name

Biological Name

Mamoona Tulipa

Papra Fumaria indica

Jan-e-azam Ajugab racteosa

Ishaqpecha Ipomea spp

Type of Shrubs

Bahekar Adhatoda vasica

Sanatha Dodanea viscose

Kaner Neruim indicum

Sumble Berberis aristata

Hiponter Rhus cotinus

Kamela Mollotus phillipensis

Komal Berberi slyceum

Chahoo Artimisea vulgaris

Ak Calotropis procera

Bhang Cannabis sativa

Pudina Mentha arvensis

Timar Zanthoxylum armatum

Anab/Sanjli Zizyphus vulgare

Mamoona Tulipa

Papra Fumaria indica

Tomato Equisetum

Type of Grasses

Khabal Cynodon dactylon

Munge Saccharum munja

Naru Panicum antidotale

Deela Cyprus rotandus

Baru Jhonson grass

Dib Dubgrass

Neri Arundodonax

Type of Plants for Honey Bee Keeping

Sarsoon Brassica compestris

Bahekar Adhatoda vasica

Kikar Acassia arabica

Beri Zizyphus jujuba

Sanatha Dodanea viscose

Saree Cirsus procera

Kaho Olea cuspidate


95 January 2015

Local Name

Biological Name

Hari Arwari Prunus species

Dakh Vitis vinifera

4.4.1.3 Fruit Trees

In the project area limited numbers of fruit trees are privately grown in the Karot and Hollar

villages. The detail of these fruit trees is given in the table below.

Table 4.8: Type of Fruit Trees in Project Area

Common Name/Local Name Scientific Name

Toot Morus alba

Daroona Punica granatum

Apricot Prunus arminicca

Peach Prunus persica

Plum Prunus domestica

Dandli Pyrus pashia

Batang Pyrus communis

Barhoi Zizyphus vulgaris

Mevwa Fragari anubicola

Raspberry Rubus spp.

Banana Musas apientum

Simbloo Berberis lyceum

Date Phoenix dactyliferx

Galgal Citrus medica

Loquat Eriootria Japonica

Amrood Psidium guvajava

4.4.1.4 Forests in the Project Area

The project area falls under the sub-tropical pine forests and sub-tropical broad leaved

evergreen. Those areas are mainly covered by “chir pine” and include the lower sub-

mountainous terrain of the project area within the lower reaches of the Jhelum River. Pinus

roxhurghii (Chir Pine) is the only conifer forest plant and is dominant within the area

with patches of broad leaved species such as; (Olive) Olea ferruginea, (Phulai) Acacia

modesta, (Timmer) Zanthoxylum armatum, (Fig) Ficus carica, (Sanatha) Dodonea

viscosa and (Simblu) Berberis lyceum and cultivated fruit trees.

Land cover Atlas of Pakistan (2012) district wise identified two major forest types in the

project area i.e. subtropical Chir pine forests and sub-tropical broad-leaved evergreen

forests as shown in Table 4.9.

Table 4.9: District-wise Forest Types Area in Project Area (in ha and %age)

Sr.

# Districts

Moist

Temperate

Sub-

tropical

Chir Pine

Sub-

tropical

Broad-

leaved

Plantations Riverine Total

1. Rawalpindi 17,249 ha

(15.2%)

27,283ha

(24.1%)

68,627ha

(60.7%) 0 0

113,159ha

(100%)


96 January 2015

Sr.

# Districts

Moist

Temperate

Sub-

tropical

Chir Pine

Sub-

tropical

Broad-

leaved


2. Sudhnuti 0 18,791ha

(98.5%)

285ha

(1.5%) 0 0

19,076ha

(100%)

3. Kotli 0 4,676ha

(71.4%)

17,939ha

(28.6%) 0 0

62,615ha

(100%)

Source: Land Cover Atlas of Pakistan, 2012


Reserved/Protected or the Government owned forests, and the Guzaras/ Private/

Community Owned Forests also known as Khalsa Sarkaar in Azad Jammu & Kashmir.

Almost all the reservoir area lies in the Guzara/Community owned forests and far away from

the Reserved Forests (all the activities/rights are prohibited unless permitted by the

provincial government). A small portion of reservoir comes under Reserved/Protected

Forest (all activities/rights like cutting of trees, collection of firewood, grazing, grass

collection, collection of medicinal plants etc are permitted until and unless provincial

government prohibit any/all of these activities)

Reserved / Protected Forests: The reserved forests in the area were declared Reserved

after the first regular settlement in 1886 and later on re-designated in 1956 under the Forest

Act, 1927. All the protected forests are burdened with the rights of timber, wood for

agricultural implements, grasses and fuel wood, lopping of certain trees for fodder, grass

cutting and grazing of horned cattle. According to Government notification No.283 of

26.9.1916, all the reserved forests in the Punjab shall be open to free grazing except such

forests as the Divisional Forest Officer may consider necessary to close for the purpose of

regeneration, provided that the area of the forests closed at any one time shall not exceed

1/4th of the total area of the reserved forests. These rights are permitted to be exercised

under Forest Settlement Report, 1887.

Guzara/Private/Community/Khalsa Sarkaar Forests: The waste land with trees of

spontaneous growth constitutes the Guzara /Community/Khalsaa Sarkaar forests spread

over the whole of the project tract. The government has got property rights over the tree of

spontaneous growth occurring in the village waste lands in the project area. These Guzaras

are under the control of deputy commissioner. He is assisted in their management by the

Divisional Forest Officer in whose jurisdiction the areas lies.

The Guzara forest are administered under the Guzara rules issued by the govt under

notification NO.618and 619 dated 15th November 1912 and 245 dated 11.5.1914 an

NO.246 dated 15.5.1914. Every right holder has a right to get 315 cft of timber once in three

years. A large quantity of timber obtained by the right holder for house building from Guzara

is illicitly sold in the market. The peoples are interested more in establishing their respective

rights on the waste lands rather than managing them as forest.

4.4.1.5 Cover Percentage, Species Composition and Forage Production

Cover percentage, species composition and forage production compiled as per Quadrat

surveys proforma at various sites of the project area are tabulated below.


97 January 2015

Table 4.10: Location wise Cover percentage, Species Composition and Forage Production in Karot

HPP

Sr.

# Location Cover Percentage

Species

Composition

Forage

Production

(Kg/ha)

1 27km Reservoir Vegetation 60-80%

Bare soil/rocks 20-40%

Trees 10 %

Shrubs 70%

Grasses/herbs 20%

1245 kg/hac

2 Dam site

including power

house, tunnels

and spillway

Vegetation 50-60%

Bare soil/rocks 40-50 %

Trees 50%

Shrubs 30%

Grasses/herbs 20%

915 kg/ha

3 Residential

Colony area

Vegetation 50-60%


Trees 10 %

Shrubs 75%

Grasses/herbs 15%

645 kg/ha

4 Dumping Sites Vegetation 60-70%


Trees 60 %

Shrubs 30%

Grasses/herbs 10%

790 kg/ha

5 Proposed Karot

road for re-

location (2.8km)

Vegetation 90-100%


Trees 80 %

Shrubs 15%

Grasses/herbs 5%

650 kg/ha

4.4.1.6 Conservation Status of Flora of Karot HPP

The flora of the Karot project does not contain any species which was declared as

endangered, threatened or rare. The conservation status of the vegetation species

(Grasses, herbs, shrubs, trees and medicinal plants) is listed in Table 4.8. None of the

species was found endangered either for Pakistan or in the world. Only three species Celtis

australus (Tree of Heaven), Ficus bengalensis (Bohr) and Ficus carica (Fig) were found

rare in Pakistan but they are listed as common for the rest of the world. The rest of the

vegetation species were found protected and common in Pakistan and for the rest of the

world.

4.4.2 Fauna Study

The fauna study of the project area was undertaken and completed in December 2014. The

Fauna study is described in brief terms in the following paragraphs. The full text of the

fauna study appears as Appendix – VII of this report.

In Pakistan, the total number of species of birds is 606, having 272 genera and 74 families.

The number of species of birds has now risen to 670 (Grimmett et al., 2008). Moreover,

Pakistan is home to about 166 mammals

The amphibians and reptiles of the northern Pakistan are not very well studied. Azad

Jammu and Kashmir harbour the highest reptilian diversity due to its unique topography and

other ecological factors (Baig, 1998; Masroor 2012). Jhelum River Basin, like Potwar

Plateau, also has a distinct altitudinal range and relatively high precipitation with expected

high herpetofaunal diversity, overlapping with the faunas of the northern regions and Potwar

Plateau.


98 January 2015

4.4.2.1 Approach and Methodology

The approach and methodology adopted to conduct fauna study mainly consist of published

literature review, legislative review, field survey and consultation with the locals of the

project area. During field survey various sampling/transect points of project area, as shown

in Figure 4.6, were selected for various groups adopting different methodologies as

described below;

i) Terrestrial Habitat Characterization: Satellite imagery, vegetation cover/land use

maps, as well as results from the scoping study were compiled to draw terrestrial

habitat maps of the study Area. The focus was to map out all the vegetation zones

particularly the vegetation zones that are river dependent, such as floodplain and

marginal vegetation zones.

ii) Large Mammals: Sign and Humane – Carnivore Interaction Survey was conducted

for large mammals. For Sign survey line transects (500 m x 20 m) were placed at each

sampling location to record all animals or their signs and footprints. Length of transect

was approximately one kilometre and signs were searched on both sides of transect up

to 5 meters. Longitude, latitude and elevation were noted at start and end points of

each transect using Global Positioning System (GPS).

Human-Carnivore Interaction Survey surveys were conducted to measure the human

conflict with large and medium sized mammals like common leopard, jackal, fox, rhesus

monkey and Indian wild boar. Whole area was considered as one unit. Thirty

respondents, each representing a separate household, were interviewed from different

villages/localities. People were asked about their previous record of sighting of different

large mammals in one year, status of large mammals, their perception about different

species of large mammals, and intensity of danger of large mammals according to

them. Information on killings of livestock and poultry different by carnivores for past one

year was also collected.

iii) Small Mammals: Live trapping of small mammals was carried out at various sampling

sites using Sherman traps. A mixture of different food grains mixed with fragrant seeds

was attempted as bait to attract the small mammals. Thirty to forty traps were set at a

specific area in two lines approximately 10 m apart and left overnight. Trapped animals

were identified and released alive after taking measurements.

iv) Reptiles: Active searching was done along the line transect of 500 m long and 20 m

wide placed systematically at each sampling to record presence of signs such as an

impression of body, tail or footprints, faecal pellets, tracks, dens or egg laying

excavations. The observed/collected specimens were identified with the help of the

most recent key available in the literature. Density and diversity were calculated for

each sampling point.

v) Birds: The line transects (500 m x 50 m) method covering nearly all habitats types of

study area was employed to enlist the avian fauna of study area. Transects were

started early in the morning and in late afternoon and evenings to cover all possible


99 January 2015

habitats. The birds were identified using the most recent local and international bird

identification tools available (Grimmett et al., 2008).

Figure 4.6: Sampling Points/Transects along Karot HPP

4.4.2.2 Existing Fauna of the Project Area

Based on the field survey, following fauna of the project area was found.

Amphibians and Reptiles (Herpeto–Fauna): A total of 288 reptile and amphibian

specimens belonging to 32 species were observed in the ecological study area. The most

abundant amphibian seen here was the Skittering Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis. Except for


100 January 2015

Cyrtopodion rohtasfortai and Fejervarya limnocharis which have not yet been assessed for

the IUCN Red List (IUCN 2014), the rest of the taxa are categorized as LC in IUCN Red

List.

Birds (Ornitho- Fauna): The passerine birds dominated the diversity with 51 species as

compared to non-passerines which were 28 in number. The selected points for birds are

shown in Figure 4.7.

Figure 4.7: Sampling Points for Birds – Karot HPP

The order Passeriformes have highest number of recorded birds species (51) followed by

Falconiformes (08) Coraciiformes and Galliformes (04 each) respectively. Along the stream

and water bodies Kingfisher, wagtail and little egret were also recorded. The critically

endangered species, the white-rumped vulture (Gyps bengalensis) and endangered

Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus) were also recorded in very small number. The

species of vultures are highly threatened by different factors like diclofenac contamination


101 January 2015

of livestock carcasses (Green et al., 2006). The other causes such as habitat destruction,

food shortage, human persecution, poisoning and pesticide use may have caused a

gradual decline in vulture populations (Birdlife International, 2010). The abundance of

Egyptian Vulture, Black kite and crow species was higher near the waste and garbage

stored land. The habitat and distribution range overlapping of two crow species, Jungle

crow (Corvus macrorhynchos) and House crow (Corvus splendens) were observed.

Mammals: About 28 species of mammals were reported in the selected sampling points.

The selected points for birds are shown in Figure 4.8.

Figure 4.8: Sampling Points for Mammals – Karot HPP

Table 4.11 shows a list of mammalian species or groups (in case of rodents, bats and

mutelids) in the area with some anecdotal evidences for further confirmation.

Table 4.11: Checklist of Mammals

Sr.

No. Species Scientific Name IUCN Status

1 Common leopard Panthera pardus Near Threatened

2 Grey wolf Canis lupus Least Concern

3 Asiatic jackal Canis aureus Least Concern

4 Red fox Vulpes vulpes Least Concern

5 Wild boar Sus scrofa Least Concern


102 January 2015

Sr.

No. Species Scientific Name IUCN Status

6 Barking deer Muntiacus muntjak Least Concern

7 Indian crested

porcupine

Hystrix Indica Least Concern

8 Cape hare Lepus capensis Least Concern

9 Rhesus monkey Macaca mulatta Least Concern

10 Common Palm Civet Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Least Concern

11 Small Asian mongoose Herpestes javanicus Least Concern

12 Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Least Concern

13 Small Kashmir flying

squirrel

Eoglaucomys fimbriatus Least Concern

14 Common otter Lutra lutra Near Threatened

15 Jungle cat Felis chaus Least Concern

16 Smooth-coated otter Lutrogale perspicillata Vulnerable

17-21 Rodents - -

22-23 Mustelid - -

23-28 Bats - -

4.4.2.3 Conservation Status of Species

The conservation status of the species identified were determined using criteria set by the

IUCN Red List of threatened species (IUCN Red List, 2013), Pakistan‟s Mammals National

Red List 200653, the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES)

appendices (as of November 2013) (CITES, 2013). The baseline was developed to address

the requirements of the Equator Principles, and International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Performance Standards.

Large Mammals: Three large mammals reported from the ecological study area are

included in IUCN Red List 2013. These are the common Leopard Panthera pardus and

common Otter Lutra lutra, both of which are listed as near threatened and smooth-coated

otter (Lutrogale perspicillata) as vulnerable (VU) in the IUCN Red List 2013. There are

some species that are included in the CITES Species List and in the Pakistan Mammals

National Red List 2006. However, none of the mammal species observed or reported from

the ecological study area is endemic, their distribution is not limited to any specific site or

habitat type, and their distribution is widespread.

Small Mammals: None of the small mammals observed or reported from the ecological

study area are included in the IUCN Red List 2013. No threatened small mammals or

endemics were determined to be resident on the ecological study area. There are some

species of limited conservation concern, but their distribution is widespread.

Amphibians and Reptiles: One of the reptile species recorded from Ecological Study Area

is included in the IUCN Red List 2013. This is the Indian Rock Python Python molurus that

is listed as near threatened. Of the herpeto–fauna species observed in the ecological study

area, four are endemic to Pakistan. These include Rohtas Fort Gecko Cyrtopodion

rohtasfortai, Typhlops madgemintonai, Typhlops ahsanuli, and Typhlops diardi platyventris.

The two species included in CITES Appendix II are Central Asian Cobra Naja oxiana and

Indian Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus, while Varanus bengalensis Bengal Monitor is included in

CITES Appendix I.


103 January 2015

Birds: Three bird species found in the ecological study area are included in the IUCN Red

List 2013. These include the Oriental White–backed Vulture, Gyps bengalensis and

Egyptian Vulture, Neophron percnopterus listed as critically endangered and endangered

respectively and Himalayan griffon vulture, Gyps himalayensis as near threatened (NT). All

these three species are placed in Appendix II of the CITES Species List. Two bird species,

Black Kite Milvus migrans and White-eyed Buzzard Butastur teesa are included in CITES

Appendix II. According to preliminary investigations, most of the vultures breed in the Pir

Lasura National Park. Therefore, it was determined that the ecological study area is not

critical to the survival of these vulture species.

4.4.3 Fish in the Project Area

The fish study of the project area was undertaken and completed in November-December

2014. The fish study is described in brief terms in the following paragraphs. The full text of

the fish study appears as Appendix – VIII of this report.

The objective of fisheries study was to identify potential impacts of Karot HPP on Jhelum

river fisheries and to plan for development of fisheries in modified riverine habitat. As a

result of raising of Mangla dam the abundance of bottom fish food organisms was reduced

leading to severe competition between different bottom feeding species i.e. Cirrhina

mrigala, Labeo calbasu and Cyprinus carpio etc. The plankton feeding species became

dominant in the reservoir.

Approach & Methodology: The retrospective data was collected from secondary sources

and author‟s personal assessment of aquatic ecology of Jhelum River, with more than two

decades long research activities therein. For primary data, various sites were selected for

ichthyological data collection such as; reservoir‟s tail, Karot dam site and downstream near

Rajgarh stream confluence with main stem Jhelum River. The data was collected both from

pools, riffles and side nullahs (tributary sites). The methodology applied included installation

of gill nets of various mesh size from # 25 mm to # 200 mm, cast nets in side waters and

small streams joining main-stem Jhelum. Long-lines with hooks baited with minnows such

as Ambasis nama and Ambsis ranga, etc. were applied in side waters. Angling was carried

out in the riffle type water regimes. Mean daily flow during study strives remained between

32500 cf/sec to 28200 cf/sec and Mangla reservoir level remained between 1217 and 1221

SPD (fasl) (Mangla Wapda hydrology section).

The gill nets were applied both during day and night times, nocturnal strives proved more

fruitful for data collection in slow flowing water regimes near river banks and pools. The cast

nets were mainly applied in side tributaries, while longlines with baited hooks were installed

in turbid side waters.

The Angling was mainly carried out in the riffle type water regimes having fast currents and

boulders at the bottom. The fish specimens caught in all cases were identified at the spot

with identification keys given by Mirza M.R. Dr. Nazir Ahmed, Rafiq etal, Jhingran V.G.

Heckel, Hora S.L, Yaqoob etal and Agarwal etc.


104 January 2015

The alive identified specimens were measured for their morphometric studies: i-e standard

lengths, checked their fin formula & other distinguishing characters at the spot and still alive

specimens were again released in the water, while some other specimen, which were

mostly entangled in gill nets of 25mm, 35mm, 45mm and fish caught with the help of hooks

and longlines, retrieved during early hours of morning were kept in 10% formalin in plastic

jars for study of their bionomics later on.

The fish fauna was captured and assessed / identified during present study along with fish

species caught recently by local fisher men in Karot HPP‟s footprints area i.e. from Azad

Pattan Jhelum River reach up to Mangla Reservoir tail, is given in Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Existence of Fish Fauna and their Occurrence – Karot HPP

Sr.#

#

N

o

.

Species Name Weight Range

(gms) Occurrence

1. Hypophthilmitchthys molitrix 500 – 7000 +++

2. Cyprinus carpio 450 – 2000 ++

3. Aorichthys aor 300 – 1450 ++

4. Clupisoma gurva 200 – 310 ++

5. Schizothorax plagiostomus 400 – 1850 +++

6. Labeo dychelius 350 – 500 +

7. Labeo dero 400 – 620 +

8. Wallag attu 700 – 3000 ++

9. Tor putitora 400 – 1500 +

10. Mastecambelus armatus 550 – 1300 +

11. Schizothorax esocinus 600 – 1050 +

12. Puntius sarana 300 – 500 +

13. Glyptothorax pectinopterus 150 – 350 +

14. Schistura nalbanti 130 – 170 +

15. Ambasis nama 20 – 35 +

16. Ambasis ranga 30 – 50 +

17. Ompoc bimaculatus 50 – 70 +

+++ Abundant, ++ Considerable, + Occasional

4.4.4 Protected Areas

There are no protected areas such as national parks, wild life parks, and wildlife sanctuary

and private game reserves in the project area.

4.5 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 Census Survey of Affected Households

As discussed in section 4.1, no significant baseline changes have occurred since 2009,

therefore, the baseline data of the project area remain unchanged. During updating the EIA

report, the additional census survey of the project affectees was carried out during the

months of June and July 2014. For this purpose participatory rural appraisal technique was

used and scoping sessions were held during census survey. The aspect of land acquisition,

affected houses, community and government infrastructure supposed to be affected by the

construction of project structures were investigated. This involved consultations and


105 January 2015

scoping sessions with primary and secondary stakeholders like owners of land, people of

the area, shopkeepers, religious community leaders. Cost of land, built-up property,

economic trees etc was discussed with the owners, local people, and revenue department

staff. The baseline data collected in pre-designed questionnaires (see Appendix – II) form

part of existing socio-economic conditions discussed in the following sections.

4.5.2 Methodology Adopted During 2009 for Socio-Economic Baseline

Following methodology was adopted for field survey in project area during 2008-9 after

review of the published project documents/literature.

• A reconnaissance survey was conducted to have an overview about the project area

and gauge the needs, issues, problems and impacts of the project on local population

and other stakeholders. This initial assessment was utilized to develop detailed

methodology for conducting the study. The reconnaissance survey provided the base

to go ahead for the future planning of the study.

• A stratified random sampling technique was adopted after preliminary visit. This

technique was very helpful to select adequate and representative sample so as

to generalize survey findings at the Project level with the highest level of statistical

confidence and meaningful fact-findings on the subject under review.

• The geographical boundaries of the reservoir area by identifying the existing villages

and settlements were defined in the project area.

• To collect valid, authentic and reliable data, the study tools were designed in such a

way that all indicators required in the scope of work of the proposed project on the

basis of field reality, were included for study. The questionnaires were prepared

in English and discussed in local language during the course of the study. The nature

of questionnaires was comprised on socio-economic household survey, village profile

survey and Women survey. These questionnaires were pre-tested in the non-sampled

area for clarity and to obtain the required results. These questionnaires were altered

and modified as per the ground reality. The detail of the study tools is discussed as

under,

a. Household Sample Survey

Household of total sample size from each sample village of the project area

were interviewed by using structured questionnaire. Detailed information about

socioeconomic status of household and family was obtained from the

respondent(s).

b. Village Profile

To document the socio economic and demographic characteristics of the

villages, fall in the project area, a comprehensive village profile was prepared

with the help of Un/structured questionnaires and public consultation

process which was conducted through applying Participatory Rural Appraisal

(PRA) tool.

c. Women Survey

A separate questionnaire covering various aspects / issues of women, including

gender profile and project impact on the women population of the area were


106 January 2015

developed. The services of a gender specialist were hired for gender and

development study in the Project Area.

4.5.3 Sampling Design

A 10% random sampling technique was applied. In this way a sample of 48 was chosen by

random sampling technique from the list of 480 households. Village wise households and

sample size are shown in Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Village Wise Households and Sample Size

Sr. No. Village Household No. Sample Size No.

1 Karot 4

8

5

2 Gorah 4

2

4

3 Brohi 5

0

5

4 Tandal 4

0

4

5 Azad Pattan 5

0

5

6 Muslimabad 2

5

0

25

Total 4

8

0

48

4.5.4 Administrative and Social Set-up

The project area falls in Rawalpindi district of the Punjab province whereas the some

portion of the left bank of the reservoir falls in the districts of Kotli and Sudhnuti of AJ&K.

The administrative setup of the Rawalpindi district is similar to the districts of AJ&K. The

Rawalpindi District has six subdivisions. The Kotli District has five subdivisions with 38

Union Councils and 227 villages. The Sudhnuti District has four subdivisions with 12 Union

Councils and 60 villages. District administration is headed by the Deputy Commissioner

(DC) who is assisted by District heads of other departments. The main District departments

include: administration; judiciary; police; education; health; communication and works;

agriculture; forest; irrigation; telecommunication; and livestock and fisheries. The head of

each department is responsible for the performance of his department and is designated as

Deputy Director (DD).

4.5.5 Demography and Population

The District wise population of the Population Census Report 1998 along with projected

population is provided in Table 4.13.

Table 4.13: District wise and Projected Population in the Project Area

District

Area

Sq.km

Population

1998

Growth

Rate

Family

size

Projected Population

2018

Rawalpindi 5,286 336,4000 2.7 6.4 5,425,796

Kotli 1,862 563,000 2.59 7.3 892,401

Sudhnuti 569 224,000 1.99 7.3 322,023

Source: Population census organization, Islamabad.


107 January 2015

The table indicates that the Rawalpindi districts more populated than the other districts of

the project area. The proposed project is located in Karot village, District Rawalpindi. While,

left bank of reservoir is located in districts of Kotli and Sudhnuti in AJ&K

4.5.6 Project Area Population

The population survey of the villages in the vicinity of the weir site and powerhouse site was

conducted. The population in the project area comprises of local people belonging to settled

districts of Punjab and AJ&K. It is characterised neither by ethnic diversity nor by any

indigenous people.

A total of six villages fall in the project area. Their population according to 1998 Census is

given below in the tabular form. The average no. of persons per household varies from 6.2

to 8.8. The present population of these villages according to field survey conducted in June

2014 totals 4212 with 583 households. The average household size varies from 6 to 8 as

shown in Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Population of the Sample Villages in Project Area

Village

Population Estimated

House Hold

2014

*Projected

Population

2018*

Estimated

Family Size 1998 2014

Karot 275 425 58 450 7.3

Gorah 281 437 51 465 8.6

Brohi 321 516 61 540 8.5

Hollar 280 431 49 448 8.8

Azad Pattan

350

522

61

542

8.6 Muslimabad 1200 1881 303 1950 6.2

Total 2707 4212 583 4395 7.2

*Population estimated at the growth rate of 2.75&2.59 respectively.

As indicated in Table 4.14 Muslimabad is a big village with about 303 houses but with less

family size, compared to other villages. The household size may also affect the economic

situation of the household. A bigger household may mean more hands to do farm and non-

farm work but it also means more mouth to feed. The average household size in the study

area is found to be 7.2 individuals. The family size clearly reveals the existence of extended

family system which is still dominating the rural set up of the project area.

4.5.7 Religion

The population of Kotli and Sudhnoti districts mostly consists of Muslim which constitute

99.24% and 99.42% of the total population respectively, remaining population belong to

Christian, Hindu and Qadiani. As far as population of District Rawalpindi is concerned about

97.71% are Muslim, followed by Christian 2.11%, Ahmadi 0.15% where as other minorities

like Hindus and scheduled castes are in a very small number. As for as religion of project

affected area is concerned, 100% population is Muslim.


108 January 2015

4.5.8 Culture and Local Traditions

The combination of new and old culture is found in the project area, although the young

generation is fond of modern culture. The majority of the population follows the Islamic

tradition, which is well practiced in rural area and has high moral values in the society.

Moreover, the influence of Pir (spiritual leader) is quite strong. The shrines located in the

vicinity are regularly visited by the devotees.

The joint family system is predominant in the project area. The field investigation shows that

significant majority (85%) of the respondent are still living under the joint family system.

However, new life style and cultural impacts from the outside world have directly influenced

the joint family system, and gradually shifting it to the nuclear family system.

4.5.9 Tribes in Project Area

Rajput, Janjua, Satti, Qureshi and Sudhan tribes are a community of relatives with same

origin, the same language and close family ties. In the entire six sample villages, majority of

the population belongs to those tribes. Important issues and disputes are solved by the

head of families and village elders. However, there is no significant role of women in

decision making process. The oldest member of the family is the head of family. Male

members of the family hold the decision making power in most of family matters. As for as

Right Bank area is concerned, Janjua (84%) was dominant whereas Sudhnu zai was

common caste on left bank of the River Jhelum.

4.5.10 Mechanism for Resolving Disputes

People resolve their minor disputes through heads of families while major disputes are

resolved through the Punchayat system which consists of an assembly of elders that make

decisions by consensus in case of serious matters, local influential politicians intervene to

settle the dispute. Police and the court of law is the last option which is very rare.

4.5.11 Language

Main spoken language is Punjabi followed by Hindko, Kashmiri and Saraiki. However,

the Urdu is also spoken but only with the visitors. Table 4.15 shows major castes, religious

affiliation and spoken languages in the sample villages of the project area.

Table 4.15: Major Castes, Religion and Spoken Language in Sample Villages of

Project Area- District Rawalpindi

Village Ethnic Groups Religion Spoken Language

By Majority

Karot Janjua, Gujjar, Qureshi Islam Punjabi

Gorah Janjua Islam Punjabi

Brohi Satti,Malik Islam Punjabi, Saraiki

Hollar SudhanZai Islam Kashmiri, Punjabii

AzadPattan Satti, Sudhan, Rajput Islam Kashmiri, Punjabi

Muslimabad Sudhan, Malik Islam Kashmiri, Punjabi, Hindko


109 January 2015

4.5.12 Educational Facilities

In terms of educational facilities, Azad Pattan area is comparatively in a better position and

facilities exist for boys and girls. There is a private secondary school and three primary

schools which are providing educational facilities to boys and girls. Karot, Gorah and Hollar

have only one primary school. Table 4.16 shows the number of schools in sample villages.

Table 4.16: Education Facilities in Project Area

Village

Government Schools Non-Formal/

Private

Co-education Madrasa

High Middle Primary

High

Primary

Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls

Karot - - - - 01 01 - - 01

Gorah - - - - - 01 - - -

Brohi 01 - - 01 01 - - 01 -

Hollar - - - - 01 - - - 01

Azad Pattan - - 01 - - 01 - 01 01

Muslimabad - - 01 - - 01 01 01

A review of Table indicates that high school for boys exist only at Brohi village in Azad

Pattan area. Students from surrounding areas go to Brohi village for high school education.

Girl‟s middle school at Brohi village is providing education to the students of the area. It is

difficult for girls to go to school from other villages located at a distance of 4 to 5 km away

from Brohi village. There is also a lack of trained teachers and Lab facilities in the schools

of the project area.

4.5.13 Literacy

A person who can read and write statements with an understanding, in any language

prevalent in Pakistan, is considered as literate. The literacy is measured as the ratio in

percentage of literate population to the corresponding population aged 10 and above,

who can read and write simple language scripts. The overall literacy rate among the

respondents is about 43.6 %. The literacy rate is minimum at Karot i.e 37.2 % and

maximum in Azad Pattan i.e 49.4%. Higher literacy rate in Azad Pattan shows the

availability of better facilities for education in that area.

4.5.14 Health Services

Health condition is one of the major determinants of a society‟s social development and

quality of life. Healthy manpower is imperative for derive to advancement and economic

growth.

Although Rawalpindi is a divisional headquarter and has good hospitals but adequate

health facilities are not available in the project area. For Gorah and Karot villages the

nearest dispensary is at a distance of 9 km at union council Brohi. Nearest civil hospital is

located at Kahuta, at a distance of 32 kilometers. From Hollar village located at the left bank

of River Jhelum, local residents have to go Sehensa for medical treatment.


110 January 2015

Better health facilities exist to some extent in the Azad Pattan. There is a dispensary at

Muslimabad and a basic health unit (B.H.U.) is under construction. Although a qualified

dispenser is posted here, but shortage of medicine and proper medical equipment are the

serious constraints to provide quality health services. The residents of Muslimabad have to

travel to Muzaffarabad and Pallandri for medical treatment of serious patients.

It is concluded that the health facilities provided by the government in the project area are

very limited. Therefore, residents are compelled to consult with private practitioner and

Hakeem etc. for their medical treatment. The licensed lady health visitors are also few in

numbers, so major reliance on traditional childbirth attendant for assisting the delivery,

which is the only service available in the project area.

Overall the project area has not adequate medical facilities, which is a cause of prolonged

illness and mortality. The prevailing diseases in the project area were reported to be

diarrhoea, dysentery, pneumonia, typhoid and tuberculosis (TB) of lungs. The main reasons

for those diseases are unclean drinking water, poor diet and unhygienic living conditions.

4.5.15 Occupation / Livelihood

The main occupations of the households in the project area are presented in the

Table 4.17.

Table 4.17: Profession/Occupation in Project Area

Sr.No. Profession Number Percentage

1 Farmers 28 58.3

2 Shops/Hotel 08 16.7

3 Govt. Employee 06 12.5

4 Business 04 8.3

5 Private Employee 02 4.2

Total 48 100

The table reveals the professional status of the respondents and indicates that 58.3 % are

farmers and the remaining are shopkeeper/hotel owner16.7%, government employee

12.5%, businessmen 8.3% and the private employees are 4.2%.

As for as the project affected villages are concerned, the situation is different in term of

occupation, the basic occupation of the inhabitants of the project affected area is agriculture

22%. However, most of the people18% have gone abroad for earning livelihood for their

families. The livestock serves as an income source which they sell to meet their needs. The

people of the project affected area live a simple life including the standard of their clothing

and their diet. Lack of potable water, basic health and education facilities and roads are the

major issues for the people of the project area. There are also a small number 6% of people

serving in the Armed Forces. Some of the people 8%in the project affected area are

dependent upon labor. They work in nearby cities. Small businesses, shop keeping 4%and

private or government service 22%are the other occupations of the people in the project

affected area. A handsome number 20% are retired Government services.


111 January 2015

4.5.16 Income

The household income related to various professions like farming, shop-keeping, service,

businessmen and remittance from abroad is reflected in Table 4.18.

Table 4.18: Household Income

Sr.

No

Income

Level (Rs./Month)

Number of

Households

Percentage (%) of

households

1 Upto5000 10 21

2 5001-10000 12 25

3 10001-15000 9 19

4 15001-25000 15 31

5 25001andabove 2 4

Total 150 100

The survey findings show that majority (31%) of the households are falling in the income

level 4. This income category is shopkeepers and government employees. Contrary to this,

there is less population falling in the higher income category. The population of high income

category is big farmers, businessmen and persons receiving remittance from their

relatives/sons living abroad (mostly in Middle East or Europe). The person‟s falls in the

lowest income category are 21%, which are almost the one-fifth of the total respondents.

These are mostly the small farmers and tenant who hardly get the crop produce for even

their household use, with an overall meagre monthly income. In addition, the person of this

particular income level is either engaged in labor work or employees in the private sectors.

The persons fall in the income level 2 and 3 are usually medium level farmers, hotel owner

and government employees who can make that much income on monthly basis. Moreover,

the persons involved, in the livestock management activities are also falling in this particular

income categories.

Under the prevailing socio-economic conditions in the project affected area, the income of

an average household is not bad. However, a large number of the people had handsome

incomes 48%. According to the social impact assessment survey, a good number 30% of

the people in the Project affected area belong to income group between Rs.10001 to

20000. While 22% are earning between ranges of Rs.5000-10000.

4.5.17 Credit Availability

Credit plays important role in the lives of the poor and lower middle class families in Project

area. There are two major sources of credit, institutional and non-institutional. The

availability of institutional credit is very limited in the Project area mainly due to a lack of

knowledge and also the high rate of interest charged on loans. The main users of non-

institutional credit are shop keepers and relatives of well-off families in the settlements.

These loans are mainly used for domestic and social needs such as marriages, birth

ceremonies, funerals, health and education.


112 January 2015

4.5.18 Agriculture

Agriculture in District Rawalpindi and Azad Jammu and Kashmir is both rainfed and at some

locations is irrigated through streams. There is a general scarcity of irrigation water; hence

a lot of culturable land cannot be brought under cultivation. The residents in the project area

generally have small land holdings and grow two crops in a year, Rabi and Kharif. Wheat

and Maize are main crops. Some areas where water from hills is available vegetables

like lady finger, turnip, brinjal, bitter gourd, radish, onion, cabbage, tomato, beans and

spinach are also grown but it is only for home consumption. There are tremendous

possibilities of fruit and vegetable cultivation in the area.

Ploughing is done usually by bullocks. The use of latest agricultural equipment and

chemical fertilizer is not common except for growing the cash crops.

Wheat is largely grown on major part of their land. Maize is the second major crop after

wheat, mostly grown in Kharif season. It is mainly cultivated for domestic use as fodder for

animals and grain for human use. The current status of agriculture in the project area is

presented in Table 4.19.

Table 4.19: Status of Agriculture in the Project Area

Village Name

Avg. Land Holding (Kanal)

Average Area/ Production of Important Crops kg/ Kanal

Wheat Maize Mash mung Masoor

Karot 18.5

3.0 5.0 3.5 2.6 3.9

(60.0) (80.0) (15.0) (14.0) (19.5)

Gorah 12.4 2.5 4.6 3.3 3.0 -

(65.0) (68.0) (14.0) (14.0) -

Brohi 10.0 3.0 5.0 - - 2

(60.0) (75.0) - - (20.0)

Tandal 22.0 5.0 7.0 4.0 2.0 4.0

(55.0) (70.0) (13.5) (15.0) (20.0)

Azad Pattan 16.0 4.0 6.0 2.0 1.5 2.5

(60.0) (75.0) (16.0) (15.0) (18.0)

Muslimabad 28.2

5.5 10.0 4.4 5.0 3.3

(65.0) (80.0) (18.0) (15.0) (20.0)

Source: Field survey, 2014

Area under fruit trees / orchards is increasing every year in Rawalpindi District and AJK.

The important fruit trees are apple, mango, citrus, guava, apricot, walnuts, peach and

pears. Significant fruit trees, area and production in Rawalpindi District is presented in

Table – 4.20.


113 January 2015

Table 4.20: Fruit Production and Area in Rawalpindi District

Fruit Area (000hec) Production (000tones)

Yields (kg/hec)

Citrus 32.00 241.00 7531.00

Mango 4.00 32.00 8000.00

Banana 3.00 18.00 6000.00

Apple 243.00 2239.00 9213.00

Guava 26.00 193.00 7423.00

Apricot 5.00 25.00 5000.00

Peach 3.00 18.00 6000.00

Pears 5.00 36.00 7200.00

4.5.19 Tenancy Status

Tenancy is not very common in the project area, because the agricultural land is limited;

therefore local population prefer to cultivate the land by themselves. Majority of the

respondents in project area were owner-cum-operator.

4.5.20 Land Holding Size

The average land holding in the project area was 15.00 Kanals. The maximum land holding

size was in Muslimabad i.e. 28.4 kanals and minimum size was10kanals at Barohi.

4.5.21 Livestock

Live Stock is the backbone of rural economy. Livestock comprises native cattle, goats and

sheep along with poultry and donkeys for transportation of loading/unloading of materials.

The livestock is an important aspect of livelihood of the population in the project area. Its

products are used for consumption and also for income generation, however, higher quality

livestock could help to raise output and become available cash source for residents.

Similarly poultry is a source of added income and a healthy protein food source. The

livestock holding in the project area are presented in Table 4.21.

Table 4.21: Livestock/ Poultry Heads in Sample Villages

Name of Village

Ownership of Livestock (No.) Sale of Livestock(No.) Sale Amount

(Rs.) Buffaloes/

Cows Goat/ Sheep

Poultry Ox Buffaloes /Cows

Goat/ Sheep

Ox

Karot 6.50 20.00 10.00 1.50 0.60 8.00. 1.00 60500

Gorah 8.30 8.00 8.00 1.33 1.00 5.00 - 28000

Brohi 5.50 20.25 12.00 0.90 0.75 10.00 0.40 49600

Hollar 8.50 22.00 6.25 1.40 0.48 9.00 0.50 25690

Azad Pattan

7.5 15.00 6.60 1.60 0.55 10.0 0.30 30000

Muslimabad 10.2 18.80 8.00 1.25 0.80 12.00 0.50 27350


114 January 2015

4.5.22 Grazing

In the project area, the agricultural fields are mainly used for grazing after crop harvesting

which adds manure to the fields improving the soil fertility. Moreover, the vegetation along

the Nullah/forest is also usually used for grazing purpose.

4.5.23 Nomads

A very few nomadic shepherds from outside the project area, use the route through Hollar

and Karot on their annual migration to and from the mountainous areas of Kashmir,

Baltistan and Gilgit. In spring, they leave the lowland plains of the Punjab and migrate up to

higher elevations in search of grazing land for their goats, sheep and horses. In autumn,

they migrate back down to the plains to spend winter in warmer areas. The journey takes

between 18 – 25 days, and whole families travel in tandem.

4.5.24 Banking

Banking services are very limited in the project area as only one branch of Habib Bank

Limited is available in Hollar village. The residents of remaining project area go to nearby

town Kahuta for banking services.

4.5.25 Housing

It is evident that in the project area that about 79% of the total houses have pacca

construction whereas about 2% and 19% of the houses were semi pacca and katcha

respectively.

The total area of housing units varied from 6.8 marlas to 15 marlas. This included both

covered and uncovered area. It is pertinent to note that information on housing area may

not be exact as the revenue records were not available to verify the input from the

respondents. These houses were constructed in the last 20 years. Exact measurements of

each affected house are required to be made and valuated by the Public Work Department

at the time of relocation and compensation payment by the Revenue Department..

4.5.26 Drinking Water Supply

The availability of water is the major concerns for the inhabitants of the project area. The

water resources are available at limited scale. The surface water is available in the river and

spring/Nullah. River water is not used for drinking purpose as it is contaminated by sewage

from the nearby settlements along the river bank.

The groundwater resource is available at depth of about 120 – 50 feet, which is only used

for drinking purpose through wells/water pumps, which are either operated manually or by

electricity. About 60% of the surveyed villagers found using groundwater as a source of

drinking water either through boreholes or pumps whereas 30% of the families are getting

drinking water from hand pumps. The remaining 10% of the villagers use untreated water

from natural streams, springs and channels which is of good quality as reported by the

villagers.

During survey, local population demanded tap water facility through government water

supply schemes to meet their domestic/drinking water requirement. In addition, the local


115 January 2015

population want the installation of open surface wells from the government/NGO at

subsidized rate for meeting their irrigation water requirement.

4.5.27 Sanitation

The sanitation conditions of the district are relatively better in the urban area. However,

people in the project area drain out used water in open spaces. Similarly the open dumping

of solid waste is normal practice in the project area.

4.5.28 Electricity

According to the Directorate, Department of Power, Muzaffarabad, 0.097 million of

population is served with electricity as the source of lighting, both in urban and rural areas.

The Project area surveyed villages are connected with a nearby national grid system.

However, shortage of electricity and load shedding is normal practice in the area as with

other parts of the country.

4.5.29 Existing Road Network/Bridges in the Project Area

The Karot Hydropower Project is located in Tehsil Kahuta, District Rawalpindi. As shown in

Figure 4.8, a main metalled road leads to Karot and Azad Pattan villages from Rawalpindi

via Kahuta with a distance of 65km and 85km respectively.

Figure 4.8: Existing Access Road Rawalpindi/Islamabad – Kahuta – Karot/Azad Pattan

The distances and status of existing Rawalpindi – Kahuta – Karot/Azad Pattan road and

other existing access road within the project area from surrounding villages are presented in

Table 4.22.


116 January 2015

Table 4.22: Basic Infrastructure in Project Area

Villages Distance (Km) from Access Road

Rawal Pindi Dam Site Metaled Un-metaled

Karot 65 2 Yes -

Hollar 69 4 Yes -

Kahuta 40 29 Yes -

Beor 56 9 Yes -

Gorah 48 6 No Track

Brohi 55 30 Yes -

Tandal 58 8 - Yes

AzadPattan 78 68 Yes -

Muslimabad 85 75 Yes -

Two RCC bridges, one in Karot and other in Azad Pattan village, are located on River

Jhelum in project area. Karot and Azad Pattan Bridges act as entry point for AJ&K. Karot

provides access to Kotli and Mirpur Districts whereas Azad Pattan Bridge is the link for

Rawala Kot and Sudhnuti districts in AJ&K from Rawalpindi via Kahuta.

Similarly, two suspension bridges are located in Project Area. One is located 7km

downstream of Azad Pattan near Pana village and another near Muslimabad village

upstream of Azad Pattan Bridge. These bridges are used by the pedestrian to cross Jhelum

River to go to Kahuta, Rawalpindi and Azad Pattan Area on the right bank. Presently, that

road is badly damaged due to heavy rains. Only pedestrians use that bridge to cross the

Jhelum River.

4.5.30 Industry

There are no industries of major importance in the project area; Some block factories are

working within the project area. Due to poor infrastructure heavy industries have not been

established in the Project Area. However, a flour mill is working near Azad Pattan Bridge.

4.5.31 Minerals

District Rawalpindi is rich in mineral wealth including limestone, marble, fire clay, ordinary

sand and stones. Lime and marble are found at Margallah range. AJK has variety of

minerals and precious stones including marble, coal, gypsum, graphite, silver, copper,

bauxite and ruby, tourmaline and garnets. However, none of the respondents reported any

mineral exploration in the project area.

4.5.32 Cultural Heritage

The guideline for sensitive and critical areas issued by the Government of Pakistan in

October 1997 identifies a list of notified protected archaeological sites and

monuments in Pakistan. A review of nationally important sites and world heritage sites

indicate that none of these are located within the Project Area, except some ruins of Owen

qila at the left bank of River Jhelum near the proposed dam site. However those ruins are


117 January 2015

located above the crest level of reservoir and are safe and will remain protected as such.

Similarly, foundation stone of old Karot wall and shrine is present along the side of Kahuta-

Karot road about 3 km away from the dam site. It is very important that during widening of

road it should be preserved and protected properly. It is obligatory to preserve this cultural

heritage under Pakistan Antiquities Act. 1975.

4.5.33 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs)

The basic philosophy and instrument of any development project is to work “with residents”

and not “working for them” in order to achieve long term sustainable development goals. It

is the local population, who identify their “felt needs” as they perceive it, interpret it and

relate it to themselves, to their families and communities and get tips for development

behaviour performance to achieve project objectives with an active co-operation of project

to officials. The NGO should play an efficient and effective mediation role between the

project authorities and the affectees/beneficiaries. The involvement of following NGOs

would facilitate the process of participatory development and act as an agent of social

change for development activities. The NGOs working in the AJK and Rawalpindi District,

particularly in the project area are mentioned in Table 4.23.

Table 4.23: NGO’s working in Rawalpindi and AJK

1 AKHSP Aga Khan Health Services Pakistan.

2 WWF World Wildlife Fund

3 KIRF Kashmir International Relief Fund

4 MH Muslim Hands

5 SDF Sungi Development Foundation

6 AKF Al-Khidmat Foundation

7 NRSP National Rural Support Programme

8 TVO Trust for Voluntary Organization

9 CBO Community Based Organization

Interviews and social survey findings in the project area revealed that there was a complete

consensus regarding the construction of Karot Hydropower Project. There was no overt

intra and inter group rivalries, hostilities, disputes or tension on the subject of proposed

Karot Hydropower Project. However, residents of Karot Villages have some reservation on

the project functionaries and compensation procedure.

The Non-Government Organization (NGO) sector has made enormous contributions to the

economic development in Azad Jammu &Kashmir; Many NGOs like AJ&K Rural Support

Programme, IR International, and Neelum Development Organization are working with

communities in the health and education sectors.

4.5.34 Gender Status in the Project Area

Generally the attitude toward women is not very positive in the rural areas. There is a male

dominating society and they dominate in all occupations. In many villages away from cities,


118 January 2015

women are facing difficulties to get school education and excluded from most of decision-

making processes. The gender situation is further complicated by:

• Early marriage of girls

• Restriction on women‟s mobility

• Poor domestic sanitation conditions

• Long working hours (both for girls and women)

• Too much miscellaneous chores

• Preference to sons over daughters

In the daily life within the villages women contribute vitally to the economic survival of the

poor households. This includes working in the house for cooking, laundry, child care,

cultivation of agricultural crops on their land and livestock breeding including poultry. Thus,

despite overall deprivation, women are major contributors to the household life.

Karot consultants hired the services of qualified gender specialist to collect data on gender

issues .All the contacted women supplied detailed information about many social activities

including:

• Daily work of a female in housekeeping, laundry, cooking and taking care of animals

• Obligations of females for agricultural activities of major crops (wheat, maize),

vegetables, etc.

• Educational constraints including desire of female for more facilities

• Occupational preferences including desire for jobs

• Family income including contribution by the women

• Skill development

• Health situation, particularly: child deliveries; vaccinations; water-borne diseases.

• Information about the Project and its benefit.

Gender situation is not very well in the project area. Women belonging to well of families

generally do not work with men or outside their houses. However, women from

economically weak families not only work at home but also go outside for grazing of their

animals and to collect fuel wood besides their contribution in farm activities.

Most of the agricultural works are done by girls and women. Women have to carry the

biggest work load also in the daily schedule. They are the first to wake up in the morning,

after saying prayer they feed their domestic animals and then prepare the breakfast for the

entire family.

It can be concluded that females contribute well to the economic survival of the poor

households. Despite the overall discrimination, women are responsible for management of

daily family relations and economic performance. They are taking over a huge work load of

the family.


119 January 2015

4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF AFFECTED HOUSEHOLDS

4.6.1 Population of Affected Area

The finding of census survey stated that population on right bank Karot Village is 337

including 174 male and 163 female while on the left bank, Hollar village composition of

male and female is 87 and 86 respectively.

Table 4.24: Basic Characteristics of the Population in Project Affected Area

Village Household Male Female Total

Right Bank

Karot Village 50 174 163 337

Left Bank

Hollar Village 22 87 86 173

Total 72 261 249 510

Source: Socio-economic survey 2014

The estimated total population of the project affected area is 510 with 72 households having

the average household size of 7.08.

4.6.2 Age

Age is an important factor in forming one‟s attitude. It fixes a man „status or authority on

others. Generally the respondents of the affected villages were the heads of the households

and were between age group of 18 to less than 60. However, the 38.57% of affected

population of Karot Village were under category of below 18 years and 5.04% fell in the age

group 60 & above. The age status of affectees of the Karot and Hollar village is shown in

Table 4.25.

Table 4.25: Age status of the Affected Households

Age Karot Village % age Hollar Village % age

Below 18 year 130 38.57 51 29.48

18-60 190 56.37 107 61.85

60 and Above 17 5.06 15 8.67 Source: Socio-economic survey 2014

4.6.3 Marital Status

Significant majority 99% of them was married; remaining few 1% was widow. Traditionally

people prefer marriages at early age.

4.6.4 Education

A small proportion 4% of them have never been to school; About 30% of them got their

education up to primary,36% were educated up to Middle and 30% had education up to

matric level. It is important to notice that people of the project affected area now is giving

preference to educate their children. Education status of the affected population is shown in

Table 4.26.


120 January 2015

Table 4.26: Educational Status of the Affected Households

Education Karot Village Hollar Village

Nos. % age Nos. % age

Illiterate 2 4 4 18

Primary 15 30 6 27

Middle 18 36 2 9

Matric 15 30 9 41

FA 0 0 1 5

Total 50 100 22 100 Source: Socio-economic survey 2014

4.6.5 Tribes

By virtue of their local tribal origin; 84% belong to Janjua tribe; whereas 10% of them were

Gujjar; while remaining 6% were Hashmi.

4.6.6 Occupation

People of the Karot village have small land holdings (3-5 Kanals). About 22% of them were

under the category of farmers and drivers respectively. Whereas 41% of the population of

the Hollar village was engaged in agriculture followed by the category of abroad 26%.

Percentage of 72 affected households engaged in different occupation is given in Table

4.27.

Table 4.27: Percentage of Occupation of Affected Households

Occupation Karot Village % age Hollar Village % age

Farmer 11 22 9 41

Small Business 2 4 2 9

Govt Services 3 6 2 6

Retired 10 20 3 14

Driver 11 22 0 0

Laborer 4 8 0 0

Abroad 9 18 6 26


4.6.7 Sand Collection

Among the small business category, seven people are engaged in sand and gravel

collection downstream of the powerhouse site for use in construction business. This activity

is carried out at both banks of River Jhelum on a very limited scale as the river bed

downstream of the powerhouse is narrow and relatively steep. They collect sand/gravel, by

digging, sifting out debris and river boulders. The sand /gravel are transported to the track

along the river bank by donkeys. Donkeys usually carry about 100kg load @ Rs.500/day

depositing the sand/gravels near the river at some areas allocated for the purpose.

Trucks are hired twice a week to transport the sand/gravels to the sites of construction

activities. On an average one truck is loaded per day. The income of the sand collectors is

about Rs. 2,000 per day.

Usually the collection of sand is carried out in winter from September to March during low

flow period as more of the river bed and banks are exposed during this period. During the

high flow season in summer months, particularly in the monsoon period, the river tends to


121 January 2015

flow full thus making access to river sand impossible.

4.6.8 Language

Punjabi was the most common language spoken by all respondents in the project affected

area. Sraiki, Sindhi, Pushto, and Urdu were the other languages spoken in the affected

project area.

4.6.9 Family Structure

Generally, 58% of nuclear family system prevailed in Karot village, whereas 42% belonged

to joint family system. Regarding Hollar village, 68% were nuclear and 32% were belonged

to joint family system as shown in Table 4.28

Table 4.28: Family Structure of the Affected Households

Family Structure Karot Village % age Hollar Village % age

Nuclear family 29 58 15 68

Joint family 21 42 7 32


4.6.10 Monthly Income

Monthly income of 22% of the respondents was up to Rs.10,000, whereas 30% were

between Rs.10,001 to 20,000 and a significant majority of 48% was under the category of

Rs.20,001and above. The situation of Holler village was slightly different as of Karot Village.

People preferred to go abroad for the livelihood of their family. One male member of every

third household was in abroad. The status of monthly income of the affected households is

given in Table 4.29

Table 4.29: Monthly Income of Affected Households

Monthly Income

(Rs)

Karot Village Hollar Village


5000-10000 11 22 8 36

10001-20000 30 30 8 37

20001& above 24 48 6 27


4.6.11 Housing Characteristics

In Karot Village, 98% of the houses were reported to have Pacca (concrete) construction

whereas about 02% were of Katcha construction. The situation in Hollar Village was

slightly different as can be seen from the Table 4.30.

Table 4.30: Type of Construction of Affected Houses

Nature of

Construction


No. of Houses % age No. of Houses % age

Pacca

(Concrete)

49 98 20 90

Katcha 01 02 02 10



122 January 2015

4.6.12 Number of Rooms

Out of 50 number of affected houses, about 68% and 32% of the houses in Karot village

have1 – 2 and 3 – 6 rooms respectively as compared to housing units of Hollar village

where 42% and 58% have1-2 and 3-6 rooms respectively. The percentage of number of

rooms in the 72 affected houses is given in Table 4.31

Table 4.31: Percentage of Number of Rooms in Affected Houses

No. of Room Karot Village Hollar Village


Room 1-2 32 1-2 42

Room 3-6 68 3-6 58


4.6.13 Number of Latrines/Bathrooms

Almost 80% households have latrines and bathrooms in their houses. Remaining

20% have to go outside for exhausting.

4.6.14 Housing Area

Generally housing unit area was about 7 to 10 marlas in the project affected area. People

also have 5 to 10 marlas open space in front of their houses.

4.6.15 Amount Borrowed

Majority of the respondent (90%) not borrowed any money during the last year. Among

those who borrowed the money were 10%, the preferred source were relative100%.

4.6.16 Size of Land Holdings

Majority of the surveyed population owned 3 – 5 Kanals land holdings while 20% and 30%

population of the Hollar and Karot villages were having land holding up to 5 Kanals and

above respectively as shown in Table 4.32.

Table 4.32: Land Holding Size

Size of Land

Holding


Kanals % age of

population

Kanals % age of

Population

Size 3 – 5 70 3 – 5 80

Size 5 and above 30 5 and Above 20

Total 50 100 22 100 20Marlas = 1 Kanal, One Acre = 8kanals

4.6.17 Major Crops

Wheat and Maize are the major crops of the project area. Per acre yield of wheat is 680kg

and that of maize is about 1000kg.

4.6.18 Source of Water

Rainfed cultivation is being practiced in the area. River water is not being used for irrigation

and drinking purposes. Hand pump and bore are being used for drinking purpose. Every

second house has its own hand pump for their need of drinking and washing.


123 January 2015


Certain groups of population by virtue of their socio-economic realities are considered

socially vulnerable and thus in need of special consideration so that they can benefit from

the development activities of the project. A total 6 of the affected households were identified

as falling within the category of socially and economically vulnerable groups including i)

hard core poor households and ii) female-headed households as shown in Table 4.33.

Table 4.33: Vulnerable Groups

Village Nature No.

Karot village Poor 3

Karot village Female Headed 1

Hollar village Female Headed 2

Total 6

Source: Socio-economic survey 2014

It is also worthwhile to note that the studies and surveys did not bring forth the presence of

any indigenous groups in the project area. As a result, no indigenous people would be

affected as a result of the project.

4.6.20 Choice of Resettlement

A good proportion (99%) of the affected households expressed their views regarding

resettlement in new place near the vicinity of project area and or enough cash

compensation for new houses and against affected houses to resettle at their own. It is to

point out that the preferred option of the affected households was enough cash

compensation to resettle at their own based on the agreed upon rates between KPCL and

affectees.

4.7 GENDER ANALYSIS

Gender issues are gaining importance in development projects because female members

of the community are generally neglected while designing, assessing and implementing

such projects. Females are generally more vulnerable than male members of the society

and the Project is no exception to this. The following information was collected using a

structured questionnaire and Focused Group Discussion (FGD) at village level.

4.7.1 Education

Significant majority 82 % of female respondents were uneducated; only 9% having

education up to middle; whereas 9% received education up to matric.

4.7.2 Marital Status

Significant majority 99 % of them was married; remaining few1% was widow. Traditionally

people prefer marriages at early age.

4.7.3 Health Status

Of the total 99 % of the respondents expressed that there were no health facilities available

at village level. They have to go Kahuta to avail health facilities. However, the availability of

professional, semi-professional and occupational medical staff and the quality of related

services remained an open question. Mostly respondents were in favor of relying on private


124 January 2015

medical facilities, including paramedical practitioners. Women were asked about the most

common diseases prevalent in the Project area.

4.7.4 Family Members Accompanying the Female for Treatment

Large majority 86% women were accompanied by their husbands; only 10% accompanied

by their mother in law and 4% have to go alone to avail health facilities.

4.7.5 Role in Decision Making

Off the total participating women, 97% were involved in the decision making process

relating to important issues such as the sale and purchase of property and the schooling

and marriages of their children. However, a vast majority of women (83.3%) were of the

view that, despite all the discussions around making a decision, the final decision power lies

with the male head of the family.

4.7.6 Priority of Services of Food

It is reported by the respondents that 82% food is served to husband first and 16% food is

severed to other elders.

4.7.7 How often they Travel Outside

A majority of the women 69% expressed their views that they used to travel outside the

village once in a month to meet their relatives‟ whereas 31% said that they went outside the

village few and far between to visit their relative.

4.7.8 Daily Routine Work of Respondents

Almost 99% of the respondents expressed their views that they used to involve in food

preparation; cleaning houses; rearing of children; milking animal; crop harvesting and crop

irrigation and that is their way of life in their daily routine.

4.7.9 Project Awareness

A significant majority 97% had awareness that hydropower project is going to be

constructed in their area, whereas 3% of them did not know anything regarding Karot

hydropower project.

4.7.10 Present Skill and Willing to Receive Training

Present skills and training respondents did not have any skill. Opinion of the respondents

regarding the learning of some additional skill by them was solicited.


125 January 2015

CHAPTER – 5

INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The purpose in holding consultations is to share with stakeholders‟ relevant information on

the project interventions including potential environmental and social, (positive and

negative) impacts. The consultation process consisted of dialogue with the stakeholders.

Project Affected People (PAPs) and stakeholders are generally able to understand the

implications of the project activities. This chapter describes the project stakeholders and

their attitude towards the project construction and the process adopted in consulting the

affected households and communities on relocation and resettlement, impacts assessment,

socio-economic and physical losses due to project interventions.

The aim of stakeholder consultation is to present the nature and level of consultations

carried out to date by the social and environment team covering both social and

environmental aspects. The National Guidelines as well as IFC PS1 place great importance

on involving primary and secondary stakeholders for determining the environmental and

social impacts associated with project implementation. In order to gather local knowledge

for baseline, understand project affected person‟s perceptions regarding impact

significance, and propose meaningful mitigation measures, participation of stakeholders has

been part of the Project environmental and social impact assessment process. An attempt

has been made to consult with a full range of stakeholders to obtain their views on project

interventions.

The present EIA has been prepared by consultations with local communities,

nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and concerned government departments/

organizations. This included planning and development department, welfare department,

revenue, agriculture, energy, fisheries, wildlife and forestry departments. Their views and

concerns have been taken into account in the study. This is also in compliance with the

requirements IFC PS1which give high priority to public consultation and participation in

designing and implementation of a socially and environmentally compliant project.

5.2 OBJECTIVES

The objective is to design and implement the views and concern of various stakeholders

about environmental and social issues such as displacement, safety hazards, employment,

and vulnerable persons. Additionally, the purpose is to:

Provide key project information and create awareness among various stakeholders

about project intervention;

Have interaction for primary and secondary data collection with project affectees and

other stakeholders;

Begin establishing communication and an evolving mechanism for the resolution of

social and environmental problems at local and project level;

Involve project stakeholders in an inclusive manner; and


126 January 2015

Receive feedback from primary stakeholders on mitigation and enhancement measures

for environmental and social impacts.

5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF STAKEHOLDERS

Stakeholders are people, groups, or institutions that may be affected by or can significantly

influence, or are important to the achievement of the stated purpose of the proposed

project. Stakeholders can be divided into primary and secondary stakeholder categories.

5.3.1 Primary Stakeholders

Primary stakeholder(s) is a person or group of persons directly impacted by a certain

project intervention. For this project, primary stakeholders are the communities living within

the geographical boundaries of defined project area of influence. This includes 27km long

reservoir behind the dam at Jhelum River and the area where various project structures are

to be constructed. This include Karot, Hollar, Gora, Samsu, Soan, Brohi, Siah and Ain Pana

villages, and in particular those which would be affected by the project interventions.

Primary stakeholders identified and consulted include project affected communities, local

leaders, community members and other local representatives including mosque Imams, and

head masters or teachers of local schools.

5.3.2 Secondary Stakeholders

This category of stakeholders pertains to those who may not be directly affected but have

interests that could contribute to the study, play a role in implementation at some stage, or

affect decision making on project implementation. The secondary stakeholders in Karot

hydropower project consist of NGOs, line government departments/ agencies (federal/

provincial) dealing with planning and development, social & welfare, revenue, agriculture,

energy, fisheries, wildlife and forestry. They also contributed in providing useful data/

opinions for mitigation process.

5.4 METHODOLOGY

A series of comprehensive consultations were carried out with the project stakeholders at

various locations during the preparation of environmental and social impact assessment.

The consultation and scoping sessions were designed specifically to provide project

information to the public. These sessions were informal so as to encourage friendly social

environment in which participants were comfortable in raising questions, expressing their

opinion and concerns about the project besides seeking clarification regarding their

concerns. The focus group discussions were instrumental in the process, whereas one-to-

one meetings were also held with the institutions. These discussions were held with project

beneficiaries and other local communities at Karot, Gora, Samsu, Soan, Brohi, Hollar,

Muslimabad and Ain Pana villages.

The secondary stakeholders were invited separately to focus on the potential environmental

and social impacts and mitigation measures, including compensation and resettlement of

the project-affected persons.


127 January 2015

5.5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The process of consultation was started in 2008-09. During updating of EIA report, the

Consultant along with representatives of the project sponsors under took the process of

informing community representatives and affected households about the project and its

impacts. This consultation process was conducted in June – July 2014 during the census

survey of the affected households preparing the affected community regarding land

acquisition, helping to counter the rumours, preventing unnecessary distress, and bringing

clarity on issues that might be raised by the affected persons. The process also includes the

preparation of drawings and introductory information in Urdu about the Project, its location

and main impacts. In general, there was a wide support of people of the project area. Only

very nominal opposition to the project construction was noticed mostly based on the

uncertainty about compensation rates to be paid for the land. During the consultation, 91

people were consulted in 7 villages of project area as shown in the Table 5.1.

Before project construction, the Sponsor with the help of the Implementation Consultant

shall prepare and conduct an Information and Community Consultation Programme in

affected villages such as Karot, Hollar and near Azad Pattan Bridge. Participation of project

affected people and of the community during the project cycle will be ensured through their

involvement in a committee for redress of grievances. This will ensure satisfactory

settlement of any issue regarding affected land, houses, trees etc.

Table 5.1: Name of Villages and Number of Participants Consulted

5.6 FEED BACK FROM CONSULTATIONS

5.6.1 Community Concerns

List of participants and their concerns during stakeholders‟ consultations are given in

Appendix – III whereas Photographs of the scoping sessions / consultations appear at the

end of the report.

Communities‟ main concerns during the scoping sessions/consultations were as under. The

overall attitude of the communities towards the Project was positive:-

Sr. No. Village/Settlement Date No of

Participants

1 Karot (Right Bank) 29 -06-2014 40

2 Gorah (Right Bank) 30 -06-2014 05

3 Sansu (Right Bank) 29 -06-2014 02

4 Soan (Right Bank) 29 -06-2014 03

5 Barohi (Right Bank) 29 -06-2014 08

6 Hollar (Left Bank) 29 -06-2014 22

7 Ain Pana (Left Bank) 28 -06-2014 10

Total Participants 91


128 January 2015

Unfair compensation package which is not at par with the current market value of their

assets

Compensation should be paid before start of the construction of project.

Job opportunities in the project construction and operation should be given to project

area people according to their qualification

Steps should be undertaken for establishment of health and education facilities in the

project area.

Relocation sites of displaced persons should be prepared complete with basic social

infrastructures before shifting the displaced persons to a particular relocation site in

case of inadequate compensation rate.

The residents of Karot village want to be settled nearby project area.

Free of cost electricity should be provided to the affectees of the project area.

5.6.2 Consultation with Secondary Stakeholders

Meetings with secondary stakeholders like government departments, NGOs and line

agencies were held to discuss project interventions and their potential impacts on the local

communities and environment. In these meetings, stakeholders were informed about the

salient features of the project, its location and activities. Secondary stakeholders expressed

their concerns and gave suggestions/ recommendations for the implementation of the

project as follows.

Project proponent should fulfil the regulatory requirements of conducting EIA of

proposed project.

Possible damage to flora and fauna should be addressed.

Construction related issues like disposal of excavated material, soil erosion and

hazards for local communities and labour force should be appropriately addressed

during the construction activities.

EPC contractor will ensure free mobility of women and children, especially people of

Karot & Hollar villages.

Safe transportation of construction material

Health and safety measures for labour force

Employment of local residents during construction and operation of the project.

5.7 FUTURE CONSULTATIONS

Public consultations started in the project area during 2008-09. This consultation process

will continue during and after detailed design. The objective of the future consultation will

mainly focus on resettlement issues, job opportunities for the locals, compensation of lost

assets, timing of work, overall schedule, and minimizing disturbance to business, and public

safety and gender issues. Further consultation will be carried out during project

implementation phase.


129 January 2015

Before project construction, the Sponsor with the help of the Implementation Consultant

shall prepare and conduct an Information and Community Consultation Programme in

affected villages such as Karot, Hollar and near Azad Pattan Bridge. Participation of project

affected people and of the community during the project cycle will be ensured through their

involvement in a committee for redress of grievances. This will ensure satisfactory

settlement of any issue regarding affected land, houses, trees etc.

5.8 PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC DISCLOSURE

5.8.1 Information Disclosure

In promoting transparency and accountability, Project Management Unit (PMU) will continue

to provide relevant information to the stakeholders in a timely manner in a form and

language that are understandable and accessible to them. At the same time, PMU will

continue the regular consultation process.

PMU will disclose the ESIA report and related documents to Environmental Protection

Agency of Punjab and Azad Jammu &Kashmir. This ESIA report will be disclosed at the IFC

website as required under PS1. The local community will be provided with the Summary of

EIA report and project information at different stages of the consultation.

The information will be made available in locations that are easily accessible to

stakeholders. Depending upon the capacity of a stakeholder and nature of the information

to be disseminated, such locations can be Karot, Hollar and Azad Patan villages, project

site office, PMU office, government department or local government setup.

Overall, the consultation activities and disclosure will be designed so as to maximize

community awareness of the project and to create reasonable opportunities for community

input and involvement.

The requirements for public disclosure have been followed in accordance with the following

IFC Guidelines;

• To avoid, and when avoidance is not possible, minimize displacement by exploring

alternative project designs.

• To avoid, forced eviction.

• To anticipate and avoid, or where avoidance is not possible, minimize adverse social

and economic impacts from land acquisition or restrictions on land use by; (i)

providing compensation for loss of assets at replacement cost4 and (ii) ensuring that

resettlement activities are implemented with appropriate disclosure of information,

consultation, and the informed participation of those affected.

• To improve, or restore, the livelihoods and standards of living of displaced persons.

• To improve living conditions among physically displaced persons through the

provision of adequate housing with security of tenure5 at resettlement sites.

4Replacement cost is defined as the market value of the assets plus transaction costs. In applying this method of valuation,

depreciation of structures and assets should not be taken into account. Market value is defined as the value required allowing

Affected Communities and persons to replace lost assets with assets of similar value. The valuation method for determining

replacement cost should be documented and included in applicable Resettlement and/or Livelihood Restoration plans (see

paragraphs 18 and 25).

5Security of tenure means that resettled individuals or communities are resettled to a site that they can legally occupy

and where they are protected from the risk of eviction.


130 January 2015

5.9 PUBLIC HEARING

EPA – Punjab and EPA – AJ&K as part of their approval of EIA will conduct Public Hearing

at Rawalpindi and Kotli Districts respectively within 40 days of receiving the EIA report.

Public hearing will be conducted with the support of sponsor and consultant. Local people

and government officials will be made aware of the meeting at least one month of the

consultations through advertisement in newspapers.


131 January 2015

CHAPTER – 6

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The process of impact prediction is the core of the environmental assessment process and

it is critical that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out during the

design, construction and operation phases of the project in accordance with the

requirements laid down in Pak – EPA 1997 and AJ&K Environmental Protection Act 2000

as well as those of the IFC Guidelines.

This chapter discusses the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project and

identifies mitigation measures to minimize the impacts in design, construction and

operational phases. The project impacts have been assessed based on the socio-

environmental and census survey of the affected households conducted in the project areas

during updating of the ESIA report in June – July 2014.

The survey brought forth that the adverse impacts of the project due to construction of dam,

diversion tunnels, headrace tunnels and powerhouse largely consist of acquisition of whole

Karot village and partially Hollar village. The major impacts on the community have been

identified as loss of residential houses, land, trees and livelihood. The survey findings have

shown a total of 72 households as being affected by the project interventions as indicated in

Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Type of Affected Assets and Number of Affected Households

Sr. No.

Type of Loss Right/Left

Bank

No. of Affected Households

Total Affected

Households (Ahs)

Due to Construction

of Dam, Spillway,

Powerhouse

Due to Creation of 27km

Reservoir

1 House+Land+Trees Right Bank 50 00 50

2 House+Land+Trees Left Bank 22 00 22

3 Land+Trees* - - - -

Total 72 72

Source: Field Surveys 2014

Among the other identified major impacts include relocation/protection of community and

public infrastructures such as access to roads and bridges, electricity and water supply,

mosque and graveyards, schools and built-up structures as given in Table 6.2.


132 January 2015

Table 6.2: Type and Number of Relocation/Protection of Community and Public

Infrastructures

Sr. No.

Type of Loss Right/Left

Bank

Due to Construction of Dam, Spillway, Powerhouse

Due to Creation of 27km

Reservoir

1. Community Infrastructures

Mosques in Karot village Right bank 02 Nos. 02 Nos.

Graveyards in Karot village Right bank 04 Nos. -

Pond (Karot village) Right bank 01No - No.

2. Public Infrastructures

Police Check Post Left Bank - 01No.

Forest Check Post Left Bank - 01No.

Rest House of Building Department Right Bank 01No. -

Tourism Building Left Bank 01No. -

Surface Water Hydrology Gauge Room

near Pana village

Right Bank - 01No.

11 Kv Electric Poles Right Bank 35No. 25No.

½‟‟ dia Pipe Water Supply Right Bank - 7km

Primary Schools Right Bank Girls=1 Boys=1 -

Relocation of Roads

- Portion of existing Kahuta – Azad

Pattan metalled Road

Right Bank

- Portion of existing Kahuta – Kotli Road Right Bank

- Pana village access road Right Bank

Relocation of Bridges

- Azad Pattan Concrete bridge

Across

Jhelum river

-

01 No.

- Karot – Hollar Concrete bridge Across

Jhelum river

01No. -

- Suspension Bridge d/s of Azad Pattan

bridge

Across

Jhelum river

- 02No.

Source: Field Surveys 2014


133 January 2015

A total of 5676 Nos. of privately owned trees including fruit, fuel wood and timber trees will

be affected due to project implementation. The final inventory of affected households, loss

of land, built-up structures and trees due to project implementation is under process of

finalization by the relevant departments such as Revenue Department for land acquisition,

Building Department for built-up structures and Forest Department for trees compensation.

This final inventory of loss of assets will be made part of the RAP upon completion of

physical survey of the project area before implementation of the RAP.

6.2 DESIGN RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.2.1 Permanent Land Acquisition

The impacts on land use described below are based on the modification made in the

feasibility design of June 2009 (see RAP). There might come up some minor changes in the

design e.g. concerning final figures on quantities of excavation material, adjustments of

dumping sites or routing of access roads. However, this will not cause major changes

regarding content and costs outlined in the RAP. The costs for such changes in the design

are covered by a provision of 15% of the total expenditures in the Resettlement Action Plan

(RAP).

The land tenure system in the project is traditional and the process to officially document

the titles and holdings by District Collector‟s Office for compensation purposes has been

started under Land Acquisition Act 1897. A total of 907.69ha of land will be affected due to

the project interventions. The different categories of land are given in the following Table

6.3.

Table 6.3: Permanent Land Acquisition due to Project Interventions

Land Acquisition*

i) Due to construction of dam and its ancillaries in Karot

village

- Private cultivated Land Acre 38

- Private barren Land Acre 261.87

- Area under Government Structures Acre 21

- Area under housing Acre 1.65

Area under Community Structures Acre .50

River Bed Acre 69.12

ii) Due to construction of dam and its ancillaries in Hollar

village

- Private cultivated Land Acre 11.67

- Private barren Land Acre 57.08

- Government Land Acre 122.93

• Reservoir Area

- River Bed/Government land Acre 369.64

- Private Barren land Acre 1288.59

1ha = 10,000 meter squarer = 2.47 acre; 1 acre = 8 kanals = 4047 Sq.m


134 January 2015

These estimates will be updated as soon as the final inventory of losses of assets will be

completed and verified by the Land Revenue Departments through detail physical survey.

Land compensation including 15% CAS will be provided to the affectees on the basis of

prevailing market rates as well as the negotiations between the affectees.

The affectees will be allowed to harvest their standing crops if they are at maturity stage

otherwise crop compensation will be given based on the market rates of the area.

Nature and Significance of Impact

As usual for hydropower projects, land acquisition represents one of the major impacts. Due

to the nature of such projects this is unavoidable. In Karot HPP the need for land acquisition

was assessed based on the previous experiences in hydropower projects in Pakistan.

About 49.67 acres of private cultivated land, 1607.54 acres of private barren land, 1.65

acres are under housing structures and 438.76 acres of river bed and 122.93 acres of

government land will be acquire by the project interventions.

The analysis of the impact on affected households brought forth that most of the affectees

engaged in agricultural activities will be losing their terrace agriculture by losing 20.10 ha of

rainfed cultivated land. Therefore, the impact of the project on land acquisition and use is

assessed to be low negative.

6.2.2 Loss of Houses

The key design-related environmental impact relates to acquisition of whole Karot village

and partially Hollar village on right and left bank of Jhelum River respectively. The survey

data revealed that the impact on residential houses would lead to the displacement of 72

households with population of 510 affected persons.

Most of the houses will be affected by the construction of dam, spillway, diversion tunnels,

headrace tunnels and powerhouse. Few of them will be acquired as a result of blasting and

drilling activities in the construction period. Majority of the houses affected, falls into

category B (99%) made up of concrete roofing having walls of baked bricks with earth

bonding followed by category C (1%) which is made up of bricks and gadder roofing having

walls of baked un-bricks/blocks/wood as shown in the Table 6.4. All Affected households

(AHs) are Muslim and ethnically Rajput and Sudhnuzai. There are neither tribal nor minority

people amongst the AHs.

Table 6.4: Number of Lost Houses and Affected Persons in the Project Area

Name of village Right/Left

Bank

Category* of Lost Houses

Category B (Semi Pacca)

Category C (Kacha)

Total

No. of Houses

No. of Aps

No. of Houses

No. of Aps

No. of Houses

No. of Aps

Karot Right Bank 50 337 00 00 50 337

Hollar Left Bank 21 157 1 16 22 173

Total 71 494 1 16 72 510

Category B = use iron gadder + concrete roof, having outer walls made of baked bricks with earth bonding Category C = use wood and tin in the roof, having outer walls made of unbaked bricks/blocks/wood


135 January 2015

All affected persons (Aps) will be compensated based on the prevailing market rates in the

project area. Affectees of residential houses will also get 15 % compulsory acquisition

surcharge (CAS) and free salvage material for new construction. Three options were given

by the affected persons such as cash compensation; resettled at upper reaches and nearby

surroundings. Preferred option was cash compensation based on the mutual negotiations

keeping in view the rates of settlements of the nearby areas. Second option was to resettle

them at nearby surroundings if cash compensation is not up to their need and satisfaction.

Houses acquisition and relocation necessities will be compensated by implementing a

Resettlement Action Plan that is prepared for the project as a standalone document

following national and international requirements as derived from the IFC as well as from

the national requirements.


Due to the nature of the project, houses acquisition becomes unavoidable. This was mainly

due to construction, blasting and drilling activities. Considering the fact that 72 households

consisting of 510 affected people have to be relocated, their existing social setup will be

disturbed therefore, impact of the project on houses acquisition is assessed to be high

negative.

6.2.3 Loss of Economics Assets

Economic assets such as commercial/business enterprises including shops, restaurants,

petrol pump and trees of various types and sizes will also be affected due to implementation

of the project as mentioned below;

6.2.3.1 Loss of Commercial Structures and Income

A total of 78 Nos. of various types of commercial/ business structures will be affected by the

project construction activities and due to reservoir impounding thus losing their income

generating activities. The highest number of structures being affected is Grocery Shops

followed by General Stores and Restaurants while the income from these commercial

structures ranges from Rs. 15,000/month to Rs. 150,000/month. Average income is about

of Rs. 26,961/month as shown in Table 6.5. According to the field surveys the number of

households affected by acquisition of commercial enterprises is 78. About 40 Nos. of shops,

nine road side restaurants and a petrol pump on right side of the Jhelum River will be

affected by the reservoir impounding whereas 10Nos, of shops will be acquired as a result

of construction of dam components.

Table 6.5: Impacts on Commercial Structures and Income

Sr. No. Type of Business No. of

Affected Structures

income (Rs./Month)

Due to Dam Reservoir

1 General Store/Grocery Shop 40 20,000

2 Hotel 09 30,000

3 Wooden Cabin 18 10,000

4 Petrol Pump 01 100,000

Due to Construction of Dam Components

5. General Store/Grocery Shop 10 20,000

Total 78 180,000


136 January 2015

According to the field surveys the number of households affected by acquisition of

commercial enterprises is 78. About 40 Nos. of shops, nine road side restaurants and a

petrol pump on right side of the Jhelum River will be affected by the reservoir impounding

whereas 10Nos, of shops will be acquired as a result of construction of dam components.

Affectees of the commercial enterprises will be compensated according to the prevailing

markets rate and negotiation between the sponsor and the relevant departments including

15% compulsory acquisition surcharge (CAS) and free salvage material for new

construction. In addition to structure compensation, the affectees will be compensated with

business loss allowance equalling the average income of three months.

Inventory of the loss of commercial enterprises is to be done and verified by the revenue

and building departments. Land Acquisition Collector, after negotiation with the affectees

will finalize the rates. Based on the field survey, the compensation rates are provided in the

Chapter „Environmental Costs‟.


As a result of permanent acquisition of commercial enterprises, business of 78 Nos. of

households will be affected. The impact in such cases will be compensated by offering

them job opportunity during the project implementation. The impact of the project on

commercial enterprises, therefore, assessed to be medium negative for a shorter period of

time and locally positive on longer run.

6.2.3.2 Daily Wage Earners

Apart from the direct impact on households, a total of 32 wage earners employed as

labourers, helpers will be affected by their relocation. Most of the Aps employed as

labourers are engaged by small restaurants and hotels along the road side on right and left

bank of the reservoir.

Table 6.6: Affected Daily Wage Earners

Category of Wage Earners No. of Daily Wage Earners Affected

Left Bank Right Bank Total

Helpers (petrol station ) 05 00 05

Hotels 00 27 27

Total 05 27 32

Source: Field Survey 2014

Special consideration will be given to these affected daily wagers in job employment during

the construction and operation stages of the project. In addition, they will be given special

Project Affectees Allowance equal to their three month income i.e Rs.30,000/Wage Earner.


As a result of acquisition of commercial enterprises, the daily wagers employed as

labourers, helpers in the restaurants/hotels and petrol pump will be affected temporarily by

their relocation as they will be compensated per their three months‟ salary. Considering the

fact that they will lose their source of income, the impact has been identifies as high

negative for a short time.


137 January 2015

6.2.4 Relocation of Public Infrastructures

The detail of public infrastructures needing relocation is given in Table 6.2. The affected

public structures, due to creation of reservoir such as, police and forest check posts,

surface water hydrology gauge room, 132kv grid station and electric poles, will be re-

established at appropriate places with the consent of the relevant departments. 7km long

water pipe supplying water to road side hotel and shops will be relocated at higher elevation

along the Kahuta – Azad Pattan road.

The affected public structures due to construction of project components such as, rest

house, tourism building, two schools and 11kV electric poles in Karot village, will be

relocated at appropriate places with the consent of the community and relevant provincial

government departments. Relocation cost of all these public infrastructures is provided in

the Chapter „Environmental Costs‟.


The submergence of public infrastructure in the area of the reservoir is unavoidable. The

impact is assessed to be low negative but for a short period, mainly due to the relocation of

these structures in the nearby surroundings of the reservoir impounding by causing any

significant disturbances. However, relocation of these infrastructures in terms of improved

physical setup will have significant positive long term impact locally as well as regionally.

6.2.5 Relocation of Community Structures

It is observed that four Mosques and two graveyards including one Shrine will be affected

by the construction of dam, spillway and powerhouse. No cash compensation will be given

for community assets. Mosque will be reconstructed at appropriate place with the mutual

consent of the community and a retaining wall of 2-3 m will be constructed around the

graveyards and shrine. In addition, there is a pond near the spillway used for the cattle.

Construction of spillway will affect the pond. Considering the area is rainfed and dependent

on rain, this year around storage facility for the livestock will be affected. The EPC

contractor shall take care of these structures. The lumpsum cost for the relocation of

mosques and protection of graveyards and shrine is given in Chapter „Environmental Cost‟.


The Karot Hydropower Project (KHP) has no potential impacts on community as all the

structures will be protected and relocated with the consent of the community. It will be

obligatory for the EPC contractor to protect all these structures according to the suggested

mitigation measures. However, the impact on the community structure is low negative but

for a short period whereas the long term impact will be locally positive.

6.2.6 Relocation of Roads and Bridges

Existing access roads and bridges need to be improved or relocated for the movement of

heavy machinery and vehicles as indicated in Table 6.2. Moreover, access is required to

get to the sites of the dam, spillway, diversion tunnels, powerhouse, construction and

storage camps. The relocation of roads and bridges needed due to construction of dam and

reservoir impounding is described as follow;


138 January 2015

i) Relocation of Roads / Bridges due to Construction Activities

The existing Karot - Kotls road is being used by the inhabitants of Rawalpindi, Kahuta, Kotli

and Kashmir for their daily access to the area. The portion of the road passes by the

proposed dam site near the river bend will have to be cut off for construction of proposed

spillway as shown in Figure 6.1. Due to which, 2.8km portion of this the road will require

relocation. It has been proposed that this affected portion of the road will be relocated so as

to reach the new Karot Bridge.

Figure 6.1: Existing Rawalpindi – Kahuta – Kotli Road

Among the different options considered for road relocation, option BG as indicated in Figure

6.2 has been considered suitable. This is because of better slope, road gradient and lesser

damage to reserved forest as compared to other options AG, CG and DG. As shown in the

Figure 6.2 the existing Karot Bridge will also need relocation due to re-alignment of the

existing Rawalpindi – Kahuta – Kotli road.


139 January 2015

Figure 6.2: Alignment of Road to be Re-Located

ii) Relocation of Roads / Bridges subject to Submergence by Reservoir

Another access to Kashmir is through Kahuta- Azad Pattan road which runs along the right

side of the project reservoir. This road is being used by the inhabitants of Kahuta – Azad

Pattan and Kashmir for their daily access to the area. As a result of creation of dam

reservoir, different portions of Kahuta – Azad Pattan including one Azad Pattan Bridge

including two suspension bridges will be submerged. These road sections/bridges will be

relocated at higher locations to reconnect them with the existing Kahuta – Azad Pattan

road. The lengths of the relocated portions of the road / bridges are given in Table 6.7.

Table 6.7: Location of Road Sections and Bridges to be relocated in Reservoir

Area

Sr.No. Road Sections and Bridges to be Relocated and

their Location

Relocated Length

ft m

Road Sections

1. S1 Right Bank of Reservoir 4293 1308






7. S7 Left and Right bank 2638 804

8. S8 2933 894

9. S9 Left bank 853 260

Sub – Toatal for Road 29,201 8900


140 January 2015

During consultation with the DC and community of the Sudhunti district, the option of

relocation of Azad Pattan Bridge was also discussed. They suggested relocating the Azad

Pattan Bridge near Pana village will reduce the access distance between the Kahuta and

the Sudhnuti settlement significantly. Consequently, the land sliding reach and relocation of

portion (S5) Kahuta – Azad Pattan metaled road near Azad Pattan higher elevation will also

be avoided resulting in less biological and land disturbances.

The drainage and erosion control measures will be undertaken during construction activities

by providing culverts, drains, berms restoration of verges.

As the survey of existing utilities would have been completed before start of construction

work, the power/water supply lines/ electric supply lines and telephone lines will be restored

by the construction contractor


During relocation activities the movement of the traffic and provision of utility services will

be affected for a short period of time causing low negative impact which is unavoidable.

However, on long term basis the impact will be significant positive locally as well as

regionally.

6.2.7 Route of Nomads

As mentioned in baseline conditions, a very few number of nomads used Hollar- Karot route

for their movement along with their herds to higher elevation during summer and migrate

back down to plain to spend their winter. Due to relocation of existing Karot – Hollar road

there will be no any significant impact on their movement is anticipated as the existing route

will be relocated before start of construction activities.


During relocation of existing Karot –Hollar road the movement of the nomads will be

affected for a short period of time without any significant impact. However, on long term

basis the impact will be significant positive locally as well as regionally.


Taking into account the socio-economic vulnerabilities of the six affected households, as

discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.19, specific provisions and special measures have

been incorporated in the RAP to ensure that vulnerable people are not marginalized in the

process of project implementation. These vulnerable people will be offered vulnerable

allowance equal to Rs.50,000/AH for their rehabilitation to restore their livelihood in addition

to job opportunity during the project implementation.


Specific provisions and special measures have been provided to ensure the livelihood of

the vulnerable people in the process of project implementation. The adaptation of these

measures as suggested above will improve the livelihood status of these people

significantly. Therefore, impact of the project on the vulnerable households is assessed to

be minor negative for a shorter period of time, but locally positive.


141 January 2015

6.2.9 Health and Safety Aspects of Workers

Health and safety aspects of the workers will be met by compliance the IFC Performance

Standard 2 (PS2) which aims to promote “safe and healthy working conditions, and to

protect and promote the health of workers.”

Sanitary Wastewater

In order to manage sanitary wastewater from the construction camps a system of sewer

would be laid leading to on-site wastewater treatment and disposal. This would be essential

to prevent pollution of Jhelum River. A sufficient number of portable toilets will be erected

nearby main construction zones, camps and offices. For this purpose, sewage discharged

from the camps and toilets will be treated by the buried-type wastewater treatment

equipment and then discharged to the manholes, and finally discharged into the nearest

waters.

Drinking Water

Clean drinking water will be placed at worker‟s disposal in a sufficient quantity at all

construction and camp sites. Water supply system is supplied by the available ground water

through installation of pumps. At present, underground water is being used by the local

community through pumping. According to the community, the quality of water is good for

drinking purpose.

Noise and Pollution due to Vehicles Exhaust

Workers are exposed to considerable noise levels when constructing a dam, spillway,

diversion tunnels, headrace tunnel, powerhouse etc. Main sources of noise will be blasting,

piling of heavy construction equipment, several of them often running at the same time.

Tunnel excavation and dam construction represent always a risk for workers to be affected

by physical injuries. Therefore, the Construction Contractor (CC) shall develop and

implement a Health and Safety Plan for the construction activities. In addition, national

Health and Safety regulations require a permanent and regularly training of the workers

concerning health and safety issues.

The contractor shall provide personal protective equipment, including hard hats gloves,

safety shoes, and such other equipment as required, and shall take all measures or actions

for the protection and safety of contractor personnel.

Non-metallic hard hats shall be worn at all times by all personnel at work site with the

exception of those areas where the engineer has indicated it not necessary to do so.

Safety glasses if required shall meet international standards and be available for use

and worn in specified worksites areas. As a minimum, safety glasses shall be worn

during hammering, chipping, welding, grinding, use of electricity powered or

pneumatic equipment, insulation handling, spray painting, working with solvents, and

other jobs where the potential of an eye injury exists.

Personnel shall not be permitted to work whilst wearing personal clothing or footwear

likely to be hazardous to themselves or others.


142 January 2015

Hearing protection, including muffs, plugs or a combination thereof, shall be provided

for all personnel operating in areas where the noise level exceeds 90 decibels.

The contractor shall encourage employees to wear substantial work gloves whenever

it is practical and is safe to do so.


The significance of the impact is low negative if health and safety of workers is ensured by

implementation of a comprehensive safety plans for the workers.

6.3 CONSTRUCTION RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.3.1 Dust Impacts

There are no nearby settlements within 2-3km of the project area which would undergo dust

impact. Traffic on the road is likely to generate dust depending on the size and tread of the

tyre, vehicle speed, moisture in the soil, and surface condition. The track is stony and

remains moistly so due to water spillage from the channels dust generation will be less.

Among the variety of options to control dust suspended particulate matter (SPM) emissions

from construction sites the most effective is wet suppression. Spraying water on exposed

surfaces and soil at adequate frequency to keep soil, moist at all times can reduce the total

dust emissions from the project by as much as 75%. The following mitigation measures will

be implemented during construction to control emission of dust.

i) Water will be sprayed daily on all exposed surfaces sufficient to suppress emissions

of dust. The frequency of spraying will be increased as necessary but controlled such

that the surface remains just moist at all times, particularly when wind is blowing

towards any nearby sensitive receptors.

Dust emission from soil and aggregate storage stockpiles used for road construction

will be reduced by appropriate measures. These will include:

- Covering the pile with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets when not in use and at

the end of the working day;

- Erecting windshields / walls on three sides of the piles such that the walls

project 0.5 m above the top of the pile and,

- Keeping the material moist by spraying of water at appropriate intervals to

prevent emissions.

ii) The construction vehicles will maintain a speed limit of 20 Km/h or less on all

unpaved areas within the construction route. Speed limit signposts will be erected in

highly visible positions along the access road and within the route and maintained for

the duration of the construction. Speed bumps will be constructed near all sensitive

receptors such as schools where there is a risk that vehicles may exceed the speed

limit.


143 January 2015

iii) Construction materials will be transported to the route and around the route in trucks

securely covered with tarpaulins or equivalent to prevent dust emission during

transportation.


Considering construction related activities, movement of heavy machinery and

transportation of excavated material and carrying of construction material, which is

unavoidable, the dust impact caused by the project is assessed to be medium negative

during construction activities only.

6.3.2 Excavated Material






will be removed and


capacity of 15400 thousand m3 in an environmentally sound manner. Project component

wise quantity of excavated material to be generated and used as fill material during project

execution is given in Table 6.8.

Table 6.8: Quantities of Excavated Material

Sr. No.

Components

Excavated Material Volume (1000m3)

Fill Material Volume (1000m

3

)

Overburden

Open Rocks

Underground Rocks

Demolition

Total Total

1. Dam 248.90 27.70 - - 276.60 2245.40

2. Spillway 992.60 8,933.8

0 - - 9926.40 1.00

3. Cofferdam - - - 112.40 112.40 1388.00

4. Diversion Tunnel 109.00 981.40 264.60 - 1355.00 -

5. Water Diversion 136.80 - 136.80 -

6. Power Plant 120.20 1,483.4

0 15.00 - 1618.60 1.90

7. Tailrace 74.70 618.30 - - 693.00 -

8. Foundation - 1.00 9.60 - 10.60 -

Total Volume 1,545.4 12,045.

6 423.0 112.40 14,129.4

0 3,636.30

Surplus Volume (14,129.40 – 3 636.30) =

10,493.10

Land use change is the principal environmental effect due to muck disposal and depends

on how the muck is treated after the placement. Therefore, mitigation measures to deal with

surplus material may consist of the following steps:

processing;

installation of a gravel and rock crushing plant,


144 January 2015

sorter and recycling plant at the site of the asphalt plant;

reuse of the material for road foundation;

use for the production of mass concrete and other building materials;

use for backfilling,

use for the reconstruction of agricultural terraces;

Installation of alternate dumping sites of surplus material at places without affecting

settlements, agricultural activities, communication lines, river beds or valuable natural

habitats.

In accordance with the layout of construction activities four disposal and stockpile areas

with dumping capacity of 15,400 thousand m3 (including stockpile capacity of 11,700m

3

thousand) have been identified within the dam area as shown in Figure 6.3. The description

and management of these three sites is given as under;

Disposal Site No. 1: The site is located 550m downstream on left bank of dam site. It

covers an area of 153,700m2 and could store 4200 thousand m

3 of wastes. This site will be

used for the storage and transfer of materials excavated from site roads, division tunnel,

powerhouse and headrace tunnel. The protective measures for this area include

construction of waste retaining dike, water retaining dam, flood drainage trench,

surrounding drainage ditches, disposing the channels at the bottom of waste, drainage

ditches on the surface of the waste, cement laid stone masonry grid slope protection,

topsoil stripping, land levelling and covering, restoring vegetation on the slopes and

surface, temporarily retaining and intercepting waters while stacking the wastes.

Disposal Site No. 2: The site is adjacent to the slope toe of the upper reach of the dam

and lies in the reservoir area. It covers an area of 145,300m2 with storage capacity of 3200

thousand m3 of wastes. This site will be utilized for stocking excavation waste of the dam

and the spillway. The protective measures include riprap waste retaining dam at the slope

toe of the stacked wastes, surrounding drainage ditches, disposing the channels at the

bottom of waste, drainage ditches on the surface of the waste, dry stone laying slope,

temporarily retaining and intercepting waters while stalking the waste.

Disposal Site No. 3: The area lies upstream of the gently sloping area of left bank of the

dam. It covers an area of 149,400m2 with storage capacity of 2400 thousand m

3 of wastes.

This site will be used for stocking excavation waste of the spillway. The protective

measures for this area include construction of retaining dike, water drainage trench,


ditches on the surface of the waste, cement laid stone masonry grid slope, topsoil stripping,

land levelling and covering, restoring vegetation on the slopes and surface, temporarily

retaining and intercepting waters while stalking the wastes.

Disposal Site No. 4: The area lies at the left bank upstream gully near the construction

area. It covers an area of 324,000m2 with storage capacity of 5600 thousand m

3 of wastes.

It will be used mainly for stocking excavation waste of the spillway. The protective


145 January 2015

measures for this area include construction of retaining dike, water drainage trench,


ditches on the surface of the waste, cement laid stone masonry grid slope, topsoil stripping,

land levelling and covering, restoring vegetation on the slopes and surface, temporarily

retaining and intercepting waters while stalking the wastes.


Dumping of this large amount of excavated material is one of the biggest challenges of the

project from an environmental point of view. Beside re-use of excavation material as fill for

gabions, to use them as riprap for slope protection and as concrete aggregates, no

measures are possible to minimize the amount of material to be dumped. The side effects

related to the transport of excavation material can be reduced as described in the sections

6.3.1and 6.3.3.

Figure 6.3: Disposal Sites for Excavated Material

All the dumping sites lied in privately owned agricultural fields, fruit trees and natural flora

including few commercially valuable trees like Chir Pine(Pinus roxburghii), Shisham

(Dalbergia sissoo), Olea (Olea ferruginea) and Phulai (Acacia modesta) and many non-

commercial trees like Kamela (Mallotus phillipinensis), Amla (Phylanthus emblica), Siris

(Albizzia lebbek) etc. The owners will be compensated for all fruit trees/ natural flora trees


146 January 2015

and will be allowed to cut the trees from their lands. Additionally, distribution of the existing

flora and fauna at dumping site was found very common in the area so no fear of the loss of

the biodiversity involved due to the execution of the project. Hence, the impact is assessed

to be low negative but for a short period of time.

6.3.3 Traffic Aspects and Access

It will be necessary to construct new permanent access roads. This comprises access to

dam site, power house, spillway and construction and storage camp sites.

As mentioned before, one of the main impacts on the environment during the construction

period will be the need to dump 15.4 million cubic meters of material resulting from the

excavation of the diversion and headrace tunnels, spillway and powerhouse etc. This

impact includes the transport of this material to the specified dumping sites. Consequently,

the main focus was given to reduce the transport of excavation material along the Karot –

Kotli road as far as possible, which would also positively affect aspects like noise and air

quality, especially in town/villages like Hollar and Karot. Following mitigation measures have

been adopted to reach this goal:

• Dumping sites were selected as close as possible to the construction activities of

excavated material.

• The dumping sites are selected on the left bank of the Jhelum River in order to avoid

transport crossing the river;

• No transport of a large amount of excavation material through Beor village;

• Re-use as construction material as much as possible on site;

• Producing of concrete on site;

• Proper transport management to reduce truck movements;

• Transportation of material is allowed only during daytime

(from 6.00 amto6.00 pm);

• Speed limit of trucks crossing populated areas;


Short transportation ways from the site of excavation to the dumping site are selected.

Movements of trucks along the existing road can increase the traffic volume resulting in

noise and emissions of dust and exhaust. Though nearby settlements are about 3km away

from the construction side. The severity of the impact has been visualized as low if the

proposed mitigation measures are adopted adequately.

6.3.4 Air Quality

From the site visits it became obvious that the air quality is good. When starting the

construction of other hydropower projects, air quality will drop more due to the increased

movement of trucks/heavy machinery for transport of construction and permanent

equipment to the respective projects sites.


147 January 2015

Having this in mind, regular maintenance of machinery will help to reduce the emissions.

Mitigation measures are given in EMP.

Beside exhausts of machinery an impact on air quality will arise from dust emission during

construction activities. This can be mitigated by spraying the trucks frequently with water

and/or using cover sheets during the dry season.


Considering all ongoing activities in the area the air quality has to be considered to be of

low negative quality at peak times of traffic. Gaseous emission and dusty atmosphere will

result from movement of heavy vehicles for transportation of equipment and construction

materials. Similar effects would be caused by drill-blasting for the tunnel, pressure shaft and

caverns. The contractor would be required to control noise and exhaust pollution by

construction management techniques as per NEQS.

The additional impact on air quality caused by the project is assessed to be low negative if

proper management is carried out during construction activities.

6.3.5 Noise Aspects

Movement of construction machinery and blasting for tunnel can be a source of noise for

the communities living around project area. There will be no noise impact on the nearby

settlements as no settlements exist near the project construction activities area. The

farthest settlement is about 4km from the construction activities area. However, Noise

nuisances will be minimized by various measures such as;

a) High efficiency mufflers are to be fitted to the noise generating equipment.

b) Preventing as far as possible traffic during night time 21:00 hrs to 06:00 hrs;

c) Prevention of blowing of horns by the project vehicles except in emergencies;

d) Tuning and proper maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles.

e) Restricting the blasting work to day time only.

Mitigation measures are given within the ESMP. Higher noise level due to the construction

activities during day time will be met by adopting appropriate measures as discussed

above. Contractor will ensure to monitor the noise levels regularly at the construction sites

and take necessary measures to comply with the NEQS and IFC guidelines.


The noise during construction activities is unavoidable and will last the whole construction

period. As such, contractor will ensure that workers are using ear muffles while working and

all construction activities are carried out within the applicable noise standards such as

NEQS and IFC guidelines. The additional impact of noise for the population living in the

project area is assessed to be negligible as no nearby settlements exist near the

construction activity area. However, the within the construction area, the noise impact will

be high negative.


148 January 2015


During the construction period the quality of the Jhelum River is mainly influenced from

activities near the dam and powerhouse sites. Here, the river has to be diverted through a

tunnel during construction of dam and power intake. The second point of construction

activities near the Jhelum riverbed is the outlet tunnel located downstream of the surface

powerhouse.

At both sites, dam and outlet tunnel, the river will only be influenced marginally by drilling,

blasting and excavation activities. For the dam site it would be necessary to establish

dry pit condition to carry out construction work across Jhelum river bed. It is planned that

during low flow season (from October to February). Jhelum River flow will be directed into

diversion tunnel until the construction of dam is completed. During this period Jhelum river

reach between the coffer dam and the outlet of the diversion tunnel will remain almost dry.

This change in river regime over a short reach of about 232m will be temporary and of short

duration.


mainly be due to the increase of suspended solids, turbidity and waste due to run-off from

dry land construction. This change in water quality will be of temporary medium negative

during construction activities only.

The impacts of in stream construction (coffer dam, in-stream work) will be due to increase in

suspended solids / nutrients/ pollutants washed away form the construction activity of coffer

dam, in-stream work, etc. The impact will be of temporary medium negative during

construction activities only.

The deterioration of river water quality will be minimized by controlled blasting, drilling and

construction activities along the river banks. Hazardous chemicals and fuels will be

managed as per standard procedures to avoid their spillage into river. The construction of

diversion tunnels would not be carried out during lean periods. Moreover, Construction and

maintaining temporary drainage channels around areas where major construction activity

and construction spoils are located. The drainage system would preferably lead the water to

a temporary pool or swamp before it is properly discharged in the river, to settle extra

suspended material related to construction activity. The CC has to ensure that all such

construction activities are carried out in a planned manner.



mainly be due to the increase of suspended solids, turbidity and waste. This change in

water quality will be temporary and over a short period. The impact on Jhelum River quality

is assessed to be low negative during the construction period only.

6.3.7 Fishery

The projects infrastructure sites encompass; construction and storage sites, quarries and

batching plant sites, dumping sites, camping sites, access roads, project management‟s

enclosures, energy providing facilities, along with work activities related to these locations


149 January 2015

(particularly if they are near main-stem river or tributaries) could affect aquatic ecology by

contributing sediment load and undesirable substances.

While the implementation of Karot HPP in particular and cascading hydropower projects in

general have the potential to affect the aquatic ecology of the Jhelum River & its tributaries

in area of influence during construction phase. Hydropower projects elsewhere have also

had serious impacts on aquatic biota, particularly in relation to effect of blockage to

migratory species and effects on downstream environments (Krchnak 2009).

Fuels and chemicals stored and used at such locations can affect aquatic biota & riparian

users in downstream areas.

To avoid potential anoxic conditions in initial years of reservoir fillings, vegetation might be

cleared prior to first filling/inundation. This may result in large areas of disturbed soil leading

to short term increase in sediment load during torrential rains & initial inundation.

The important factor governing the severity of all above impacts is timings of construction of

various cascading projects.

Measures are outlined in updated ESIA Table 7.1 serial No. 6 & 7 to protect water quality

and river bed morphologies at project infrastructure, roads and work areas and to manage

dumping of construction waste and use of explosives. Adherence to these measures will

minimize the risks to aquatic biota. Use of explosives on river bed will be avoided; fishing

with explosives will be banned altogether. Fish & juvenile trapped in the intended

dewatered areas (when water is diverted through tunnels around coffer dams work areas)

will be transplanted to other reaches of river to avoid mass mortality.

Additional measures include; avoidance of coffer dam construction in lean flow period,

when fish may be using limited pool areas for refuge and sediments levels along with water

levels are at their lowest. Same should be the strategy, while constructing diversion tunnels.

IFC PS-3 deals with water pollution sprees in the wake of projects implementation, its

prevention/abatement in the light of international best practices to ensure sustainability of

indigenous aquatic biota. IFC PS-6 also deals with protection and conservation of aquatic

biota to ensure sustainable development. It further leads to the way to mitigate the project‟s

footprints on aquatic biodiversity. These performance standards are to be managed through

the owner‟s social and environmental management system.


Due to limited number of fish species in the project area, the impact has been visualized as

low negative for a shorter period of time.

6.3.8 Landscaping

During the construction period dust emissions will be unavoidable due to massive

construction activities at the proposed dam site, tunnel, dumping sites and movement of

heavy machinery which will optically affect the landscape. There is no mitigation possible

except for spraying construction sites in dry season to reduce at least the dust emissions.


150 January 2015

For the conservation of existing natural environment and the minimization of final

disturbance to landscape, the Contractor will make effort to minimize the area of disturbed

land and apply Landscape / Vegetation Rehabilitation Plan to provide recovered status to

local existing landscape.


The significance of impact on the landscape is assessed to be medium negative. However,

evaluation of visual impacts is always dependent on the observer, which means it is

subjective in nature. This type of impact can be assessed differently by different individuals.

However, this will be temporary medium negative and lasting for project construction period

only.


After finalization of the construction activity, the areas of construction activities will be

rehabilitated in their original ecological status and parks or play grounds as discussed in

section 6.7, under Social Uplift Plan. Proper vegetation and planting will be provided to

construction area after activities to restore the concerned environment to original or planned

status.


Post construction site restoration and rehabilitation will result in significant positive impact

locally as well as regionally for a longer period of time.

6.3.10 Soil Erosion

Considering the site conditions and the various erosion control methods like vegetation and

forestation are the most effective and economical. These methods are recommended as the

preferred options for erosion control. The affected areas should be planted with grass

cover, tiny bushes and trees. Furthermore, land construction slope should be kept as flat as

is reasonably possible.

Methods such as grading, slope rounding, terracing, compaction berms, settling pond,

surfacing and pitching, soil stabilization, retaining structures and hydrographic modifications

such as, channeling, diversion, culverts, stream crossing to minimize erosion will be

adopted.

Construction and maintaining temporary drainage channels around areas where major

construction activity and construction spoils are located. The drainage system would

preferably lead the water to a temporary pool or swamp before it is properly discharged in

the river, to settle extra suspended material related to construction activity.

Top soil is an important resource in the project area due its importance in raising crops and

plantation. Availability to top soil is generally scares in the project area. The main impacts

on the soil during construction are from loss of topsoil from the construction sites and

reservoir inundation sites; and conversion of the existing land uses such as agriculture and

plantations to stockpiles of materials, and damage to the temporarily acquired land.


151 January 2015

Topsoil of cultivated land used for work areas and the areas that will be subjected to

reservoir inundation will be stripped off and stockpiled, to be used in the plantation

development areas. In case of areas that will be temporarily disturbed, the stockpiled top

soils are to be replaced when the construction is completed.

Similarly, in order to restore the land at all construction and dumping sites as far as

possible, the surface soil layer will be removed and laid down aside before filling up with

excavated material. After dumping the overburden the soil will be brought back and spread

over the dumping area. The overburden will be filled in semi compacted that means, the

retention capability of water will be improved much by this method.


The significance of impact of erosion due to construction activities, movement of machinery,

dumping of material and removal of trees from the reservoir is assessed to be medium

negative. This impact can be reduced to low if proper mitigation measures are adopted

during construction activities.

6.3.11 Affected Trees/Forest

Based on the field survey conducted in June-July 2014 and vegetation study in December

2014,It is estimated that 5676 number of private trees including 751fruit trees, 628 timber

trees and 4298 fuel wood trees would be acquired due to construction of project

components such as; dam, spillway, diversion tunnel, headrace tunnel and powerhouse.

These trees are not in a managed orchard or forest. Fruit trees are grown by the locals for

their own use around premises of their houses and fields. It is pointed out that all acquired

trees will not be cut down. Only those trees will be cut down which deem necessary. The

detail of private trees to be acquired as result of construction of dam structures is given in

Table 6.9.

As far as 27km long and about 150m high on each bank reservoir is concerned, there are

numerous trees of various kind which are privately as well as government owned. The

exact ownership and number of trees will be executed by the forest department with the

involvement of the provincial Revenue Department.

Complete inventory with final ownership and type of trees will be updated upon completion

of physical survey of the project construction and reservoir area by the forest department.

Table 6.9: Ownership and type of Trees affected due to Construction Activities

Sr.

No.

Name of Trees

Private Size of Tree

Total Common

Name Botanical Name

Tall Medium Small

Fuel wood Trees

1. Phulai Acacia modesta Private 296 117 50 463

2. Kau Olea cuspidate Private 656 111 294 1061

3. Kiker Acacia nilotica Private 197 0 0 197

4. Kamela Mallotus phillippensis Private 666 241 258 1165

5. Sufaida Populus nigra Private 155 20 310 485


152 January 2015

Sr.

No.

Name of Trees

Private Size of Tree

Total Common

Name Botanical Name

Tall Medium Small

6. Drek Melia azederach Private 8 7 60 75

7. Dhaman Grewia spp. Private 40 143 200 383

8. Sunmbal Salmali melabarica Private 151 98 50 299

9. Chahnar Bauhni avariegate Private 118 0 52 170

Sub-Total 2287 737 1274 4298

Fruit Trees

1. Apple Malus Private 0 1 20 21

2. Citrus Pyrus Calleryana Private 47 0 11 58

3. Guava Psidium guava Private 125 21 163 309

4. Apricot Prunus armeniaca Private 11 0 3 14

5. Mango Mangifera indica Private 22 1 8 31

6. Peech Prunus persica Private 15 0 3 18

7. Pomegranate Punica granatum Private 9 0 20 29

8. Mulberry Morus alba Private 74 7 3 84

9. Lemon Citrus limon Private 28 0 3 31

10. Berry Zizyphus nummularia Private 35 10 10 55

11. Grapes Vitis vinifera Private 5 0 1 6

12. Loquat Eriobotrya japonica Private 5 0 0 5

13. Dates Phoenix dactylifera Privatet 6 0 4 10

14. Walnut Juglans regia Private 1 0 0 1

15. Banana Musa acuminata Private 64 0 4 68

16. Black Berry Rubus fruticcosus Private 5 0 0 5

17. Plum Prunus domestica Private 6 0 0 6

Sub Total 458 40 253 751

Timber Trees

1 Sheshum Dalbergia sissoo Private 330 34 81 445

2 Chir Pinus roxburghil Private 49 0 100 149

3 Blue Pine Pinus wallchiana Private 33 0 0 33

Sub Total 412 34 181 627

Grand Total 5676

It will be the responsibility of the contractor to avoid maximum tree cutting during

construction activities of the project structures. Trees, the removal of which is unavoidable

for construction will have compensatory planting and replacement. Only indigenous tree

species will be selected for replacement and no alien invasive species will be used. At least

seven new trees will replace each cut tree and maintained alive for three years.

Tree plantation against cut trees will be carried out with the involvement of the community

and forest department by raising nursery within the project area.

For the private trees the respective owners will be compensated as per the rates provided

by the forest department/LAC and mutual understanding of the affectees whereas in case

of the government forest trees cutting, special permission will be obtained from the

respective forest department. As far as fruit trees compensation is concerned, it will also

include period and time required for a tree to grow to maturity.


153 January 2015


The loss of terrestrial land in the area of the reservoir, construction of the structure of dam,

spillway, and powerhouse being unavoidable will result in loss of vegetation/trees. Major

impact will be the destruction of terrestrial land by flooding at the reservoir site.

Local communities exploit Guzara/Community/Privately owned forests area according to

their needs of timber, firewood and fodder for livestock rather than visualizing its

protective/environmental role. Due to this the area was in degraded form. Heavy

uncontrolled grazing and clearance of area for cultivation also affected the area badly,

devoid of economically important Chir Pine (Pinus roxburghii), Phulai (Acacia modesta) and

Olive (Olea ferruginea) trees, comprised of non-commercial shrubby vegetation of Sanatha

(Dodonaea viscosa) and Granda (Gymnosporia royaleana). Thus the project has no

influence on reserved forests of the reservoir area and its impact on protected forests is of

no significance.

The dam site, powerhouse, diversion tunnels, spill way and residential colony comes under

privately owned agricultural fields, fruit trees with few natural flora here and there. These

areas bears exploited vegetation as per local community requirements and projects layout

will not cause much harm to local flora.

All the dumping sites lied in privately owned agricultural fields, fruit trees and natural flora

including few commercially valuable trees like Chir Pine (Pinus roxburghii), Shisham

(Dalbergia sissoo), Olea (Olea ferruginea) and Phulai (Acacia modesta) and many non-

commercial trees like Kamela (Mallotus phillipinensis), Amla (Phylanthus emblica), Siris

(Albizzia lebbek) etc. As the owners will be compensated well for all fruit trees/ natural flora

trees so there will be no negative impacts of project execution. The owners will be allowed

to cut the trees from their lands to provide space for dumping material which will earn

additional income for them. Additionally, distribution of the existing flora at dumping site was

found very common in the area so no fear of the loss of the biodiversity involved due to the

execution of the project.

Unavoidable vegetation cutting in Government forests/ community forests will be

“compensated” depending upon the kind and size of tree species. With this compensation,

the Punjab Government will be paid additionally with “Tree Cess” against each tree along

with afforestation over an area of ten times more than the area from where trees are

proposed to be cut as “replenishment cost” (Govt of Punjab notification No. SOFT (EXT)

VIII-22/88 dated 09/07/2012).

Nurseries for afforestation program should be established for quick and effective mitigation

against the tree cut involved. Establishment of nurseries will also generate good job

opportunities for better livelihood of the local communities.

Only three species Celtis australus (Tree of Heaven), Ficus bengalensis (Bohr) and

Ficus carica (Fig) were found rare in Pakistan but they are listed as common for the rest of

the world. The presence of these two species will not be disturbed as they were found

common in distribution throughout the area. The rest of the vegetation species were found


154 January 2015

protected and common in Pakistan and for the rest of the world. So it can be easily

concluded that there will be no negative impacts of Karot Hydropower Project on

conservation status of the vegetation of the area.

The present status of vegetation/floral diversity does not depend upon the river Jhelum

water but it depends on precipitation available in the area. So reduction in water regime

downstream will not affect the vegetation/floral diversity of the area.

Another concern was the loss of biodiversity of cliff vegetation coming either under

reservoir area or going under dumping material. Due to common distribution of local flora

and moisture retention because of dam construction local vegetation/floral diversity will

flourish rather than having any negative impacts of the implementation of the project.

Additionally, we can safely conclude that project, though, will be executed in the natural

forest habitats/ecosystems but due to common distribution of these habitats/ecosystems

throughout the Himalayan tract within the country, the project activities will pose no threat to

these natural habitats/ecosystems. Therefore, the impact of the construction activities on

terrestrial flora is assessed to be low negative.

6.3.12 Fauna

Birds: It has generally been accepted that the configuration and composition of vegetation

of a habitat acts as one of the determining factors for distribution and abundance of bird

species (Block and Brennan 1993). Analysis revealed that the transitional zone of habitat

has higher bird diversity and species richness. It provide the diverse habitat to the birds

species such as winter migrant from higher altitude and summer migrant from lower

altitudes. Sustainable management of these ecological habitats is the greatest challenge

that is currently faced by biodiversity conservationist (Patil, 2013). Studies have revealed

that intensive biomass extraction (mainly through grazing and fuel wood collection) is

leading to changes in vegetation structure and composition of the forest, are leading to

changes in bird species composition (Shahabuddin and Kumar 2005).

As the dame site and reservoir area have dominant patch of scrub forest with riverine

habitat along the river. Moving upward with increasing elevation range both side of the

reservoir has thick patches of chir pine forest. Every habitat has their own associated bird‟s

species. The dam construction reduces the scrub habitat range in the study area that will

compel the species to nearby range of scrub forest. So the squeezing or shrinkage of scrub

forest will have a little bit impact on associated bird‟s species of the Karot Hydropower

Project Area. More construction and developmental activities in the area will require the

biodiversity conservation and management plan. On the other hand dam construction will

add a wetland for many migratory birds‟ species.

Mammals: Both questionnaire survey and sign survey revealed the rarity of the most of the

species. Low sighting rates and low sign detections were mainly because of small number

of different species in the area, the highly populated area resulting huge disturbance which

hinders the wildlife to settle there, signs were destroyed due to human and livestock

movements, and poor weather conditions. Human-wildlife conflict also adds an avoidance

of carnivore from the area. Killings cases of large mammals especially predator was one of


155 January 2015

its example. Rivers are the major source of drinking water for the regional terrestrial fauna.

Drying of long river stretches might affect the occupancy of the nearby areas by the

terrestrial species due to water scarcity leading to degradation of habitat quality.

Deforestation leads to direct elimination of crucial habitats for terrestrial species. Several

important trees, shrub and herb species are removed from these areas and might lead to

extinction of certain endemic species. It also adversely affects the faunal species residing in

these areas and which are dependent on these floral species. On a landscape level,

deforestation leads to habitat fragmentation and degradation of habitat quality. It also leads

to destruction of vital animal/plant corridors which ultimately effects migration and gene

dispersal.

Common leopard is the most important carnivore species in the area. It is „near threatened‟

according IUCN red list and also protected in all provisional Wildlife Acts/Ordinances. It is

already facing very serious threats in the form of killing by human, habitat loss and scarcity

of food. This project will add to habitat loss. Both species of mongoose (small Asian

mongoose and Indian grey mongoose) are included in the CITES Appendix III. These

species have a trade pressure for their skins exported to different countries. These skins

are used for manufacturing the purses and the decoration pieces. Common otter is a „near

threatened‟ species while smooth coated otter is „vulnerable‟ species and they are very rare

in the area.

Species like common leopard and wolf who have large home ranges and do not

permanently live in one area, can tolerate the effect of such hydropower projects but small

mammalian species do suffer a lot. Habitat of otter, mustelid, rodents and hare will definitely

be damaged in this project. One more possible effect is that some occasional visitors like

leopard and barking deer could start avoiding the area after dam formation and habitat

destruction.

Amphibian & Reptiles: As a result of dam construction, the level of reservoir will rise and

the habitat therein will be submerged which will negatively affect and dislocate the

population of reptiles and rodent species to higher steel slopes of the mountains. Habitat

shrinkage will greatly affect these animals. However, a positive impact on the population of

amphibians, birds and large mammals is expected in the long-term scenario.

Controlled blasting, mining and construction activities will reduce impact on the population

of lizards, snakes and rodents in the short-term activities.

The on-going annual tree plantation campaigns by the Forest Department can be seen on

mitigation measures for wildlife habitats rehabilitation.

Wildlife Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management Act of 1975 covers the

project area in AJ&K. However, its implementation is hampered by many administrative and

socio-economic factors. Over the last 50 years the number of animal species has

decreased. Growth of human population has put great pressure on the natural resources of

the area, particularly the forests and on the wildlife. A lot of species are endangered by the

destruction of habitats, by unrestricted hunting and by poaching. Immediate and effective

conservation measures are needed to save the wildlife in the project region.


156 January 2015

Fauna having migrated to nearby safe areas will have the opportunity to return to their

habitats due to distribution of similar habitat throughout the project area after construction

activities are over.

Contractor will be responsible to protect and preserve all biological resources during

construction activities. CC will take all reasonable steps to ensure that the staff and labour

force does not engage in hunting or trapping of wildlife, purchasing of any wildlife product

shall be banned and all violators are dismissed.

Considering the common leopard, wolf, barking deer and Indian pangolin which are very

rare in the area and only occasionally seen, hydropower development in these basins will

significantly alter the habitats of these species of very high conservation importance. For

this, extensive long-term seasonal studies are required.

Awareness programs for conservation of threatened species of reptiles, birds and mammals

should be conducted among the local people and school students so that they themselves

feel the importance of wildlife and their role in ecosystem. Awareness should also be

created about the negative impact on wildlife of the area by over-grazing, forest cutting and

illegal hunting.


The loss of terrestrial land in the area of the reservoir is unavoidable. The impact of the

construction activities on terrestrial fauna is assessed to be low negative mainly due to

distribution of similar habitats throughout the project area.

6.3.13 National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuaries

There are no national parks/ wildlife sanctuaries under the influence of the project area;

neither other non-statutory areas such as Important Bird Areas, Ramsar Sites etc. are

present.


No significant impact of the project on national parks/wildlife sanctuaries will take place

during construction of Karot HPP.

6.3.14 Community Health, Safety and Security

Construction activities will impact the community of the area in terms of security, health and

noise. The construction contractor will take measures for community health and safety. The

health and safety measures will consist of the following:

- Dust control measures such as; water sprinkling at regular intervals, speed limits for

the vehicles and machineries etc.

- Controlled blasting measures during day time only with sirens prior to blasting.

- High efficiency mufflers are to be fitted to the noise generating equipment.

- Preventing as far as possible traffic during night time 21:00 hrs to 06:00 hrs;

- Prevention of blowing of horns by the project vehicles except in emergencies;


157 January 2015

- Installation of barriers (with notices in Urdu/ English)

- Display of warning signs at required places (Urdu/ English)

- Provision of firearms at construction sites

Public health and safety measures will also be undertaken such as barriers and warning

signs at required places. All safety, health, environmental and other safety notices and

signs shall be clearly displayed and written in both Urdu and English.

The construction related traffic on the road can disrupt existing traffic and can also create

safety hazards for the villagers. A traffic management plan will be developed and submitted

by the contractor at least one month before commencement of construction work specifying

the following requirements:-

- Traffic rules

- Speed limits

- Time periods

- Driver training etc

The concerns associated with workers influx 24/7 will be addressed by Construction

Contractor for necessary mitigation. For example, restriction of blasting, spoil transport

limited to day light hours and within time limits ensured by the Construction Contractor.


The significance of impact is medium negative during the construction activities and can be

minimized to low negative if comprehensive safety plans and awareness among the

community is highlighted.

6.3.15 Workers’ Camp Solid and Liquid Wastes

The workers‟ accommodation will meet the IFC/EBRD Standards reproduced below:

• Reasonable working conditions and terms of employment could be assessed by

reference to:

i) Conditions established for work of the same character in the trade or

industry concerned in the area/region where the work is carried out;

ii) Collective agreement or other recognized negotiation between other

organizations of employers and workers‟ representatives in the trade or

industry concerned;

iii) Arbitration –award; or

iv) Conditions established by national law.

• Such services might be provided either directly by the client or by third parties.

• Basic services requirements refer to minimum space, supply of water, adequate

sewage and garbage disposal systems, appropriate protection against heat, cold,

damp, noise, fire and disease-carrying animals, adequate sanitary and washing


158 January 2015

facilities, ventilation, cooking and storage facilities and natural and artificial lighting,

and in some cases basic medical services.

• Collective dismissals cover all multiple dismissals that are a result of an economic,

technical, or organizational reason; or other reasons that are not related to

performance or other personal reasons.

• Examples of alternatives may include negotiated working-time reduction programs,

employee capacity-building programs; long-term maintenance works during low

production periods, etc.

The worker code of conduct as mitigation will be ensured by the Construction Contractor.

During the construction phase up to 400 workers may live in worker‟s camp sites at peak

periods generating solid and liquid wastes in a considerable amount. This will include

garbage, recyclable waste, food waste and construction debris. Construction works are

expected to generate material from construction sites such as concrete, steel cuttings,

discarded material. In addition small quantities of hazardous waste will also be generated

mainly from the vehicle maintenance activities like; liquid fuels, lubricants, hydraulic oils,

chemicals such as anti-freeze, contaminated soil, spillage control materials used to absorb

oil and chemical spillages, machine/engine filter cartridges, oily rags, spent filters,

contaminated soil etc.

All waste and scrap materials generated during construction activities will be stored in a

scrap yard according to the type of waste created on site. The scrap yard will be completely

fenced and managed by waste consignment contractor. All waste to be stored in the scrap

yard will be segregated, recycled/reuse, quantified, recorded and disposed-off with the

involvement of local municipal authorities.

Vehicles transporting solid waste will be covered with tarps or nets to prevent spilling waste

along the route. The sites for waste disposal will be agreed with the local municipal

authorities.

On site storage of fuel, engine oil and lubricants has to be done in locked and sealed tanks

and on sealed areas, having bunds of a capacity of 110 % of the total storage capacity.

Proper maintenance of all machines and trucks will avoid losses of oil that could pollute soil

and groundwater. Dealing with oily products as oil changes in machines will only be done

on sealed areas.

As already discussed in section 6.2.9, a sewer system would be laid leading to on-site

wastewater treatment and disposal to manage sanitary wastewater from the construction

camps. This would be essential to prevent pollution of Jhelum River. A sufficient number of

portable toilets will be erected nearby main construction zones, camps and offices. For this

purpose, sewage discharged from the camps and toilets will be treated by the buried-type

wastewater treatment equipment and then discharged to the manholes, and finally

discharged into the nearest waters. No direct discharges of untreated waste water shall be

allowed.


159 January 2015


Up to 400 workers in peak periods will generate 160kg/person/day of solid waste and 8

liter/person/day of liquid waste. The liquid sanitation waste water will be treated at worker‟s

camp site. Contractor will ensure to dispose-off the solid construction and sanitation wastes

in designated areas. A regular construction site monitoring will ensure that the mitigation

measures will be executed to the greatest extent possible. The impact of solid and liquid

waste on the environment can therefore be assessed to be medium negative.

6.3.16 Fuel and Hazardous Material Storage Sites




water quality and cause safety and health hazards.

Siting of any fuel and hazardous material storage sites, including fueling operations, asphalt

plants and construction are to be located minimum 100m from the banks of any streams or

gorges, and 500m away from any residential areas, cultural or archaeological sites.

These sites are to be designed such way that any spills from these goods will not pollute

the soils and water. As a minimum, these sites are to be bunded on all sides on top of an

impermeable layer (e.g. concrete lined) by providing absorbent and containment material

(e.g. absorbent matting) and without any drainage provision. The bunds are to be designed

to hold at least 110% of the container capacity. If more than one container is stored within

the bund, the bund must be capable of storing 110% of the biggest container‟s capacity or

25% of their total capacity, whichever is greater. All the associated equipment such as filling

and off-take points, gauges, etc. should be located within the bund. Accumulated rainwater

in bunds will be pumped out of the bund to either drains or the ground if uncontaminated or

to the oil water separators if contaminated. Oil booms and oil spillage pods shall be

maintained onsite to enable a rapid and effective response to any accidental spillage or

discharge.

All the personnel involved in the handling of these sites are to be properly trained. All fuel /

hydrocarbon dispensing nozzles are to be of a drip control design and securely locked

when not in use. Refueling will always be carried out with the correct equipment (i.e.

nozzles of the appropriate size), and only by suitably trained and experienced Refueling

Operators. Fuel supply equipment will be regularly revised to prevent leakage due to

inappropriate condition of refueling equipment.

Vehicles will not be left without supervision during refueling process. Water pollution risk will

be reduced or eliminated in case of immediate removal of polluted ground. Soiled ground

and absorbents will be removed, stored and treated as hazardous waste. In case of

significant spill authorized and responsible person will be informed, works will be stopped till

the elimination of pollution risk.

All the mobile construction equipment such as cranes, compressors, generators, bulldozers,

excavators etc. will be maintained and operated such that all leaks and spills of materials


160 January 2015

will be minimized. Regular plant checks will be undertaken to ensure no leaks or other

problems are apparent. Vehicle maintenance, cleaning, degreasing etc. will be undertaken

only in designated areas of hard-standing.





water quality and cause safety and health hazards. The impact of fuel and hazardous

material storage sites on the environment can therefore be assessed to be medium

negative.

6.3.17 Socio-economic Aspects

It is anticipated that up to 4400 workers, both skilled and unskilled workers, will be

employed during the peak construction activities. This work will comprise preparation of the

dam site, spillway, construction work, erection of buildings, excavation and erection of

foundations, excavation of access and headrace tunnels, powerhouse etc. Major parts of

the project will employ local manpower and will have a direct positive impact on the local job

market. During the construction period of about 5 years the demand of food grain and

commodities will increase. Moreover, as new jobs become available in the area, the out

migration of the labour force will be reduced enabling them to stay at home and find work.

Thus the project will have major effect on the local economy, employment and income as

the local market will provide food, clothing and consumable items for the project workforce.

It is expected that on average about 400 people will live in the worker‟s camp during the

construction phase. The accommodation of the workers will be in line with requirements laid

down in the IFC/EBRD Guidance on Workers‟ Accommodation. Positive socio-economic

impacts during the construction phase will include:

• Generation of direct employment opportunities;

• Stimulation of the local economy by increased spending on local goods and

services;

• Increased scope for attracting related services and other industries of the area and

subsequent impacts on local employment levels and economic activity.

• Partial use of the presently non-saturated accommodation capacity of the existing

hotels in Beor, Kahuta, Hollar

During the construction phase of the hydropower project, a mass inflow of outside workers

and heavy machinery can disturb the local socio-political and socio-cultural life. The project

might have effects on the life style of the people during the construction stage. Potential

negative socio-economic impacts during construction period include:

• An influx of migrant workers;

• Pressure on local public services, including health and education;


161 January 2015

• Pressure on the local commercial services;

• Saturation of the local housing markets.

These possible negative impacts will be minimized by employing local people where

possible, those who are already living in the nearby communities and already using the

communities` educational, hospital and other facilities. Most of the migrant workers will live

in the worker camp; the facilities provided by the contractor for its employees will be put at

workers` disposal, like medical care etc. From that, it is indicated that the project is unlikely

to have any major adverse socio-economic effects on the local community.

No cases of HIV/AIDS in the investigation area have been reported. The project area of

Karot Hydropower Project is known to consist of conservative population committed to

principles of Islamic Shariah. HIV/AIDS, therefore, does not play any role in the society as

far as it is known at present. Workers from outside have to submit to these traditions, thus

the HIV/AIDS problem will hardly play any role.

Construction contractor and KPCL will be responsible for the arrangement of site security

and it is required to incorporate the security plan of the project. The contractor will provide

the proper range, extent and scale of security, such as the number of security guard, the

area to be protected and the category of secured persons or items to KPCL.

Construction contractor will be responsible for the camp and site security. Private security

guards will be hired; security cameras walk through gate and metal detectors will be made

available for affective security system at site as well as the camp area. All parked vehicles

must be checked and owner of the vehicle must be known. A register will be maintained at

the site camp keeping the record of all the residents at camp.

The manager security will be responsible for overall supervision and security of the project

area/ premises; all material/ equipment, work force there in gate access control, the

weapons and vehicles.


The project will most probably be of substantial economic benefit and increase the

employment opportunities during the construction phase. It is indicated that the project is

unlikely to have any adverse socio-economic effects on the local community, on district or

regional levels. Negative influence of migrant workers on the society including spreading of

HIV will hardly occur and the risk is assessed to be negligible.

6.3.18 Chance Find

In case of chance find during construction activities, the contractor will stop the activity and

report to provincial and federal archeological departments immediately and their advice will

be sought before resumption of the construction activities at such sites. As mentioned in

4.5.32, the ruins of Qila Owin are above the crest level of the reservoir and thus remain

unaffected. Similarly, construction activities will not affect the shrine and Karot wall as they

are about 2-3km away from the construction activities.


162 January 2015


As such no impact is anticipated on the listed sites of historical or cultural interest in the

investigation area due to construction activities.

6.4 OPERATION RELATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

6.4.1 Microclimate and Emissions of Green House Gases

All freshwater systems, whether they are natural or man-made, emit greenhouse gases

(GHG) due to decomposition of organic material. This means that lakes, rivers, estuaries,

wetlands, seasonally flooded zones and reservoirs emit GHG. In general, in cool and

temperate regions, GHG emissions from reservoirs are higher just after impoundment, but

decline within the first years to reach levels similar to those of natural lakes, if properly

managed.

KPCL will ensure to remove/clear any wood and vegetation debris before filling of reservoir

take place. If the inundated land is heavily wooded and not sufficiently cleared prior to

flooding, decomposition will deplete oxygen levels in the water. This affects quality of life

and may result in fish kills. Products of anaerobic decomposition include also hydrogen

sulphide, which corrodes dam turbines and is noxious to aquatic organisms. Also methane

will be generated which represents a very effective greenhouse gas. The reservoir area of

the Karot reservoir is covered by vegetation on both river banks.

Karot Hydropower Project will in fact contribute towards improvement of air quality at

National and International levels. According to an estimate, an oil-fired steam unit would

produce depending on the plan efficiency between 0.7 – 0.9 tonnes of Carbon Dioxide for

each MWh of energy generated. The mean annual energy output of Karot Hydropower

Project is 3,213,000 MWh and when it is connected to the national grid it will reduce Carbon

Dioxide emission (GHG) in air by 1,927,800 tonnes annually.


The effect on the microclimatic conditions will be minimal. Most of the organic materials as

trees, shrubs etc. will be removed before filling the reservoir. This reduces the generation of

greenhouse gases to a minimum. Compared with oil or coal fired power plants the emission

of CO2 can be neglected.

6.4.2 Fishery

Based on cumulative impacts on the aquatic related VECs in modified reach of River

Jhelum as discussed in Appendix – VIII Fish Study, the most important impacts during

operation phase of these cascading projects will be change in composition of species of

fish, in bio-productivity in this section of river, in normal sediment ratios, in fish habitat, in

water quality and also effects of reservoirs on downstream regimes, etc.

The compartmentalization of river into semi-lentic and lotic conditions will result in isolated

pockets of trapped ichthyofauna depending more on localized niches. Fish fauna with

restricted behaviour of feeding and breading will be at loss, while fauna with flexible habits

will be benefitted at large. However, the change in water temperature or heat distribution in


163 January 2015

different aquatic pockets within impoundments and downstream and upstream reaches will

be the most important factor in determining what occurs, biologically chemically and

physically within different lentic and lotic water regimes, that will ultimately determine the

bio-productivity of that water compartment and culminate into terminal biodiversity and

biomass of ichthyofauna.

In case of Karot HPP, the last R-O-R reservoir prior to Mangla storage Reservoir, the

regulated water outflows from this reservoir will have direct bearing on ichthyobiota in

Mangla Reservoir. It has been estimated that 15,540,000m³ per month sediments would be

trapped in the Karot Reservoir which will be flushed though two low-level gates installed at

right abutment of spillway structure adjacent to power intake, and sediment flushing will be

carried out when inflows are more than 1400 m³/s but less than 2100 m³/s. Flushing of

sediments into downstream reach will have an impact on downstream fish fauna in many

ways. It may result in choking of gills of ichthyofauna and benthos population, smothering of

eggs and juveniles of fish and macro invertebrates. Regulated water flows in downstream

reaches are going to reduce the availability of habitat for migratory spawners. Particularly,

in such cases the water level in Mangla Reservoir will be of prime importance, as the 80%

of ichthyo – productivity of Mangla Reservoir is monsoon season spawners and stocking

dependent (Dastgir. 2012).

Regulated flows will be designed to provide water for the hydroelectricity generation with a

reliable and predictable provision/supply of water, such type of regulation will reduce both

seasonal and inter-annual variability in flows, so important for heterogeneity in the

downstream environmental indicators. Furthermore, changes in the wetting and drying

cycles downstream of Karot weir due to regulated flow regimes are likely to have

considerable impacts on productivity and can alter biotic assemblages.

Ecological flow

Ecological considerations downstream of dam require that certain amount of flow of water

should remain available throughout the years. All definitions of environmental flow place

emphasis on protection of natural life in the river.

A large array of methods now exists for assessment of environmental flows (falling into five

broad methodological categories; hydrological index; hydraulic rating curve; habitat

simulation; holistic and ecosystem component- specific etc. (Atherton etal 2004). One of the

earliest and simplest is Montana method, which still has widespread application often

modified to suit local conditions. The original method identifies percent of average annual

flow necessary for suitable conditions in upstream habitat; 10% as a minimum

instantaneous flow to sustain short term survival; 30% to sustain good survival; and 60% for

excellent to outstanding habitat condition. The environmental flows as assessed for Neelum

Jhelum HPP and other cascading projects by modifying this method according to local

needs come to 15 m3/s.

According to the revised layout of project structures the tailrace outlet of powerhouse is

located at about 232 m distance from the toe of downstream cofferdam. It is envisaged that

the seepage water from proposed asphalt core rock fill dam along with the backwater from


164 January 2015

turbine flows will be sufficient for this small section of river downstream of main dam when

the powerhouse is in operation.

The project will operate continuously in summer season however it is envisaged to use

Karot HPP as peaking plant during winter season meaning that the river flows would be

interrupted in winter season for about 18 to 20 hours per day. Therefore provision has to be

made in the head works for controlled release of environmental flows. An assessment of

Jhelum river flow data at Karot and at Azad Pattan recorded by Surface Water Hydrology

Project WAPDA for 38 years (1969 to 2006) has been made. On an average daily flows of

lean period works out as 150 m3/s. It is proposed that 10% of this flow namely 15m

3/s

downstream of the project head works may be made available in winter season to provide

for environmental flow requirements which would take care of the need for aquatic flora and

fauna including fisheries in the relevant river stretch of the project area.


The impact on downstream aquatic life will be low negative when dam will act as barrier.

However, in case of implementation of suggested mitigation measures these impacts can

be reduced to bare minimum. On the other hand, enhanced fisheries management activities

in the reservoirs will conserve and enhance the fish fauna of the project areas.

6.4.3 Impact of River Water Sediment and Sediment Flushing

According to analysis for Karot HPP, the mean annual suspended load transport is 33.15

million tons including bedload of 4.97 million tons. The total sediment transport is 38.12

million tons. Sediment mainly comes in the flood season from April to August. The sediment

inflow into the Karot reservoir is highly concentrated in contrast to the limited reservoir

storage of only 152 million m3. The reservoir sediment delivery ratio is 5.2. When the station

is complete, the reservoir will suffer heavy sedimentation.

To minimize sedimentation, a relatively large balancing storage needs to be maintained. To

achieve higher power generation efficiency, a sediment release level is necessary during

the main sediment inflow period of the flood season so as to increase the water surface

gradient and water velocity in the reservoir area and facilitate the sediment flushing of the

reservoir.

As Karot station will suffer heavy sedimentation, for the interest of sediment release, the

sediment release level should be as low as possible. However, a lower sediment release

level will significantly limit the power generation performance of the station at the same

time.

A lower sediment release level will better help reduce the reservoir sedimentation and lower

the dam-front sedimentation height. The sediment release level should be no lower than

431 m. At the 431 m sediment release level, the reduction of the reservoir level during

sediment release will be as much as 30 m. This steep level drop could threaten the dam

safety and reservoir bank stability. According to engineering practice, the reduction in level

of a reservoir should be no more than 5 m per day. At this rate, it will take six days for the

reservoir level to drop to 431 m. This will mean high requirements for hydrological


165 January 2015

forecasting and reservoir regulation as well as considerable energy loss and high

investment on flood and sediment releasing works. With these concerns, it is better to

increase the sediment release level from 431 m while ensuring both the reservoir bank

stability and the station power generation performance and providing for the minimum

permissible through-turbine sediment grain size. After examining the one-dimensional

numerical sedimentation simulation result of the reservoir area and the three-dimensional

numerical simulation of the damsite area, three scenarios of 451 m, 446 m and 441 m were

selected.

The reservoir sedimentation will be 108 million m3, 104 million m

3 and 99 million m

3,

respectively at the end of 10 years service for the 451 m, 446 m and 441 m sediment

release levels. The reservoir sedimentation will be 132 million m3, 126 million m

3 and 120

million m3, respectively at the end of 20 years‟ service for the 451 m, 446 m and 441 m

sediment release levels.

The lower the sediment release levels the smaller the reservoir sedimentation.

The sediment release level varies. Under the 451 m, 446 m and 441 m sediment release

levels, the annual average sediment release downtime will be 17, 17 and 18 days. When

the sediment release level lowers from 451 m to 446 m, the mean annual energy output of

the station will reduce by 5 million kWh from 3.218 billion kWh to 3.213 billion kWh. When

the sediment release level lowers from 446 m to 441 m, this will reduce annual energy

output by 13 million kWh from 3.213 billion kWh to 3.2 billion kWh. The lower the sediment

release level, the longer the annual sediment release downtime, and the greater the

limitation on the energy output of the station. In terms of the ability to achieve higher energy

output, the 451 m sediment release level is better.

Nature and significance of Impact

As discussed above the impact on downstream aquatic life will be insignificant but low when

dam will act as barrier. With the provision of environmental flows and implementation of

suggested mitigation measures the impact will be minimized to large extent.

6.4.4 Collection of Sand

The baseline conditions indicate that downstream of powerhouse site a very limited

sand/gravel collection takes place from the river bed. The continuous extraction of

sand/gravel will not affect the daily income of inhabitants accruing from this activity weather

the project is built or not built. On the other hand, the continuous extraction of sand/gravel

will insignificantly affect the aquatic ecology of the river downstream of the powerhouse.

In the low flow reach between the dam and the tailrace there will be very low sediment

loads because for most of the year the discharges will be very low and the availability of

cobbles and boulders in particular will be considerably reduced. However, during flushing of

the reservoir, large peak suspended sediments are likely to occur during high flows.

The best way to achieve the reduction in sand/gravel collection is to focus on these

extraction activities in fewer areas where they can be better managed as this will reduce the

area of sediment extraction hence suggesting controlled sand/gravel collection practices at


166 January 2015

the alternate locations.

Nature and significance of Impact

As discussed above the impact on downstream aquatic life will be of low negative. With the

provision of 15m3/s environmental flows and implementation of suggested mitigation

measures the impact will be minimized to large extent.


Employment

The employment opportunities available during the operation phase of the project will be

limited to a number of technicians / skilled workers like engineers. For unskilled people

some job opportunities will be created as guards, for simple maintenance purposes etc. In

addition, the skilled and un-skilled workers will be provided technical training so that they

qualify for more skilled positions. Moreover, it is also proposed that eligible people of the

affected project area are provided with scholarships for university or secondary level

technical education for better employment opportunities.


The effect on employment of local people during operational period will be positive locally

as regionally.

6.5 DECOMMISSIONIG OF THE PROJECT

During decommissioning there will be similar impacts as identified for the construction and

operation phases of the project. The detail of impacts anticipated due to decommissioning

are discussed as under:

Geology and Seismicity: There will be no geological impacts during decommissioning as

no further excavation work will take place.

Land Slide: During decommissioning machinery and equipment will be removed and

buildings may be demolished. If the infrastructure is disturbed, particularly if blasting is

used, there may be a risk of landslide resulting although the significance of impact is

considered to be a minor negative.

Solid Liquid Waste: Should buildings and structures require demolition, there would be an

associated high quantity of rubble produced requiring appropriate recycling or disposal.

Should any environmental contamination have occurred during the operational phase,

decommissioning and restoration activities could include removal of the contaminated land

for transportation to an off-site disposal facility.

In consideration of the expected potential quantity of demolition waste and the potential for

land contamination occurring during operation, the significance of impact is assessed to be

medium adverse significance.

Soil and Erosion: Activities during decommissioning that would result in impacts to soils

include the removal of access roads, construction supportive facilities, buildings and other


167 January 2015

ancillary structures. Surface disturbance, heavy equipment traffic and changes to surface

runoff patterns could cause soil erosion. The significance of the impact is assessed to be

low adverse negative.

Air Quality: Emissions generated by activities during the decommissioning and restoration

phase include vehicle emissions; diesel emissions from large construction equipment and

generators and dust from several sources such as land clearing, structure removal, cement

mixing, backfilling, dumping and reclamation of disturbed areas. The significance of the

impact is assessed to be adverse negative.

Noise: Sources of noise during decommissioning would be similar to those during

construction and would be generated primarily by decommissioning equipment and

vehicular traffic. The significance of the impact on ambient noise during decommissioning is

assessed to be low adverse negative.

Surface Water Quality: During the decommissioning and restoration phase, water would

be used for consumption use by workers and water quality could be affected by the

activities such as: activities that cause soil erosion; weathering of newly exposed soils

causing leaching and oxidation that can release chemicals into the water; and discharges of

waste or sanitary water. Water quality impacts arising from decommissioning are assessed

to be of medium adverse significance.

Landscaping: There will be similar impacts during decommissioning as those above for the

construction phase.

Traffic and Transport: The decommissioning activities will incur a similar increase in the

volumes of vehicles and large plant arising for the construction phase. This will also create

an impact of medium adverse significance.

Flora and Vegetation: Impacts to ecological resources during decommissioning activities

will be similar to those for the construction phase but of significance of a low adverse

negative.

Fauna: Impacts to ecological resources from decommissioning and restoration activities

would be similar in nature to the impacts that would occur during construction, but at a

reduced magnitude. There would be a temporary increase in noise and visual disturbance

associated with the removal of associated project facilities. Negligible to no reduction in

wildlife habitat would be expected, Removal of aboveground structures will eliminate the

impacts to wildlife that occur during operation. Removal of pits would also eliminate a

potential source of concern to wildlife species. Following site restoration, the ecological

resources at the Project site could eventually return to pre-project conditions. Grasses and

forbs may be initially more plentiful during early years of restoration than existed prior to

project development.

Fishery: No significant impacts on aquatic ecology are envisaged during decommissioning.

Employment: As it is far into the future, it is difficult to produce an accurate and

meaningful prediction of the significance of impacts and their effects because the baseline

conditions are likely to have changed by this phase and because the Project is an extension


168 January 2015

and part of a greater scheme. The commissioning phase may result in retrenchment which

is defined as: Closure of plant resulting in loss of jobs; and/or Job losses due to efficiency

gains or falling demand of companies services; and/or Job losses arising from downsizing

in operations or restructuring of the workforce.

The resultant loss of employment is likely to have adverse effect on the well-being of

retrenched staff and their dependents and the significance of these effects will need to be

determined immediately prior to the Decommissioning Phase. As decommissioning is far

into the future and there are no details regarding the possible need for retrenchment

planning, decommissioning employment impacts are not assigned significance.

6.6 CUMULATIVE RIVER BASIN IMPACTS

The cascade development plan on the mainstream of Jhelum River, upstream of the

Mangla dam, has been prepared and titled as “Study of hydropower cascading projects of

Jhelum River”. Under this plan five hydropower plants with installed capacity of more than

500 MW are to be constructed in the Kohala – Mangla river section, namely; Kohala

(1100MW), Mahl (700mw), Azad Pattan (640mw), Karot (720mw), Mangla (1000mw). Most

of these cascade reservoirs are designed with daily regulation capability. Their water levels

are generally connected with each other. Apart from Mangla reservoir, the total installed

capacity of all the other four cascade hydropower plants is 3160MW and average annual

energy output of 15,164 Gwh.

Among the cascade plants proposed on the Jhelum River, the Mangla dam has already

been built, Kohala, Azad Pattan and Karot are in final stages of detail design study, and

Mahl is still in stage of project planning. In addition to these cascade plants development on

Jhelum River other proposed and under construction hydropower projects are indicated in

Table 6.10 below and illustrated in Figure 6.4.

Table 6.10: Existing and Proposed Hydropower Projects in the Jhelum River Basin

Project River MW Type

River Distance to

Chenab Confluence

(km)

Completed/ Expected Completion Date

Mangla Dam Jhelum (Punjab)

1,100 Storage 246 Operating

Karot Hydel Project

Jhelum (Punjab)

720 Run-of-river 294 Detailed design completed for commencement of project construction

Azad Pattan Hydel Project

Jhelum (AJK)

650 Run-of-river 329

Feasibility/ detailed design completed for commencement of project construction

Mahl Hydel Project

Jhelum (AJK)

600 Run-of-River 351 In project planning

Kohala Hydel Project

Jhelum (AJK)

1100 Run-of-river 397 Feasibility and detailed engineering design completed

Chakotti Hattian hydel Project

Jhelum (AJK)

500 Run-of-river 462 Feasibility and detailed engineering design completed


169 January 2015

Project River MW Type

River Distance to

Chenab Confluence

(km)

Completed/ Expected Completion Date

Neelum-Jhelum Hydel Project

Jhelum (AJK) 969 Run-of-river 482 Under Construction

Patrind HPP

Kunhar KPK/AJK

147

Run-of-river (Inter basin transfer into

Jhelum River)

504 Under Construction

The salient features of the projects located on the Jhelum River, upstream and downstream

of Karot HPP are described below.

Azad Pattan HPP – Located on the Jhelum River upstream about 34km from Karot HPP.

The proposed project will have a dam of about 70m height diverting the flow on a very small

reach of Jhelum River of about 950 m to produce capacity of about 650 MW.

Mahl HPP – the proposed project is located on the Jhelum River about 46Km of the Azad

Pattan HPP. It will have a capacity of 600 MW, consisting of a 75 m high RCC type dam

and two 950m long diversion tunnels.

Kohala HPP – the proposed project is located on the Jhelum River about 37km upstream of

the Azad Pattan HPP. It will have a capacity of 1100 MW, consisting of a 57 m high RCC

type dam and a 17.7 km long diversion tunnel.

Chakotti HPP – the project is being developed under public sector. The 500 MW project is

a run-of-river type immediately upstream of the head pond of the Kohala HPP, a 88 m high

concrete gravity dam diverting Jhelum River flows through a 8.56 km long two tunnel to

river Jhelum.

Neelum-Jhelum HPP – the project is being developed under public sector. The 969 MW

project is a run-of-river type, a 47 m high concrete gravity dam diverting Neelum River flows

through a 30 km long tunnel for power generation and releasing flows in river Jhelum.

Patrind HPP – the project is being developed under private sector. The 147 MW project is

a run-of-river type (inter basin transfer to river Jhelum), a 42 m high concrete gravity dam

diverting Kunhar River flows through a 2.2km long tunnel to river Jhelum.

Mangla Dam – One of the largest dams in the world, Mangla Dam, is located approximately

48km downstream of the Karot Hydropower Project site on the Jhelum River. The dam,

completed in 1967 for irrigation and hydropower generation, is 138m high and has a

253Km2 reservoir. The dam alters the downstream seasonal flow of water by impounding

monsoon season flows and releasing part of this stored water in the dry season for

irrigation and power generation purposes. Approximately 23.0 % of the annual river flow is

diverted for irrigation annually, with the remainder flowing down the Jhelum. This dam

prevents the movement of migratory fish past this point given its height, thus isolating fish in

the upstream basin.


170 January 2015

The Jhelum River basin, comprising the Jhelum, Kunhar and Neelum River down to the

basin discharge point into the Chenab River, is predominantly an agricultural area with little

industrial development. The main form of development occurring in the basin is the

harnessing of river flows for power generation, while the existing Mangla Dam in the lower

basin is used for both power generation and irrigation.

The cascade study reveals that the power potential available along the reach of Jehlum

river from tail water level of Kohala hydropower project to the raised Mangla reservoir level

indicates that a total head of 204 m is available and within the said reach of the river three

projects have been identified vis-à-vis- Mahal, Azad Pattan and Karot. There available head

is distributed among these three projects keeping in view the following:

Geological and geotechnical

Environmental impact

Financial viability

The present gross head available to Mahal project is 55-60m. But after confirmation of new

dam and powerhouse locations by the consultants, the exact gross head would be

confirmed. At this stage it has been estimated at 59m. The tail water level of Kohala project

is 585m therefore, the new tail water level for Mahal would be 526 m.

The present reservoir level for Azad Pattan project is 510 masl. This operating level of Azad

Pattan project may be changed to 526m and the Mahal site may be shifted to further

upstream side to some appropriate place. The gross head for Azad Pattan project could be

about 65m thus giving tail water level of 461m.

The Karot project may have its operating level at 461m whereas the Mangla reservoir level

is 381 m thus a head of about 80 m can be available to Karot project.

Power generation for Mahal, Azad Pattan and Karot projects will be about 700, 600 and

700MW.

The seismo-geological and geotechnical conditions for Mahal and Azad Pattan along with

the associated environmental impacts to relatively long reservoirs need a very special

attention and therefore, should be studied by each project consultant.

The daily storage for peaking would be useful to enhance the capacity during peak hours

from September to April. Peaking operation is recommended for projects in cascade

system, provided live storage and reservoir levels are mutually agreed by the concerned

clients executing the project implementation an operation.

The Karot Hydropower Project may contribute to following types of cumulative impact in the

Jhelum River basin: namely:


171 January 2015

Figure 6.4: Existing and Proposed Hydropower Projects in the Jhelum River Basin

Legend


172 January 2015

6.6.1 Cumulative Impact on River Flows

The hydro projects in the Jhelum River basin will directly affect the Jhelum River flow. There

diversions will release diverted flows back into the Jhelum River. The environmental flow

from these projects will be sufficient for bare survival of the aquatic life of the affected

reaches in the Jhelum River.

6.6.2 Cumulative Impact on Aquatic Ecology

Fish migration will be restricted and fish biodiversity may be altered by the construction of

cascade of hydropower projects resulting in river compartmentalization. Changes in turbidity

created by reservoir impoundment, combined with an increase in primary productivity, will

also alter the composition of fish species. Accordingly, the potential impact on fisheries is

considered to be negative and of moderate magnitude.

To mitigate the losses/reduction in fish numbers due to the project, in situ fisheries

management techniques including culture based fisheries management, reduction in

carnivore varieties, and adoption of conservation measures will result in enhancement in

fisheries bio productivity.

6.6.3 Climate Change & its Relevance

It is widely accepted that increasing concentrations of (GHG) in the atmosphere are causing

climate change, but there still exists uncertainly in magnitude; timing and spatial distribution

of these changes. The role of simulation modeling in assessing climatic changes impacts

on hydrology & river is well documented.

Continuous increasing trend in mean surface air temperature and changes in rainfall pattern

in predominant part of Jhelum catchment is clear enough. An increase in severity of drought

(1998) and intensity of floods (1992, 2010, 2014) in Jhelum river basin has already been

reported. Hydrology simulation models together with the output from GCMs/RCMs are the

primary tool for assessing the impact of climate change on hydrology & water regimes of

Jhelum River.

The majority of the climate change impact assessment studies concentrated on determining

the effects of changes in average climate; however emphasis is needed on climate

variability and particularly frequency and magnitude of extreme events. Impact assessment

using the outputs of one or more GCMs provides an estimate of plausible changes, but no

information about their likelihood. However, calibration of MMS/RMS model can be used to

estimate plausible changes in various parameters; such as annual stream flow hydrograph,

rain fall & temperature. In case of such study in Brahmin basin (Abdul Salam 2010) a

maximum decrease of 33% in annual stream flow is observed with 4°C increase in

temperature and 10% decrease in rainfall. Correlation between changes in temperature &

rainfall, and changes in stream flow indicated that rainfall changes had a large effect on

monthly, seasonal and annual stream flow. This could be attributed to sub-humid climatic

conditions. There was a variation in the results under different emission scenarios, the

estimation of water resources availability using other GCM generated scenarios will help to

ascertain these changes. The temporal variability in the availability of water resources in the


173 January 2015

basin under the influence of climate change indicate the need for developing different

adaptation strategies, particularly for lean period flows i-e winter flows.

6.6.4 Adaptation in the wake of Climate Change Impacts


fisheries, include basin wide understanding of intricacies of water budget changes,

integrated water resource management, construction of cascading HPP in the anticipation

of changing climatic scenarios. Introduction of eurytonic fish species, having flexible

feeding, breeding and living habits can thrive in changing environment. Fishing efforts,

stocking sprees, in situ research activities should always encompass changing climatic

conditions and water availability.

An awareness companion regarding the impacts of changing climatic scenario among

stakeholders may be inculcated so that they may always be on toes to adopt the

management techniques according to the changes in fisheries patterns. Finally water loss

through evaporation in cascading reservoirs will require further knowledge about species

which can adopt in changing epilimnion i-e surface feeders aquatic environment.

6.6.5 Climate change in Himalayas

The Himalaya support nearly half of humanity “Him” means snow “alaya” means mountain.

The mountains of snow have also been called the third pole, since they are the third largest

body of snow on our planet after the Antarctic and Arctic.

The Himalayan glaciers are the water towers of Asia, and the source of many of the world's

great rivers: The Yangtze, the Ganges, the Indus and the Mekong. Over a billion people

depend directly on the Himalayas for their survival, with over 500 million people in South

Asia, and another 450 million in China completely reliant on the health of this fragile

mountain landscape.

The impacts of climate change in the Himalayas are real. Melting glaciers, erratic and

unpredictable weather conditions, changing rainfall patterns, and increasing temperatures

are impacting on the people and wildlife of the region.

Even though the science of climate change is still in its infancy predictions are that the

glaciers will retreat for the next fifty years during which time there will be an increased flow

in the rivers.This will come along with flashier rainfall and will not bode well for the lower

parts of the basin where there are already problems due to flooding and drainage.

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), “glaciers in the

Himayalas are receding faster than in any other part of the world and if the present rate

continues, the likelihood of them disappearing by the year 2035 and perhaps sooner is very

high if the earth keep getting warmer at the current rate”. According to the IPCC report the

total area of glaciers in the Himalaya will shrink from 1930051 square miles to 38,000

square miles by 2035.


174 January 2015

6.6.6 Climate change effects on Jehlum River

During the summer monsoon season in 1992 heavy rainfall occurred over the Jhelum River

basin in the month of September which caused severe flooding in the Jhelum River. This

was the worst event recorded since 1959 and brought in its wake large economic losses

and infrastructure damage in Pakistan. This severe flooding event was induced by the

severe precipitation event associated with the summer monsoon depression traveling from

Bay of Bengal through India to upper parts of Punjab and adjoining areas of Kashmir and

North West Frontier Province of Pakistan.

The Mangla reservoir was built for irrigation as well as power generation. The variability in

climatic variables (temperature and precipitation) at spatial and temporal scales affects the

streamflows. To consider the hydro-climatic unpredictability, 50 years (1961-2010) record

was scrutinized. The time series were divided in two periods of 25 years each (1961-1985,

1st and 1986-2010, 2nd).

The mean temperature in spring, winter and autumn has been increased whereas the

summer temperature has been decreased for the period1961-2010. Trends in annual

precipitation for the period 1961-2010 were not consistent. A distressing situation has

noticed that deceasing trends were found at all sites for the 2nd period (1986-2010)

whereas only three significant decreasing trends were found in 1st period. The annual

streamflows in rivers Kanshi, Poonch, Kunhar, Neelum, and Jhelum at Chinari, Domel and

Azad Pattan have reduced upto 41, 5, 34, 24, 24, 16 and 45% respectively with increased

of 1oC annual mean temperature for the period 1961-2010. On the other hand, trends in

annual mean temperature showedcooling trend for the first period and this yieldincreased

streamflows for rivers Palote, Kunhar at Talhata, Neelum and Jhelum at Chinari, Domel and

Azad Pattan upto 21, 11, 4, 2, 4, and 10% respectively. In the 2nd period, the annual mean

temperature has increased in all basins and the annual streamflows in rivers Kanshi,

Poonch, Kunhar, Neelum, and Jhelum at Chinari, Domel and Azad Pattan have reduced

upto 46, 32, 43, 43, 32, 25 and 51% respectively. In 2nd period the streamflows in rivers

Kanshi, Poonch, Kunhar (at Garhi-Habibullah), Neelum, and Jhelum (at Azad-Pattan) have

reduced upto 35, 37, 5, 11 and 11 % in spring season by warming of 1 o C temperature in

Mangla watershed. On the other hand, there was a reverse situation in the 1st period

(1961-1985) for the spring season. The summer mean temperature has decreased upto

1oC per decade and the stream flows in rivers Poonch, Kunhar (at Garhi-Habibullah),

Neelum and Jhelum (at Azad Pattan) have decreased upto 2, 11, 11 and 33% per decade

respectively for the whole period. Similarly in the 2nd period the streamflows have reduced

upto 29, 32, 12, 46 and 36% in Rivers Kanshi, Poonch, KunhSar, Neelum and Jhelum (at

Azad Pattan) respectively.

While the impact of climate variability and change on artificial reservoirs has been studied

at local/regional scales for some time [see, e.g., Hamlet and Lettenmaier, 1999;

Christensen et al., 2004], the converse (impact of reservoirs on local/regional climate) has

not been explored as much. It has been recently argued that very little is known on how

artificial reservoirs (hereafter interchanged with „dam‟) modify storms under certain

atmospheric conditions and the consequential implication on hydrology and dam safety


175 January 2015

[Hossain et al., 2010; Hossain, 2010]. Dam design in engineering assumes as “stationary”

the design parameters of extreme rainfall during its service span, a practice that is now

being increasingly questioned and researched for better methods [Milly et al., 2008; Villarini

et al., 2009]. Understanding the influence exerted by large dams on the surrounding (local)

climate is therefore key to establishing if artificial reservoirs inadvertently modify

precipitation patterns in impounded river basins. A study was performed to seek an answer

to the open question – What is the influence of large dams on local climate and the

probable effect on precipitation patterns?

According to the study it is evident that the large dams in Mediterranean climates exert the

strongest influence (in terms of relative change in the surrounding area of the reservoir) on

climate closer to the reservoir shoreline. Large dams in the humid subtropical climates of

the Southeast seem to have a negligible influence on the local climate. Local climate

change for large dams in Mediterranean climates, while the influence of dams on surface

evaporation and specific humidity is relatively less detectable for other climates. As

Pakistan falls in arid climate region therefore construction of dam/ reservoir in particular

Jehlum / Karot will have negligible impact on the local climate. Also the Karot reservoir is

confined in a gorge therefore evaporation losses will be negligible.

6.7 POSITIVE IMPACTS

The project will bring direct social and economic benefits to electricity consumers

throughout the country. The Project is expected to provide 720 MW of electricity which will

assist in addressing the power deficits of the country. This will have tremendous beneficial

impacts on the national economy and improve the quality of life of the people currently

suffering due to power shortage every other hour of the day.

Availability of power would also mean reduction in the consumption of fuel wood and other

fossil fuels by villagers for heating and cooking purposes.

Employment in terms of unskilled labor and skilled staff during construction as well as

operation phase will act as an added source of income in the income and livelihood

restoration processes of Aps. The construction contractor should include necessary clauses

in construction contracts to facilitate the employment of Aps and their dependents.

Improvement of existing and construction of new access roads and bridges will facilitate the

population of the area in their movement and transportation specially the population of

Kahuta and Kotli districts. These roads will help to improve the socio-economic conditions

of the area.

New business activities will bring social uplift in the life of people of project area.

On average, the Karot HPP will generate annually 3,213,000 MWh of energy. The

implementation of the Karot Project will thus avoid the annual emissions from a natural gas

fired CCGT of 1,927,800 tonnes of CO2.

6.8 SOCIO-ENVIRONMENTAL UPLIFT

Social uplift programme has been made part of this document, and planned to rehabilitate

the concerned area in accordance with programme to avoid any deforest status and provide

equivalent environment after construction. The project implementation is expected to raise

hopes of the project area population for their general welfare. It is therefore, necessary that


176 January 2015

the construction contractor/project sponsor may provide facilities in the form of education,

health, improvement of existing access roads and development of parks to the people of the

project area. Considering the betterment of the local community following socio-

environmental development plans have been proposed;

i) Improvement of the sites used for various construction activities for parks,

playgrounds etc.

ii) Vegetation along the dam, reservoir banks, powerhouse and roads.

iii) Development Scheme like Medical Treatment, School Support, Drinking Water

Treatment Plants etc.

iv) Provision of scholarships for university or secondary level technical education for

the eligible people of the affected project area


177 January 2015

CHAPTER – 7

INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND

SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT

This chapter describes the Institutional Arrangements for the effective implementation and

functioning of Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) and Environmental

Monitoring Plan (EMP) for the ESIA of this Project. It summarizes the organizational

requirements, management and monitoring plans to ensure that the necessary measures

are taken by KPCL to avoid potentially adverse effects and maximize potential benefits of

the Project as identified in preceding section of the ESIA and to operate in conformance

with applicable laws and regulations of Punjab and AJK, as well as the policies of

international financial organizations such as IFC and ADB. The strict implementation of the

ESMP and EMP and strict enforcement of the adequate construction practices and

standards by project management will greatly reduce the negative impacts of the Project.

Institutional Arrangement, ESMP and EMP presented in the subsequent sections are

component of the overall Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) under the

requirements of Pakistan‟s legislation and guidelines, the International Finance

Corporation‟s (IFC‟s) Performance Standard 1 (Performance Standards and Guidance

Notes 2012 edition), Asian Development Bank‟s (ADB‟s) Safeguards Policy Statement

2009.

7.1.1 Institutional Set-up and Formation of Environmental Management Unit (EMU)

The project will be executed through KPCL with support from all relevant departments and

line agencies. KPCL will exercise its functions through establishing a Project Management

Unit (PMU) at project site headed by a full time Project Director who will be responsible for

general project execution. In this regard, a well-defined institutional structure will be placed

in the PMU and staff will be assigned to specific roles. PMU should check that construction

contractor have all the necessary valid licenses and permits such as those for use of

powered mechanical equipment. The need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers

have complied with statutory requirements for licenses will also be checked by PMU.

Within the PMU, an Environment and Social Development Cell (ESDC) will be established,

reporting directly to the Project Director, which will be accountable and responsible for

compliance monitoring and implementation of Environmental and Social Management Plan

(ESMP) and the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) as shown in Figure 7.1.


178 January 2015

Figure 7.1: Institutional Setup for ESMP Implementation

The ESDC will initially consist of three permanent members: an environment specialist,

social & resettlement expert and health, safety and environment (HSE) engineer who will be

directly hired by KPCL to provide technical assistance in implementation of the environment

and resettlement plans. They will be hired at least two months prior to commencement of

field work. Later on, at execution of construction work, environmental, socio-economic and

HSE officers of relevant qualification and experience will be hired under regular compliance

and monitoring requirement of implementation of ESMP and RAP.

The construction contractor of the project will have a full-time health, safety and

environment (HSE) engineer with two officers to manage the tasks assigned under ESMP.

The ESDC will work in close cooperation with the respective PMU on the day-to-day

activities of ESMP and the RAP implementation. Thus, PMU (through the ESDC) will be

ultimately responsible for E&S performance and for implementation of the ESMP by the

contractor.

The PMU/ESDC would ensure that ESIA and RAP are prepared and approved prior to

awards of contracts for the project. Any subsequent changes to these documents will also

be responsibility of the PMU/ESDC. The project authorities will ensure budgets are

delivered in time for timely implementation of ESMP and RAP.

7.2 COMPLAINTS AND GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL

For the purpose of addressing grievances by the community about the implementation of

ESIA, RAP and ESMP three Grievance Redress Committees (GRCs) will be established for

the project as soon as project implementation commences. These three GRCs will be

established in Karot, Hollar and Brohi village. The primary objective of the GRCs will be to

provide a mechanism to mediate conflicts. The committee will consist of the Project

Director, elected representative, district revenue officer and three representatives of the

affected community. However, with careful observance of the provisions of the ESMP by all

stakeholders involved, grievances can be avoided.

External Monitoring

HSE Engineer

Environmental officers

KPCL Financing Approval and

policy direction

EPA – Punjab and AJ&K

ESDC Internal Monitoring

Construction Contractor HSE Manager

PMU Communication, coordination &

implementation

Environmental Specialist

HSE officers

Social & Resettlement Expert

HSE officers Environmental officers Social officers


179 January 2015

If necessary, the aggrieved person will first address the complaint to relevant Grievance

Redress Committee who will strive for settlement within 10 days of lodging of the complaint.

If the complaint cannot be settled, the grievance will be referred to ESDC. Within 15 days

the Grievance Redress Committee will discuss the matter and refer the grievance to PMU,

and obtain a resolution. If the grievance redress mechanism fails to satisfy the aggrieved

person, s/he can approach the Environmental Protection Agency AJ&K or court of law.

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW AND APPROVAL

Environmental regulations of the Government of Pakistan (GoP) require proponents of

projects that have reasonably foreseeable qualitative and quantitative impacts to submit

environmental assessment report of the project for review and approval. Karot Hydropower

Project with a generation capacity of more than 50 MW falls within Schedule A of the GoP

Regulations, which require preparation of a full ESIA Report.

The KPCL will have the responsibility to ensure that ESIA Report is submitted to

Environmental Protection Agencies, Punjab and Azad Jammu & Kashmir, to obtain

approval prior to commencement of construction work.

7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)

As mentioned in section 7.1, the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

presented in this section is a component of the overall Environmental and Social

Management System (ESMS) under the requirements of Pakistan‟s legislation and

guidelines, the International Finance Corporation‟s (IFC‟s) Performance Standard 1

(Performance Standards and Guidance Notes 2012 edition), Asian Development Bank‟s

(ADB‟s) Safeguards Policy Statement 2009.

An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been prepared as Table 7.1,

generally recognized as the most important output of the ESIA as it ensures the mitigation

measures identified in the ESIA are fully implemented. This ESMP is based on the type,

extent and duration of the identified environmental impacts, mitigation measures, their

timing, location, and implementation/ monitoring responsibility.

The ESMP must be reviewed by the PMU/ESDC and approved before any construction

activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning. Particularly,

any conditions of the environmental clearance from the EPA- Punjab and AJ&K, and any

subsequent licenses and approvals from both EPAs must also be included. This ESMP will

be used for contractual purposes through its inclusion as a part of the bid documents for the

construction contractor who has to adhere to it along with other regulatory requirements.

The strict implementation of the EMMP and project management‟s strict enforcement of the

adequate construction practices and standards will greatly reduce the negative impacts of

the Project. Overall, PMU/ESDC will be responsible for E&S performance and for

implementation and compliance of the ESMP by the construction contractor.


180 January 2015

7.5 SITE SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS (SSEMPS)

7.5.1 Construction Phase SSEMPs

The construction contractor will ensure to prepare all relevant SSEMPs as part of ESMP for

construction phase of the project before start of any construction activity. These SSEMPs

will be deliverable to KPCL by the construction contractor at least 60 days prior to field

mobilization which will require prior approval of the KPCL, Punjab and AJK-EPAs and,

where required, of IFC before the commencement of any activity on the site. These plans

are listed below;

Temporary traffic management plan

Materials management plan

Waste management plan

Excavated material disposal plan

Tree compensatory planting plan

Noise and dust control plan

Blasting management plan

Oil spill management plan

Employees Code of Conduct

Site rehabilitation/restoration plan (including landscaping)

Run-off and erosion control plan (including the landslide/unstable slope survey)

Chance finds procedure

Site security plan (including firearms plan)

Water quality management plan

Occupational health and safety (OHS) plan

Construction emergency preparation and response plan

Site housekeeping and maintenance plan.

Biodiversity management plan

7.5.2 Operation Phase SSEMPs

For operational phase of the project, operation contractor will ensure preparation of all

relevant SSEMPs as part of ESMP of the project. These SSEMPs will be deliverable to the

project operation authority by operation contractor at least 60 days prior to mobilization of

the operational staff which will require prior approval of the, Punjab-EPA and AJK-EPA. The

Operational Plans are listed below;

Waste and water management plan

Residual flow monitoring and maintenance plan


181 January 2015

Site security plan

Hazardous materials management plan

Occupational health and safety (OHS) plan

Emergency preparedness and response plan

Spill prevention and response plan

Site housekeeping and landscape maintenance plan


182 January 2015

Table 7.1: Environmental and Social Management Plan

Environmental

Concern Objectives

Mitigation Measures (MM)

Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

DESIGN RELATED

1. Project disclosure Statutory compliance

with Pak-EPA 1997

and AJ&K -EP Act

2000 as well as IFC

requirements

EIA report submission to

EPA- Punjab and AJ&K.

EIA report submission to

IFC.

Detailed design

commencement

Entire project Project

Director

PMU,

ESDC,EPA

2. Project boundaries Compliance with

statutory

requirements as laid

down in Pak-EPA

1997 and AJ&K -EP

Act 2000 as well as

IFC guidelines

Environmental

assessment in line with

Pak-EPA 1997 and AJ&K

- EP Act 2000 as well as

IFC guidelines;

Completion of

detailed design

Entire project Construction

Contractor,

PD

PMU, IFC,

EPAs, ESDC

3. Land acquisition

Reservoir 1658.23 Acres

Construction of dam

structures & Powerhouse

583.77 Acres

Fair and timely

compensation in

accordance the IFC

PS 5 and

international

standards

Land acquisition Act

1894/RP of Pakistan

2002 Draft

Payment of

compensation to

affectees up to the level

of restoration.

Prompt and fair payment

to affectees;

Job opportunities to

affectees and locals.

RAP

Implementation;

Completion of

detailed design

and six months

before start of

construction

work;

Entire project

Project

Director,

DRO, PMU,

CC

PMU, IFC,

ESDC

4. Loss of Houses

72 Nos. houses due to

construction of project

activities.

Fair and timely

compensation in

accordance with the

IFC PS 5 and

international

standards


Payment of

compensation to


of restoration.

Prompt payment to

affectees.


RAP

Implementation;

Completion of

detailed design

and six months

before start of

construction

Entire project

area

LAC/DRO,

PMU

DC, PMU,

ESDC


183 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

1894/RP of Pakistan

2002 Draft.

affectees and locals. work;

5. Loss of Commercial

Assets

78 No. of commercial

enterprises including shops,

restaurants and petrol

pump.

Fair and timely

compensation in

accordance with the

IFC PS 5 and

international

standards


1894/RP of Pakistan

2002 Draft.

In addition to

compensation, business

loss allowance to


of restoration.

Prompt payment to

affectees.


affectees.

RAP

Implementation;

Completion of

detailed design

and six months

before start of

construction

work;

Reservoir and

dam

construction

area.

DRO, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

6. Relocation of Public

Infrastructures

Two concrete bridges at

Azad Pattan and Karot

village.

Two suspension bridges

near Pana and upstream of

Azad Pattan bridge

Construct bridges for

transportation means

of the area of Punjab

and AJK

Construct bridges for

pedestrians crossing

of the river for the

community living over

there

Construct two new

concrete bridges as per

measures outlined in

RAP.

To restore/relocate as per


RAP.

RAP

Implementation;

Completion of

detailed design

and during

project

construction

work;

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and during

construction work

Near Pana

village as

suggested by

the DC and

locals of the

Sudhnuti

district or at

higher

elevation at

same place

Near Pana

village at

same place

CC, DRO,

NHA, PMU,

Project

Director

CC, DRO,

NHA, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director


184 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Police and forest check

posts

Rest house buildings

Surface Water Hydrology

Gauge room

132Kv grid station

Relocation of posts at

appropriate places

with the consent of

the concerned

authorities

Relocation at

appropriate places

with the consent of

the concerned

authorities

Relocation at

appropriate place

with the consent of

the concerned

authorities

Relocation at

appropriate place

with the consent of

the concerned

authorities.



RAP.


Measures outlined in

RAP.



RAP.



RAP.

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and during

construction work

RAP

Implementation

Completion of

detailed design

and during

construction work

RAP

Implementation

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of project

construction work

Near newly

proposed

bridge

Relocation at

appropriate

places with

the consent of

the concerned

authorities

Relocation at

appropriate

places with

the consent of

the concerned

authorities

Relocation at

appropriate

place with the

consent of the

concerned

authorities

Near Pana

CC,

DRO,PMU,

Forest

Department

CC,

DRO,PMU,

Forest

Department

CC, DRO,

PMU, SWH

WAPDA

CC,

DRO,PMU,

WAPDA

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director


185 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

8km portion of Kahuta –

Azad Pattan road

200m portion of Pana

village access road

02 Primary school each for

boys and girls

To reconstruct the

affected portion at

higher elevation in

order to restore the

traffic movement of

Kahuta – Azad

Pattan

To reconstruct the

affected portion in

order to restore the

crossing of the

villagers

Relocation at

appropriate places

with the consent of

the concerned

authorities



RAP.



RAP.



RAP.

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of project

construction work

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of project

construction work

village as

suggested by

the DC and

locals of the

Sudhnuti

district or at

higher

elevation at

same place

Near Pana

village at same place. (No need if 8km portion is constructed)

Relocation at

appropriate place with the consent of the concerned authorities

CC,

DRO,PMU,

NHA

CC, DRO,

PMU

CC, DRO,

PMU

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

DC, PMU,

Project

Director

7. Destruction of Vegetation

Due to reservoir

impounding

- Fuel wood trees

- Timber Trees ---- Nos.

including ------ Nos.

government trees

Construction of dam

Fair/negotiated

compensation to tree

owners

Vegetation and

reforestation and tree

plantation under

Payments linked to tree

re-establishment and not

to tree removal.

Minimize tree cutting.

Seven new trees planted

to replace each cut tree.

Tree owner will be

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and during and

after construction

work

Along the

reservoir bank Along Dam

and powerhouse area and staff colony

Forest

Department,

PMU, Project

Director

Forest

department,

PMU, ESDC


186 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

- Fruit trees 751 Nos.

- Fuel wood trees 4298

Nos.

- Timber Trees 627

annual tree plantation

campaigns of the

provincial

governments

allowed to carry the wood

of cut tree in addition to

compensation.

Fruit trees will be cut as

late as possible to give

maximum benefit to the

owner during land

acquisition.

Select only indigenous

tree species for

replacement; no alien

invasive species to be

used.

8. Endangered Species NA Not Applicable

9. Vulnerable AHs

• 06 No. of Vulnerable AHs

due to loss of Houses in

project area

Restoration of

livelihood of

vulnerable people.

Vulnerable people

allowance in

accordance with the

IFC PS 5 and

international

standards

In addition to

compensation, vulnerable

allowance to affectees up

to the level of restoration.

Prompt payment to

affectees before start of

construction work.

RAP

Implementation.

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of construction

work

Affected

community of Karot and Hollar Village

DRO, PMU,

ESDC

DRO, PMU,

Project

Director

10. Daily Wage Earners Restoration of

livelihood of

vulnerable people.

Project Affectees

Allowance in

accordance with the

IFC PS 5 and

international

Project Affectees

Allowance up to the level

of restoration.

Prompt payment to

affectees before start of

construction work.

RAP

Implementation

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of construction

work

Affectees of business community

DRO, PMU,

ESDC

DRO, PMU,

Project

Director


187 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

standards

11. Loss of Community

Structures

2 Nos. Graveyards

1 Shrine

4 Nos. Mosques

Minimize the impact

on cultural heritage in

accordance with the

IFC PS8 and

international

standards

Provision of protection

wall around the

graveyards and shrine

before start of

construction activities as

suggested by the

community.

Relocation of Mosques

with the consent of

community.

RAP

Implementation

Completion of

detailed design

and before start

of construction

work

Karot village

near dam and spillway

Along road near dam site

CC, DRO,

PMU, ESDC

DRO, PMU,

Project

Director

12. Access Roads Minimize

environmental

impacts as explained

in the ESIA report

Survey of existing

utilities: power, water

supply, electric and

telephone line.

Restoration of utilities

and vergers based on the

survey findings.

Adaptation of drainage

and erosion control

measures by provision of

culverts, drains and

berms etc

Completion date

of detailed design

Access roads Construction

Contractor,

Project

management

Unit, NHA

PMU/ Project

Director

13.Health and Safety of

Workers

To ensure safety and

health of workers by

implementing onsite

relevant safety plans

as per IFC PS2

Provision of spacious

accommodation with

CC to prepare;

- OHS plan

- Security Plan

- Emergency

preparedness Plan

Regular training to

staff/workers w.r.t.

confined spaces,

Before and

during

construction

activities

Workers camp, construction sites

CC PMU, ESDC,

EPAs,


188 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Health and Safety of

Workers (continues)

suitable amenities in

accordance with the

IFC/EBRD guidelines

and local guidelines.

excavations, working at

heights, underground and

hazardous conditions.

Workers will be provided

with necessary safety

tools such as helmets,

working shoes, dust filter

and ear defenders.

Site workers will be

accommodated in proper

campsites including

appropriate sanitation

facilities.

A sufficient number of

toilets will be erected

nearby main construction

zones.

Sufficient medical care

facilities will be provided

to the workers (to be

defined within the Health

and Safety Plan by CC).

Regular

checkup/vaccination of

workers.

No worker camps will be

permitted outside the

provided areas.

Powered mechanical

equipment (PME) like

bulldozer, air

compressor, concrete

pumps, excavator,


189 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

concrete mixer etc. will

only be used with low

sound power whenever

possible.

The building machinery

and other equipment will

be well-maintained and

serviced regularly during

construction works.

Silencers or mufflers on

construction equipment

will be used.

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

CONSTRUCTION STAGE

1. Dust Impact Minimize and control

of adverse

environmental

impacts due to

construction activities

in compliance with

NEQS and IFC

guidelines.

Daily water spray on all

exposed surfaces.

Covering the pile with

tarpaulin or thick plastic

sheets when not in use

and at the end of the

working day.

Stockpiled soil and sand

will be sprinkled with

water.

Stockpiled soil and sand

will be slightly wetted

before loading particularly

in windy conditions.

Before and

during

construction

activities

At construction sites.

At access roads

CC PMU/ESDC,

EPAs


190 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Erecting windshields /

walls on three sides of

the piles such that the

walls project 0.5 m above

the top of the pile.

Keep the material moist

by spraying of water at

appropriate intervals to

prevent emissions.

Construction materials

transported to routine

trucks securely covered

with tarpaulins or

equivalent to prevent dust

emission during

transportation.

The road near

communities will be

sprayed at least twice per

day with water to

suppress dust.

2. Excavated Material To minimize adverse

impacts on

surrounding

environment.

CC to provide plan for

disposal of excavated

material which would be

part of the contract

agreement.

Use the excavated

material in various

construction activities to

the possible extent.

Dispose of surplus

material at designated

sites only.

During

construction

activities

Designated disposal sites and entire project area

CC ESDC, EPAs


191 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Top soil would be saved

for use in spoil disposal

areas so that such areas

beneficially put to

agriculture use, forestry

or development of parks.

3. Traffic Aspects and

Access

Minimize disturbance

of vehicular traffic &

pedestrians during

haulage of materials,

spoil, equipment and

machinery

CC to provide traffic

management plan which

would be part of the

contract agreement,

covering;

Proper transport

management to reduce

truck movements for

dumping material.

Truck movements will be

allowed only during

daytime (from 6.00 am to

6.00 pm).

The construction vehicles

will maintain a speed limit

of 20 Km/h or less on all

unpaved areas within the

construction route.

Implement traffic

management plan

Assign traffic control

personnel.

Vicinity of residential and

sensitive areas such as

hospitals, schools,

mosques, pedestrian

crossing and area with

During

construction

activities

Entire project area particularly near hospitals, schools, mosques, residential area, pedestrian crossings etc

CC ESDC, PMU,

EPAs


192 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

heavy vehicular will be

considered for installation

of traffic warning signs

and speed bumps.

No blocking access to the

road.

4. Air quality To minimize

particulate matter

released to the

atmosphere.

Compliance with

NEQS/ IFC standards

Fuel-efficient and well-

maintained haulage

trucks will be employed to

minimize exhaust

emissions.

Concrete batching plants,

asphalt plant and rock

crusher activities will be

controlled (e.g. asphalt

hot mix plants must be

located within 500m of

any sensitive receiver,

river- bank or irrigation

channel but located at

convenient sites nearby

but downwind of and at

least 500m from sensitive

receptors such as

residential, hospitals,

schools, mosques etc.

During

Construction

activities.

All construction sites

CC to comply

with NEQS

and IFC

standards

PMU, ESDC,

EPAs

5. Noise Aspects To minimize impact

on workers‟ health

and disturbance to

nearby communities

in compliance with

NEQS/ IFC

Supply of the workers

with ear defenders in

zones where 55 dB(A)

are exceeded the

workers will wear ear

protection devices.

During

Construction

activities.

All construction sites

CC to comply

with NEQS

and IFC

standards

PMU, ESDC,

EPAs


193 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

guidelines Powered mechanical

equipment (PME) like

bulldozer, air

compressor, concrete

pumps, excavator,

concrete mixer etc. will

only be used with low

sound power whenever

possible.

The building machinery

and other equipment will

be well-maintained and

serviced regularly during

construction works.

Blasting will only be done

in day time;

Siren will be used to warn

the locals prior to

blasting.

In case of non-

compliance of noise by

the locals, additional

mitigation will be taken.

6. Hydrology and Surface

Water

To minimize and

avoidance of adverse

environmental

impacts related to

river water quality

due to construction

activities such as;

coffer dam, main dam

inlet and outlet

tailrace and diversion

Controlled blasting and

drilling activities along the

river banks.

Any discharges to the

surface waters will be

properly treated by

sedimentation/settling

tanks) before

discharging.

Application of best

During

Construction

activities

All construction areas

Worker camps

CC PMU, ESDC,

EPAs


194 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

tunnels; and,

discharges from the

tunnels, quarry sites,

batching plants,

various construction

yards and

construction camps in

compliance with

NEQs and IFC

guidelines.

management practices

and good site

housekeeping for

drainage/erosion control

through;

i) silt fences, sediment

barriers,

ii) open surface will be

covered by grasses

and creepers to

reduce wash-away

material, iii) hydrocarbons will be

stored minimum 100

m away from rivers

and dry gorges within

the bunded areas, iv) construction and work

sites will be equipped

with sanitary latrines, v) contractors will

submit a simple

sewage management

plan, vi) Sediment laden

construction water will

be discharged into

settling tanks prior to

discharge, vii) Drainage system will

be periodically

cleared so as to

ensure adequate


195 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

storm water flow.

7. River Water Quality Minimization and

avoidance of adverse

environmental

impacts related to

river water quality


drilling activities along the

river banks.

Provision of release of 15

m3/s of environmental

flow.

During

Construction

activities

Banks of the Jhelum river

CC PMU, ESDC

8. Aquatic Life/Fishery To minimize impact

on fish habitat and

other aquatic life

Provision of release of 15

m3/s of environmental

flow.

Trash-rash screen on

diversion tunnel.

During coffer dam

construction fish tapped

in dewatered area should

be harvested and

transplanted into other

river reach.

Controlled blasting near

dam site.

Periodic water quality

monitoring.

Strictly observe fisheries

regulation.

Start of

Construction

activities

Reservoir and downstream of dam

CC, Fishery

Department,

Fishery

department,

ESDC, EPAs

9. Soil Erosion To minimize

excessive erosion of

embankments and

slopes.

Methods such as slope

rounding, terracing or

contouring to minimize

erosion and to promote

plant growth will be

adopted.

Surfacing and pitching.

Soil stabilization

Construction

activities

All embankments and slopes

Reservoir oscillation zone

Disturbed areas

in entire

CC ESDC,EPAs


196 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

(chemical, stone surface

pitching).

Hydrographic

modification (channeling,

diversion, culverts,

stream crossing).

Maintain proper slope

Compaction and grading

of soil material.

Trees, grasses, shrubs

plantation on the slope.

construction area

10. Fauna To minimize the

impact on the fauna

of the area.


drilling activities.

Animal, having migrated

to nearby safe areas will

have the opportunity to

return to their habitats

after project construction

activity is over.

Contractor will be

responsible to protect

and preserve all

biological resources

during construction

activities.

Establishment of wildlife

protection area is not

needed as a mitigation

measure because reptiles

and similar fauna will

move to safer places

during sub-mergence.

CC shall take all

During

Construction

activities

Entire project area CC PMU, ESDC


197 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

reasonable steps to

ensure that the staff and

labor force does not

engage in hunting or

trapping of wildlife.

Purchasing of any wildlife

product shall be banned

and CC Contractor shall

ensure that any and all

violators are dismissed.

11. Community Health,

Safety and Security

To ensure safety and

health and security of

community by

implementing onsite

relevant safety plans

Safety notices and signs

will be clearly displayed

and written in both Urdu

and English.

Barriers and warning

signs at required places.

To ensure privacy of the

community.

During

Construction

activities

Entire project area CC PMU ,ESDC

12. Worker Camps To ensure that the

worker

accommodations are

in compliance of

Pakistan as well as

IFC/EBRD guidance

on workers

accommodation

To ensure that the

worker facilities does

not adversely affect

the surrounding

environment and

residents in the area.

Felled trees and other

cleared or pruned

vegetation should not be

burned.

LPG will be provided for

cooking at worker camps.

Drinking water and

sanitary facilities will be

provided for employees.

Solid waste and sewage

will be managed

according to the waste

management plan.

All liquid and solid

Entire project

prior to and

during

construction

activities

Construction

camps

CC PMU, EDSC,

EPAs


198 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Proper measures to

control

communicable

diseases brought by

outside construction

workers

To ensure that

privacy of the locals

not affected

hazardous and non-

hazardous waste will be

separated, collected and

disposed of according to

the given requirements

and regulations.

CC to prepare;

- OHS plan

- Security Plan

- Emergency

preparedness Plan

Firefighting system and

fire safety (fire

extinguishers) will be

established at the

construction/camp sites.

Provision of first-aid.

13. Construction Waste

Disposal

Minimize the impacts

from construction

solid and liquid waste

disposal such as

sewage, wastewater,

construction waste,

chemical waste and

solid waste

To reduce the

amount of waste

generated by the

Project through

implementing the

waste management

hierarchy (avoidance,

reuse, recycling, and

Construction contractor

will prepare Waste

Disposal Plan under

SSESMP including;

Estimates of amounts

and types of construction

solid and liquid waste to

be generated by the

project.

Identify opportunities for

waste to be reused in the

project or by other

interested parties.

Identifying potentially

safe waste disposal sites

close to the project or

One month

prior to

construction

activities

quarterly.

All construction

sites

Workers camps

CC to comply

with NEQS

and IFC

standards

PMU, ESDC,

EPAs


199 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

waste disposal)

Compliance with

NEQS/IFC

Guidelines for on-site

waste treatment and

disposal facilities

those designated sites in

the contract.

Wastewater treatment

system will be developed

to ensure that effluents

comply with NEQS and

the conditions of the

lenders before

discharging.

Waste will not be burned

as open burning.

Solid waste generated

will be collected and

segregated according to

the type of waste in a

prescribed area.

Non-recyclable waste will

be disposed of in

collaboration with the

Municipal waste

management of the area.

The Contractor will

ensure that all liquid and

solid hazardous and non-

hazardous waste are

separated, collected and

disposed at designated

sites with collaboration

with the Municipal waste

management of the area.

14. Exploitation handling,

Transportation and

Minimization and

avoidance of

adverse

Contractor will prepare

Hazardous Material

Management Plan under

Construction

activities

A list of routes of

transport of

construction

CC PMU, ESDC


200 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

Storage of Construction

materials

environmental

impacts due to

construction material

exploitation, handling,

transportation and

storage

To manage and

mitigate any potential

impacts of hazardous

substances on soils,

waterways and other

components of the

environment.

SSESMP.

Contracts documents to

specify:

Fuel and bulk storage on

paved and designated

area and above high

flood level of Jhelum river

and covered with

tarpaulin against wind

and away from the

residential area.

Proper bunding for

containment of fuel.

Provision of cleanup kits.

Proper maintenance of

transport vehicles on

paved.

Work areas to be re-

vegetated and

landscaped, wherever

appropriate, to minimize

erosion and to avoid

creating hazards for

people and livestock.

material and

storage will be

prepared for the

contract and

agreed one month

prior to

construction

activities

15. Explosive/Hazardous

Material for Blasting

Use of hazardous

goods according to

manufacturers‟

specifications and

Explosive Act 1884,

of the government.

To minimize the

damage around

specific site.

Contractor will prepare

Hazardous Material

Management Plan under

SSESMP;

Workers provided with

appropriate safety

equipment and regular

safety training.

Storage of hazardous

During

excavation

activities such

as tunnel

excavation etc

At tunnels sites CC PMU, ESDC


201 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

To control the noise

level

To ensure the

workers‟ safety.

goods in bounded areas

or in secure sheds.

Explosives stored in

guarded bunkers.

Use required quantity of

explosive material for

blasting.

Blasting should be at day

time and in bounded

area.

Handle the explosive

material under

manufacturer\s

specifications and

Explosive Act 1884, of

the government.

16. Environmental

Orientation of Contractor

and Workers

Develop capacity to

implement

environmental

requirements and

mitigation measures

Contractor tender

documents to include

resources and funds for

mitigation measures.

Contractors tender

document will specify

staff to supervise and

include all SSESMPs as

indicated in section 7.5.1.

On-site contractor staff

training.

The contractor will be

responsible for

implementation of an

effective environmental

monitoring and reporting

system using checklists

Before start of

construction

work.

Refreshers at

early stages of

construction

Construction Sites CC IFC, PMU,

ESDC


202 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

of all contractual

environmental

requirements and ESMP.

17.

Restoration/Rehabilitation

and landscaping

All vacated sites

should be restored to

pre-project

conditions.

To improve the visual

amenity of the project

area by plantation

and landscaping.

CC to develop landscape

and housekeeping plan.

At all construction sites

all debris and waste will

be removed.

All temporary structures

including office buildings,

shelters, waste

receptacles and toilets

will be removed.

All vacated sites would

be restored to pre-project

conditions.

Plantation and

landscaping at

appropriate sites of dam,

reservoir and

powerhouse areas.

At completion

of construction

activities

All relevant sites

under use for

different activities

including

construction

areas.

CC PMU, EPAs

18. Cultural Heritage

2 Nos. Graveyards

1 Shrine

4 Nos. Mosques

Physical cultural

resources in the area

protected and

respected in

accordance with the

Pakistan Antiquity

Act, 1975, IFC PS8

and international

standards.

Minimize the impact

Provision of protection

wall around the

graveyards and shrine

before start of

construction activities.

Relocation of Mosques

with the consent of

community.

In case of chance find

during construction

RAP

Implementation

Completion of

detailed design

and before and

during

construction

work

Karot village near

dam and spillway Along road near

dam site

CC

PMU, ESDC,

EPAs,

Archeologica

l department


203 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

on cultural heritage in

accordance with the

IFC PS8 and

international

standards.

activities, the contractor

will stop the activity and

report to provincial and

federal archeological

departments immediately

and their advice will be

sought before resumption

of the construction

activities at such sites.

OPERATIONAL STAGE

1. Microclimate and

Emissions of Green

House Gases

To maintain the GHG

emissions after the

reservoir

development.

Clearance of woody

vegetation from

inundation zone prior to

flooding

Regulation of water

discharge and

manipulation of water

levels to discourage

weed growth.

Starting from

the

construction

period and

continuing for

the first three

years of the

project

operation.

Reservoir Area Operation

contractor,

Fishery

Department

KPCL,

Fishery

Department,

2.Sedimentation of Reservoir Watershed

management to

control deforestation

Control of land use in

watershed (especially

prevention of conversion

of forests to agriculture).

Flushing of the river.

Starting from

the

construction

period and

continuing for

the first three

years of the

project

operation.

Jhelum river Operation

contractor

KPCL

3.Sand/Gravel Collection To reduce the impact

on aquatic ecology

Control of sand/gravel

collection practices at the

alternate locations

Throughout the

project life.

Jhelum river Operation

contractor

KPCL


204 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

4. Jhelum River Ecology To ensure

downstream

ecological flows

Development of

future reservoir

fishery potential

Flow requirements will be

ensured by the release of

15 m3/s environmental

flow.

Introduction of new

desirable indigenous

species.

Operation

stage

Reservoir and downstream of Dam

Operation

contractor,

Fishery

Department

KPCL,

Fishery

Deptt.

5. Reservoir Bank Stability To enhance the

Reservoir life

To reduce the

potential impacts of

erosion and

landslides

Survey and stabilise

landslide prone areas

impacted by construction

activities or reservoir

formation between MOL

and FSL.

Plantation of trees,

shrubs and grasses along

the banks.

Construct spurs, rock

short crete where

required.

Before filling

periodically

during

operation

Reservoir Operation

contractor

KPCL, EPAs,

6. Hazardous Material

Management

Use of hazardous

goods according to

manufacturers‟

specifications

To avoid Improper

siting, storage and

handling of fuels,

lubricants, chemicals

and hazardous

materials, and

potential spills

To minimize the

O& M Contractor will

prepare Hazardous

Material Management

Plan.

Provision of safety

equipment to staff.

Induction of regular

safety training to staff.

Storage of hazardous

goods in secure sheds.

To ensure hazardous

material storage sites are

Operation

stage

Powerhouse and switchyard

Operation

contractor

KPCL, EPAs


205 January 2015

Environmental

Concern Objectives


Recommended

Timing to

Implement MM

Locations to

Implement MM

Responsibility

to Implement

MM

Responsibility

to Monitor MM

damage around

specific site.

To control the noise

level

To ensure the

workers‟ safety.

at least 100m above the

bank of streams and

500m away from the

residential area.

Vehicle maintenance,

cleaning, degreasing etc

will be undertaken only in

designated areas.

7. Emergency Preparedness

and Response

To avoid any likely

damage to dam

structures

To save life and

property of

downstream

riparians.

O& M Contractor will

prepare Emergency

Preparedness and

Response Plan.

Construction

and Operation

phases

Dam structures, reservoir operation, powerhouse and switchyard

Construction

and

Operation

contractor

KPCL

8. Landscape and House

Keeping

To improve the visual

amenity of the project

area by plantation

and landscaping

To enhance the

landscape of the area

O&M team to maintain;

- Plantation at

appropriate sites

surrounding the dam

and powerhouse

area.

- Proper waste

disposal of the

operation staff

Operation

stage

Surroundings of powerhouse and dam area

O&M

contractor

KPCL, EPAs


206 January 2015

7.6 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

The objectives of environmental monitoring during the various phases of the proposed

project will be as follows:

To ensure that the mitigation measures included in the ESIA/ESMP/SSEMPs are being

implemented completely.

To ensure the effectiveness of the mitigation measures in minimizing the project‟s

impacts on social and environmental resources.

To achieve these objectives, environmental performance of the project will be monitored

both, internally and externally. Internal monitoring will be conducted by PMU/ESDC.

External monitoring will be assigned to an organization hired by Karott Power Company Ltd

and approved by IFC. The organization will be chosen among local/international

consultants, NGOs, social research organizations or private sector companies. External

monitoring will be undertaken in the form of periodic audit, for which IFC will prepare the

terms of reference (ToR).

7.6.1 Internal Monitoring

Internal monitoring will be routinely carried out by PMU through ESDC, and the results will

be communicated to IFC through the periodic project implementation reports. This

information will be collected directly in the field by ESDC on monthly basis to assess the

environmental performance of the project and to adjust the work program, if necessary. The

monthly reports will be consolidated periodically in the standard supervision reports to IFC.

Specific monitoring benchmarks will be:

i) Information campaign and consultation with stakeholders;

ii) Contractor(s) compliance with ESMP and RAP;

iii) Complaints received and addressed by the Grievance Redress Committee;

iv) Environmental effects;

One of the core responsibility of the ESDC will to help the PMU to ensure tenders and

contracts contain proper terms and conditions and that the contractor has the requisite

capabilities to implement the ESMP and RAP.

7.6.2 External Monitoring

External monitoring will be undertaken in the form of periodic audit, for which IFC will

prepare the terms of reference (ToR). The audit will cover the environmental management

system (processes for monitoring, documentation, reporting, and taking corrective action)

and will also review the monitoring data collected on the impacts.

Monitoring activities during implementation will focus on compliance with license conditions,

recording implementation of mitigation measures, recording environmental parameters,

reviewing contractor environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address

unexpected impacts during construction. Some of these tasks can be assigned to the

contractors and managed by the ESDC. The monitoring plan has been prepared and placed

as Table 7.2 based on the likely project cycle.


207 January 2015

During the design period, the monitoring activities will focus on;

(i) Checking the contractor‟s bidding documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary

environmental requirements have been included; and,

(ii) Checking that the contract documents‟ references to environmental mitigation

measures requirements such as ESMP have been incorporated as part of

contractor‟s assignment.

During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on;

i) Ensuring that environmental mitigation measures as suggested in the

ESMP/SSEMPs are implemented, and some performance indicators will need to be

monitored to record the project‟s environmental achievements and to guide any

remedial action to address unexpected impacts.

To facilitate ESMP implementation, during preparation for construction, the contractors

must be prepared to cooperate with local population in the mitigation of impacts. However,

experience suggests that contractors may have little impetus or interest in dealing with

environmental problems in the absence of performance-linked criteria. Therefore, the

required environmental mitigation must be clearly described in a memorandum of

understanding and other contract documents at the bidding stage; the completion of

mitigation should be linked to payment milestones.


208 January 2015

Table 7.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan

FEATURE / ISSUE PARAMETER/S MONITORED LOCATION RESPONSIBILITY FREQUENCY

DESIGN PHSAE

Project Disclosure Final version of the ESIA and RAP

Project sites, Affected villages,

EPAs, IFC website KPCL, PMU, IFC

Once

Project Boundaries Statutory compliance with Pak-EPA 1997 and

AJ&K -EP Act 2000 as well as IFC requirements

Entire project area KPCL, CC

Once

Survey of Required

Land/Houses/commercial

Assets/Flora Fauna

Assessment of land/houses/commercial assets

costs

No. of affected persons

No. of affected trees

Project sites KPCL, DRO,PMU,

ESDC

Once

Acquisition of

Land/Houses/Commercial

Assets/Trees

Payments to Affectees

Complaints Project sites KPCL, ESDC, DRO

Monthly till

finalization

Relocation of identified

Public Infrastructures

Restoration/relocation as per recommended

measures outlined in ESMP and RAP All identified public

infrastructures within the

project area

KPCL, ESDC,

Relevant Line

Departments

Monthly till

finalization

Vulnerable Ahs Restoration of livelihood of vulnerable people

Karot and Hollar village KPCL, ESDC, DRO Monthly till

finalization

Daily Wage Earners Restoration of livelihood of people

Karot village and right side of

the reservoir submergence

area

KPCL, DRO Monthly till

finalization

Relocation of community

Structures

Protection of cultural heritage as identified in

impact assessment Karot village and reservoir

submergence area

KPCL, CC Monthly till

finalization

Access Road/ Bridges Restoration of existing utilities such as water

supply, electric supply, telephone and electric

poles.

Minimization of environmental impacts

Karot village and reservoir

submergence area

KPCL, CC, NHA Monthly till

finalization


209 January 2015


CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Statutory Responsibilities Compliance with ESMP, IFC PSs, EPAs

guidelines and with license and permit conditions

Project sites KPCL, EPAs and line

Departments

Monthly

Dust impact Implementation of recommended mitigation

measures as outlined in ESIA Entire construction area and

access roads

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Fortnightly

Excavated Material Dumping of excavated material on designated

sites

Implementation of recommended mitigation

measures for dumping as outlined in ESIA

Designated dumping sites KPCL, PMU, EPAs Fortnightly

Traffic Aspects and

Access

Minimization of disturbance of vehicular traffic &

pedestrians during haulage of materials, spoil,

equipment and machinery

Entire construction area and

access roads

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Fortnightly

Air quality Compliance with NEQS/ IFC standards and

implementation of recommended mitigation

measures as outlined in ESIA


access roads

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Weekly

Noise Aspects Compliance with NEQS/ IFC guidelines and




access roads


Hydrology and surface

water

compliance with NEQs and IFC guidelines and




access roads


River Water Quality Compliance with NEQS/ IFC guidelines and



Dam construction area near

river

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Monthly

Aquatic Life/Fishery Compliance with fishery regulations and IFC

guidelines and implementation of recommended

mitigation measures as outlined in ESIA

Reservoir and downstream of

dam

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Quarterly

Soil Erosion implementation of recommended mitigation


All embankments and slopes

Reservoir oscillation zone

Disturbed areas in entire

construction area

KPCL, PMU, EPAs Monthly and

during monsoon


210 January 2015


Landslides Stability of landslide prone areas between MOL

and FSL during construction and operational

phases

Catchment, reservoir and

powerhouse areas

KPCL, PMU, Monthly during

monsoon

Vegetation Clearance Progressive vegetation clearance within marked

sites Construction sites KPCL, ESDC, Forest

department, EPAs

Fortnightly

Fauna implementation of recommended mitigation

measures as outlined in ESIA Entire project area KPCL, ESDC, Wildlife

department, EPAs

Quarterly

Sediment Extent of erosion and sedimentation

Topsoil stripped and covered or seeded if

stockpiled for longer than one month or during

the monsoon

Batter stability

Project sites

Project sites

Project sites

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs After every rainfall

and run-off event

Weekly

Weekly

Water Quality Wastewater treated prior to river discharge

Temperature, dissolved oxygen, pH, conductivity,

turbidity, total phosphorous, inorganic

phosphorous, total nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen,

nitrogen oxides, biochemical oxygen demand

and fecal coliforms

Visual monitoring of turbidity and with handheld

instrument

Construction sites and camps,

upstream and downstream of

dam and powerhouse

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Quarterly

Quarterly

After monsoon

and major rainfall

Construction Waste

Disposal

Waste materials reused or recycled on-site

where possible

Non-recyclable wastes disposed of appropriately

Project sites, camps

Project sites, camps

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Monthly

Monthly


211 January 2015


Hazards/Risk Workers provided with appropriate safety

equipment PPE and regular safety training

Strict implementation of usage of PPE

Storage of hazardous goods in bunded areas or

in secure sheds

Explosives stored in guarded bunkers

Use of hazardous goods according to

manufacturers‟ specifications

Workers compliance with code of Conduct

Project construction sites

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Weekly

Weekly

Weekly

At time of use

Weekly

Community Health, Safety

and Security

Implementation of safety, health and security of

community by implementing onsite relevant

safety plans as outlined in ESIA

Entire Construction area KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Fortnightly

Worker Camps Worker accommodations are in compliance of

Pakistan as well as IFC/EBRD guidance on

workers accommodation



Workers camps KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Fortnightly

Workers Health and

Safety

Enforcement of workforce rules and regulations

as per IFC/ EBRD guidelines

Regular safety training w.r.t OHS, skill, driving

and chance finding, hazardous material handling

Provision of alternative fuels for cooking, heating

and light

Provision of adequate and well maintained

services and facilities

Construction sites, Worker

camps

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Weekly

Weekly

Weekly


212 January 2015


Exploitation handling,

Transportation and

Storage of Construction

materials

Implementation of handling of hazardous

substances on soils, waterways and other

components of the environment. According to

the recommended mitigation measures as

outlined in ESIA

Transportation route, storage

areas

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Monthly

Explosive/Hazardous

Material for Blasting

Use of hazardous goods according to

manufacturers‟ specifications and Explosive Act

1884, of the government.

Transportation route, storage

areas, Blasting areas

KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Monthly and

during Blasting

Environmental

Orientation of Contractor

and Workers



Workers Camps and sites KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Quarterly

Restoration/Rehabilitation

and landscaping

Implementation of housekeeping and land

escaping and restoration paln

Entire construction areas KPCL, ESDC, EPAs Monthly till

finalization

Complaints All complaints replied to Project sites CC,KPCL, PMU Weekly

OPERATION PHASE

Statutory Responsibilities Compliance with ESMP, IFC PSs, EPAs and

guidelines, WAPDA safety Codes and with

license and permit conditions

Project sites Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Biannually

Microclimate and

Emissions of Green

House Gases



Reservoir Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Biannually

Sedimentation of

Reservoir




KPCL

Biannually

Sand/Gravel Collection Implementation of recommended mitigation


Jhelum River Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Biannually

Jehlum River Ecology Implementation of recommended mitigation

measures as outlined in ESMP

Downstream of dam Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Biannually

Reservoir Bank Stability Implementation of recommended mitigation



KPCL

Biannually

Hazardous Material

Management



Powerhouse Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Monthly


213 January 2015


Emergency Preparedness

and Response



Powerhouse and downstream

of dam

Operation Contractor,

KPCL

Monthly and

during severe

rainfalls

Hydrology River flow volume

Downstream of dam and

tailrace outlet

KPCL

Operation Contractor

Daily

Aquatic Ecology Habitat availability and seasonal fish species and

populations

Upstream and downstream of

dam

Operation Contractor,

Fishery Department

Annually

Hazards Monitor landslides

Structural soundness

Catchment of project site and

project structures

Operation Contractor

Annually

Biannually

Noise Noise levels Powerhouse site Operation Contractor Quarterly

Solid Waste Disposal Visit disposal sites Project staff colonies Operation Contractor

Quarterly

Waste Water Discharge Waste water Quality in accordance with NEQS Project staff colonies Operation Contractor

Quarterly

Soil Contamination Visual observation of fuel and material stored

Soil leachate

Soil sampling in case of spills

Powerhouse site near fuel and

material storage area Operation Contractor

Fortnightly

Quarterly

Workers Health and

Safety

WAPDA safety codes for powerhouse Powerhouse site Operation Contractor

Quarterly


214 January 2015

7.7 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL TRAINING

Environmental and social trainings will help to ensure that the requirements of the ESIA and

ESMP are clearly understood and followed by all project personnel throughout the project

period. The primary responsibility for providing training to all project personnel will be that of

PMU and construction contractor. The environmental and social training program will be

finalized before the commencement of the project, during the detailed design phase. The

training will be provided to the PMU staff, the construction contractors and their staff and

other staff engaged for the project. Training will cover all staff levels, ranging from the

management and supervisory to the skilled and unskilled personnel. The scope of the

trainings will cover general environmental awareness and the requirements of the ESIA and

the ESMP, with special emphasis on sensitizing the project staff to the environmental and

social aspects of the area. Table 7.3 provides a summary of various aspects of the

environmental and social trainings. During the O&M phase of the project, these trainings will

continue to be conducted by O&M contractor for all relevant staff of the project operation.

Table 7.3: Environmental and Social Training

Schedule Content Participants Responsibility

Prior to the

start of the

construction

activities

Environmental and social sensitivity

of the project area;

Mitigation measures; Waste

disposal, blasting, hazardous

material management, occupational

health and safety,

Community issues; Awareness

about social and cultural values of

the area;

Key findings of the ESIA;

ESMP; SSEMPs;

Construction

crew

All site personnel

KPCL

management

staff

Construction

Contractor,

ESDC

Before and

during the

construction

and

operations

activities

HSE related issues, Road safety;

Defensive driving;

Waste disposal; Blasting,

Hazardous material management

Cultural values and social

sensitivity,

Drivers Construction

Contractor,

ESDC,

Operation

contractor

Before the

start of the

restoration

activities

Restoration requirements;

Waste disposal

Construction

crew/restoration

team

Construction

Contractors,

ESDC,

Operation

Contractor

7.8 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

KPCL and Construction Contractor will prepare Incident Management Procedures for their

respective project phases.

KPCL / Contractor will lay emphasis on the importance of documenting all environmental

incidents during employees environmental training. KPCL / Construction Contractor will

immediately report all incidents to the ESDC / PMU. These incidents may include:


215 January 2015

i) Theft or misplacement of explosives;

ii) Construction activities undertaken outside approved sites;

iii) Damage to private or government structures or land;

iv) Hazardous material spills; and

v) Forest or grass fires.

KPCL / Construction Contractor will investigate and act on all incidents by:

i) Identifying the cause of the incident;

ii) Identifying and implementing necessary corrective action(s);

iii) Identifying personnel responsible for carrying out corrective action(s);

iv) Implementing or modifying controls necessary to avoid repetition; and

v) Recording any changes required in written procedures;

7.9 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PROCEDURES

KPCL and the Operation Contractor will jointly develop and implement Emergency

Preparedness and Response Procedures for Project construction prior to the

commencement of construction. KPCL and the O&M Contractor will jointly develop and

implement Emergency Preparedness and Response Procedures for Project operation prior

to the commencement of operation.

The construction and operation procedures will be shared with the IFC prior to the

commencement of each of these phases. The procedures will consist of the following steps.

7.9.1 Define the Problem

The immediate problem is established to facilitate a review of available options for short-

term action.

7.9.2 Manage the Situation

The safety of any persons, either workers or others involved in project operation, ensured

as a first priority.

Environmental damage to be immediately minimized.

All emergency action to take place as soon as possible after the event.

7.9.3 After the Event

The ESDC / KPCL will be contacted immediately once all persons are safe and any

possible immediate actions to control damage and manage the situation have been

taken.

A rectification plan developed by the ESDC / KPCL detailing how remaining

environmental effects will be remedied.

7.9.4 Operation Contractor Emergency Response Procedures

The Contractor will be committed to identify and remove or control emergency situation as

follows, but not limited to:

Emergency Evacuation


216 January 2015

Medical Emergency (e.g. Work Related injuries, sickness)

Fire and Explosion

Outbreak of Diseases

Toxic Emission from Adjacent Facilities

Environmental Emergencies

Security Breaches and Sabotage, Civil Disorder

Motor Vehicle Accidents

Natural Calamities

As the counter measures will be applied to the emergency situation directly by workers and

supervisors without any hesitation, the concurrent reporting to HSE staff and manager will

be done at the site. According to the level of situation, direct notice to related parties such

as police station or government office will be made for further action including evacuation,

support and cooperation, etc.

Slow response, lack of resources, or absence of trained personnel can lead to chaos in an

emergency. To minimize losses, especially fatalities and injuries, personnel should know

their responsibilities, know the procedures to follow, and be able to communicate in an

emergency. All related staff will follow these steps in developing the plan for emergency

response procedures.

List possible areas where emergencies such as fire, explosion, structural collapse, or

chemical spills might occur.

For each type of hazard, identify the possible results – fatalities, injuries, structural or

environmental damage.

Determine the required response, such as rescue, firefighting, or evacuation. The

response plan shall include step-by-step procedures and control measures for each type

of emergency.

Determine what resources, including rescue equipment and medical supplies, should be

on hand to deal with specific emergencies.

Determine the training required for effective response to emergencies.


217 January 2015

CHAPTER – 8

ENVIRONMENTAL AND RESETTLEMENT COSTS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Among the various cost components of Karot Hydropower Project, environmental and

resettlement related costs are significant. This chapter provides estimates of these costs

which are based on the available data. A contingency provision 10% has been added to

take into account variations from this data. The Company has to defray the actual costs

incurred in carrying out resettlement/ environmental actions and to provide funds in a timely

manner. Table 8.1 provides estimated environmental and resettlement – related costs for

Karot Hydropower Project itemized as follows:

Overall Cost

Land Acquisition Cost

Resettlement Cost of affected Houses

Compensation Cost of Business Enterprises

● Business loss allowance

● Vulnerability allowance

● Project Affectees allowance

Compensation Cost of Affected Trees

Cost of Relocation of Infrastructure

Management and Monitoring Cost

Socio-Environmental Uplift Cost

Contingencies

8.2 OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL AND RESETTLEMENT COSTS

For Karot Hydropower Project, the total estimated environmental/ resettlement cost stood at

Rs. 1338 million. Resettlement cost of the land to be acquired is the highest component at

46.69 % of the total followed by houses cost.

8.3 LAND ACQUISITION COST

The project as a whole would need 2242 acres of land acquisition. Major permanent land

acquisition would take place due to creation of reservoir and construction of dam facilities at

elevation 461 - 480 m above mean sea level submerging an area of 1658.23 acres

including 369.64 acres of river bed, 1288.59 acres of private barren land. Constructions of

dam facilities require 49.67 acres of private cultivated land and 441.88 acres of barren land

including Government land whereas 1.65 acres are under housing. The area under

government structures is 21.5 acres. The ownership of this land and socio-economic status

of AHs has been included in the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). Land compensation cost

for Karot Hydropower Project is the major component of the estimated cost amounting to


218 January 2015

Rs. 597999264/- including 15% CAS, which is 46.69% of the total environmental and

resettlement cost. This compensation cost is based on the rates provided by the district

management attached as Appendix - V.

8.4 RESETTLEMENT COST OF AFFECTED HOUSES

The second major component of the cost consists of houses affected by construction of

Dam. The compensation cost of these houses with 15% CAS is estimated at Rs.

280,786,376/- which is 20.98% of the total environment and resettlement cost. The cost is

based on the type of construction and prevailing market rates.

8.5 COMPENSATION COST OF BUISNESS ENTERPRISES

Different type of business is being affected by the project interventions. These will be

compensated as per replacement value of their structures given by Public & Works

department. The affectees will be allowed to get free salvageable materials to build their

structures at new places. The compensation cost of various business structures is

estimated at Rs.10,073,323/- which is 0.75% of the total environmental and resettlement

cost.

8.6 BUSINESS LOSS ALLOWANCE

Business loss allowance equal to three months average annual income i.e Rs. 30,000/- will

be given to each AHs for permanent loss of business in addition to cash compensation at

replacement rates for affected structure and free salvageable materials.

8.7 VULNERABILITY ALLOWANCE

Lumpsum amount of Rs. 50,000/- as vulnerable allowance will be paid to each identified

vulnerable household in addition to compensation against lost assets. Moreover, provision

of project related jobs based on the skill of an individual will also be provided.

8.8 PROJECT AFFECTEES ALLOWANCE

The earning of the daily wage workers working in shop/hotels and at petrol pump would

also be severely affected due to loss of business by creation of reservoir. They will be given

Project Affectees Allowance equal to their three months i.e. about Rs 30,000/daily wage

worker.

8.9 COMPENSATION COSTOF AFFECTED TREES

The construction of project components would involve acquisition of 5676 trees (4298 fuel

wood, 627 timber, 751 fruit trees) varying from small to tall size. The market value of each

tree varies according to size and type of tree.

.The cost of a fruit tree is calculated keeping in view the fruit bearing age to the final age of

a tree. For example, the cost of a tall walnut tree is calculated by using the formula given in

the rate list i.e. fruit bearing period x annual average yield (Kg or dozen) x whole sale

price/kg.

The fruit bearing period for walnut is 30years and its annual average production is 80-

120kg. The whole sale price of one walnut tree is Rs.40/kg. By putting these values in the


219 January 2015

formula, taking the average annual yield 100kg, the cost of one walnut tree becomes

Rs.120,000/-.By taking the 60% of the total cost, the cost of a medium tree is calculated

whereas by taking 40% of the total cost, the cost of a small tree is calculated. The same

formula is applied for the all other fruit trees.

According to the prevailing market rates, the cost of timber trees such as Kail, Shisham,

Cheer is Rs. 70 per cu.ft. Rs.121/cu.ft and Rs. 32/cu.ft respectively. The cost of remaining

fuel wood trees like Kiker, Sufaida is Rs.100/cu.ft. Based on the information collected, it is

estimated that a single tree on an average would yield about 70 cu. ft. of wood. Accordingly

the cost of timber and fuel wood trees have been calculated. The total cost of 5676 trees to

be acquired is estimated at Rs. 8,513,865 for compensation. It is to be pointed out that final

inventory of the tree losses are under process by the involvement of the forest and revenue

department. Upon completion of the inventory of the trees final estimates will be updated in

the RAP.

8.10 RELOCATION OF GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURES

The creation of reservoir would result in relocation of government and community

infrastructures as given in Table 8.1 The relocation cost of these infrastructures stood at

Rs. 23,350,000/- Relocation cost of roads and bridges will be included in the project cost

estimates.

8.11 MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING COST

The management and monitoringg plan of Karot Hydropower Project has been discussed in

the Chapter 7. The staff of Environmental and Social Development Division (ESDC) will be

mainly responsible to look after environmental management and resettlement activities as

is evident from Tables 7.1 and 7.2. An amount of Rs. 35,900,000/- has been provided as

management and monitoring cost including cost of external monitoring.

8.12 SOCIO-ENVIRONMENTAL UPLIFT COST

Socio-Environmental uplift cost in terms of provision of facilities such as education, health

and development of parks to the people of the project area has been worked out at Rs.

250,000,000/-

8.13 CONTINGENCIES

The estimates of the foregoing costs are based on available data and current market

conditions. A contingency provision of 10% has been added to take into account variations

from this data.

Table 8.1: Environmental and Resettlement Cost Estimate

Sr. #

Item Unit Quantity Rate

Rs./Unit Estimated Cost Rs.

A. Environmental Related Costs

• Monitoring and Management Cost

- Internal Monitoring Rs. 3personsx5 years

150,000/ person/ month

27,000,000

- Mitigation measures Rs. 5 years Lumsump 40,00,000


220 January 2015

Sr. #



- Transport (one vehicle) Rs. 5years 40,000/ month

2,400,000

- External Monitoring Rs. 5years Lumsump 25,00,000

Sub – Total A. 35900000

B. Resettlement Related Costs

B.1 Land Acquisition*

iii) Due to construction of dam and its anicillaries in Karot village

- Private cultivated Land Acre 38 856,000 32528000

- Private barren Land Acre 261.87 296000 77513520

- Area under Government Structures Acre 21 000 000

- Area under housing Acre 1.65 1000,000 1650000

- Area under Community Structures Acre .50 000 000

- River Bed Acre 69.12 000 000

iv) Due to construction of dam and its

anicillaries in Hollar village

- Private cultivated Land Acre 11.67 856,000 9989520

- Private barren Land Acre 57.08 296000 16895680

- Government Land Acre 122.93 000 000

• Reservoir Area

- River Bed/Government land

Acre 369.64 000 0000

- Private Barren land Acre 1288.59 296,000 381,422,640

519,999,360

15% CAS 77,999,904

Sub - Total 597,999,264

B.2. Cost of Affected Houses

• Category B (71 No house) m2 23073 9052.739 208,873,847

• Category C ( 1 No houses) m2 759 4323.477 3,281,519

• Other structures including cattle shed m2 7403 4323.477 32,006,700

244,162,066

15% CAS 36,624,310

Sub - Total 280,786,376

B.3. Cost of Commercial Assets

50 Nos.Shops m2 650 4323.477 2,810,260

09 Nos. Hotels/restorants m2 225 4323.477 972,782

18 Nos,Wooden Cabens Lumsump 450,000

1 No.Petrol pump m2 500 9052.739 4,526,370

8,759,412

15% CAS 1,313,911

Sub - Total 10,073,323

B.4. Cost of Affected Trees**

- Fruit Trees No. 751 variable 3,218,205

- Fuel wood Trees No. 4298 variable 4,804,500

- Timber Trees No. 627 variable 491,160

Sub - Total 8,513,865

B.5. Relocation of Community Structure

- Mosque Lumsump 30,000,00

- Graveyard Shrine / Protection Wall - - Lumsump 10,00,000

Sub – Total 40,00,000


221 January 2015

Sr. #



B.6. Relocation of Government Structures

Police Check post No. 1 Lumsump 1,000,000

Forest Check post No. 1 Lumsump 1,000,000

Rest house Building No. 1 Lumsump 3,000,000

Tourism Building No. 1 Lumsump 1,000,000

Hydrological gauge room No. 1 Lumsump 1,000,000

132 Kv Grid Station (provision of protection wall) No. 1 Lumsump 2,000,000

11Kv. Electric Poles No. 35 10,000 350,000

Primary School No 02 Lumsump 10,000,000

Relocation of Kahuta-Kotli Road km - - 0

Relocation of Kahuta Azad Pattan Road km - - 0

Sub – Total 19,350,000

B.7. Vulnerable Allowance

- Vulnerable Persons No 6 50,000 300,000

Sub – Total 300,000

B.8. Business Loss Allowance

Shops No 50 30,000 x 3

months

4,500,000

Hotels No 09 45000*3 1,215,000

Wooden Cabins No 18 15000*3 810,000

Petrol Pump No 1 150000*3 450,000

Sub-Total 6,570,000

B.9. Project Affectees Allowance

Daily wages workers working in Shop/Hotels and

Petrol Pump No 32 30000x3 2,880,000

Sub-Total 2,880,000

B.10 Socio-Environmental Uplift Programme

- Provision of Facilities Lumsump 250,000,000

Sub-Total 250,000,000

Total (A+B) 1,216,372,828

C. Contingencies - - 10% 121,637,282

Grand Total (A+B+C) Rs. 1,338,010,110

* Exclusive of river bed land

** Exclusive of Government owned trees

8.14 RESETTLEMENT BUDGET

The outlay of resettlement budget as given above amounts to Rs. 1,338,010,110 /-. The

Company is committed to provide funding for the estimated amount of Rs. 338 million. The

Company will assure that the amounts of money assessed and finally approved for

compensation, financial assistance and socio-environmental uplift programme are paid to

the genuine persons losing land, houses and other economic assets well in advance of

actual possession of land/assets and also well in advance from the start of the construction.


222 January 2015

CHAPTER – 9

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study has been conducted in line with the

requirements of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997, AJ&K – EP Act 2000 as well

as those of IFC PSs and guidelines. The objective of the study was to update the ESIA

study, conducted by SMEC in 2009, in lines with requirement of IFC.

The Report includes Public Consultation with the affected communities in the project area in

order to apprise them of the project activities and to obtain their views and concerns.

9.2 CONCLUSIONS

The major conclusions of the ESIA are;

During the project implementation, environmental and social impacts would be

experienced primarily during construction and operation phases. The potentially

significant impacts on the social, physical and biological environment of construction

and operation phases will be reduced / mitigated to acceptable levels provided that

the EMSP is implemented in a true spirit. This has been confirmed during field

surveys.

The possible impacts have been duly considered during design phase. Such impacts

which would occur during construction/operation phases include the following:

- Land acquisition

- Loss of houses

- Business enterprises

- Economic trees

- Disposal of excavated material

- Soil erosion

- Water pollution

- Effect on ambient air quality caused by vehicle exhaust

- Kicked-up dust

- Noise pollution

- Safety hazards

- Workers and public health concerns for the nearby communities.

The habitat loss, tree cutting, displacement would occur during construction and

operation phases.

The key environmental issues during design, construction and operation phases of

the project include bank stability of the river, dam safety and safety hazards for the

staff requiring site specific ESMP.

All the recommended mitigation measures are contained in the Environmental and

Social Management Plan (ESMP), which will need to be made part of the Contract.

The plan provides for the requisite setup during the project implementation, defining

roles and responsibilities of key players.


223 January 2015

Jhelum River basin is vulnerable to climate and flow regime changes and we must

acknowledge that action is needed urgently to cope with rapidly changing scenario &

for further viability, continuity and sustainability of fishery therein.

The contractor will be required to prepare an SSEMP including temporary traffic

management, materials management master plan, waste management plan, blasting

management plan, oil spill management plan and HSE plan. The SSEMP should be

deliverable by the contractors and approved by EPA- Punjab and AJK and IFC before

construction commences.

A stand-alone Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been developed and made part of

the EIA study to provide framework to address the involuntary resettlement issues

and to guide through the compensation assessment and disbursement process. The

relevant provisions of RAP will also be made part of the Contract.

The proposed mitigation measures address potentially significant impacts and

concerns raised by all stakeholders

The overall findings of the environmental and social impact assessment show that the

project is environmentally and socially viable provided that the mitigation measures

are completely and effectively implemented.

9.3 RECOMMENDATIONS

On the basis of the environmental and social impact assessment the following

recommendations are made:

The project owner has decided to acquire both Karot village and a part of Hollar

village for project intervention. It is estimated that all 50 families with a population of

337 affected persons will be compensated as a preferred option.

The Environmental and Social Management Plan will be made a part of the

Contract awarded by the Company for project implementation.

The Company will follow the RAP for addressing the involuntary resettlement issues

primarily pertaining to land acquisition and compensation for houses, business

enterprises and other economic assets.

The contractor will ensure to prepare SSEMP including temporary traffic

management, waste management plan, blasting management plan, oil spill

management plan and HSE plan. The SSEMP should be deliverable by the

contractors and approved by both EPAs and IFC before construction commences.

The Company will ensure adherence to the environmental legislation and

regulations.

The Company/contractor(s) will employ local labour as far as possible.

REFERENCES


-1- January 2015

REFERENCES

1. Azad Jammu and Kashmir Environmental Protection Act, 2000.Azad Government of the State

of Jammu and Kashmir, Muzaffarabad. 11 October 2000.

2. Azad Kashmir at a Glance 2011. Planning and Development Department, Azad Government of

the State of Jammu and Kashmir, Muzaffarabad

3. ADB OM Section F1/OP, March 2010

4. Asian Development Bank. Policy Paper. Safeguard Policy Statement. Manila Philippines June

2009.

5. Asian Development Bank, Environmental Guidelines for Selected Industrial and Power

Development Projects. Office of Environment Asian Development Bank, Manila, 1990.

6. District Census Report of Muzaffarabad, 1998. Population Census Organisation, Statistics

Division, Government of Pakistan, Islamabad. December 2000.

7. District Census Report of Rawalpindi, 1998. Population Census Organisation, Statistics

Division, Government of Pakistan, Islamabad. December 2000.

8. Dams and Development, A New Framework of Decision Making. The Report of the World

Commission on Dams. Earth Scan Publication Ltd. London and Sterling Virginia, November

2002.

9. Dar, Iftikhar Naeem. Implementation of International Convention on Biodiversity and Habitat

Conservation in Azad Jammu and Kashmir (AJ&K). Proceedings of National Consultative

Workshop on Implementation of CBD, CMS and Ramsar Convention in Pakistan, Islamabad.

November 2005.

10. EIA Guidance for Large Scale Hydropower Pakistan under NIAP, IUCN 2014.

11. European Small Hydropower Association. Environmental Integration of Small Hydropower

Plants. Renewable Energy House. 26, Rue de Trone – B-1000 Brussels, Belgium.

January 2006.

12. ESIA Gulpur Hydropower Project 2014.

13. International Finance Corporation (IFC, A Member of the World Bank Group), Environmental

and Social Development Department. IFC Handbook for Preparing a Resettlement Action, Plan.

Washington DC, USA.

14. IFC, Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, 2007.

15. IFC, Performance Standards on Social and Environmental Sustainability, 2012.

16. Law Department, Azad Government of the State of Jammu and Kashmir. AJ and K Local

Government Act 1979 with Amendments of 1990, Muzaffarabad 1990.

17. OECD, International Energy Agency. Hydropower and the Environment Annex III, Subtask 5

Report, Volume II Main Report. May 2000.

18. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency. Draft Resettlement National Policy of Pakistan.

Islamabad 2002.

19. Pakistan National Conservation Strategy. Government of Pakistan, (EUAD). In collaboration

with IUCN – The World Conservation Union. 1 Bath Island Road Karachi. 1991.

20. Reconnaissance Soil Survey, Haro Basin 1974. Soil Survey of Pakistan, Lahore.

21. Sarhad Provincial Conservation Strategy. Sarhad Programme Office, IUCN-The World


-2- January 2015

Conservation Union Pakistan, 2 Islamia Road, Cantonment, Peshawar. 1996.

22. Sarhad hydel development Organization – German Agency for Technical Cooperation

Publication Identification of Hydropower Development Potential ,Kaghan Valley, Vol-

II,NWFP,Pakistan,2nd

Edition Jan 1995.

23. Strategic Environmental Assessment of Hydropower Development in Azad Jammu and

Kashmir under NIAP, IUCN Pakistan 2014.

24. Strategic Sectoral Enviornmental and Social Assessment Voume-I, Prepared for the Project

Management and Policy Implementation Unit of the Ministry of Water and Power GOP.

25. The World Bank, Environment Department, Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I:

Policies, Procedures and Cross-Sectoral Issues; Volume II: Sectoral Guidelines, Washington

DC, USA. 1991.

26. World Commission on Dams. The Report of World Commission on Dams. Earth Scan

Publications Ltd, 120 Pentonville Road, London. November 2000

27. Wildlife Wing, Department of Forests. Wildlife in Azad Jammu and Kashmir. Azad Government

of The State of Jammu and Kashmir, 1984.

28. World Bank Operation Policy (OP) and Bank Procedure (BP). OP/BP 4.12, Involuntary

Resettlement 2001; OP Environmental Assessment, BP 4 01 Environmental Assessment, OP

4.10 Natural Habitats, OP/BP 4.36 Forests October 31, 2002.

APPENDICES

APPENDIX – I

NATIOAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS

Appendix - I

Selected NEQSforWaste Effluents

Parameter

Unit Standards(maximum

allowable limit)

Temperatureincrease C <3 pH value(acidity/basicity) p

H 6/9

5-day biochemicaloxygen demand (BOD) at 20°C

mg/l

80

Chemicaloxygen demand (COD) mg/l

150

Total suspended solids mg/l

200

Totaldissolved solids mg/l

3,500 Greaseand oil m

g/l 10 Phenoliccompounds(asphenol) m

g/l 0.1

Chloride(asCl) mg/l

1,000 Fluoride(asF) m

g/l 10 Sulfate(SO4) m

g/l 600

Sulfide(S) mg/l

1.0

Ammonia (NH3) mg/l

40 Cadmium m

g/l 0.1

Chromium(trivalent and hexavalent) mg/l

1.0

Copper mg/l

1.0

Lead mg/l

0.5

Mercury mg/l

0.01 Selenium m

g/l 0.5

Nickel mg/l

1.0

Silver mg/l

1.0

Totaltoxicmetals mg/l

2.0

Zinc mg/l

5.0

Arsenic mg/l

1.0

Barium mg/l

1.5

Iron mg/l

8.0

Manganese mg/l

1.5

Boron mg/l

6.0

Chlorine mg/l

1.0

Notes: 1. Thestandardassumesthatdilutionof1:10ondischargeisavailable.Thatis,foreachcubicmeter oftreated

effluent, therecipient water body shouldhave10 m3 ofwaterfor dilutionofthiseffluent. 2. Toxicmetalsincludecadmium,chromium,copper,lead,mercury,selenium,nickelandsilver.Theeffluentshould

meet theindividual standardsforthesemetalsaswell asthe standardfortotaltoxic metal concentration. Source:GovernmentofPakistan (2000) (SRO549 (I)/2000).

Appendix - I

NEQS for Industrial Gaseous Emissions

Parameter

Source ofEmission Standards(maximu

m allowable

limit)

Smoke

Smokeopacity not to exceed 40%or 2RinglemannScaleor

equivalent smokenumber

Particulate matter1

(a)Boilersand furnaces: i.Oilfired 3

00

ii. Coal fired 500

iii.Cement Kilns 300

(b) Grinding, crushing,clinkercoolersand related processes,metallurgicalprocesses, converters, blast furnacesandcupolas

500 Hydrogen Chloride Any 400

Chlorine Any 150

Hydrogen fluoride Any 150

Hydrogen sulphide Any 10

Sulphur Oxides2,3

Sulfuricacid/Sulphonicacid plants 5,000 Other Plantsexcept power

Plantsoperatingon oil and coal

1,700

Carbon Monoxide Any 800

Lead Any 50 Mercury Any 10 Cadmium Any 20 Arsenic Any 20 Copper Any 50 Antimony Any 20 Zinc Any 200

OxidesofNitrogen 3

Nitricacid manufacturingunit 3,000 Other plantsexcept power plantsoperatingon

oilor coal:

i. Gasfired 400

ii.Oilfired 600

iii.Coal fired 1,200 Explanations:

1. Basedontheassumptionthatthe sizeofthe particulate is10 micronor more. 2. Basedon1%Sulphur content infueloil. Highercontent of Sulphurwill causestandardstobepro-rated. 3. InrespectofemissionsofSulphurdioxideandnitrogenoxides,thepowerplantsoperatingonoilandcoalasfuel

shallinadditiontoNEQS specifiedabove, comply withthe standardsprovidedseparately. 4. Unitsareinmg/Nm

3 unlessotherwisestated

Source:GovernmentofPakistan (2000) (SRO549 (I)/2000).

2-20

Appendix - I

National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air9

Pollutants

Time- Weighted Average

ConcentrationinAmbientAir Method of

Measurement Effectivefrom1

st

July 2010

Effectivefrom 1

stJanuary2013

Sulfur Dioxide(SO2)

Annual Average*

80µg/m3 80µg/m

3 Ultraviolet Fluorescence

24hours** 120µg/m3 120µg/m

3

OxidesofNitrogen as(NO)

Annual Average*

40µg/m3 40µg/m

3

Gas Phase Chemiluminescence


3

OxidesofNitrogen as(NO2)

Annual Average*

40µg/m3 40µg/m

3

Gas Phase Chemilumi nescence


3

Ozone(O3)

1hour 3 180µg/m

3 130µg/m

Non-dispersive UV absorption

Suspended ParticulateMatter (SPM)

Annual Average*

3 400µg/m

3 360µg/m

High Volume Sampling, (Average flow rate not

lessthan1.1m3/minute). 24hours** 550µg/m

3 500µg/m

3

Respirable ParticulateMatter. PM10

Annual Average*

3 200µg/m

3 120µg/m

βRayabsorption


3

Respirable ParticulateMatter. PM2.5

Annual Average*

25µg/m3 15µg/m

3

βRayabsorption 24hours** 40µg/m

3 35µg/m

3

1hour 25µg/m3 15µg/m

3

Lead(Pb)

Annual Average*

1.5µg/m3 1.0µg/m

3 ASS Method after

samplingusingEPM2000 or equivalent Filter paper 24hours** 2.0µg/m

3 1.5µg/m3

CarbonMonoxide (CO)

8hours** 5mg/m3 5mg/m

3 Non-DispersiveInfra-

Red (NDI

R)

1hour 10mg/m3 10mg/m

3

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the inayear.2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two Consecutive days. Source: Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO1062 (I)/2010).

9Fulltext oftheStandardsisavailableat thePak-EPA website:

(http://www.environment.gov.pk/info.htm).

http://www.environment.gov.pk/info.htm


2-21

Appendix - I

NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for In-use Vehicles10

Sr. No.

Parameter Standard (Maximum

Permissible Limit)

MeasuringMethod

Applicability

1

Smoke

40%or 2on theRinglemann Scale during engine accelerationmode.

To becomparedwith Ringlemann Chart at a distance6or more.

Immediate effect

2

Carbon Monoxide

6%

Under idling conditions:Non- dispersiveinfrared detection throughgasanalyzer.

3

Noise

85dB(A). Sound meterat 7.5metersfromthe source.

NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Passenger Cars and Light Commercial

Vehicles (g/Km)

Typeof Vehicle

Category/Class

Tiers

CO HC+ NOx

PM Measuring

Method

Applicability

Passenger Cars

M1:with reference mass(RW)up to 2500 kg. Carswith RWover 2500kgto meetNI categorystandards.

Pak-II IDI 1.00

0.70

0.08 NEDC(ECE

15+ EUDCL)

Allimported andlocal

manufactured diesel vehicles

witheffect from 01-07-

2012

Pak-II DI

1.00

0.90

0.10

Light Commercial Vehicles

NI-I (RW<1250kg) Pak-II IDI 1.0

0 0.70

0.08 Pak-II DI 1.0

0 0.90

0.10 NI-II (1250kg<RW <1700kg0

Pak-II IDI 1.25

1.00

0.12 Pak-II DI 1.2

5 1.30

0.14

NI-III (RW>1700kg) Pak-II IDI 1.5

0 1.20

0.17 Pak-II DI 1.5

0 1.60

0.20 Parameter

Standard (maximum permissible limit) MeasuringMethod

Noise

85dB(A) Sound meterat 7.5metersfromthe

source.

10FulltextoftheStandardsisavailableat thePak-

EPAwebsite:(http://www.environment.gov.pk/info.htm).


2-22

Appendix - I

NEQSfor Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Heavy Duty Diesel Engines and Large

Goods Vehicles (g/Kwh)

Typeof Vehicle

Category/ Class

Tiers

CO

HC

NOx

PM Measuring

Method

Applicability

HeavyDuty Diesel Engines

Trucksand

Buses

Pak-II

4.0

1.1

7.0

0.15

ECE-R-49

All Imported and local manufactureddiesel vehicles with the effect1-7-2012 Largegood

s Vehicles

N2(2000and up

Pak-II

4.0

7.0

1.1

0.15

EDC

Parameter

Standard(maximumpermissiblelimit) MeasuringMethod Noise 85dB(A) Soundmeterat7.5metersfromthesource.

NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Petrol Vehicles (g/km)

Typeof Vehicle

Category/ Class

Tiers

CO HC+ NOx

Measuring Method

Applicability

Passenger

M1:Withreference mass (RW)up to 2500kg. Cars with RWover 2500kg.to meet N1category standards

Pak-II

2.20

0.50

NEDC(ECE15+

EUDCL)

Allimported and new models* locally manufactured petrol vehicles

with effect from1

st

July, 2009**

Light Commercial Vehicles

N1-I (RW<1250kg) Pak-II 2.20 0.50 N1-II (1250kg>RW<1700 kg)

Pak-II

4.00

0.65

N1-III (RW>1700kg) Pak-II 5.00 0.80 Motor

Rickshaws&motor Cycles

2.4strokes<150cc Pak-II 5.50 1.50

ECER40 2.4strokes>150cc

Pak-II

5.50

1.30

Parameters Standard (maximum permissible limit) MeasuringMethod

Noise

85dB(A) Sound meterat 7.5metersfromthe

source DI: Direct Injection IDI: Indirect Injection EUDCL: Extra Urban Driving Cycle NEDC: New Urban Driving Cycle M: Vehicles designed and constructed for the carriage of passengers and comprising no more than eight seats in

Addition to the driver's seat N: Motor vehicles with at least four wheels designed and constructed for the carriage of goods. * New model means both model and engine type change ** The existing models of petrol driven vehicles locally manufactured will immediately switch ever to Pak-I emission

standards but not later than 30th

June, 2012 Source: Government of Pakistan (2009) (SRO72 (KE)/2009).

Appendix - I

Table 2.9: National Standards for Drinking Water Quality 11

Properties/Parameters StandardValuesforPakistan Bacterial

Allwaterintendedfordrinking(E.ColiorThermo tolerantColiformbacteria)

Mustnotbedetectableinany100mlsamples

Treatedwaterenteringthedistributionsystem(E. Coliorthermo-tolerant coliformandtotalcoliform bacteria)

Mustnotbedetectableinany100mlsamples

Treatedwaterinthedistributionsystem(E.Colior thermo tolerant coliformand totalcoliform bacteria)

Mustnotbedetectableinany100mlsamples In caseoflargesupplies,wheresufficientsamplesare examined,mustnotbepresentin95%ofthesamples

takenthroughoutany12-monthperiod.

Physical

Color ≤15TCU

Taste Non-objectionable/Accept able

Odor Non-objectionable/Accept able

Turbidity <5NTU

TotalhardnessasCaCO3 <500mg/l

TDS <1000

pH 6.5–8.5

Chemical

EssentialInorganic mg/Liter

Aluminum(Al) ≤0.2

Antimony(Sb) ≤0.005(P)

Arsenic(As) ≤0.05(P)

Barium(Ba) 0.7

Boron(B) 0.3

Cadmium(Cd) 0.01

Chloride(Cl) <250

Chromium(Cr) ≤0.05

Copper(Cu) 2

ToxicInorganic mg/Liter

Cyanide(Cn) ≤0.05

Fluoride(F)* ≤1.5

Lead(Pb) ≤0.05

Manganese(Mn) ≤0.5

Mercury(Hg) ≤0.001

Nickel (Ni) ≤0.02

Nitrate(NO3)* ≤50

Nitrite(NO2)* ≤3(P)

Selenium(Se) 0.01(P)

Residual chlorine 0.2-0.5atconsumerend;0.5-1.5atsource Zinc(Zn) 5.0 Organic

Pesticidesmg/l PSQCA No. 4639-2004,Page No. 4 TableNo. 3 Serial

No. 20-58may beconsulted** Phenoliccompound(asphenols)mg/l WHOstandards:≤0.002

PolynuclearAromatichydrocarbon(asPAH)g/L WHOstandards:≤0.01v(byGC/MSmethod) Radioactive

AlphaEmittersbq/LorpCi 0.1

BetaEmitters 1 11

Fulltext oftheStandardsisavailableat thePak-EPAwebsite:(http://www.environment.gov.pk/info.htm). * indicates priority health related in organic constituents which need regular monitoring. ** PSQCA: Pakistan Standards Quality Control Authority. Source:Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO1063(I)/2010).


Appendix - I

Table 2.10:National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise12

CategoryofArea/Zone

Limit in dB(A)Leq* Effectivefrom1

st July 2010 Effectivefrom1

st July 2012

Day time Night time Day time Night time Residentialarea 6

5 50

55

45 Commercialarea 7

0 60

65

55 Industrial area 8

0 75

75

65 Silencezone 5

5 45

50

45 Notes:

1. Day time hours:6:00 a.m.to10:00 p.m. 2. Night time hours:10:00 p.m. to6:00 a.m. 3. Silence zone:Zones that are declared as such by the competent authority.An area comprising not less than 100m around the hospitals, educational institutions and courts. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above-listed categories by the competent

authority. * dB(A) Leq: Time weighted average of the level of sound indecibels on Scale A which is relatable to human

hearing. Source:Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO1064(I)/2010).

APPENDIX – II

QUESTIONNAIRES

Appendix - II

Socio-Economic Survey of Karot Hydropower Project

Name of Interviewer: ------------------------ Date: ----------------------------------------

(a) Location -------------------------------- (b) Union Council: -----------------------

(c) Tehsil ------------------------------- (d) District: ---------------------------------

1 Name of Respondent -----------------------------------------

2 What is your father‟s name -----------------------------------------

3 What is your age

Age years 15 – 25 ---------------

25 – 35 ---------------

35 – 45 ---------------

Above 45 ---------------

4 Marital Status.

1. Married 2. Unmarried

5 What is your caste /ethnic group ----------------------------------

6 What is your educational qualification?

1. Illiterate 2. Primary 3. Middle

4. Matric 5. Intermediate 6. Above

7 What is your profession -------------------------------------

If business, nature of business ------------------------------------

Appendix - II

8 How much is your average monthly expenditure

Expenditure Rs. Less than 5000 -------------

5,001 – 15,000 -------------

15,001 – 30,000-------------

Above 30,000 -------------

9 What is your average monthly income?

Income Rs. Less than 5,000 --------------------

5,001 – 15,000 --------------------

15001 – 25000 --------------------

25,001 – 40,000--------------------

Above 40,000 --------------------

10 Do you get any loan during last year

If yes reasons _‟

Sources

1. Bank 2. Relatives 3. Money Lender

Loan Interest (%) _‟

11 What is type of your family system?

1. Joint 2. Nuclear

12 What is employment status of your family members

1. Govt. Employee 2. Private Employee

3.

Self Employed

4.

Unemployed

5.

Others

Appendix - II

13 What are your major sources of income

1. Agriculture 2. General Labor

3.

Trade /Business

4.

Service

5.

Any other

14 What is type of ownership of your house

1. Self Owned 2. Rented

3.

Others

15 What is nature of construction of your house

1. Pacca 2. Semi-pacca

16 Which of the following facilities are available in your house

1. Electricity 2. Water Supply

3.

Gas

4.

Telephone

5.

Sewerage

17 What is your landholding size_ (acres)

1. Cultivated land (acres)

2. Un-cultivated land_ (acres)

3. Forest Land_ (acres)

4. Others _(acres)

18 What is your cultivation status

1. Owner cultivator 2. Tenant 3. Owner cum Tenant

Appendix - II

19 What are the sources of water for your domestic use

1. Water Supply 2. Hand Pumps 3. Spring

4. Canal 5. Any other

20 What are the sources of water for irrigation

1. Spring 2. Canal 3. Tube wells

4.

Any other

21 What kind of livestock do you have_

1. Livestock management practices 2.

3.

22 in your opinion, should this Project be implemented here

1. Yes 2. No

If yes, then reasons If no, then reasons

----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

----------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

23 In your opinion, what will be possible impacts of this Project

During Construction -----------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------

After Construction -----------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------

Appendix - II

24 What kinds of your assets will be affected due to proposed project

i) Land / ii) House iii) Business / Shop

iv) Water Resources _v) Public Assets

Vi) Trees_ _vii) Others

25 Do you have any alternative land/ plot for shifting of your house

26 What kind of compensation do you want

i) Cash_ _ii) Land iii) Other_

27 In case of relocation / rehabilitation, what will be your optional

i) Self Arrangement

ii) ii) Relocation / rehabilitation by the Department

28 What protective measures do you suggest to safeguard your interests

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------

Appendix - II

Women Survey

1. Name: ----------------------------------------W/O:-----------------------------------------------

2. Age:-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Occupation:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Married / Unmarried / Widow:----------------------------------------------------------------

5. Children:-------------------- -Male:---------------------------Female:------------------------

6. Skills You Know:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Needs Additional Skills:------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Do You Work in Farm:-------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Health Status / illness / type:-----------------------------------------------------------------

10. Role in Family Decisions: ---------------------------------------------------------------------

11. Development Needs:---------------------------------------------------------------------------

12. Priority Needs:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

•

•

•

13. Project Awareness:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Appendix - II

Proforma for Village Profile

Karot Hydropower Project

1. Identification Name of Site: __________________________

i. Village / Sector ii. Tehsil

iii. Union Council: iv. District

2. Access Road

Metalled (km):

_________

Katcha (km):

____________

Total Distance (km):

_________

3. Population

Total: Households: (Nos.)

4. Family System

Nuclear: % Joint: % Extended: %

5. Housing

Kacha: Pacca: Semi

Pacca

Tota:

6. Income (Rupees/Month) Average

5000 to 10,000

10,001 to 20,000

20,001 to above

7. Ethnicity

Sr. No Caste Number of

Household

1

2

3

4

5

Total

Appendix - II

8. Languages Spoken in the Village:

i. Kashmiri ii. Urdu

iii. Punjabi iv. Others

9. Occupation:

Sr.

No Main Occupations

Number of

Household Percentage

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Total

10. Education Facilities:

Description No’s of institutions

Yes No Govt Private Boys Girls

Primary School

Middle School

High School

Inter College

Degree College

Madrassa

Any

other(Specify)

Appendix - II

11. Health Facilities:

Facility Within Village Exists Functional If Non Functional

(Reasons) Yes No Yes No

Hospital (Government/

Private)

Basic Health Unit

Rural Health Unit

Child Immunization Center

Dispensary

Hakeem/practitioners

12. Common Diseases in the Village:

i. Malaria ii. Typhoid

iii. Polio iv. T.B

v. Diarrahea vi. Hapatitis

vii. Skin

Diseases

viii. Eye

Diseases

xi) Any other:

13. Civic Infrastructure:

Type of Amenity Available in the

Village

Available in

Nearby Village /

Locality

Distance from the

Village (km)

Electricity

Gas

Roads

Telephone (Land

Line)

Post Office

Bank

Mosque

Graveyard

Other

Appendix - II

14. Source of Drinking Water

Tap/Water

Supply:

Spring: Stream/Canal: Other:

15. Water Quality:

Partially

Fit: Unfit: Fit:

16. Source of Irrigation Water

i. Canal: ii. Tube

well:

iii. Well:

iv. Stream: v. Spring: vi. Other

(Specify):

17. Cropping Pattern and Yield

Rabi Crops Yield (kg/Acre) Kharif Crops: Yield

(kg/Acre)

i. i.

ii. ii.

iii. iii.

iv. iv.

v. v.

18. Livestock (Nos.)

Buffaloes:

_____________________

Sheep:

_______________________

Cows:

________________________

Camel:

_______________________

Goat:

________________________

Appendix - II

19. Leadership Pattern

Who is the most influential person in the village?

i) MNA

ii) MPA

iii) Member of Union Council

iv) Religious Leader

v) Educated Person/Teacher

vi) Social Worker

VII) Others

20. Conflict Resolution

How conflicts are resolved?

i) Jirga/Punchayat

ii) Caste Head

iii)Family Head

iv)Court

v) Others

21. Gender

i. In which activities women participate?

ii. Do women contribute in household income? Yes: No:

If yes, in what ways? i) Embroidery ii) Cattle Rearing iii) Poultry iv) Other

Appendix - II

iii. Are women consulted in decision making

matters?

Yes: No:

If yes; in what matters?

22. Is there any industry in your village or in the vicinity?

If yes; which Industry? Yes: No:

23. Does any NGO or CBO exist in the Village?

If yes; explain their role? Yes: No:

i. Health: ii. Water

Supply:

iii. Education: iv. Roads:

v. Other

(Specify):

24. Do there Exists any Vulnerable Households in the Village?

Yes: No:

If yes, give details:

i. Widows Nos.

ii. Handicaps Nos.

iii. Homeless Nos.

iv. Others

(Specify)

Nos.

Appendix - II

25. State the Pressings needs of the Village?

i. Education: ii. Water

Supply:

iii. Electricity: iv. Health:

v. Roads:

i.List of Participants/ Respondents

Sr. No. Name Father’s

Name Village / Settlement Contact No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Interviewer: Date:

Socio- economic Profile and Census Survey for Project Affected Person

Tehsil

District

Location by Stretch/ by Project Site

Date :

Community / Village

Questionnaire No.

PERSONAL INFORMATION

AP Name Father's Name

Appendix - II

Education (Select any one option)

1)

Primary

2) Middle

3) Matric

4)

Intermediate

5) Graduate

6) Master

7)Illiterate

Primary Occupation (Select any one option) (More options can be added)

1) Farmer

2) Service

3) Businessman / Trader

4) Skilled Labourer

5) Army and Police

6) house wife

7) govt service

8) Retired

9) Private Service

10) Unskilled Labourer

11) Unemployed

12) Fisherman

13) Small enterprises

14) Household chores

15) Student

16)

Shepherd

17) Others:

Age (Select any one option)

1) 18 - 25

2) 25 - 35

3) 35 - 45

4) 45 - 55

5) 55 - 65

6) Above 65

If primary occupation is 'Others', Specify primary occupation

Gender (Select any one option)

1) Male

2) Female

Monthly Income (Rs.)

Marital Status (Select any one option)

1) Married

2) Unmarried

Appendix - II

3) Separated

4) Widow

5) Widower

Religion (Select any one option)

1) Muslim

2) Christian

3) Ahmadi / Qadiani

4) Hindu

Social Group (Select any one option) 1) Local

2) Non-local

3) other

If Religion is 'Others', Specify Religion

If Social Group is 'Others', Specify Social Group

Family Type 1) Joint

2) Nuclear

3) Extended

Handicap Status 1) Yes

2) No

S.No Questions Options

1 Tribal Affiliation

(Select any one option)

Kashmiri

Rajput

Gujar

Mughal

Awan

Other

2 Vulnerability

(Multiple Selection)

Ethnic Minority

Landless

Disabled

Female Headed Household

No

Appendix - II

3 Affected person's property in affected area?


Trees

Commercial Objects

Barren Land

Agricultural Land

House

House + Agricultural land

4 Credit Availability

If yes ,what is your Source of credit

Purpose of loan

Yes No

1Government,2Private/relatives

/shopkeepers/well-off families

Domestic use

Social need such as marriages,

birth ceremonies, funerals,

health and education

FAMILY INFORMATION

*Please Specify the codes wherever applicable selecting from the list

Note : In Family Information APs details should not be included

Appendix - II

S.No.

Name *Relation

*Marital Status

*Age

Annual Income

Gender (M / F)

Handicap (Yes / No)

*Occupation

*Education

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Appendix - II

Relationship

1)

Father

2)

Mother

3)

Son

4)

Daughter

5)

Brother

6)

Sister

7)

Husband

8)

Wife

9)

Other

Marital Status

1) Married

2) Unmarried

3) Divorce

4) Separated

5) Widow

6) Widower

Age Slabs

1) 0 - 3

2) 3 - 5

3) 5 - 8

4) 8 - 10

5) 10 - 13

6) 13 - 15

7) 15 - 18

8) 18 - 25

9) 25 - 35

10) 35 - 45

11) 45 - 55

12) 55 - 65

13) Above 65

14 Not Available

Occupation (More options can be added)

1) Army and Police

2) Businessman / Trader

3) Farmer

4) Fisherman

5) govt service

6) house wife

7) Private Service

8) Retired

9) Service

10)

Shepherd

11)

Skilled Labourer

12)

Unemployed

13 Unskilled Labourer

14)

Others

Education (More options can be added)

1) Graduate

2) Illiterate

3) Intermediate

4) Literate

5) Master

6) Middle

7) Post Graduate

8) Primary

9) Read and Write

10)

Secondary

Appendix - II

S.No Asset (More can be added)

Quantity large Middle Small

1 Walnut

2 Apple

3 Apricot

4 Pear

5 Peach

6 Cherry

7 Plum

8 Grapes

9 Mulberry

Appendix - II

10 Deodar

11 Blue pine

12 Kiker

13 Safeda

14 Daraba

15 Chir

16 Balkald

17 Sherol

18 Shesham

19 Others

ASSET INFORMATION TREE ASSETS

LIVESTOCK ASSETS

S.No Asset (More can be

added)

Quantity *Extent of

Damage

Value of Agreed Loss

(Rs.)

1 Buffaloes

2 Camel

3 Cows

4 Donkey

5 Goats

6 Horse

7 Mule

8 Others

9 Ox

10 Poultry

Appendix - II

11 Sheep

Public and Community Assets

Structure 1

Khasra

Number

Options

Asset Type

(More

Options can

be added)

1) Boundary

Wall

2) Bridge

3) Cattle House

4) Farm House

5) Irrigation

Channel

6) Latrine / Bath

Room

7) Madrasa

8) Mosque

9) Police Station

10) Fish

Hatchery

11) Qabrustan

(Graveyard)

12) Retaining

Wall / Protection

Bund

13) Sanglakh

(Rocky Land)

14) Shamlat

15) Store /

Stable

16) Verandah

17)11 kv Polls

18) Water Tank /

Pond

Structure 2

Khasra

Number

Options

Asset Type

(More

Options can

be added)

1) Boundary

Wall

2) Bridge

3) Cattle House

4) Farm House

5) Irrigation

Channel

6) Latrine / Bath

Room

7) Madrasa

8) Mosque

9) Police Station

10) Fish

Hatchery

11) Qabrustan

(Graveyard)

12) Retaining

Wall / Protection

Bund

13) Sanglakh

(Rocky Land)

14) Shamilat

15) Store /

Stable

16) Verandah

17) 11 kv Polls

18) Water Tank /

Pond

Structure 3….. and so on if

required

Khasra

Number

Options

Asset Type

(More

Options can

be added)

1) Boundary

Wall

2) Bridge

3) Cattle

House

4) Farm

House

5) Irrigation

Channel

6) Latrine /

Bath Room

7) Madrasa

8) Mosque

9) Police

Station

10) Fish

Hatchery

11)

Qabrustan

(Graveyard)

12) Retaining

Wall /

Protection

Bund

13) Sanglakh

(Rocky Land)

Appendix - II

19) Wooden

Cabin

Ownership 1) Self Owned

2) Tenant

Construction

Type

A) Kutcha

B) Semi Pucca

C) Pucca

Legal Asset 1) Yes

2) No

Area of the

Asset

*Extent of

Damage

Value of

Agreed Loss

19) Wooden

Cabin


2) Tenant

Construction

Type

A) Kutcha

B) Semi Pucca

C) Pucca

Legal Asset 1) Yes

2) No

Area of the

Asset

*Extent of

Damage

Value of

Agreed Loss

14) Shamilat

15) Store /

Stable

16) Verandah

17) 11 kv

Polls

18) Water

Tank / Pond

19) Wooden

Cabin

Ownership 1)

Self

Owned

2) Tenant

Construction

Type

A) Kutcha

B) Semi

Pucca

C) Pucca

Legal Asset 1) Yes

2) No

Area of the

Asset

*Extent of

Damage

Value of

Agreed Loss

Appendix - II

RESIDENTIAL ASSET

Residence Details

(The Address of Residence is what Provided in Personal Details)


2) Tenant

Land Ownership 1) Encroached

2) Self

Asset Legal 1) Yes

2) No

Khasra Number

Asset Value

Asset Rent

Asset Area

*Extent of Damage

Value of Agreed Loss

Extra Questions for QUALITY OF LIFE Information


1 No. of rooms?


Above 6

6,5,4,3,2,1

2 Kitchen available?


No

Yes

Appendix - II

3 Toilet / bathroom?


Proper toilet in house

Open field

4 Waste disposal


Garbage collection

Community system

Open field

5 Electricity available?


No

Yes

6 Piped water supply?


No

Yes

7 Telephone / mobile facility?


No

Yes

Extra Questions for ORGANIZATIONS AND INFORMATIONS

Sno Questions Options

1 Are there NGOs active in your Village?


No

Yes

2 Are you a member of that NGO?


No

Yes

Appendix - II

Extra Questions for LEVEL OF INFORMATION


1 If you have to abandon your cultivated land, how does

it affect you and your family?


Severely

No

Yes

2 In case you lose your source of income because of

project and get compensation, what type of assistance

you may require for your livelihood Restoration?


Imparting of vocational

training

Commercial plot in nearby

place

Restoration of labour market

Employment in project related

activities

3 What will you do if your home or land is submerged in

the project?

(Select any one option

Will go somewhere else by

own choice

Project should provide

resettlement

Extra Questions for STATUS OF WOMEN Information

Sno Questions Options

1 Do you own any property in your name?


Any other property

Livestock

House

Land

Appendix - II

2 In case property is owned, how much?


4 & above

3-4 No.

1-2 No.

4.1 & above

2.1-4 Kanals

1-2 Kanals

3 Which of the health facilities are available in your

village?


Hakim

Private Doctor

Dispensary

BHU

Hospital

4 In case of sickness who takes you to hospital?


Alone

Mother-in-law

Father-in-law

Husband

5 Are you involved in marriage of children?


No

Yes

6 Are you involved in sale and purchase of property?


No

Yes

7 Are you involved in sale and purchase of livestock?


No

Yes

8 Are you involved in deciding to send children to

school?


No

Yes

9 Are you involved in family planning decisions? No

Appendix - II

(Select any one option) Yes

10 Are you involved in decisions to attend social

functions?


No

Yes

11 Food is served first to whom?


Females

Other male members

Husband

12 How often do you travel outside the village?


Never

Seldom

Once a year

Once a month

Almost every day

13 What are your specific household activities?


14 Are your involved in daily preparation of food?


No

Yes

15 Are you involved in daily cleaning / housekeeping?


No

Yes

16 Are you involved in daily looking after of family

members?


No

Yes

17 What are you specific farm activities?


Vegetable sowing / harvesting

Grain stocking

Weeding

Fertilization / handling of crops

Crop irrigation

Appendix - II

Harvesting crops

Milking animals

Poultry farming

Livestock rearing

18 Is there any women organization in you village?


No

Yes

19 Are you member of a village organization?


No

Yes

20 Do you contribute in family income?


No

Yes

21 If contributing to cash family income, then what are the

specific activities?


Nursing

Teaching

Embroidery

Stitching

22 Are you aware of the project?


No

Yes

23 What will you do if your home or land is submerged in

the project?


Will go somewhere else by

own choice

Project should provide

24 Have you received any training?


No

Yes

25 Are you willing to receive any training under this

project?


No

Yes

Appendix - II

26 If willing to receive training on project related jobs,

what type may be required?


Any other

Handicraft

Teaching

Embroidery

Sewing / stitching

Date

_________________

Name of Interviewer

_________________________________

Appendix - II

Survey Proforma for Collection of Physical and Biological Environment Data

Karot Hydropower Project

1. Project Name …………………………………………………………….

2. Location…………………………………………………………………...

3. Co-ordinates……………………………………………………………..

4. Physiography of the project area……………………………………

5. Geology / Rock ………………………………………………………….

6. Soil Conditions …………………………………………………………..

7. Land Use...............................................................................................

8. Groundwater:

Depth

Quality (Saline etc.)

9. Surface Water Quality

Quality………………………………………………………………………………………..

Color…………………………………………………………………………………………….

10. Flood history.............................................................................................................

11. Climate

Air quality……………………………………………………………………………………...

Noise Level…………………………………………………………………………………….

Met Data from Nearest Met Station………………………………………………………...

12. Any Environmental Issues………………………………………………………………...

13. Flora

Natural Vegetation(……………………………………………………………………….…)

Forest Type/ Acreage (……………………………………………………………………..)

Endangered Species (………………………………………………………………………)

14. Agriculture

Crops (……………………………………………………………………………………….)

Appendix - II

Vegetables (………………………………………………………………………………..)

Fruits (……………………………………………………………………………………….)

15. Fauna

Rare and Endangered Species: ……………………..…………………………………

Species which Require Management:……………………………………………………

Species of Economic Significance …………………………………………………….

Species of Special Interest to Local Population or Tourists………………………

Aquatic Fauna of Commercial/ Recreational Value and Migratory Fish Species Along

with Their Spawning Ground…………………………………………………….

Migratory Route of Terrestrial, Aquatic as well as avi - Fauna

Livestock………………………………………………………………..

Fisheries……………………………………………………………………………………

16. Protected Areas

17. Livestock

18. Others

19. Officials interviews regarding physical and biological environment

Sr. # Date Name of Officials

Designation Department

APPENDIX – III

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR CONCERNS DURING STAKEHOLDER

CONSULTATIONS

Appendix - III

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR CONCERNS DURING STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS

Sr.

No Participants Name Community Main Concerns Consultants Response

1. Village: Hollar Venue: Highway Rest house Date: 29-06-2014

1. Muhammad Aslam**

2. Muhammad Younis

3. Abdul Qayyum

4. Muhammad Hanif

5. Amjad Hussain

6. Muhammad Sharif

7. Muhammad Latif

8. Muhammad Yasin

9. Munshi Khan

10. Mir Alam

11. Muhammad Qayyum

12. Mrs. Muhammad

Ajmal

13. Munir Hussain

14. Abid Hussain

15. Shabab Khan

16. Abdul Aziz

17. Muhammad Saleem

18. Mrs. Wazeera

Khatoon

19. Zafar Tanveer

20. Sakhawat Hussain

21. Muhammad Arif

22. Amir Hussain

Compensation should be

paid before start of the

construction of project.

Lack of Health facilities in

the village.

Job opportunities for

project area people

according to their

qualification.

There is scarce of land, so

rates to be based on

double than market rates.

People preferred to be

resettled at new site

provided by the project.

Lack of Medical Facilities,

Qualified doctors and

hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,

students have to travel long

distances to go to school,

sufficient number of

schools and teachers

should be provided.

Mr. Naeem introduced himself

and his colleagues and briefed

the community about the

project.

Key points were;

Karot Hydropower project is to

be built at Karot Village.

The proposed Dam site is

accessed by Rawalpindi

/Islamabad Road.

The proposed dam and

powerhouse are located on the

Right bank of Jhelum River at

Karot Village.

The project will produce 720

MW Electricity; reservoir length

is 27 km, up to upstream of

Azad Pattan Bridge.

L and will be acquired up to

461-480 m due to creation of

Reservoir.

Agreed upon compensation will

be provided according to the

National and International

guidelines for your lost houses,

trees and land.

They were assured that their

issues and suggestion will be

taken in to consideration in the

report of RAP.

Described that land rate will be

decided after the negotiated by

AC and Community.

2. Village: : Karot Date: 29-06-2014

1. Raja Niaz Ahmed Compensation should be Mr. Naeem introduced himself

Appendix - III


Sr.


2. Manzoor Iqbal

3. Raja Iqbal

4. Raja Liaquat

5. Zahoor Ahmed

6. Muhammad Razzaq

7. Raja Rafaqat

8. Nadeem Younas

9. Muhammad Masood

10. Muhammasd Azam

11. Muhammad Shahzad

12. Qurban Ali

13. Muhammad Yousaf

14. Muhammad Yasin

15. Muhammad Suleman

16. Imtiaz Ahmad

17. Raja Jamil Akhtar

18. Maherban

19. Iftikhar Ahmad

20. Muhammad Karim

21. Saqib Mushtaq

22. Merban Hussain

23. Akbar Hussain

24. Muhammad Sharoon

25. Khalid Mehmood

26. Malik Mubashir

27. Raja Muhammad

28. Ahmad Nawaz

29. Muhammad Ishaq

30. Manzoor Hussain

31. Mansha khan

32. Rab Nawaz

33. Muhammad Nawaz

34. Muhammad Altaf

35. Raees Ahmad

36. Tafoor Ahmad

37. Hassan Akhtar

38. Sageer Hussian




the village.


project area people

according to their

qualification.









hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.



project. Key points were;





/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.




Azad Pattan Bridge.

Land will be acquired up to


Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

3. Village: Gorah Rajan Date: 30-06-2014

1. Zareen Ali Khan

2. Raja Muhammad Fiaz

3. Raja Majeed




Mr. Saleem introduced himself




Appendix - III


Sr.


4. Raja Zaheer

5. Raja Muhammad

Shanawaz


the village.


project area people

according to their

qualification.









hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.





/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

4. Village: Chak Sansu Venue: Grocery Shop Date: 29-06-2014

1. Abid Hassan

2. Master Zameer





the village.







Appendix - III


Sr.



project area people

according to their

qualification.









hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.



/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

5. Village: Soan Venue: Grocery Shop Date: 29-06-2014

1. Sabbir Hussain

2. Amjad Hussain

3. Pehelwan Khan





the village.


project area people

according to their









Appendix - III


Sr.


qualification.









hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.

/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

6. Village: Brohi Venue: Grocery Shop Date: 29-06-2014

1. Munir Hussain

2. Tanveer Hussain

3. Muhammad Yasin

4. Muhammad Shaban

5. Gul Abbas

6. Karamat Hussain

7. Shah Aslam

8. Muhammad Bashir

.





the village.


project area people

according to their

qualification.









/Islamabad Road.


Appendix - III


Sr.










hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.



Karot Village.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

7. Village: Ain Pana Venue: Tea Stall Date: 28-06-2014

1. Muhammad Zahoor

Abdullah

2. Mushtaq Hussain

3. Sajid Hussain

4. Babar Hussain

5. Sharaz Hussain

6. Muhammad Taj

7. Shahid Hussain

8. Liaquat Hussain

9. Muhammad Yamin

10. Muhammad Kabir





the village.


project area people

according to their

qualification.












/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.

Appendix - III


Sr.







hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

8. Village: Siah Venue: Grocery Shop of

Muhammad Banaras

Date: 28-06-2014

1. Muhammad Banaras

Compensation of their land





the village.


project area people

according to their

qualification.




Mr. Naeem introduced himself








/Islamabad Road.




Karot Village.

Appendix - III


Sr.







hospitals should be

provided.

Lacks of education,





should be provided.




Azad Pattan Bridge.



Reservoir.





trees and land.




report of RAP.



AC and Community.

Appendix- IV

FINAL REPORT

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, NOISE LEVELS AND RIVER WATER QUALITY

Consisting of following Sections

Section - 1 Meteorological Data

Section - 2 Ambient air quality monitoring Data

Section - 3 Noise Level Monitoring Data

Section - 4 Surface Water Analysis Report

Section - 5 Photographs

Section - 6 USEPA and Pak- NEQS Standards for Ambient Air

Appendix - IV

Contents

1. Introduction ................................................................................................................2

1.1. Scope..................................................................................................................2

1.1.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring................................................................. 2

1.1.2. Noise Level Monitoring ............................................................................ 2

1.1.3. Sampling and analysis of surface water samples..................................... 2

1.2. Schedule ...........................................................................................................3

2. Methodology ..............................................................................................................4

2.1. Ambient air Quality .............................................................................................4

2.2. Meteorological Conditions ..................................................................................5

2.3. Sampling and Analysis of Particulate Matter .......................................................5

2.4. Noise Level Monitoring ........................................................................................5

2.5. Water Sampling and Analysis .............................................................................5

2.5.1. Surface Water Samples........................................................................... 5

2.5.1.1. Chemical Analysis.............................................................................. 5

Sections:

Section - 1 Meteorological Data

Section - 2 Ambient air quality monitoring Data

Section - 3 Noise Level Monitoring Data

Section - 4 Surface Water Analysis Report Annexure – 5 Photographs

Section - 6 USEPA and Pak- NEQS Standards for Ambient Air

Appendix - IV

1. Introduction

Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd. hired the services of SGS Pakistan

(Pvt) Limited for environmental assessment. This report is prepared on the

basis of environmental monitoring conducted at Karot Hydro Power Project

according to the instructions provided by client. Field survey was carried out

on July 24 to July 26, 2009 for ambient air quality monitoring, weather

conditions, noise level monitoring, sampling and analysis of surface water

samples from advised sampling points.

1.1. Scope

Scope of services was finalized after discussion with Associated Technologies

(Pvt) Ltd. project team, a brief description of services is as follows:

1.1.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Following points were selected for ambient air quality monitoring. The duration

of monitoring was 24 hours at individual point.

■ Karot Hydro Power Project (Dam Site)

■ Karot Hydro Power Project (Power House Site)

1.1.2. Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level using portable digital sound meter was monitored at same

locations where the ambient air quality was monitored.

1.1.3. Sampling and analysis of surface water samples

Two surface water samples were collected from advised sampling points

and submitted to SGS lab for analysis according to parameters as per

contract.

1.2. Schedule

A site visit was made for selection of sampling points. Sampling schedule

was finalized after discussion with Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd.

project team. The agreed schedule for environmental baseline studies is as

follows:

Appendix - IV

Table 1: Sampling Schedule

Date of Intervention Scope of Services Location Duration

24-07-09 Site visit for

selection of monitoring points

Karot Hydro Power Project Site -

24-07-09 to 26-07-09 Metrological conditions

Dam Site Power House Site 24 hours

24-07-09 to 26-07-09 Ambient air quality

monitoring Dam Site

Power House Site 24 hours

24-07-09 to 26-07-09 Noise level monitoring Dam Site

Power House Site 24 hours

26-07-09 Surface Water

Sampling Dam Site

Power House Site Grab Sampling

2. Methodology

Following is the brief description of methodology adapted for this

environmental assessment:

2.1. Ambient air Quality

Ambient air quality was monitored with the help of Mobile Air Quality

Station equipped with the state of the art ambient air analyzers. Selection

of sampling points was made considering the wind direction at the

advised sampling sites. Following pollutants were measured during

monitoring:

■ Particulate Matter (PM10)

■ Sulphur Dioxid (SO2)

■ Combine Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

■ Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Monitoring for the above mentioned parameters was conducted for 24

hours at advised sampling points. The methodology adopted for ambient

air quality monitoring is as follows:

Appendix - IV

Table 2: Methodology of ambient air quality monitoring

Air

Pollutant Monitoring Technique Method Measurement

Range Lowest

Detection

Limit Carbon

Monoxide

(CO)

Gas Filter Correlation

CO Analyzer USEPA

Designated

Method RFCA-

0981-054

0-100 0.01 ppm

Sulfur

Dioxide

(SO2)

Pulsed

Fluorescent

Analyzer

USEPA

Designated

Method EQSA-

0486-060

0-50 ppb 0- 100 ppm

1 ppb

Nitrogen

Dioxide

(NO2)

Chemiluminescent

Analyzer USEPA

Designated

Method RFNA-

1289-074

0-50 ppb 0-

100 ppm 1 ppb

Particulate

Matter (PM10)

High Volume Sampler 40CFR50,

App. B (US-

EPA)

2 - 750 μg/m3 2 μg/m

3

2.2. Meteorological Conditions

In addition to the advised parameters for ambient air quality,

weather conditions were also monitored continuously for 24 hours with

the help of mobile weather station. Selection of sampling points was made

considering the wind direction at the advised sampling sites. The

parameters monitored are as follows:

• Wind Direction

• Wind Speed

• Humidity

• Barometric Pressure

2.3. Sampling and Analysis of Particulate Matter

Particulate matter samples for ambient air quality monitoring were

collected on fiberglass filters. The collected samples were properly stored

and placed in the vacuum desiccators transported to SGS Lab for analysis.

2.4. Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level using portable digital sound meter was monitored at same

locations where the ambient air quality was monitored.

Appendix - IV

2.5. Water Sampling and Analysis

Two surface water samples were collected from advised sampling

points. The collected samples were preserved and submitted to lab for

analysis of following parameters:

2.5.1. Surface Water Samples

2.5.1.1. Chemical Analysis

Temperature, BOD5, COD, Magnesium, Fluoride, Sulphate, Sulphide,

Ammonia, pH, TDS, TSS, Iron, Chloride, Barium, Cyanide , Cadmium ,

Chromium, Copper, Lead, Mercury, Selenium, Nickel, Silver, Zinc,

Arsenic, Boron

Appendix - IV

Section -1

Meteorological Data

Appendix - IV

Meteorological Data

Client : Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd

Sampling Point : Karot Hydro Power Project (Dam Site

Date of Intervention : July 24 - 25, 2009

Time Temp Wind Dir Wind Speed Hum Pressure O

C m/s % 11:00 33 E 2.7 45 738.7

12:00 35 N 3.6 43 738.4

13:00 35 N 3.1 42 738.2 14:00 36 E 4.5 41 738.0

15:00 35 E 6.2 41 737.2 16:00 36 E 7.2 43 736.7

17:00 33 E 5.8 50 736.9

18:00 33 E 3.6 53 736.8 19:00 32 E 4.1 56 735.8

20:00 31 NE 3.6 60 736.0

21:00 31 SE 2.2 66 737.0 22:00 29 SE 1.8 74 736.8

23:00 28 SE 1.4 79 736.9

24:00 27 SE 0.9 80 737.0 01:00 27 SE 0.9 82 737.1

02:00 26 SE 0.9 82 736.8

03:00 26 S 0.9 80 736.0 04:00 26 SE 1.8 79 736.4

05:00 26 SW 1.3 72 736.7

06:00 26 SW 0.9 72 736.9 07:00 26 S 0.4 70 736.4

08:00 29 S 1.8 61 736.5 09:00 29 S 2.3 58 737.0

10:00 30 W 3.6 47 737.2

Appendix - IV

Meteorological Data

Client : Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd.

Sampling Point : Karot Hydro Power Project (Power House Site) Date

of Intervention : July 25 - 26, 2009

Time Temp Wind Dir Wind Speed Hum Pressure

OC m/s %

11:00 36 W 3.6 44 744.9 12:00 37 NW 2.2 43 744.8

13:00 38 E 2.2 41 744.4

14:00 36 SE 4.9 40 744.0 15:00 37 N 4.0 41 743.6

16:00 38 N 3.6 38 743.3

17:00 38 N 3.2 40 743.2 18:00 36 N 2.2 45 743.1

19:00 34 E 2.1 46 742.9

20:00 33 NW 3.6 50 742.7 21:00 32 NW 3.0 55 742.6

22:00 32 W 2.7 59 742.5

23:00 30 SW 2.4 65 742.2 24:00 29 S 3.0 74 742.1

01:00 28 S 1.9 80 742.7

02:00 28 N 2.0 82 742.6 03:00 27 N 0.9 82 742.9

04:00 27 N 3.2 81 743.1 05:00 27 N 2.1 79 743.4

06:00 29 E 2.2 77 743.6

07:00 30 NE 2.7 65 743.8 08:00 31 NE 3.6 60 744.4

09:00 30 N 3.0 53 744.6

10:00 32 N 4.7 47 744.7

Appendix - IV

Section - 2

Ambient Air Quality Data

Appendix - IV

Ambient Air Quality


Sampling Point : Karot Hydro Power Project (Dam Site)


Sr. # Time CO (ppm) NOx(ppb) (SO2) (ppb)

1 11:00 2.13 11.2 1.9

2 12:00 2.08 11.9 1.6

3 13:00 2.28 13.4 2.0

4 14:00 1.98 10.8 1.9

5 15:00 1.94 11.6 1.8

6 16:00 2.16 10.4 1.9

7 17:00 2.05 12.2 2.1

8 18:00 2.14 11.9 2.0

9 19:00 2.16 13.6 1.9

10 20:00 2.29 14.2 2.1

11 21:00 2.10 11.1 2.0

12 22:00 2.43 10.9 2.2

13 23:00 2.16 9.6 2.1

14 24:00 2.23 9.2 1.8

15 01:00 1.90 10.4 1.9

16 02:00 1.94 10.6 1.6

17 03:00 1.82 8.9 1.7

18 04:00 1.92 9.4 2.0

19 05:00 2.02 10.6 1.9

20 06:00 2.43 12.8 2.0

21 07:00 2.13 11.9 2.1

22 08:00 2.09 14.6 2.3

23 09:00 2.16 13.7 2.0

24 10:00 2.24 14.0 2.2

Appendix - IV

Ambient Air Quality




Parameter Unit Duration LDL Average

Obtained

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide (NOx) ppb 24Hours 1 11.62

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) ppb 24 Hours 1 1.96

Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 24 Hours 0.01 2.12

PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 2 109.02

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter


Appendix - IV

Ambient Air Quality


Sampling Point : Karot Hydro Power Project (Power House Site)


Sr. # Time CO (ppm) NOx(ppb) (SO2) (ppb)

1 11:00 2.56 16.1 2.1

2 12:00 2.73 15.2 2.5

3 13:00 2.12 16.4 2.0

4 14:00 3.09 14.3 2.7

5 15:00 3.27 14.7 2.4

6 16:00 2.18 11.2 1.9

7 17:00 3.11 13.4 1.7

8 18:00 3.01 10.7 2.5

9 19:00 2.92 12.8 1.4

10 20:00 3.01 17.6 2.9

11 21:00 2.12 14.1 2.0

12 22:00 2.79 13.2 1.7

13 23:00 2.17 12.3 1.4

14 24:00 2.09 11.0 1.2

15 01:00 1.99 11.9 1.0

16 02:00 2.04 12.6 1.4

17 03:00 1.27 14.7 1.1

18 04:00 1.14 17.0 1.3

19 05:00 2.74 11.1 2.2

20 06:00 3.06 16.3 2.7

21 07:00 3.43 14.6 2.4

22 08:00 3.22 18.7 2.2

23 09:00 3.21 15.4 2.8

24 10:00 3.36 16.0 2.6

Appendix - IV

Ambient Air Quality




Parameter Unit Duration LDL Average

Obtained

Concentration

Nitrogen Dioxide (NOx) ppb 24Hours 1 14.22

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) ppb 24 Hours 1 2.00

Carbon Monoxide (CO) ppm 24 Hours 0.01 2.61

PM10 µg/m3 24 Hours 2 136.10

µg/m3: micrograms per cubic meter


Appendix - IV

Section - 3

Noise Level Monitoring

Appendix - IV





S. No. Time Leq(dB) Lmax(dB) Lmin(dB)

1 11:00 59.9 77.0 53.8

2 12:00 57.6 76.2 52.2

3 13:00 56.7 76.6 53.4

4 14:00 58.2 79.3 55.3

5 15:00 59.6 78.0 55.9

6 16:00 59.8 79.7 54.8

7 17:00 60.2 80.2 55.2

8 18:00 61.0 82.1 55.8

9 19:00 59.4 78.6 54.2

10 20:00 60.6 80.4 52.4

11 21:00 58.2 76.9 55.6

12 22:00 59.0 75.6 51.9

13 23:00 55.9 72.7 50.8

14 24:00 54.8 70.9 48.2

15 01:00 53.4 66.6 47.6

16 02:00 51.2 62.7 48.4

17 03:00 51.6 63.6 47.5

18 04:00 53.2 64.3 45.4

19 05:00 51.9 66.6 46.3

20 06:00 52.8 64.6 46.9

21 07:00 53.4 65.4 47.8

22 08:00 51.8 62.6 46.5

23 09:00 55.4 78.2 49.6

24 10:00 58.6 77.4 51.0

Appendix - IV

Graph 1: Variation of Noise with Time

Appendix - IV





S. No. Time Leq(dB) Lmax(dB) Lmin(dB)

1 11:00 64.7 82.6 47.3

2 12:00 67.4 84.0 49.7

3 13:00 67.0 83.2 50.0

4 14:00 68.1 92.1 50.9

5 15:00 68.3 90.3 51.2

6 16:00 67.4 91.0 49.1

7 17:00 66.2 80.1 45.0

8 18:00 65.7 84.2 46.1

9 19:00 70.1 92.7 51.9

10 20:00 63.0 83.0 47.4

11 21:00 65.7 84.3 45.5

12 22:00 63.9 80.4 43.6

13 23:00 67.6 86.2 46.0

14 24:00 67.1 88.1 44.7

15 01:00 63.0 83.1 42.2

16 02:00 62.4 80.0 43.1

17 03:00 60.1 79.2 41.1

18 04:00 61.0 80.4 45.2

19 05:00 62.1 80.1 43.4

20 06:00 59.3 79.2 42.3

21 07:00 64.4 81.5 44.0

22 08:00 66.6 85.0 46.9

23 09:00 66.0 87.6 43.4

24 10:00 69.1 90.9 47.2

Appendix - IV

Graph 2: Variation of Noise with Time

Appendix - IV

Section - 4

Analysis Report

Appendix - IV

CHEMICAL LABORATORY

TEST REPORT

Job No : Env - Lhr - 267 / 2009

Client Name : Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd.

Description Of Sample : Surface Water (River Jhelum)

Marking (If Any): Dam Site No. of sample : 01

Sample Condition Upon Receipt: Satisfactory Sample Collection Date : 26-07-09

Environmental Conditions: Temperature: NA Humidity: NA

Sr.# Parameters Method Unit LDL Results

Limits as per NEQS

01 Temperature °C - 12 =<40

02 PH APHA-4500H+

B - 7.92 06- 09

03 Biochemical Oxygen Demand

ASTM5210 mg/L 5.0 10 80.00

04

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

APHA-5220 D mg/L 5.0 19 150.00

05 Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 241 200.00

06 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 109 3500.00

07 Chloride (Cl) APHA-4500Cl-

B mg/L 0.5 10.6 1000.00

08 Fluoride ( F) APHA - F-

C mg/L 0.01 0.6 10.00

09 Cyanide (CN) APHA-4500CN F mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

10 Sulphate (SO4) APHA-4500 SO4 C mg/L 5.0 40 600.00

11 Sulphide (S) APHA-4500S2-

D mg/L 0.1 <0.1 01.00

12 Magnesium APHA-3500Mg B mg/L 0.5 10.9 -

13 Ammonia (NH3) APHA-4500NH3 B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 40.00

Appendix - IV


Limits as per NEQS

14 Cadmium (Cd) APHA-3500Cd B mg/L 0.05 <0.05 00.10

15 Chromium (Cr) APHA-3500Cr B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

16 Copper (Cu) APHA-3500Cu B mg/L 0.01 0.02 01.00

17 Lead ( P b ) APHA-3500Pb B mg/L 0.01 0.02 00.50

18 Mercury (Hg) APHA-3500Hg B mg/L 0.001 <0.001 00.01

19 Selenium (Se) APHA-3500Se C mg/L 0.01 <0.01 00.50

20 Nickel ( N i ) APHA 3500 Ni B mg/L 0.01 0.04 01.00

21 Silver (Ag) APHA-3500Ag B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 01.00

22 Zinc ( Z n ) APHA-3500Zn B mg/L 0.05 0.12 05.00

23 Arsenic (As) APHA-3500As B mg/L 0.005 <0.005 01.00

24 Barium (Ba) APHA-3500Ba B mg/L 0.5 <0.5 01.50

25 Iron (Fe) APHA-3500Fe B mg/L 0.01 7.5 8.00

26 Boron (B) APHA-4500B C mg/L 0.02 <0.02 6.00

-: Not Defined <: Less Than. LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

Appendix - IV

CHEMICAL LABORATORY

TEST REPORT

Job No : Env - Lhr - 267 / 2009

Client Name : Associated Technologies (Pvt) Ltd.

Description Of Sample : Surface Water (River Jhelum)

Marking (If Any): Power House Site No. of sample : 01

Sample Condition Upon Receipt: Satisfactory Sample Collection Date : 26-07-09

Environmental Conditions: Temperature: NA Humidity: NA

Sr.#

Parameters

Method

Unit

LDL

Results

Limits as per NEQS

01 Temperature °C - 13 =<40

02 PH APHA-4500H+

B - 7.78 06- 09

03 Biochemical Oxygen Demand

ASTM5210 mg/L 5.0 21 80.00

04

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

APHA-5220 D mg/L 5.0 37 150.00

05

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

APHA-2540 D mg/L 5.0 366 200.00

06

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

APHA-2540 C mg/L 5.0 114 3500.00

07 Chloride (Cl) APHA-4500Cl-

B mg/L 0.5 10 1000.00

08 Fluoride ( F) APHA - F-

C mg/L 0.01 0.4 10.00

09 Cyanide (CN) APHA-4500CN F mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

10 Sulphate (SO4) APHA-4500 SO4 C mg/L 5.0 45 600.00

11 Sulphide (S) APHA-4500S2-

D mg/L 0.1 <0.1 01.00

12 Magnesium APHA-3500Mg B mg/L 0.5 11.9 -

13 Ammonia (NH3) APHA-4500NH3 B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 40.00

Appendix - IV


Limits as per NEQS

14 Cadmium (Cd) APHA-3500Cd B mg/L 0.05 <0.05 00.10

15 Chromium (Cr) APHA-3500Cr B mg/L 0.01 <0.01 01.00

16 Copper (Cu) APHA-3500Cu B mg/L 0.01 0.02 01.00

17 Lead ( P b ) APHA-3500Pb B mg/L 0.01 0.02 00.50

18 Mercury (Hg) APHA-3500Hg B mg/L 0.001 <0.001 00.01

19 Selenium (Se) APHA-3500Se C mg/L 0.01 <0.01 00.50

20 Nickel ( N i ) APHA 3500 Ni B mg/L 0.01 0.04 01.00

21 Silver (Ag) APHA-3500Ag B mg/L 0.1 <0.1 01.00

22 Zinc ( Z n ) APHA-3500Zn B mg/L 0.05 0.12 05.00

23 Arsenic (As) APHA-3500As B mg/L 0.005 <0.005 01.00

24 Barium (Ba) APHA-3500Ba B mg/L 0.5 <0.5 01.50

25 Iron (Fe) APHA-3500Fe B mg/L 0.01 12.5 8.00

26 Boron (B) APHA-4500B C mg/L 0.02 <0.02 6.00

-: Not Defined <: Less Than. LDL: Lowest Detection Limit

Appendix - IV

Section - 5

Photographs

Appendix - IV

Fig 1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Dam Site

Fig 2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Dam Site

Appendix - IV

Fig 3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Power House Site

Fig 4: Noise Level Monitoring at Dam Site

Appendix - IV

Fig 5: Noise Level Monitoring at Power House Site

Appendix - IV

Section - 6

USEPA and Pak-NEQS Standards for Ambient Air

Appendix - IV

USEPA NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD

Following are the limits specified in NAAQS for primary as well as secondary pollutants.

POLLUTANT STANDARD VALUE *

STANDARD TYPE

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8-hour Average 1-hour

Average

9 ppm

35 ppm

(10mg/m3)

(40 mg/m3)

Primary

Primary

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Annual Arithmetic Mean

0.053 ppm (100 µg/m3) Primary & Secondary

Ozone (O3)

1-hour Average 8-

hour Average

0.12 ppm

0.08 ppm

(235 µg/m3)

(157 µ/m3)

Primary & Secondary

Primary & Secondary

Lead (Pb) Quarterly Average

1.5 µ ug/m3

Primary & Secondary

Particulate (PM 10) Particles with diameters of 10 micrometers or less

Annual Arithmetic Mean 50 µg/m3

Primary & Secondary

24-hour Average 150 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

Particulate (PM 2.5) Particles with diameters of 2.5 micrometers or less

Annual Arithmetic Mean 15 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

24-hour Average 65 µg/m3 Primary & Secondary

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Arithmetic Mean

24-hour Average

3-hour Average

0.030 ppm

0.14 ppm

0.50 ppm

(80 µg/m3)

(365 µg/m3)

(1300 µg/m3)

Primary

Primary

Secondary

Draft National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) for Ambient Air

Pollutants Time- weighted average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of measurement

Effective from 1st January 2009

Effective from 1st January 2012

Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2) Annual Average*

80 µg/m3 80 ug/m

3 Ultraviolet Fluorescence method

24 hours** 120 µg/m3 120 |jg/m

3

Oxides of Nitrogen as

Annual

Average* 40 µg/m

3 40 ug/m3 Gas Phase

Chemiluminescence 24 hours** 40 µg/m

3 40 ug/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen as

Annual Average*

40 µg/m3 40 ug/m

3 Gas Phase Chmiluminescence

24 hours** 80 µg/m3 80 ug/m

3

O3 1 hour 180 µg/m3 130 ug/m

3 Non Dispersive UV absorption method

Suspended Particulate

Annual

Average* 400 µg/m

3 360 |jg/m3 High Volume Sampling,

(Average flow rate not less 24 hours** 550 µg/m

3 500 Mg/m3

Respirable Particulate

Annual

Average* 200 µg/m

3 120 Mg/m3 β Ray absorption method

24 hours** 250 µg/m3 150 Mg/m

3

Respirable Particulate

Annual Average*

25 µg/m3 15 Mg/m

3 β Ray absorption method

24 hours** 40 µg/m3 35 Mg/m

3

1 hour 25 µg/m3 15 Mg/m

3

Lead (Pb) Annual

Average* 1.5 µg/m

3 1 Mg/m3 ASS Method after sampling

using EPM 2000 or 24 hours** 2 µg/m

3 1.5 Mg/m3

Carbon Monoxide

(CO)

8 hours ** 5 mg/m3 5 mg/m

3 Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) method

1 hour 10 mg/m3 10 mg/m

3

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

Pak-NEQS for Ambient Air Quality

Appendix -V

APPENDIX – VI

VEGETATION STUDY

Appendix-VI Vegetation Study

1

1. BACKGROUND

Karot Hydropower Project is proposed to be built on River Jhelum, upstream of

Mangla Dam near village Karot in Kahuta Tehsil of Rawalpindi District. Overall, the

project area has a mountainous topography dissected by rivers, hill streams and springs.

The project area covers administrative region consisting of Rawalpindi district in Punjab

province; Kotli and Sudhnuti districts in Azad Jammu and Kashmir (AJ&K). The site is

accessible from the Federal Capital Islamabad via Kahuta-Kotli Road and lies at an

approximate distance of 65 kilometres south-east of Rawalpindi. The site has GPS

coordinates 33-36-N and 73-36 E. Jhelum is the major river in the project region

Upstream of the proposed Hydropower project, Jhelum River is joined by its main

tributaries i.e., Kunhar, Neelum and Mahl Rivers. The project area falls under the sub-

tropical pine forests and sub-tropical broad leaved evergreen. Those areas are mainly

covered by "chir pine" and include the lower sub-mountainous terrain of the project area

within the lower reaches of the Jhelum River. Pinus roxhurghii (Chir Pine) is the only

conifer forest plant and is dominant within the area with patches of broad leaved

species such as; (Olive) Olea ferruginea, (Phulai) Acacia modesta, (Timmer)

Zanthoxylum armatum, (Fig) Ficus carica, (Sanatha) Dodonea viscosa and (Simblu)

Berberis lyceum and cultivated fruit trees (Updated environmental impact assessment

report of Karot hydropower project, 2014)

2. AVAILABLE BASELINE INFORMATION REGARDING THE

VEGETATION OF THE KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT AREA

Champion, Seith and Khattak (1965) classified the vegetation of the project

area as i.(Montane) Subtropical forests/Dry subtropical braoad leaved

forests/Subtropical evergreen dry broadleaved forest /Kau_phulai forests/

olive forests and ii.(Montane) Subtropical pine forests/Chir (Chil) Forests

i. (Montane) Subtropical forests/Dry subtropical broad leaved

forests/Subtropical evergreen dry broadleaved forest /Kau_phulai forests/

olive forests

Spread in the foothills and lower slopes of the Himalaya, the salt range

Kalachitta, the Suleiman ranges, in fact throughout the country at suitable elevations

merging downwards with the tropical thorn forests and upward with the subtropical pine

and temperate forests. The characteristic trees are Olea cuspidata and Acacia modesta

which occur over wide altitudinal and latitudinal range with Pistacia at the higher levels.

Punica is often abundant in the sub-Himalyan occurrences .The shrubs include a great

many genera and families, many them of central Asian origin. Under the heavy grazing

to which they are usually submitted, unpalatable species are favoured and Dodonaea,

Withania and Rhazya become conspicuous with the thorny gymnosporia, monotheca and

Carrisa .Differentiated into dry subtropical broadleaved forest,Baluchistan dry mixed

scrub, northern dry mixed scrub, rhazya wihtannia scrub, monotheca scrub, sub-tropical

stream bed scrub of Nerium & Tamarix spp andmazri palm scrub (nannorrhops)


2

ii. (MONTANE) Subtropical Pine Forests/ Chir (Chil) Forests

High forest of Pinus roxburghii may extend down from the temperate forest,

and trees of the tropical or semi-tropical deciduous forests spread up from &low. The

transition from the temperate forest is usually fairly sharp (though greatly affected by

clearing for cultivation), but that from the deciduous forests may include a transition belt

wide enough to be treated separately.

Pinus roxhurghii is completeiy dominant. Quercus incana, with occasional Lyonia

ovalifolia and Rhododendron arboreum, occurs widely on the cooler moister sites both

along streams and on northerly aspects. Pistacia integerrima. Syzygium cumini,

Mallotu.s philippinensis. Xylosma longifolium, Quercus glauca, Ficus spp. and other

broadleaved trees similarly spread up from lower down. Pyrus pashia may occur

throughout the altitudinal range. The shrub growth when present is commonly Of

Myrsine africana, Daphne, Lonicera. Rosa, etc., at the higher altitudes, and Carissa.

Dodonaea, Woodfordia, etc., at the lower. Berberis and Indigofera, Rein wardtia and

Rubus spp occur throughout. Clematis, Smilax and Rosa are the only common climbing

genera present. Typical herbaceous plants include Viola, Valeriana and Senicio. Among

the grasses Heteropogon contortus is conspicuous but Chrysopogon, Bothriochloa,

Themeda, Arundinella and other genera are well represented.

Zohrab Qamar (2011) classified the vegetation of Kotli, Sudhnati and Kahuta

districts under the Karot Hydropower Project as i. moist temperate forests, ii.

Subtropical chir pine forests, iii.Sub-tropical evergreen/olive forests and iv.

Mixed miscellaneous forests.

Land cover Atlas of Pakistan (2012) depicted agriculture as the major land

cover followed by the forests/Shrubs & bushes in the project area, identified two

major forest types in the project area as i. Subtropical Chir pine forests and ii. Sub-

tropical broad-leaved evergreen forests

Table.1 District-wise Land Cover Classes (in ha and %age) of Rawapindi,

Sudhnati and Kotli

Source: Land Cover Atlas of Pakistan, 2012

Land Cover Classes

# Districts Forests Shrubs and

bushes Rangeland

Agriculture land

Settlements Barren land

Water bodies

Fruit Orchards

Total

1 Rawalpindi 113,159

(21.8)

25,853

(5.0)

6,604

(1.3)

323,079

(62.2)

38,701

(7.4)

6,974

(1.3)

5,116

(1.0) 0

519,486

(100)

2 Kotli 62,615

(38.3)

20,963

(12.8)

6,734

(4.1)

68,195

(41.7)

1,159

(0.7)

1,640

(1.0)

2,337

(1.4) 0

163,643

(100)

3 Sudhnati 19,076

(33.8)

4,235

(7.5)

4,108

(7.3)

24,828

(43.9)

332

(0.6)

3,009

(5.3)

918

(1.6) 0

91,565

(100)


3

Table.2 District-wise Forest Types area (in ha and %age) of Rawapindi,

Sudhnati and Kotli

# Districts Moist

Temperate

Sub-

tropical

Chir Pine

Sub-

tropical

Broad-

leaved


1 Rawalpindi

17,249

(15.2)

27,283

(24.1)

68,627

(60.7) 0 0

113,159

(100)

2 Sudhnati 0

18,791

(98.5)

285

(1.5)

0 0 19,076

(100)

3 Kotli 0

44,676

(71.4)

17,939

(28.6) 0 0

62,615

(100)

Source: Landcover Atlas of Pakistan, 2012

Rawalpindi district occupies the north-east corner of the Punjab and has a much more

varied flora than any other district, because part of the district is on the Pothwar Plateau

and Murree tehsil extends north into the Himalayas to 2075 m. It belongs to the Saharo-

Sindhian(North Africa) floral belt but because of the better rain fall during the monsoon

there are more subtropical and tropical South Indian and Indo-Malayan elements,

especially in the foot Hills of Himalayas as up to 1500 m.The spring flora is largely

Saharo-Sindhian and apparently come in from the west, while it is the monsoon flora

which is tropical and has come in from Indian and from the southeast. Infact there are

plants like Mallotus philippinensiswhich range much further than Malaysia and china. The

sub-Himalayan or foothills zone flora is much the same as that of Azad Kashmir to the

east and Hazara to the west. The Punjar & Karot valleys (the project area) have Pinus

roxburghii (Chir Pine) as the dominant species in high hills and in the valleys which are

sloping steeply toward the Jehlum River has dominant Olea-acacia, Dodonaeae,

gymnosporia and mixed species associations (R.R Stewart,1982).


reserved/protected or the Government owned forests, and the guzaras/ private/

community owned forests also known as Khalsa Sarkaar in Azad Jammu & Kashmir.

Reserved / Protected Forests

The reserved forests in the area were declared Reserved after the first regular

settlement in 1886 and later on re-designated in 1956 under the Forest Act, 1927.The

reserved/protected forests lie in the three territorial forest divisions and are managed

through regular working plans. All the protected forests are burdened with the rights of

timber, wood for agricultural implements, grasses and fuel wood, lopping of certain trees

for fodder, grass cutting and grazing of horned cattle. Even some reserved forests of the


4

area are also burdened with same rights as the protected forests. According to

Government notification No.283 of 26.9.1916, all the reserved forests in the Punjab shall

be open to free grazing except such forests as the Divisional Forest Officer may consider

necessary to close for the purpose of regeneration, provided that the area of the forests

closed at any one time shall not exceed 1/4th of the total area of the reserved forests.

These rights are permitted to be exercised under Forest Settlement Report, 1887.

Trees are granted by the forest officers according to the actual requirements of

the right holders for building their own houses. Three trees of Chir/Kail whichever are

available, are given to each right holder once in 5 years from the protected forests. The

right holders are also entitled to obtain the trees for the sme purpose from the village

Guzaras. The right holders used to get the timber free of any charge on payment of a

nominal fee of Rs. 1/permit (315cft or 9cu.m).However, at present one dry/fallen tree

after every 5 years is awarded to right holders due to ban on green felling. The right

holders are also entitled to receive timber free of charge for the construction of graves.

The right holders are entitled to lop Oak tree for fodder upto2/3rd of its height. Trees

less than 5m in height are not permitted to be lopped.

Guzara/Private/Community/Khalsa Sarkaar Forests

The government has got property rights over the tree of spontaneous growth

occurring in the village waste lands in the project area. This title was recorded in the

record of rights of each villege. The waste land with trees of spontaneous growth

constitute the guzara /community/Khalsaa Sarkaar forests spread over the whole of the

project tract. The management of these forests has a very intimate effect upon tha

management of the reserved and the protected forest cover this plane. In addition to the

guzaraz there are vast area of individually owned waste lands in this tract. The

guzaras/Khalsa Sarkaar are jointly held or common waste lands of the village and the

milkiyat are owned by individual .The waste lands are usually situated between the

villages‟ cultivation and the govt forest. These lands were left out of demarcation at the

time of first settlement with the idea of making provision for the requirement of the

villager for house building timber and grazing of cattle. These guzaras are under the

control of deputy commissioner .He is assisted in their management by the Divisional

Forest Officer in whose jurisdiction the areas lies .There is no regular working plan for

the management of these guzara forests .The deputy commissioner is also assisted by a

guzara forest advisory committee consisting of eight official and ten non official members

.The committee advices the deputy commissioner on different aspects of guzara

administration and the utilization of guzara funds on works of public utility .

The guzara forest are administered under the guzara rules issued by the govt

under notification NO.618and 619 dated 15th November 1912 and 245 dated 11.5.1914

an NO.246 dated 15.5.1914. Every right holder has a right to get 315 Cft of timber once

in three years. The requirement of the right holder are verified either by the Chairman of

the union council or by the Range Forest Officer concerned. A large quantity of timber

obtained by the right holder for house building from Guzara is illicitly sold in the market.

The guzara forests are in advanced stage of denudation and they are facing an eminent


5

danger of complete destruction unless some drastic remedial measures were adopted

immediately. All effort add extending scientific management, conservation and

propagation have been frustrated in the past due to the non cooperation of the owners.

The peoples are interested more in establishing their respective rights on the waste

lands rather than managing them as forest .The deforestation of the waste lands would

result in erosion and denudation of the hills sides which will ultimately endanger the

adjoining cultivated fields as well. Moreover, the exhaustion of this source of wood and

fodder would result in an increase pressure over the state forests. The policy so far

has been to manage the guzaras in the interest of the villagers.

Qureshi & Khan (2001), in their ethnobotanical survey, wrote, some of the most

interesting and representative plants of the area are Cyperus rotundas, mainly used for

chloera, dyspepsia &fevers, Saussuoria heteromala, used as tonic in animals, oil of

Pongamia pinata is applied to cure herpes and eczema, leaves of Euphorbia spp are

given to cure mad dogs.

Samina et al, 2012 in their survey of herbaceous flora collected 41 plant species

belonging to 19 families, separated into 7 groups of herbs, herbaceous, shrubs, grasses,

climbers, shrubs and trees. In cover percentage herbs attained the highest position

(61%), folowed by grasses (20%) and sub-shrubs (11%). They further concluded that

richness of the natural vegetation was decreasing with increasing residenntial area.

Zafar et al, 2003 surveyed medicinal plants in different areas of Rawalpindi

district. A total of fifteen plant species from thirteen different families were studied for

their therapeutic potential. There were eight trees, two shrubs and five herbs in the

selected medicinal plants. All the plants were dicotyledons and angiosperms. It wass

desired that the indigenous plant material should be collected, identified, processed and

utilized for medicinal purposes.

Qureshi et al (2001) studied medicinal potential of some poisonous plant from

Kahuta Rawalpindi district. Calotropis procera is a remedy for asthma, leprosy and skin

diseases. Convolvulus arvensis is mild poisonous plant. It is an excellent remedy for skin

diseases and is also used for washing hair to remove dandruff. Oil of Ricinus communis

is useful in constipation in children and the plant is used as an antiseptic. Root of

Euphorbia helioscopia is used as an anthelmintic. Tribulus terrestris is also a mild

poisonous plant for humans but poisonous for goats. The leaves of Cannabis sativa are

antispasmodic, narcotic and sedative.

3. SURVEY METHODOLOGY

A detailed study of the project area was conducted. The length of the reservoir

area behind the weir site is almost 27 Km long. Along this length three representative

sites were selected for vegetation survey on both left and right banks of river Jehlum. At

each site two transect lines of 500 meter each were laid across one another. On each

transect line 1m X 1m Quadrat for grasses/herbs, 4m X 4m Quadrat for shrubs and 10m

X 10m for trees were laid on an interval of 50 meter. The data was collected and

compiled for identification, calculation of cover percentage, species composition and


6

forage production. For forage production the species were clipped and air dried at 2 cm

from the ground level.

Simultaneously, one site each at dam location(dam, power house, diversion

tunnels, spill way etc), one at proposed residential colony, one at dumping sites and one

at newly constructed road were also surveyed separately for cover percentage and spp

composition only (Quraishi, 1998)

The plant species (Annex-I) were identified along the transect line laid at

various sites written in the previous paragraphs. The unidentified plants specimen were

collected with specific voucher numbers and identification was carried out with the help

of plant herbarium at Pakistan Forest Institute, Peshawar. Published/online literature

available including Flora of West Pakistan Fassicles (Nasir et al., 1970) and

www.efloras.org (Flora of Pakistan) were also consulted.

4. SURVEY RESULTS

The major vegetation/forest types observed during the survey in the project area were

1. Badly Exploited Broadleaved Forests 2. Protected Broadleaved Forests


7

3. Exploited/sparce Chir pine Forests 4. Protected Chir Pine Forests

5. Mixed forests of Chir pine, broad leaved & fruit trees beside farmlands and settlements

Totally, 95 species of trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses and ferns belonging to 49

families were identified during the survey. Most of the plants belong to Asteraceae,

Fabaceae, Poaceae and Rosaceae families (Annex-I). Almost all the plants are important

and exploited as medicinal plants with common distribution and protected/common

conservation status (Annex - II) Results for cover percentage, species composition and

forage production compiled as per Quadrat surveys proforma (Annex-IV) at various sites

of the project area are tabulated below:-


8

Table .3 Location wise Cover percentage, species composition and forage

production at Karot Hydropower Project Area

Sr

No. Location Cover Percentage

Species

Composition

Forage

Production

(Kg/Hac)

1 Reservoir (27 km length

upstream of Karot Village)

Vegetation

60-80%

Bare soil/rocks 20-40

%

Trees 10 %

Shrubs 70%

Grasses/herbs

20%

1245 kg/hac

2 Dam site including

dam,power house, tunnels

and spillway etc

Vegetation

50-60%


%

Trees 50 %

Shrubs 30%

Grasses/herbs

20%

915 kg/hac

3 Residential Colony area Vegetation

50-60%


%

Trees 10 %

Shrubs 75%

Grasses/herbs

15%

645 kg/hac

4 Dumping Sites Vegetation

60-70%


%

Trees 60 %

Shrubs 30%

Grasses/herbs

10%

790 kg/hac

5 Newly proposed road Vegetation

90-100%


%

Trees 80 %

Shrubs 15%

Grasses/herbs 5%

650 kg/hac

5. OVER ALL IMAPCTS OF DAM CONSTRUCTION ON VEGETATION

OFTHE AREA

Almost all the reservoir area (submerged area 27km upward from Karot

village)on both sides of Karot Hydropower project was lying in the Guzara/Community

owned forests and was far away from the Reserved forests (all the activities/rights are

prohibited unless permitted by the provincial government). A small portion of reservoir

comes under protected forest (all activities/rights like cutting of trees, collection of

firewood, grazing, grass collection, collection of medicinal plants etc are permitted until


9

and unless provincial government prohibit any/all of these activities). Local communities

exploit Guzara/community/privately owned forests area according to their needs of

timber, firewood and fodder for livestock rather than visualizing its

protective/environmental role. Due to this the area was in degraded form. Heavy

uncontrolled grazing and clearance of area for cultivation also affected the area badly,

devoid of economically important Chir Pine (Pinus roxburghii), Phulai (Acacia modesta)

and Olive (Olea ferruginea) trees, comprised of non-commercial shrubby vegetation of

Sanatha (Dodonaea viscosa) and Granda (Gymnosporia royaleana). Thus the project has

no influence on reserved forests of the reservoir area and its impact on protected forests

is of no significance. The dam site, power house, diversion tunnels, spill way and

residential colony comes under privately owned agricultural fields, fruit trees with few

natural flora here and there. These areas bears exploited vegetation as per local

community requirements and projects layout will not cause much harm to local flora.

All the dumping sites lied in privately owned agricultural fields, fruit trees and

natural flora including few commercially valuable trees like Chir Pine (Pinus roxburghii),

Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Olea (Olea ferruginea) and Phulai (Acacia modesta) and

many non-commercial trees like Kamela (Mallotus phillipinensis), Amla (Phylanthus

emblica), Siris (Albizzia lebbek) etc. As the owners will be compensated well for all fruit

trees/ natural flora trees so there will be no negative impacts of project execution. The

owners will be allowed to cut the trees from their lands to provide space for dumping

material which will earn additional income for them. Additionally, distribution of the

existing flora at dumping site was found very common in the area so no fear of the loss

of the biodiversity involved due to the execution of the project.

Unavoidable vegetation cutting in Government forests/ community forests will

be "compensated" depending upon the kind and size of tree species. With this

compensation, the Punjab Government will be paid additionally with "Tree Cess" against

each tree along with afforestation over an area of ten times more than the area from

where trees are proposed to be cut as "replenishment cost" (Govt of Pujab notification

No. SOFT (EXT) VIII-22/88 dated 09/07/2012). Similar compensation, tree cess and

afforestation charges (replenishment cost) should be paid to the local persons owning

fruit trees/ other natural trees. Ample spaces are available in Government owned/

community forests and privately owned lands for such afforestation programs. Nurseries

for such afforestation program should be established for quick and effective mitigation

against the tree cut involved. Establishment of nurseries will also generate good job

opportunities for better livelihood of the local communities.

The vegetation does not contain any species which was declared as

endangered, threatened or rare. As far as the conservation status of the vegetation

species (Grasses, herbs, shrubs, trees and medicinal plants) is concerned none of the

species was found endangered either for Pakistan or in the world. Only three species

Celtis australus (Tree of Heaven), Ficus bengalensis (Bohr) and Ficus carica (Fig) were

found rare in Pakistan but they are listed as common for the rest of the world. The

presence of these two species will not be disturbed as they were found common in


10

distribution throughout the area. The rest of the vegetation species were found protected

and common in Pakistan and for the rest of the world. So it can be easily concluded that

there will be no negative impacts of Karot Hydropower Project on conservation status of

the vegetation of the area.

The present status of vegetation/floral diversity does not depend upon the river

Jhelum water but it depends on precipitation available in the area. So reduction in water

regime downstream will not affect the vegetation/floral diversity of the area.

Another concern was the loss of biodiversity of cliff vegetation coming either

under reservoir area or going under dumping material. Due to common distribution of

local flora and moisture retention because of dam construction local vegetation/floral

diversity will flourish rather than having any negative impacts of the implementation of

the project. Additionally, we can safely conclude that project, though, will be executed in

the natural forest habitats/ecosystems but due to common distribution of these

habitats/ecosystems throughout the Himalayan tract within the country, the project

activities will pose no threat to these natural habitats/ecosystems

Major land uses to be affected by the project implementation as observed

during the vegetation survey were agricultural field, settlements, local grazing lands and

sparse degraded shrubby vegetation lands along the river beds. So floral diversity of the

area will be under no threat because of the activities of Karot Hydropower Project.


11

6. LITERATURE CITED

Forest Types of Pakistan by Champion, Seith and Khattak (1987), Pakistan Forest

Institute, Peshawar; Pakistan.

Forest and Forestry in Pakistan by M.I. Sheikh (1997), Pakistan Forest Institute,

Peshawar; Pakistan.

Range Management in Pakistan by Masood A.A. Qureshi (1996), University of

Agriculture, Faisalabad; Pakistan.

Range Management in Hazara District of NWFP by M. Anwar Khan (1995), Pakistan forest

Institute, Peshawar; Pakistan.

Resource Management Plan for Upper Kaghan Guzara Forest 2005 to 2015 by Ali Gauhar

Khan, Forest Management Circle, KPK Forest Department ; Pakistan.

Resource Management Plan for Lower Kaghan Guzara Forest 2005 to 2015 by Ali Gauhar

Khan, Forest Management Circle, KPK Forest Department ; Pakistan.

Revised Working Plan for Chir Reserved Forests of the Lower Siran and Agror valley

1992-2002 by Ali Gauhar Khan, Forest Management Circle, KPK Forest Department;

Pakistan.

Land cover Atlas of Pakistan by Bikhari, Haider and Laeeq (2012), Pakisatan Forest

Institute, Peshawar

Revised Working Plan for the Scrub Forests of Rawalpindi district by Faqir Muhammad,

1979-1989. Punjab Forest Department, Government of Punjab

History and exploration of plants in Pakistan and adjoining areas by R.R.Stewart, 1982.

University of Michigan, ANN arbour, USA

Quantitative Survey of Medicinal plants in Rawalpindi north, Rawalpindi south and

Murree forest divisions by Anwar and Altaf Ahmad, 1976. Pakistan Journ. of Forestry, PFI

Peshawar

Study of Medicinal plants of Poonch valley by Zohrab Qamar, 2009. Pakistan Forest

Institute, Peshawar (An unpublished thesis)

Trees and the surubs of the Punjab by S.M. Ireland, 1934.Uttar Chand Kapur & Sons,

Lahore

Working Plan for the Coniferous Forests of Murre & Kahuta tehsils of Rawalpindi district

by Liaqat Ali Khan, 1994-2024. Development & Working plan Circle, 108- Ravi Road,

Lahore

Revised Working Plan for the Murre-Kahuta Forests of Rawalpindi district by M. Bashir

Ahmad, 1953-1983. Printed by Superintendent, Government Printing, West Pakistan,

Lahore

Revised Working Plan for the Murree-Kahuta forests of Rawalpindi district by Ch. Khan

Muhammad, 1965-1985. Punjab Forest Departnent, Government of the Punjab


12

Revised Management Plan for Mirpur and Kotli Forest Divisions, 1997-2007. Kh. Sajjad

Ahmad, Working Plan Officer, Forest Department, Azad Jammu & Kashmir

Working Plan for the forests of Bagh and Rawalakot Forest Divisions, 1991-2000. Ch.

Ahmad Din, Forest Departmnet, Azad Government of the State of Jammu & Kashmir

Practical manual for introductory course on Range Management by Pro. Dr. Masood A.A.

Quraishi, 1998.A-One Publishers AL-fAZAL Market, Urdu Bazar, Lahore

Herbaceous flora of Chotran area, Rawalpindi in Pakistan by Samina Saeed, Rehmat

Ullah Qureshi, Muhammad Arshad Ullah and Muhammad Nasir. Agriculture Science

Research Journal. Vol (6).Page 312-317, June, 2012

Ethnobotanical study of Kahuta from Rawalpindi district in Pakistan by Sohail Jamil

Qureshi & Mir Ajab Khan. Online Journal of Biological Sciences 1(1) 27-30, 2001.

Flora of West Pakistan Fassicles by Nasir et al., 1970

www.efloras.org (Flora of Pakistan) were also consulted.

Taxonomic description and Ethnobotanical Survey of indigenous use of some medicinal

plants of Rawalpindi by Zafar et al. Asian Journal of Plant Sciences, 2003.

IUCN criteria, 2006, 2008 & 2009

Revised Flora of Pakistan by Ali & Qaisar (Series 2000-2010)

Catalogue of vascular Plants of Western Pakistan by S. Stewart (1972)

(www.pmajk.gov.pk/forest_department.asp).

Medicinal Potential of Poisonous Plants of Tehsil Kahuta from District Rawalpindi,

Pakistan by Sohail Jamil Qureshi, Sofia Bano, Taj Mohammad and Mir Ajab Khan, 2001.

Pakistan Journal of Biological Sciences Year: 2001 | Volume: 4 |Issue: 3 | Page No.: 331

– 332

http://n0143855.servername.com/asci/author.php?author=Sohail%20Jamil%20Qureshi&last=

http://n0143855.servername.com/asci/author.php?author=Sofia%20Bano&last=

http://n0143855.servername.com/asci/author.php?author=Taj%20Mohammad&last=

http://n0143855.servername.com/asci/author.php?author=Mir%20Ajab%20Khan&last=


13

Annex – I FAMILY WISE FLORA OF KAROT HYDROPOWER AS DOCUMENTED

DURING THE VEGETATION SURVEY, 2014

Sr Number Species Scientific Name Common Name Family

1. Justicia vesica Bhekar Acanthaceae

2. Agave americana Kewra Agavaceae

3. Amaranthus viridus Amaranthus Amaranthaceae

4. Acyranthus aspera Puth Kanda Amaranthaceae

5. Narcisus Narcisus Amaryllidaceae

6. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

7. Anethum graveolens Apiaceae

8. Calotropis procera Akk Apocynaceae

9. Nerium odorum Kanair Apocynaceae

10. Artimisea vulgaris Chahoo Asteraceae

11. Cichorium intybus Kasni Asteraceae

12. Conyza canadensis Paleet Asteraceae

13. Saussuoria heteromala Kali Ziri Asteraceae

14. Silybum marianum Kandiali Asteraceae

15. Lactuca serriola Kawi Asteraceae

16. Parthenium hysterophorus Chatak Chandani Asteraceae

17. Sonchus arvensis Dodak Asteraceae

18. Berberis lyceum Berberis Berberidaceae

19. Cordia mixa Lasura Boraginaceae

20. Lepidium sativum Watercress Brassicaceae

21. Buxus wallichiana Boxweed tree Buxaceae

22. Cannabis sativa Bhang Cannabaceae

23. Stellaria media Gander Caryophyllaceae

24. Chenopodium album White goosefoot Chenopodiaceae


14

25. Ipomea spp Ishq Pecha Convulvulaceae

26. Cuscuta reflexa Akas bel Cuscutaceae

27. Cyperus rotundas Deela Cyperaceae

28. Aspidium Fern Dryopteridaceae

29. Mallotus phillipinensis Kamila Euphorbiace

30. Ricinus communis Arnoli Euphorbiaceae

31. Euphorbia heliscopia Chattri Dhodak Euphorbiaceae

32. Albizzia lebbek Siris Fabaceae

33. Acacia modesta Phulai Fabaceae

34. A. catechu Khair Fabaceae

35. Dalbergia sisso Shisham Fabaceae

36. Leuceana leucoceophala Ipil Ipil Fabaceae

37. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Fabaceae

38. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae

39. Fumaria indica Pappra Fumariaceae

40. Ocimum basilicum Bhabhori Lamiaceae

41. Mentha arvensis Pudina Lamiaceae

42. M.sylvestris Pepermint Lamiaceae

43. Ajuga bracteosa Ajuga Lamiaceae

44. Pongamia pinnata Sukh chain Leguminoseae

45. Tulipa spp Mamoona Liliaceae

46. Linum usitassimum Alsi Linaceae


15

47. Woodfordia floribunda Drawi Lythraceae

48. Punica granatum Wild Anar Lythraceae

49. Grewia oppositifolia Dhaman Malvaceae

50. Bombax ceiba Simal Malvaceae

51. Melia azedarach Bakain Meliaceae

52. Cederela toona Tun Meliaceae

53. Ficus carica Phagwari Moraceae

54. F. bengalensis Bohr Moraceae

55. Morus alba Toot Moraceae

56. Psidium guvjava Amrood Myrtaceae

57. Olea cuspidata Wild olive/Kaho Oleaceae

58. Oxalalis repens Khatti buti Oxalidaceae

59. Phylanthus emblica Amla Phyllanthaceae

60. Pinus roxburghii Chir pine Pinaceae

61. Cynodon dactylon Khabbal Poaceae

62. Saccharum munja Kanna/Munj Poaceae

63. Panicum antidotale Naru Poaceae

64. Desmostachya bipinnata Dhab grass Poaceae

65. Themeda anathera Red Oat Grass Poaceae

66. Pennisetum typhoide Pearl/Millet PoaceaeGraminaceae

67. Aristida oxycantha Wild grass Poaceae/Acanthaceae

68. Apluda mutica Apluda Poaceae


16

69. Heteropogon contortus Spear grass Poaceae

70. Bothriochloa pertusa Palwan Poaceae

71.

Cymbopogon jawarancusa

Common scented

grass

Poaceae

72. Agrostis ypsilon Agrostis Poaceae

73. Digitaria spp Poaceae

74. Arundo donax Narri Poaceae

75. Zizyphus numularia Beri Rhamnaceae

76. Z.vulgare Anab/Sanjli Rhamnaceae

77. Cotoneaster spp Lohn Rosaceae

78. Prunus arminiaca Harri Rosaceae

79. P. persica Peach Rosaceae

80. P. domestica Aloocha Rosaceae

81. Pyrus pashia Nashpati Rosaceae

82. P. communis Batang Rosaceae

83. Eribotyra japonica Loquat Rosaceae

84. Zanthoxylum armatum Timar Rutaceae

85. Populs nigra Sufaida Salicaceae

86. Salix spp Drooping Willow Salicaceae

87. Dodonaea viscosa Sanatha Sapindaceae

88. Verbascum thapsus Giddhar Tambako Scrophulariaceae

89. Ailanthus altissima Tree of Heaven Simaroubaceae

90. Solanum nigrum Makkoo Solanaceae


17

91. Datura alba Datura Solanaceae

92. Celtis australis Batkarrar/Khirk Ulmaceae

93. Viola odorata Banafsha Violaceae

94. Aloe vera Kawar Gandal Xanthorrhoeaceae

95. Tribulu terrestris Calthrop Zygophyllaceae

References:

1. IUCN criteria, 2006,2008 & 2009

2. Revised Flora of Pakistan by Ali & Qaisar (Series 2000-2010)

3. Catalogue of vascular Plants of Western Pakistan by S. Stewart (1972)

4. Flora of West Pakistan Fassicles (Nasir et al., 1970)

5. www.efloras.org (Flora of Pakistan)


18

Annex-II CONSERVATION STATUS OF FLORA OF KAROT HYDROPOWER

PROJECT AREA

Serial No

Species Scientific Name

Forest Type Distribution Conservation Status

IUCN GoP

1. Justicia vesica Himalayan

subtropical scurb Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

2. Agave americana Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

3. Amaranthus viridus Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

4. Acyranthus aspera Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

5. Narcisus Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

6. Mangifera indica Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

7. Anethum graveolens

Himalayan subtropical scurb

Common Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

8. Calotropis procera Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

9. Nerium odorum Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

10. Artimisea vulgaris Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

11. Cichorium intybus Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

12. Conyza canadensis Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

13. Saussuoria heteromala



Protected/ Common

14. Silybum marianum Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

15. Lactuca serriola Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

16. Parthenium hysterophorus



Protected/ Common

17. Sonchus arvensis Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

18. Berberis lyceum Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

19. Cordia mixa Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

20. Lepidium sativum Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

21. Buxus wallichiana Himalayan

Chirpine Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

22. Cannabis sativa Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

23. Stellaria media Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

24. Chenopodium album



Protected/ Common

25. Ipomea spp Himalayan chirpine/


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

26. Cuscuta reflexa Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

27. Cyperus rotundas Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

28. Aspidium Himalayan Common Protected/ Protected/


19

subtropical scurb Common Common

29. Mallotus phillipinensis

Himalayan Chir pine


Protected/ Common

30. Ricinus communis Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

31. Euphorbia heliscopia

Himalayan dry deciduous


Protected/ Common

32. Albizzia lebbek Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

33. Acacia modesta Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

34. A. catechu Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

35. Dalbergia sisso Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

36. Leuceana

leucoceophala

Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

37. Bauhinia variegata Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

38. Cassia fistula Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

39. Fumaria indica Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

40. Ocimum basilicum Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

41. Mentha arvensis Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

42. M.sylvestris Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

43. Ajuga bracteosa Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

44. Pongamia pinnata Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

45. Tulipa spp Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

46. Linum usitassimum Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

47. Woodfordia floribunda


Protected/ Common

48. Punica granatum Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

49. Grewia oppositifolia Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

50. Bombax ceiba Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

51. Melia azedarach Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

52. Cederela toona Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

53. Ficus carica Himalayan Chirpine

Scattered Common Rare

54. F. bengalensis Himalayan sub-tropical Scrub


55. Morus alba Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

56. Psidium guvjava Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

57. Olea cuspidata Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

58. Oxalalis repens Himalayan chirpine


Protected/ Common


20

59. Phylanthus emblica Himalayan dry

deciduous Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

60. Pinus roxburghii Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

61. Cynodon dactylon Himalayan Chirpine/

subtropical scrub Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

62. Saccharum munja Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

63. Panicum antidotale Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

64. Desmostachya

bipinnata

Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

65. Themeda anathera Himalayan Chirpine/


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

66. Pennisetum typhoide

Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

67. Aristida oxycantha Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

68. Apluda mutica Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

69. Heteropogon

contortus

Himalayan Chirpine/

subtropical scrub

Common Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

70. Bothriochloa pertusa

Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

71. Cymbopogon jawarancusa

Himalayan subtropical scrub


Protected/ Common

72. Agrostis ypsilon Himalayan

Chirpine Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

73. Digitaria spp Himalayan Chirpine


Protected/ Common

74. Arundo donax Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

75. Zizyphus numularia Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

76. Z.vulgare Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

77. Cotoneaster spp Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

78. Prunus arminiaca Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

79. P. persica Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

80. P. domestica Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

81. Pyrus pashia Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/Common

Protected/Common

82. P. communis Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

83. Eribotyra japonica Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

84. Zanthoxylum armatum

Himalayan subtropical scrub


Protected/ Common

85. Populs nigra Himalayan Chir

pine Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

86. Salix spp Himalayan Chirpine

Scattered Common Common

87. Dodonaea viscosa Himalayan Common Protected/ Protected/


21

subtropical scrub Common Common

88. Verbascum thapsus Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

89. Ailanthus altissima Himalayan

Chirpine Common

Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

90. Solanum nigrum Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

91. Datura alba Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

92. Celtis australis Himalayan Chirpine


93. Viola odorata Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

94. Aloe vera Himalayan


Protected/ Common

Protected/ Common

95. Tribulu terrestris Himalayan


Protected/

Common

Protected/

Common

References

1. IUCN criteria, 2006,2008 & 2009

2. Revised Flora of Pakistan by Ali & Qaisar (Series 2000-2010)

3. Catalogue of vascular Plants of Western Pakistan by S. Stewart (1972)

4. Flora of West Pakistan Fassicles (Nasir et al., 1970)

5. www.efloras.org (Flora of Pakistan)


22

Annex-III Landcover Maps of Rawalpindi (Kahuta), Sudhnoti and

Kotli Distt


23


24


25

Annex-IV TALLY SHEET FOR RANGE VEGETATION COVER%

Location Transect line lope Aspect Elevation Soil

Date Technician

Species 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Average %

SPP Composition %

Total Area cover

A-Grass &Grassing

Total Grass & Grassing

B-Forbs

Total Forbs

C-Shurbs & Trees

Total shrubs & tree

Grand total

Surface Feature

Plant base

Litter

Cryptogam

Rock pavement

Bare soil


26

TALLY SHEET FOR BIOMASS PRODUCTION

SPECIES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Average

A-Grass & Grassing

Total Grass

B-Forms

Total forbs

C-shrubs&tree

Toatl Shrubs &trees

Grand total

Kg/Ha

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. BACKGROUND ...................................................................................................... 1

2. AVAILABLE BASELINE INFORMATION REGARDING THE VEGETATION OF

THE KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT AREA .................................................... 1

Reserved / Protected Forests ................................................................................................ 3

Guzara/Private/Community/Khalsa Sarkaar Forests ............................................................. 4

3. SURVEY METHODOLOGY .................................................................................... 5

4. SURVEY RESULTS ................................................................................................ 6

5. OVER ALL IMAPCTS OF DAM CONSTRUCTION ON VEGETATION OFTHE

AREA ...................................................................................................................... 8

6. LITERATURE CITED ............................................................................................ 11

APPENDIX – VII

FAUNA STUDY

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

29

Fauna Study with reference to Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds and

Mammals

December, 2014

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

30

Authors:

The team for preparing the Biodiversity Impact Assessment of the

Karot Hydropower Project on amphibians, reptiles, birds and

mammals consists of the following members:

Name Organization Position on team Mr. Rafaqat Masroor PMNH Amphibian & Reptiles Specialist

Mr. Muhammad Kabir SLF-Pakistan/UoH Birds Specialist Mr. Shoaib Hameed SLF-Pakistan/QAU Mammals Specialist

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

31

Contents

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...................................................................................... 33

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION OF KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT .................... 34

2.1. Project Background ............................................................................................... 34

2.2. Project Location .................................................................................................... 35

2.3. Project Capacity .................................................................................................... 36

2.4. Design and Operational Features of Karot HPP .................................................... 38

3. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS ................................................................................... 40

3.1 Azad Jammu and Kashmir Environmental Protection Act, 2000 ............................ 40

3.2 Environmental Guidelines ..................................................................................... 40

3.3 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) ............................................... 40

3.4 Punjab wildlife Protection, Preservation, Conservation & Management Act, 1974 . 40

3.5 AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management) Ordinance,

2013 ...................................................................................................................... 41

3.6 Punjab Forest Act, 1927 ........................................................................................ 41

3.7 Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations, 1930 ..................................................... 41

3.8 The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab Fisheries Ordinance, 1961 ........................... 41

3.9 International Conventions and Obligations ............................................................ 42

3.9.1 Indus Water Treaty, 1960 ...................................................................................... 43

3.9.2 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), Rio De Janiero, 1993 .......................... 43

3.9.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES), Washington, 1975 .................................................................................. 44

3.9.4 Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS), Bonn,

1979 ...................................................................................................................... 44

3.9.5 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat,

Ramsar, 1971 ....................................................................................................... 44

3.9.6 Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

32

(WHC), Paris, 1972 ............................................................................................... 45

4. ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT46

4.1 Objectives/scope of the EIA .................................................................................. 46

4.2 Approach and methodology .................................................................................. 46

4.3 Results of December 2014 Survey ........................................................................ 52

4.3.1 Herpeto–fauna (Amphibians and Reptiles) ............................................................ 52

4.3.2 Ornitho-fauna (Birds) ............................................................................................. 57

4.3.3 Mammals .............................................................................................................. 66

4.4 Basis for Determination of Conservation Status of Species and Performance Standard

for Preparation of the Baseline .............................................................................. 72

5. DISCUSSIONS ..................................................................................................... 74

6. RECOMMENDATIONS ......................................................................................... 78

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

33

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The environmental impact assessment of Karot Hydropower Project Area (KHPA) on

the diversity and distribution of amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammalian fauna

was studied in selected sites, covering all representative habitats. The project area

fall in the Himalayan foothills with scrub forest as dominant habitat and also with

little representation of pine (cheer) forest at higher elevations. Due to overlapping

of diverse habitat types such as riverine, scrub forest, streambed areas, rocky/hilly

slopes, human settlements and agricultural fields, the project area is regarded as

very rich and diverse in amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammal species. Based on

literature, line-transect method, sign surveys and interviews with locals in project

area, we enlist the diversity of observed species and assess the impacts of

environmental degradation and changes on the amphibians, reptiles, birds and

mammals as a result of dam construction activities and reservoir rise. A total of 07

amphibians (in 03 families), 25 reptiles (in 10 families), 79 birds (in 26 families)

and 28 mammals (in 17 families) were recorded from the sampling sites. None of

the amphibians or reptilian species of the project area was listed on IUCN Red Data

List except near threatened (NT) Indian Rock Python (Python molurus). Critically

endangered (CE) white-rumped vulture (Gyps bengalensis), endangered (E)

Egyptian vulture (Neophron percnopterus) and near threatened (NT) Himalayan

griffon vulture (Gyps himalayensis) were also observed. Among mammals, common

leopard (Panther pardus) and common otter (Lutra lutra), found in the project area,

are near threatened (NT) and smooth-coated otter (Lutrogale perspicillata) is

categorized as vulnerable (VU). A variable level of habitat degradation and human

disturbance was observed in the sampling sites of project area like forest cutting,

over-grazing, fuel wood collection and several other biotic factors. As a result of

dam construction, the level of reservoir will rise and the habitat therein will be

submerged which will negatively affect and dislocate the population of reptiles and

rodent species to higher steel slopes of the mountains. Habitat shrinkage will

greatly affect these animals. However, a positive impact on the population of

amphibians, birds and large mammals is expected in the long-term scenario.

Blasting, mining and construction activities will likely affect the population of

lizards, snakes and rodents in the short-term activities. Wildlife-Human conflict was

recorded for several of the carnivore species in the Project area. Detailed studies on

monthly and seasonal basis are required to 1) assess the impacts of environmental

degradation and reservoir formation on amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals,

2) relocation plan for the threatened fauna, 3) environmental management plan for

the threatened species and 4) to mitigate the negative impacts during the

construction activities in the project area.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

34

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION OF KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

2.1. Project Background

Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA) in November 1984

conducted ranking studies of possible sites for development of Hydropower Projects along

river Jhelum. Karot Hydropower scheme was identified as potential site for hydropower

production. The ranking studies were conducted by Hydro Electric Power Organization of

WAPDA NWFP province (now KPK) and German Consultants Company GTZ. No further work

on this proposal was, however, carried out leaving it as a raw site. In later years, the

scheme was taken up by the Private Power Infrastructure Board (PPIB) which offered it as

an investment power project (IPP) to the private sector in 2007.

A group of Pakistani and Chinese sponsors was awarded the Letter of Interest

(LOI) after an international competitive bidding process in March 2007. M/s. Associated

Technologies Pvt. Ltd. (ATL) was awarded the project and signed a contract on August 21,

2007. ATL consisted of a consortium of international and local companies namely M/s SMEC

International (Pvt.) Ltd., Australia, M/s Mirza Associates Engineering Services (Pvt.) Ltd.,

Pakistan (MAES), M/s Engineering General Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd., Pakistan (EGC). The EIA

study of the project was completed by SMECK in 2009.

Later on, as per requirement of Pak-Environmental Protection Act 1997, the study

was approved by the both relevant Environmental Protection Agencies (Punjab - EPA and

AJ&K - EPA) in 2010 and 2011 vide their approval letter nos. DD(EIA)/EPA/F-2502/2K9/335

dated 06-03-2010 and Ref No. 178-80 dated 6-6-2010 respectively. The conditions laid

down in the approval letters of the relevant agencies (Punjab – EPA and AJ&K - EPA)

requires that „‟ Any change in the approved project shall be communicated to EPA, Punjab

and EPA – AJ&K and shall be commenced after obtaining the approval.‟‟

After extensive field works and desk studies, a feasibility review/update report was

prepared in March 2014 in which major layout / design changes have been proposed such

as the main dam axis has been shifted downstream and its type has been changed from

concrete gravity type to rock fill type. The spillway is no more part of dam body, instead a

separate spillway structure has been provided in open cut adjacent to power intake. The

powerhouse has been changed from cavern type to above ground/surface type. This chapter

mainly describes the project as conceived by the Changjiang Design Institute in their

feasibility update report of March 2014.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

35

2.2. Project Location

Karot Hydropower Project is proposed to be built on River Jhelum, upstream of

Mangla Dam near village Karot in Kahuta Tehsil of Rawalpindi District. The site is accessible

from the Federal Capital Islamabad via Kahuta-Kotli Road and lies at an approximate

distance of 65 kilometres south-east of Rawalpindi. The site has GPS coordinates 33-36-N

and 73-36 E. Upstream of the Proposed Hydropower project, Jhelum River is joined by its

main tributaries i.e., Kunhar, Neelum and Mahl Rivers. A location map of Jhelum River and

Karot Hydropower Project Area is presented in Figure 1.

The Project Area comprises locations in the AJK (reservoir left Bank only) and in

the Province of Punjab, on Jhelum River upstream of the existing Mangla Reservoir, near the

village of Karot. The satellite imagery of dam site is given in Figure 2.

Figure 1: Project Location Map

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

36

Figure 1: Project Layout Satellite Imagery

2.3. Project Capacity

The project will generate up to 720 MW of electric power using the Jhelum River

flows. The firm capacity of project has been estimated as 116.5 MW. The estimated average

annual electrical energy production is 3,213 GWh, with the production fluctuating between

higher and lower values depending on river flow conditions, affected by rainfall, snowfall

and snow melt within the catchment. The alternative generation by furnace-oil thermal

power station, 3,213 GWh of hydropower energy represents the saving of more than a half

million barrels of oil fuel annually. The Changjiang Design Institute carried out additional

field investigations and desk studies from 2010 to 2014 and proposed different layouts of

the project mainly comparing the dam type and location of dam axis. An asphalt core rock

fill dam has been proposed instead of concrete gravity dam thus requiring a separate

spillway structure on the right bank of Jhelum River. The underground powerhouse cavern

has been changed to surface type powerhouse in open cut. The revised project layout offers

cost savings as well as lesser complications in construction activities. The scope of land

acquisition however has been increased as compared to the layout proposed in the

feasibility study by SMEC consortium. The latest project layout as per feasibility update

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

37

report by Changjiang Design Institute is presented at Figures 3 & 4. The present EIA report

is being updated for this revised layout.

Figure 3: Project Layout Plan

Figure 4: Project Layout Plan (3D Perspective View)

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

38

2.4. Design and Operational Features of Karot HPP

The proposed dam will be located downstream of the village of Gorah, about 200

meters upstream of Karot Bridge. During construction, the foundation of the dam and

power intake will cover an area centred on the river bed between the upstream and

downstream cofferdams. The project area mostly covers bare, unproductive rock and river

bed. Three diversion tunnels have been envisaged to divert the river flows during

construction of main dam.

The dam will have a

maximum height of 95.5 meters.

It will impound 152 million cubic

meters (MCM) of water at

normal pool level of 461 masl.

The normal pool level has been

assigned to the project by

Private power Infrastructure

Board (PPIB) Government of

Pakistan on the basis of cascade

study carried out for optimal

allocation of gross head to the

hydropower projects on Jhelum

River proposed upstream of

Mangla Dam. At normal pool

level, this reservoir will extend

upstream upto 5.54 km² into the

narrow canyon and would

submerge the bare and

unproductive areas around river

bed. The topographic map of

reservoir area is shown in Figure

5. It has been proposed to

permanently acquire land in

reservoir area corresponding to

20 years flood in the Karot

Figure 5: Reservoir Area Showing Submergence Level at 20

Years Flood Period

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

39

reservoir.

On the basis of the dam-front sedimentation elevation, considering water level

requirement at intake with some allowance, ensuring the operational stability of the

generating units, minimizing the energy output loss during reservoir sediment release

period, and increasing the flexibility of the power generation operation, the dead water level

has been recommended as 451 m. The corresponding regulating storage between which and

normal pool level is 49.05 million m3. After 20 years of reservoir operation, there will still be

approximately 20 million m3 regulating storage left, which indicating that the selected dead

water level will still satisfy the requirement of intake and daily regulation.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

40

3. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS

This section summarizes the laws and regulations applicable to Project

construction and operations. It includes the laws and regulations that have been

enacted by the Government of Pakistan and AJK Government and those that have

been enacted in Pakistan but have been adopted by the AJK Legislature.

3.1 Azad Jammu and Kashmir Environmental Protection Act, 2000

The Azad Jammu and Kashmir Environmental Protection Act, 2000 is the principal

legislative tool used for regulating environmental protection in the state of Azad Jammu and

Kashmir. The Act is applicable to a broad range of issues and extends to air, water,

industrial liquid effluent, and noise pollution, handling of hazardous wastes and biodiversity

protection.

3.2 Environmental Guidelines

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak-EPA) has published a set of

environmental guidelines and act (Pakistan environmental protection act, 1997) for

conducting environmental assessments and the environmental management of different

types of development projects. These guidelines have been adopted by the AJK-EPA for use

in its jurisdiction. Under Regulation 6(2) of the IEE-EIA Regulations 2009, the “EIA shall be

prepared, to the extent practicable, in accordance therewith and the proponent shall justify

in the EIA and departure there- from”.

3.3 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS)

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQs) is in place for meeting

specific standards. These standards apply to gaseous emissions and liquid effluents

discharged by batching plants, asphalt plants, campsites, construction machinery, and

vehicles. The standards for vehicle, noise wastewater and drinking water will apply during

the construction as well as operational phase of the Project. Neither the federal government

nor AJK have as yet notified standards for surface water, groundwater, and water for

irrigation use. Similarly, standards for solid waste and hazardous and toxic waste have also

not been notified as yet.

3.4 Punjab wildlife Protection, Preservation, Conservation & Management Act,

1974

In part of the reservoir in Punjab, Punjab wildlife protection, preservation,

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

41

conservation and management act, 1974 (amended up to 2007 and rules amended up to

2010) shall enforce for the overall protection of wildlife flora and fauna.

3.5 AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and Management)

Ordinance, 2013

The AJK Wildlife (Protection, Preservation and Management) Ordinance 2013 was

promulgated by the President of AJK in 2010 with an aim to consolidate the laws relating to

protection, preservation, conservation and management of wildlife in Azad Jammu and

Kashmir. It also endeavours to promote social, economic, cultural and ecological well-being

of local communities in conformity with the concerns of the international communities. It

outlines the roles and responsibilities of government organizations and departments

primarily the AJK Wildlife and Fisheries Department that has the basic responsibility to

ensure enforcement of the Act. The Ordinance also provides for the declaration of various

categories of protected areas: wildlife sanctuaries, wildlife refuge, national parks, game

reserves, biosphere reserves, biodiversity reserve, national natural heritage site. It prohibits

the dealing with any wildlife animal, dead or alive, for domestic or commercial use without a

Certificate of Lawful Possession. Permits and trade license are necessary for the import,

export and trade of wild animals of an endemic or exotic species.

3.6 Punjab Forest Act, 1927

In part of the reservoir in Punjab, the Forest Act, 1927 (amended up to 2010) shall

enforce for the overall protection of forest. Punjab Forest Sector Policy, 1999 also outlines

the guidelines for the protection of forest and its products.

3.7 Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations, 1930

Forests of Azad Jammu and Kashmir are managed according to the guidelines

provided by Jammu and Kashmir Forest Regulations of 1930 (including amendments),

generally known as Forest Law Manual. This regulation lays down the rules and regulations

for both demarcated and un-demarcated forests, collection of drift and stranded wood as

well as penalties and procedures for not abiding by these regulations.

3.8 The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab Fisheries Ordinance, 1961

The Fisheries Act, 1897 and Punjab fisheries ordinance, 1961 (amended up to

2010) shall enforce for the overall protection of fisheries resources.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

42

3.9 International Conventions and Obligations

The Government of Pakistan and Azad Jammu and Kashmir recognizes that it is

necessary to fulfill the obligations envisaged under the biodiversity related Multilateral

Environmental Agreements ratified by the Government of Pakistan.

A list of international conventions that focus on biodiversity issues is given in Table

1 with shared goals of conservation and sustainable use of biological resources, the

biodiversity-related conventions work to implement actions at the national, regional and

international level. In meeting their objectives, the conventions have developed a number of

complementary approaches (site, species, genetic resources and/or ecosystem-based) and

operational tools (e.g., programs of work, trade permits and certificates, multilateral system

for access and benefit-sharing, regional agreements, site listings, funds).

Table 1: International Agreements on Biodiversity and Pakistan’s Status

Convention

Date of Treaty

Entry into Force

in Pakistan

Indus Water Treaty 1960 12 Jan1961

Convention on Biological Diversity

(CBD)

1993

26 Jul 1994

Convention on International Trade

in Endangered Species of Wild

Fauna and Flora (CITES)

1975

19 Jul 1976

Convention on Conservation of

Migratory Species (CMS)

1979

01 Dec 1987

Convention on Wetlands of

International Importance especially

as Waterfowl Habitat

1971

23 Nov 1976

Convention Concerning the

Protection of the World Cultural and

Natural Heritage (WHC)

1972

08 ec 2011

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

43

3.9.1 Indus Water Treaty, 1960

The Indus Waters Treaty is a water sharing treaty between Pakistan and India,

brokered by the World Bank (then the International Bank for Reconstruction and

Development). The treaty was signed in Karachi on September 19, 1960 by Indian Prime

Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and President of Pakistan Ayub Khan (President of Pakistan). The

Indus System of Rivers comprises three western rivers the Indus, the Jhelum and Chenab

and three eastern rivers - the Sutlej, the Beas and the Ravi.

The treaty, under Article 5.1, envisages the sharing of waters of the rivers Ravi,

Beas, Sutlej, Jhelum and Chenab which join the Indus River on its left bank (eastern side) in

Pakistan. According to this treaty, Ravi, Beas and Sutlej, which constitute the eastern rivers,

are allocated for exclusive use by India before they enter Pakistan. However, a transition

period of 10 years was permitted in which India was bound to supply water to Pakistan from

these rivers until Pakistan was able to build the canal system for utilization of waters of

Jhelum, Chenab and the Indus itself, allocated to it under the treaty. Similarly, Pakistan has

exclusive use of the western rivers Jhelum, Chenab and Indus but with some stipulations for

development of projects on these rivers in India. Pakistan also received one-time financial

compensation for the loss of water from the eastern rivers. Since March 31, 1970, after the

10-year moratorium, India has secured full rights for use of the waters of the three rivers

allocated to it. The treaty resulted in partitioning of the rivers rather than sharing of their

waters

3.9.2 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), Rio De Janiero, 1993

Convention on Biological Diversity, known informally as the Biodiversity Convention

covers ecosystems, species, and genetic resources and the field of biotechnology. The

Convention was opened for signature at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro on 5 June 1992

and entered into force on 29 December 1993. The Convention has three main goals: 1)

conservation of biological diversity; 2) sustainable use of its components; and 3) fair and

equitable sharing of benefits arising from genetic resources. The objective of the convention

is to conserve biological diversity, promote the sustainable use of its components, and

encourage equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic

resources. Such equitable sharing includes appropriate access to genetic resources, as well

as appropriate transfer of technology, taking into account existing rights over such

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

44

resources and such technology. In other words, its objective is to develop national

strategies for the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. The Jhelum River

is rich in abundance and diversity of amphibians, fish, birds, reptiles, birds and mammals

and thus it is important to minimize the negative impact of Project on these aquatic

biological resources.

3.9.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna

and Flora (CITES), Washington, 1975

This convention aims to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild

animals and plants does not threaten their survival. It protects certain endangered species

from over-exploitation by means of a system of import/export permits. Through its three

appendices, the Convention accords varying degrees of protection to more than 30,000

plant and animal species. Project construction and operation will increase the influx of

personnel to Project site and vicinity and could improve access to the natural habitats. This

may increase the likelihood of trade in wildlife and wildlife parts.

3.9.4 Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals

(CMS), Bonn, 1979

This Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals also

known as Bonn Convention aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species

throughout their range. Parties to the CMS work together to conserve migratory species and

their habitats by providing strict protection for the most endangered migratory species, by

concluding regional multilateral agreements for the conservation and management of

specific species or categories of species, and by undertaking co-operative research and

conservation activities. Migratory birds have been reported from the Project site and

vicinity.

3.9.5 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as

Waterfowl Habitat, Ramsar, 1971

Popularly known as the Ramsar Convention, provides the framework for national

action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their

resources. The convention covers all aspects of wetland conservation and wise use,

recognizing wetlands as ecosystems that are extremely important for biodiversity

conservation in general and for the well-being of human communities. There is no declared

Ramsar site in the vicinity of the Project area.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

45

3.9.6 Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural

Heritage (WHC), Paris, 1972

The primary mission of the World Heritage Convention (WHC) is to identify and

conserve the world's cultural and natural heritage, by drawing up a list of sites whose

outstanding values should be preserved for all humanity and to ensure their protection

through a closer co-operation among nations. There is no such site in the vicinity of the

Project.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

46

4. ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF KAROT HYDROPOWER PROJECT

4.1 Objectives/scope of the EIA

The objective of the study is to assess the environmental and ecological impacts

associated with the construction and operation of the Karot Hydropower Project (hereafter

described simply as the Project).

The objectives of this ESIA are to:

a) A review of the available literature on the biodiversity of the Ecological

Study Area

b) Field surveys including:

Qualitative and quantitative assessment of amphibians, reptiles,

birds and mammals.

Identification of key species, their population and their conservation

status in the project area.

c) Identify the potential threatened species and the potential environmental

impacts, evaluate the impacts, and determine their significance.

d) Assess cumulative impacts of proposed hydropower project on the

Herpeto, Avian and Mammalian fauna.

e) Propose appropriate mitigation and monitoring measures that can be

incorporated into the management plan to minimize any damaging effects

or any lasting negative consequences identified by the assessment.

f) Assess the proposed activities and determine whether they comply with

the relevant environmental regulations in Pakistan and requirements of

project lenders including ADB and IFC.

g) Prepare an EIA report for submittal.

4.2 Approach and methodology

The EIA was performed in four main phases, which are described below;

a) Scoping

The key activities of this phase included: Project Data Compilation: A generic description of the proposed

activities relevant to environmental assessment was compiled with the help of the proponent.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

47

Published Literature Review: Secondary data on the presence of amphibians,

reptiles, birds and mammals was reviewed and compiled.

Published Literature Review/Baseline Data on

amphibians and reptiles:

The amphibians and reptiles of the northern Pakistan are not very well studied. In

northern Pakistan, however, parts of Potwar Plateau and Azad Kashmir are comparatively

well studied pertaining to the occurrence of amphibians and reptiles (Baig 1988, 1996,

1998, 2001, 2002; Baig & Gvozdik 1998; Baig & Rafique 2005; Dubois & Khan 1979; Khan

1979, 1989, 1997, 1998; Khan & Baig 1999; Khan & Khan 1996; Khan & Tasnim 1989,

1990; Telford 1980). All these studies attempted to explore northern Pakistan and published

their findings, which were surprisingly, either new to the science or extended the range of

several species which were only reported from the neighboring countries of Pakistan. Azad

Jammu and Kashmir harbour the highest reptilian diversity due to its unique topography

and other ecological factors (Baig, 1998; Masroor 2012). Jhelum River Basin, like Potwar

Plateau, also has a distinct altitudinal range and relatively high precipitation with expected

high herpetofaunal diversity, overlapping with the faunas of the northern regions and

Potwar Plateau.

Unfortunately, the baseline report/earlier EIA report of the Karot Hydropower

Project only mentions three species and generic naming for all the snakes. The baseline

report states and I produce “Rana tigrana (Rain Frog), Trachydosaurus rugosus (Stripped

Lizard) and Uromastix hard (Jungli Kirla) and a variety of snakes (poisonous and

nonpoisonous) have been reported both from the dam/reservoir and powerhouse complex

area”. The report lacks professionalism and thoroughness in methodology, identification and

scientific approach. Rana tigrana (Rain frog) is actually the Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Bull

frog), Trachydosaurus rugosus (Stripped Lizard) do not exist in Pakistan and is not oriental

species and Uromastix hard (Jungli Kirla) is actually Saara hardwickii (the spiny-tailed

lizard. There is no list available in the baseline report for the amphibians and reptiles

occurring in the Project area.

Published Literature Review/Baseline Data on birds:

A total of 61 bird species were recorded from the Gulpur Hydropower Project Area

in Kotli AJK (2013). A list of only 15 bird species is provided in the baseline/earlier EIA

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

48

report which shows the non-professional and un-scientific approach of that study. According

to Roberts (1992), there are 660 species of birds of Pakistan. In Pakistan, the total number

of species of birds is 606, having 272 genera and 74 families. The number of species of

birds has now risen to 670 (Grimmett et al., 2008).

Published Literature Review/Baseline Data on mammals:

Pakistan is home to about 166 mammals. The earlier EIA report describes a list of

13 mammalian species. Most of the scientific naming and classification represented in that

report is erroneous and needs correction.

Legislative Review: Information on relevant legislation, regulations, guidelines,

and standards was reviewed and compiled.

Identification of Potential Impacts: The information collected in the previous

steps was reviewed and potential environmental issues identified.

b) Baseline Data Collection

No considerable amount of baseline information on the project area was available

from existing literature. Therefore, a detailed field visit was conducted to collect

primary data on the proposed site.

Methodology

The methodology for the field survey was compiled to obtain objective data, and to

determine the baseline conditions for assessment of the resulting impacts of the Project for

the data collected. A field survey was conducted from 05-08 December 2014 in the selected

sampling/transect points of KHPA (Figure 6) using the following methodology for various

groups:

Terrestrial habitat characterization: For terrestrial habitat

characterization, satellite imagery, vegetation cover/land use maps, as

well as results from the scoping study were compiled to draw terrestrial

habitat maps of the Study Area. The focus was to map out all the

vegetation zones particularly the vegetation zones that are river

dependent, such as floodplain and marginal vegetation zones. The forest

types, grazing areas, agricultural fields and other zones and other

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

49

relevant defining landscape feature were included.

Large Mammals:

o Sign Survey: Line transects (500 m by 20 m) were placed at each sampling

location to record all animals or their signs and footprints (Annexure I). Length of

transect was approximately one kilometer and signs were searched on both sides

of transect up to 5 meters. Longitude, latitude and elevation were noted at start

and end points of each transect using Global Positioning System (GPS). General

information like dominant topography, habitat, disturbance level and ruggedness,

was also recorded for each transect. Whenever a sign of any mammals was found

it was noted along with the necessary information like coordinates of the site,

species, sign type, sign age (on the base of freshness) etc. Moreover, relevant

literature and local peoples were consulted to get anecdotal information about

mammalian species of the area.

o Human-Carnivore Interaction Survey: Human-wildlife interaction surveys

were conducted to measure the human conflict with large and medium sized

mammals like common leopard, jackal, fox, rhesus monkey and Indian wild boar

(Annexure I). Whole area was considered as one unit. Thirty respondents, each

representing a separate household, were interviewed from different

villages/localities. People were asked about their previous record of sighting of

different large mammals in one year, status of large mammals, their perception

about different species of large mammals, and intensity of danger of large

mammals according to them. Information on killings of livestock and poultry

different by carnivores for past one year was also collected.

Small Mammals: Live trapping of small mammals was carried out at various

sampling sites using Sherman traps. A mixture of different food grains mixed

with fragrant seeds was attempted as bait to attract the small mammals. Thirty

to forty traps were set at a specific area in two lines approximately 10 m apart

and left overnight. Trapped animals were identified and released alive after

taking measurements.

Reptiles: Active searching was done along the line transect of 500 m long and

20 m wide placed systematically at each sampling to record presence of signs

such as an impression of body, tail or footprints, fecal pellets, tracks, dens or

egg laying excavations. The observed/collected specimens were identified with

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

50

the help of the most recent key available in the literature. Density and diversity

were calculated for each sampling point.

Birds: The line transects (500 m by 50 m) method covering nearly all habitats

types of study area was employed to enlist the avian fauna of study area. Efforts

were made to survey in the morning and afternoon, as it appeared to be the

active period for most of the birds. Transects were started early in the morning

and in late afternoon and evenings to cover all possible habitats. The birds were

identified using the most recent local and international bird identification tools

available (Grimmett et al., 2008).

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

51

Figure 6: Sampling points/transects along KHPA

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

52

4.3 Results of December 2014 Survey

An overview/data of amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals of the Project

area is provided below

4.3.1 Herpeto–fauna (Amphibians and Reptiles)

A total of 26 locations were sampled in the December 2014 survey to study

Herpeto–fauna abundance and diversity in the Ecological Study Area. Nocturnal

observation/collection of reptiles was also conducted at all the sampling locations. The

following provides information on all the observed collected species from the Project area

whereas Table 3 provides a summary of sampling points by type of habitat, number of

sightings, and the number of species sighted (Table 2).

Table 2: Checklist of Herpeto–fauna of Karot Hydropower Project Area (KHPA)

Scientific Name

Amphibians

Toads

Common Name IUCN

status

Endemic

1. Duttaphrynus m.

melanostictus

Family Bufonidae Common Asian Toad LC

2. Duttaphrynus

stomaticus

Family Bufonidae Marbled Toad or Indus

Valley Toad

LC

Frogs

3. Euphlyctis

cyanophlyctis

Family

Dicroglossidae

Common Skittering

Frog

LC

4. Fejervarya

limnocharis

Family

Dicroglossidae

Indian Cricekt Frof or

Paddy Frog

5. Sphaerotheca

breviceps

Family

Dicroglossidae

Indian Burrowing Frog LC

6. Microhyla ornata Family

Microhylidae

Ornate Narrow-

mouthed frog

LC

7. Uperodon systoma Family

Microhylidae

Marbled Baloon Frog LC

Reptiles Lizards

8. Calotes versicolor Family Agamidae Asian Garden Lizard LC

9. Laudakia

agrorensis

Family Agamidae Agrore Valley Rock

Agama

LC

10. Cyrtopodion

rohtasfortai

Family

Gekkonidae

Rohtas Fort Thin-toed

Gecko

Endemic

11. Hemidactylus

flaviviridis

Family

Gekkonidae

Yellow-bellied House

Gecko

LC

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

53

12. Hemidactylus

brookii

Family

Gekkonidae

Spotted House Gecko LC

13. Ophisops jerdonii Family Lacertidae Punjab Snake-eyed

Lacerta

LC

14. Ablepharus

pannonicus

Family Scincidae Asian Snake-eyed

Skink

LC

15. Eutropis

dissimilis

Family Scincidae Striped Grass Skink LC

16. Varanus

bengalensis

Family Varanidae Bengal Monitor LC

Snakes

17. Python molurus Family Pythonidae Indian Rock Python NT

18. Amphiesma

stolatum

Family Colubridae Buff-striped Keelback LC

19. Lycodon aulicus Family Colubridae Common Wolfsnake LC

20. Oligodon

arnensis

Family Colubridae Russet Kukri Snake LC

21. Platyceps

rhodorachis

Family Colubridae Jan's Cliff Racer LC

22. Ptyas mucosus Family Colubridae Dhaman or Rat Snake LC

23. Sibynophis

sagittarius

Family Colubridae Cantor's Black-headed

Snake

LC

24. Spalerosophis

atriceps

Family Colubridae Black-headed Royal

Snake

LC

25. Xenochrophis

piscator

Family Colubridae Checkered Keelback LC

26. Bungarus

caeruleus

Family Elapidae Indian Krait LC

27. Naja oxiana Family Elapidae Central Asia Cobra DD

28. Typhlops

madgemintonai

Family

Typhlopidae

Kashmir Slender

Blindsnake

LC Endemic

29. Typhlops

ahsanuli

Family

Typhlopidae

Ahsanul;s Wormsnake LC Endemic

30. Typhlops diardi

platyventris

Family

Typhlopidae

Kashmir Blindsnake LC Endemic

31. Daboia russelii Family Viperidae Russell's Chain Viper LC

32. Echis carinatus

sochureki

Family Viperidae Sochurek's Saw-scaled

Viper

LC

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

54

Table 3: Herpeto–fauna Abundance and Diversity by Habitat Type, Survey Conducted December

2014

December 2014 No. of

Sampling

Points

Total Sightings Density

(Sightings per

sampling

Point)

No. of Species

River/Streambed

habitat

5 36 7.2 8

Agricultural

habitat

5 66 13.2 9

Mountain/Rocky

habitat

8 102 12.7 10

Scrub forest 9 84 9.3 13

27 288

A total of 288 reptile and amphibian specimens belonging to 32 species were

observed in the Ecological Study Area during the December 2014 survey. The greatest

density of herpeto–fauna was observed in the Agricultural Fields (13 sightings per sampling

point), while the greatest diversity of herpeto–fauna was seen in Scrub Forest where 13

herpeto–faunal species were seen.

The most abundant amphibian seen here was the Skittering Frog Euphlyctis

cyanophlyctis. Except for Cyrtopodion rohtasfortai and Fejervarya limnocharis which have

not yet been assessed for the IUCN Red List (IUCN 2014), the rest of the taxa are

categorized as LC in IUCN Red List. Photographs of some of common reptile species found in

the Ecological Study Area are shown below.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

55

a. Striped Grass Skink Eutropis dissimilis

b. Punjab Snake Eyed Lacerta Ophisops

jerdonii

c. Rohtas Fort Gecko Cyrtopodion rohtasfortai

d. Bengal Monitor Varanus bengalensis

Figure 6: Some commonly found reptiles in the Project area

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

56

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

57

4.3.2 Ornitho-fauna (Birds)

A total of 79 species belonging to 34 families were recorded during the present study

in the sampling points of Karot Hydropower Project Area (KHPA) (Figure 7). Analysis of data

on residential status revealed that out of 79 bird‟s species, 75.9% were year round

resident, remaining were summer breeders, were winter visitors and were passage migrant.

The order Passeriformes was the most dominant order with highest number of birds families

recorded from the study area (Figure 8). The passerine birds dominated the diversity with

51 species as compared to non-passerines which were 28 in number. Passeriformes have

highest number of recorded birds species (51) followed by Falconiformes (08) Coraciiformes

and Galliformes (04 each) respectively (Figure 8).

The families with no. of bird species observed are Muscicapidae comprised maximum

number of species followed by Accipitridae and Corvidae. The family Muscicapidae has

highest number of recorded bird‟s species. The overall diversity of all recorded families of

birds is shown in Fig. 9. The diversity of species in a particular area depends not only on the

number of species found, but also on their individuals‟ counts. Ecologists call the number of

species in an area its richness, and the relative abundance of species its evenness.

Along the stream and water bodies Kingfisher, wagtail and little egret were also

recorded. The critically endangered species, the white-rumped vulture (Gyps bengalensis)

and endangered Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus) were also recorded in very small

number. The species of vultures are highly threatened by different factors like diclofenac

contamination of livestock carcasses (Green et al., 2006). The other causes such as habitat

destruction, food shortage, human persecution, poisoning and pesticide use may have

caused a gradual decline in vulture populations (Birdlife International, 2010). The

abundance of Egyptian Vulture, Black kite and crow species was higher near the waste and

garbage stored land. The habitat and distribution range overlapping of two crow species,

Jungle crow (Corvus macrorhynchos) and House crow (Corvus splendens) were observed.

The house crow proliferates in human settlements and disturbed habitats.

The transitional habitat between cultivated land scrub forest and thick forest

patches of chir pine dominated the diversity of passerines birds such as the species of

Common stone chat, Pied bush chat, Indian robin, Flycatcher and Warbler. Rollers inhabit

scattered trees, scrublands, cultivated fields and urban parks or gardens. The main threats

include loss of suitable habitat due to changing agricultural practices, loss of nest sites and

use of pesticides (Kovacs et al., 2008).

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

58

Figure 7: Sampling points for birds along KHPA

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

59

Irrespective of altitudinal variation House sparrow was dominant species in urban

areas. Similarly the Indian roller (Coracias benghalensis), Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus

cafer) and White cheeked bulbul (Pycnonotus leucogenys) were also recorded across the

study area. The two species of woodpecker Scaly bellied woodpecker (Picus squamatus),

Grey capped pygmy woodpecker (Dendrocopos canicapillus) dominated the forest area with

dominant trees species of chir pine. Green bee-eater (Merops orientalis), Pied Cuckoo

(Clamator jacobinus), Rose ringed Parakeet (Psittacula krameri), Common myna

(Acridotheres tristis), Brahminy starling (Sturnus pagodarum) and Scaly breasted munia

(Lonchura punctulata) were dominated the agricultural lands.

The Jungle babbler (Turdoides striatus) species was at every study site. A single

sighting of Crimson sunbird (Aethopyga siparaja) and Rose ringed parakeet (Psittacula

krameri) was also recorded while surveying the study area. According to Roberts (1992) the

insectivorous birds prevalent in the cultivated crop fields of the cotton growing belt of

Punjab are the Drongo, Roller, Swallows, House Sparrow, Common Myna and Shrikes. A

total of 49 species of birds were observed in Lahore with densely populated areas had the

0 5 10 15 20 25

Passeriforms

Coraciformes

Falconiformes

Galliformes

Columbiformes

Apodiformes

Piciformes

Cuculiformes

Psittaciformes

Strigiformes

Ciconiiformes

Figure 8 Order wise_Family diversity of Avian Fauna

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

60

highest number of sparrow and pigeon population, whereas, areas with large sized pockets

of vegetation supported the largest diversity of birds (Joshua and Ali, 2011).

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Muscicapid…

Accipitridae

Corvidae

Cisticolidae

Motacillidae

Phasianidae

Sylviidae

Columbidae

Pycnonotid…

Timaliidae

Laniidae

Alaudidae

Cuculidae

Nectaribiidae

Paridae

Picidae

Strigidae

Alcedinidae

Apodidae

Ardeidae

Campepha…

Coraciidae

Dicruridae

Emberizidae

Estrildidae

Falconidae

Meropidae

Monarchidae

Passeridae

Psittacidae

Sturnidae

Sturnidae

Turdidae

Upupidae

Figure 9: Family wise_Species diversity of Avian Fauna

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

61

Table 4: Checklist of Avian Fauna of Karot Hydropower Project Area (KHPA)

S# Order Family Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Status

1. Passeriformes Laniidae Bay backed shrike Lanius vittatus LC SB

2. Rufous-backed or long tailed shrike Lanius schach - YRR

3. Campephagidae Long-tailed minivet Pericrocotus ethologus - WV

4. Corvidae Tree pie Dendrocitta vagabunda - YRR

5. Yellow billed blue magpie Urocissa flavirostris - YRR

6. House crow Corvus splendens - YRR

7. Large billed crow Corvus macrorhynchos - YRR

8. Common raven Corvus corax - YRR

9. Black headed jay Garrulus lanceolatus - YRR

10. Dicruridae Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus - YRR

11. Sturnidae Indian myna Acridotheres tristis - YRR

12. Pycnonotidae White cheeked bulbul Pycnonotus leucogenys - YRR

13. Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer - YRR

14. Asian Black Bulbul Hypsipetes leucocephalus - YRR

15. Motacillidae White wagtail Motacilla alba - WV

16. White browed wagtail Motacilla madaraspatensis - YRR

17. Paddy field pipit Anthus rufulus - YRR

18. Tree pipit Anthus trivialis - SB

19. Nectaribiidae Purple sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus - YRR

20. Crimson sunbird Aethopyga siparaja YRR

21. Muscicapidae Pied bush chat Saxicola caprata - YRR

22. - Common bush chat Saxicola torquata - PM

23. Grey bush chat Saxicola ferrea - WV

24. Brown rock chat Cercomela fusca - YRR

25. - Indian robin Luscinia brunnea - YRR

26. Oriental magpie robin Copsychus saularis - YRR

27. - Blue caped redstart Phoenicurus caeruleocephala - SB

http://www.iucnredlist.org/details/106005784/0



Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

62

28. Black redstart Phoenicurus ochruros - WV

29. White capped water redstart Chaimarrornis fuliginosus - YRR

30. - White-tailed Stonechat Saxicola leucurus - YRR

31. Timaliidae Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus - YRR

32. - Common babbler Turdoides caudatus LC YRR

33. - Striated laughing thrush Garrulax striatus - YRR

34. Sylviidae Lesser whitethroat Sylvia curruca - WV

35. Common chiffchaf Phylloscopus collybita - WV

36. Blunt winged warbler Acrocephalus concinens - SB

37. Oriental white eye Zosterops palpebrosus - YRR

38. Alaudidae Indian bush lark Mirafra erythroptera - YRR

39. Crested lark Galerida cristata - YRR

40. Passeridae House sparrow Passer domesticus - YRR

41. Cisticolidae Striated prinia Prinia crinigera - YRR

42. Grey brested prinia Prinia hodgsonii - YRR

43. Rufous- fronted prinia Prinia buchanani - YRR

44. Graceful prinia Prinia gracilis - YRR

45. Turdidae Blue whistling thrush Myophonus caeruleus - SB

46. Monarchidae Asian paradise flycatcher Terpsiphone paradisi - SB

47. Sturnidae Brahminy Starling Sturnia pagodarum - YRR

48. Estrildidae Scaly-breasted munia Lonchura punctulata - YRR

49. Paridae Great tit Parus major - YRR

50. White throated tit Aegithalos niveogularis - YRR

51. Emberizidae Crested bunting Melophus lathami - YRR

52. Galiformes Phasianidae Peafowl Pavo cristatus - YRR

53. Kalij pheasant Lophura leucomelanos - YRR

54. Black partridge Melanoperdix niger V YRR

55. Grey partridge Perdix perdix LC YRR

56. Columbiformes Columbidae Oriental turtle dove Streptopelia orientalis - YRR

57. Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis - YRR

58. Rock pigeon Columba livia - YRR



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sturnidae

http://www.catalogueoflife.org/col/browse/tree/id/13446257

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

63

59. Coraciiformes Alcedinidae White throated kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis - YRR

60. Coraciidae Indian roller Coracias benghalensis - YRR

61. Upupidae Common hoopoe Upupa epops - SB

62. Meropidae Green bee eater Merops orientalis - YRR

63. Falconiformes Accipitridae White rumped vulture Gyps bengalensis CE YRR

64. Himalayan griffon vulture Gyps himalayensis NT YRR

65. Egyptian vulture Neophron percnopterus End WV

66. Shikra or Indian sparrow hawk Accipiter badius LC YRR

67. Eurasian sparrow hawk Accipiter nisus - SB

68. Tawny eagle Aquila rapax - YRR

69. Black kite Milvus migrans - YRR

70. Falconidae Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus - YRR

71. Apodiformes Apodidae House swift Apus affinis - YRR

72. Piciformes Picidae Scaly billed woodpecker Picus squamatus - YRR

73. Brown fronted woodpecker Dendrocopos auriceps - YRR

74. Cuculiformes Cuculidae Pied cuckoo Clamator jacobinus - SB

75. - - Asian koel Eudynamys scolopaceus - SB

76. Psittaciformes Psittacidae Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri - SB

77. Strigiformes Strigidae Spotted owlet Athene brama - YRR

78. Asian barred owlet Glaucidium cuculoides - YRR

79. Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Little egret Egretta garzetta - YRR

Key: LC= Least Concern; NT= Near Threatened; YRR+= Year Round Resident; WV= Winter Visitor; SB=Summer Breeding; PM= Passage Migrant

Data Source of residential status: Grimmett et al., 2008





Figure 9: Some glimpses of photo-captured records of birds from KHPA

Long tailed shrike Lanius schach Oriental turtle dove Streptopelia orientalis

White throated kingfisher Halcyon White cheeked bulbul Pycnonotus

Purple sun bird Cinnyris asiaticus Oriental white-eye Zosterops palpebrosus

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

65

Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus

Black drongo Dicrurus Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer

Common hoopoe Upupa epops

Brahminy Starling Sturnia pagodarum Indian myna Acridotheres tristis

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

66

4.3.3 Mammals

About 28 species of mammals were reported in the selected sampling points of

KHPA. Due to lack of published literature and no prior work in the area, a list of

mammalian species was made on local reports and by interviews. Sign survey was also

conducted in the area but it could not confirm most of the species in the area. Table 5

shows a list of mammalian species or groups (in case of rodents, bats and mutelids) in

the area with some anecdotal evidences for further confirmation.

Great tit Parus major Spotted owlet Athene brama

Eurasian sparrow hawk Accipiter Indian robin Luscinia brunnea

Scaly billed woodpecker Picus

squamatus

House crow Corvus splendens

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

67

T

a

b

l

e 5: Checklist of Mammals

Sr. No. Species Scientific Name IUCN Status

1 Common leopard Panthera pardus Near Threatened

2 Gray wolf Canis lupus Least Concern

3 Asiatic jackal Canis aureus Least Concern

4 Red fox Vulpes vulpes Least Concern

5 Wild boar Sus scrofa Least Concern

6 Barking deer Muntiacus muntjak Least Concern

Figure 10: Sampling points for the mammals of KHPA

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

68

7 Indian crested porcupine Hystrix Indica Least Concern

8 Cape hare Lepus capensis Least Concern

9 Rhesus monkey Macaca mulatta Least Concern

10 Common Palm Civet Paradoxurus

hermaphroditus

Least Concern

11 Small Asian mongoose Herpestes javanicus Least Concern

12 Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Least Concern

13 Small Kashmir flying

squirrel

Eoglaucomys fimbriatus Least Concern

14 Common otter Lutra lutra Near Threatened

15 Jungle cat Felis chaus Least Concern

16 Smooth-coated otter Lutrogale perspicillata Vulnerable

17-21 Rodents

22-23 Mustelid

23-28 Bats

Predation on Livestock/Poultry

To measure the predation on livestock and poultry, local people were asked about

their losses to dominant predator in the area. Four predators were blamed to be

responsible for killing of livestock and poultry. Jackal was leading with about 63%

predation and it was the dominant predator in the area predated on livestock as well as

on poultry. Other predators were wolf with 19% predation followed by common leopard

(15%) and fox (4%) (Table 6).

Table 6: Predation on Livestock/Poultry

Species Percentage

Common leopard 15

Wolf 19

Jackal 63

Fox 4

Crop Damage by Mammals

Besides the livestock and poultry killing, some of the mammalian species were also

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

69

found to be responsible for the crop damages in the area. Wild boar was leading the crop

damages with PKR 1940/= per household per year. Other mammals were jackal

porcupine and hedgehog (Table 7).

Table 7: Crop Damages by Mammals

Species Estimated loss Season

Wild boar 1940 Summer

Porcupine 150 Summer

Jackal 667 Summer

Hedgehog 100 Summer

Human Perception about top predators

People were asked whether they want different predators in the area or not and their

perception was different about different animals. It was observed that they were more

concerned about their losses and showed more negative response to the predator i.e.,

jackal which they blamed for most of their damages (Table 8).

Table 8: Attitude towards top predators

Species Positive Negative

Common leopard 70 30

Wolf 60 40

Jackal 23 77

Fox 30 70

Perception about carnivores

When local people were asked about their perception about intensity of danger of

different animals for their livestock and poultry losses, they nominated the dominant

predators of the area. The level of danger was kept from 1-4 in order to increasing

danger. According to our respondents, jackal was most dangerous animal of the area.

Common leopard and wolf were next to jackal were equally dangerous while fox was

considered least dangerous among these four predators (Figure 11).

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

70

Figure11: Perceived danger of different animals according to local people

Signs Surveys

Transacts were laid in the area on different topographies and habitats, though there

was not too much difference due to the smallness of the area. Dominant vegetation was

scrub but there were also good patches of forest. Topography was ridge, slope and draw.

Unfortunately we could not find signs of most of the mammals except some pugmarks

and scats of fox and jackal which, according to reports, were common in the area. This

low detection of signs was either due to less number of individuals of different species in

the area or due to considerable disturbance by local people and their livestock in the

area which destroyed the signs. A dead specimen of palm civet found on the road as rod-

kill also showed its presence and practical threats to it in the area (Figure 12 a-h)

Annexure I: Figure 12 a-h:

3 3

4

2

0

1

2

3

4

Common Leopard Wolf Jackal Fox

Inte

nsi

ty o

f D

an

ger

Species

Perceived Danger

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

71

a. Collecting information from local people b. Walking along a Transect

c. Searching signs d. Recording signs during sign survey

e. Scat of jackal f. Pugmarks of fox

g. Road-kill Palm Civet h. Another Road-kill Palm Civet

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

72

4.4 Basis for Determination of Conservation Status of Species and

Performance Standard for Preparation of the Baseline

The conservation status of the species identified were determined using criteria set

by the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (IUCN Red List, 2013), Pakistan‟s Mammals

National Red List 200653, the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species

(CITES) appendices (as of November 2013) (CITES, 2013). The baseline was developed

to address the requirements of the Equator Principles, Safeguards Requirement (SR) of

ADB‟s SPS56, and International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards.

Large Mammals

Three large mammals reported from the Ecological Study Area are included in IUCN

Red List 2013. These are the Common Leopard Panthera pardus and Common Otter

Lutra lutra, both of which are listed as Near Threatened and smooth-coated otter

(Lutrogale perspicillata) as Vulnerable (VU) in the IUCN Red List 2013. There are some

species that are included in the CITES Species List and in the Pakistan Mammals National

Red List 2006. However, none of the mammal species observed or reported from the

Ecological Study Area are endemic, their distribution is not limited to any specific site or

habitat type, and their distribution is widespread.

Small Mammals

None of the small mammals observed or reported from the Ecological Study Area are

included in the IUCN Red List 2013. No threatened small mammals or endemics were

determined to be resident on the Ecological Study Area. There are some species of

limited conservation concern, but their distribution is widespread.

Herpetofauna

One of the reptile species recorded from Ecological Study Area is included in the

IUCN Red List 2013. This is the Indian Rock Python Python molurus that is listed as Near

Threatened. Of the herpeto–fauna species observed in the Ecological Study Area, four

are endemic to Pakistan. These include Rohtas Fort Gecko Cyrtopodion rohtasfortai,

Typhlops madgemintonai, Typhlops ahsanuli, and Typhlops diardi platyventris. The two

species included in CITES Appendix II are Central Asian Cobra Naja oxiana and Indian

Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus, while Varanus bengalensis Bengal Monitor is included in

CITES Appendix I.

Birds

Three bird species found in the Ecological Study Area are included in the IUCN Red

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

73

List 2013. These include the Oriental White–backed Vulture, Gyps bengalensis and

Egyptian Vulture, Neophron percnopterus listed as Critically Endangered and Endangered

respectively and Himalayan griffon vulture, Gyps himalayensis as near threatened (NT).

All these three species are placed in Appendix II of the CITES Species List. Two bird

species, Black Kite Milvus migrans and White-eyed Buzzard Butastur teesa are included

in CITES Appendix II. According to preliminary investigations, most of the vultures breed

in the Pir Lasura National Park. Therefore, it was determined that the Ecological Study

Area is not critical to the survival of these vulture species.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

74

5. DISCUSSIONS

As far as the habitat of recorded species concerned, it is characterized by sub-

tropical broad-leaved evergreen forests and sub-tropical pine forests. The area is a

transitional zone between plains and foot hills of the Himalayas. It is an area of little

precipitation, plenty of continuous winds, poor drainage and medium to poor soil quality.

The vegetation of the riparian areas is mainly dominated by Dalbergia sissoo,

Parthenium hysterophorus, Xanthium strumarium and Ricinus communis. The sub-

tropical broad-leaved evergreen forests are commonly known as scrub forests. These

forests consist of branchy trees forming a canopy if complete closure or scattered trees

with a shrub growth. These trees and shrubs are mostly thorny and evergreen, but

some, like olive and pomegranate are not thorny. The scrub forests occur on the foothills

and lower slopes of the Himalayas. The typical species are; Olea cuspidata (Kau) and

Acacia modesta (Phulai), the two species occurring mixed or pure, and the shrub

Dodonaea (Sanatta) which is particularly abundant in whole area of reservoir. The

vegetation at high altitude is mainly dominated by Pinus roxburghii.

Birds:

Owing to several limitations during the current study, like short study span, and

the diverse biological phenomenon of avifauna, the seasonal abundance has not been

reckoned fully. The current study results can be extended if periodic/seasonal surveys

for longer duration are arranged and avifauna of every season is explored. This is

because different species have different levels of conspicuousness (or call output). The

same problem exists when comparing the same species between different habitats – the

species may be more conspicuous and therefore appear to be commoner in one habitat

than another, when in fact the only real difference is that it is easier to record in one of

the habitats. It is also in the nature of relative estimates that you cannot derive

population density or sizes from them (Birdlife International, 2000). A more intensive

and seasonal based study would surely result in identifying many more avifaunal species

along with the enrichment of knowledge for the avifaunal diversity.

It has generally been accepted that the configuration and composition of

vegetation of a habitat acts as one of the determining factors for distribution and

abundance of bird species (Block and Brennan 1993). Birds were recorded more or less

everywhere in the study area. Birds are among the best monitors of environmental

changes and have been used to evaluate the environment throughout the history as bio

monitors. Analysis revealed that the transitional zone of habitat has higher bird diversity

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

75

and species richness. It provide the diverse habitat to the birds species such as winter

migrant from higher altitude and summer migrant from lower altitudes. Ornitho faunal

diversity is an essential component of our planet but unfortunately this precious diversity

is now being lost at an extremely rapid rate. Sustainable management of these

ecological habitats is the greatest challenge that is currently faced by biodiversity

conservationist (Patil, 2013). Studies have revealed that intensive biomass extraction

(mainly through grazing and fuel wood collection) is leading to changes in vegetation

structure and composition of the forest, are leading to changes in bird species

composition (Shahabuddin and Kumar 2005).

The left side (AJK) of proposed dame has low level of habitat degradation and

human disturbance. These areas are open to human access and interference. Over all at

several locations, nests of various bird species were observed on ground as well in

bushes and on the other hand grazing pressure and cutting of bushes were evident.

These destructive practices imposing pressure on diverse habitat and population health

of avian fauna and also revealed a serious threat to the breeding and nesting ground of

several birds and such practices are destroying the feeding and roosting places of birds

as well. All these aforementioned practices contribute towards the degradation of

ecological requirements for the bird species.

In term of the abundance of recorded species, the undisturbed area dominated

the diversity of avian fauna. As the dame site and reservoir area have dominant patch of

scrub forest with riverine habitat along the river. Moving upward with increasing

elevation range both side of the reservoir has thick patches of chir pine forest. Every

habitat has their own associated bird‟s species. These diverse habitats have a diversity of

vegetation and have created diverse habitats which provide breeding ground and

roosting places for various birds species. The rivers and stream provide suitable habitat

for grassland species as well as stream dwellers and migratory water birds.

The dam construction reduces the scrub habitat range in the study area that will

compel the species to nearby range of scrub forest. So the squeezing or shrinkage of

scrub forest will have a little bit impact on associated bird‟s species of the Karot

Hydropower Project Area (KHPA). More construction and developmental activities in the

area will require the biodiversity conservation and management plan. On the other hand

dam construction will add a wetland for many migratory birds‟ species.

Mammals:

Overall diversity of mammals was lesser as compared to other closer areas like

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

76

Pir Lasoora National Park where 45 barking deer are residing (Zulfiqar et al., 2011) and

frequent sightings of yellow-throated marten, small Kashmiri flying squirrel and common

leopard were observed (Manzoor et al., 2013).

Both questionnaire survey and sign survey revealed the rarity of the most of the

species. Low sighting rates and low sign detections were mainly because of small

number of different species in the area, the highly populated area resulting huge

disturbance which hinders the wildlife to settle there, signs were destroyed due to

human and livestock movements, and poor weather conditions. Human-wildlife conflict

also adds an avoidance of carnivore from the area. Killings cases of large mammals

especially predator was one of its example. Rivers are the major source of drinking water

for the regional terrestrial fauna. Drying of long river stretches might affect the

occupancy of the nearby areas by the terrestrial species due to water scarcity leading to

degradation of habitat quality.

The most obvious effect of storage reservoirs on terrestrial ecosystems is the

permanent destruction through inundation. Terrestrial biotopes are completely

destroyed. All terrestrial plants and animals contained previously in the submerged areas

completely disappear from the submerged areas. Many animals are caught and drowned

during the filling of new reservoirs. Large scale impoundments may eliminate unique

wildlife habitats and extinguish entire populations of endangered species especially those

preferring valley bottoms (Bardach and Dussart, 1973; Nilsson and Dynesius, 1994).

Large reservoirs may also disrupt natural migration corridors.

The most immediate and obvious impact of dam development is its physical

presence as a barrier. Dams pose as a barrier leading to a plethora of impacts on the

local biodiversity thereby disrupting the continuity of the riparian ecosystem. Rivers and

their adjoining riparian zones are considered to be the most important corridors for

movements of animals in natural landscapes (Forman and Godron 1986; Malanson

1993). Dam acts as a barrier to terrestrial animal movement and plant dispersal,

particularly reduction of riparian zone as a migration corridor (Deall 2010).

Deforestation leads to direct elimination of crucial habitats for terrestrial species.

Several important trees, shrub and herb species are removed from these areas and

might lead to extinction of certain endemic species. It also adversely affects the faunal

species residing in these areas and which are dependent on these floral species. On a

landscape level, deforestation leads to habitat fragmentation and degradation of habitat

quality. It also leads to destruction of vital animal/plant corridors which ultimately effects

migration and gene dispersal.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

77

Common leopard is the most important carnivore species in the area. It is „Near

Threatened‟ according IUCN red list and also protected in all Provisional Wildlife

Acts/Ordinances. It is already facing very serious threats in the form of killing by human,

habitat loss and scarcity of food. This project will add to habitat loss. Both species of

mongoose (small Asian mongoose and Indian grey mongoose) are included in the CITES

Appendix III. These species have a trade pressure for their skins exported to different

countries. These skins are used for manufacturing the purses and the decoration pieces.

Common otter is a „Near Threatened‟ species while smooth coated otter is „Vulnerable‟

species and they are very rare in the area.

Species like common leopard and wolf who have large home ranges and do no

permanently live in one area, can tolerate the effect of such hydropower projects but

small mammalian species do suffer a lot. Habitat of otter, mustelid, rodents and hare will

definitely be damaged in this project. One more possible effect is that some occasional

visitors like leopard and barking deer could start avoiding the area after dam formation

and habitat destruction.

Amphibian & Reptiles:

As a result of dam construction, the level of reservoir will rise and the habitat therein will

be submerged which will negatively affect and dislocate the population of reptiles and rodent

species to higher steel slopes of the mountains. Habitat shrinkage will greatly affect these

animals. However, a positive impact on the population of amphibians, birds and large

mammals is expected in the lon-term scenario. Blasting, mining and construction activities

will likely affect the population of lizards, snakes and rodents in the short-term activities.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

78

6. RECOMMENDATIONS

The selected sites were studied for shorter time spans, a more

intensive and seasonal based study would surely result in identifying

diversity of species. Constructing dam will act as barrier for many

species and they become more confined, and it will reduce their

feeding opportunities and daily activities so this point should be

addressed while planning through more studies.

The present study suggested that, at different stages of construction of

dam and reservoir, further studies on this aspect would be required to

generate some additional information on the factors and sources

contributing to the habitat degradation and their affects on Herpeto-

fauna, Ornitho-fauna and Mammals of study area.

Considering the common leopard, wolf, barking deer and Indian

pangolin which are very rare in the area and only occasionally seen,

hydropower development in these basins will significantly alter the

habitats of these species of very high conservation importance. For this

extensive long-term seasonal studies are required.

People are already in conflict with some mammalian species due to

livestock or crop damages and they want to eliminate or reduce some

of the species from the area. The hydropower project should not favor

local people in this regards therefore wildlife laws should be

implemented in the area and punishment should be given on

violations.

Awareness programs for conservation of threatened species of reptiles,

birds and mammals should be conducted among the local people and

school students so that they themselves feel the importance of wildlife

and their role in ecosystem. Awareness should also be created about

the negative impact on wildlife of the area by over-grazing, forest

cutting and illegal hunting.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the threatened reptiles,

birds and mammals is mandatory.

Awareness should be created among the people to stop the heavy use

of pesticides. Measures, which minimize the adverse affects of

pesticides on living organisms, should be developed.

Solid waste pollution should be managed properly.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

79

Impact of habitat shrinkage will be managed or reduced by applying

protection and conservation practices for remaining area having same

habitat.

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

80

Karot Hydropower Project Area (KHPA

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

81

7. REFERENCES

Appendix B: Terrestrial Ecology Specialist study. Groot Letaba River Water Development

Project.

Akbar, G. and M. Anwar. 2011. Wildlife of Western Himalayan Region of Pakistan

(Northern Mountains). ISBN:978-969-8283-67-4. 378 pp.

Baig, K. J. 1988. Anurans (Amphibia) of northern Pakistan: with special reference to

their distribution. Pak. J. Sci.Ind. Res., 31 (9) : 651-655.

Baig, K. J. 1996. Herpetofauna of the sub-Himalayan region of Pakistan including

Islamabad area. Proc. DAAD 4th Follow-up Seminar, Islamabad :35-42.

Baig, K. J. 1998. The amphibian fauna of Azad Jammu and Kashmir with new record of

Paa liebigii. Proc. Pakistan Academy of Sciences. 35 (2): 117-121.

Baig, K. J. 2001. Annotated Checklist of amphibians and reptiles of the northern

mountain region and Potwar Plateau of Pakistan. Proc. Pakistan Acad. Sci.

38(2):121-130

Baig, K.J. 2002. Rediscovery of Murree Hill Frog, Paa vicina after 130 years from Ayubia

National Park. Proc.Pakistan Acad. Sci. 39(2): 261-262.

Baig, K.J. & L. Gvozdik. 1998. Uperodon systoma: Record of a new microhylid frog from

Pakistan. Pak. J. Zool., 30 (2): 155-156.

Baig, K.J. and M. Rafique. 2005. Two new records of snake species from Machiara

National Park, Azad Jammu and Kashmir. Proc. Pak. Acad. Sci., 42(2): 151-152.

Bardach, J.E. & B. Dussart. 1973. Effects of man-made lakes on ecosystems. Geophys.

Monogr., 17:811-817.

Bird life International. 2000. Bibby, C. M. Jones and S. Marsden. Expedition field

techniques, Bird surveys. 139pp.

Bird Life International. 2010. IUCN Red List for birds. http://www.birdlife.org

Block, M. W. and L. A. Brennan, 1993. The habitat concept in ornithology. Current

Orni.11:35-91.

Deall, G., McCleland, W. and P. Hawkes. 2010. Environmental Impact Assessment

Appendix B: Terrestrial Ecology Specialist study. Groot Letaba River Water

Development Project.

Forman, R. T. T., and M. Godron. 1986. Landscape ecology. John Wiley & Sons, New

York, New York, USA.

Green, R.E., D. J. Pain, M. A. Taggart, D. Das, C. S. Kumar, A. A. Cunningham, and R.

Cuthbert.. 2006. Collapse of Asian vulture populations, risk of mortality from

residues of the veterinary drug diclofenac in carcasses of treated cattle. J.of

Applied Eco. 43 :949-956.

Grimmett, R., C. Inskipp and T. Inskipp. 1998. Birds of the Indian subcontinent. Oxford

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

82

University Press, Delhi, 888pp.

Joshua G. and Z. Ali. 2011. Avian diversity with the varying urban congestions of Lahore.

J. Ani. and Plant Scie, 21: 421-428.

Dubois, A. and Khan, M.S. 1979. A new species of frog (genus Rana subgenus Paa) from

northern Pakistan (Amphibia: Anura). Jour.Herpetol., 13: 403-410.

IUCN. 2013. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.1.

<www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on 20 December 2014.

Khan, M. S. 1989. Rediscovery and redescription of the highland ground gecko

Tenuidactylus montiumsalsorum (Annandale, 1913). Herpetologica 45: 46-54.

Khan, M. S. 1997. A new toad of genus Bufo from the foot of Siachin Glacier, Baltistan,

northeastern Pakistan. Pak. J. Zool., 29 (1): 43-48.

Khan, M. S. 1998. Typhlops ductuliformrs a new species of blind snakes from Pakistan

and a note on Typhlops porrectes Stoliczka, 1871 ( Squamata: Serpentes:

Scolicophidia). Pak.J. zool., 31 (4): 385-390.

Khan, M. S. & Baig. K.J. 1992. A new tenuidactylid gecko fron northeastern Gilgit

Agency, north Pakistan. Pak.J. Zool. 24: 273-277.

Khan, A. Q. & Khan, M. S. 1996. Snakes of state of Azad Jammu and Kashmir.

Proceedings of Pakistan Congress of Zoology, 16: 173-182.

Khan, M.S. & Tasnim, R. 1989. A new frog of the genus Rana, subgenus Paa, from

southwestern Azad Kashmir. J.Herpetology., 23 (4): 419-423.

Khan, M.S. & Tasnim, R., 1990. A new gecko of the genus Tenuidactylus from

northwestern Punjab, Pakistan and southwestern Azad Kashmir. Herpetologica

46: 142-148.

Kovacs, A., B. Barov, C. Orhun, U. Gallo‐Orsi. 2008. Species Action Plan for the European

Roller Coracias garrulous. 52pp.

Malanson, G.P. 1993. Riparian Landscapes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Manzoor, M., Riaz A. Iqbal Z and Mian A. (2013) Biodiversity of Pir Lasura National Park,

Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan. Sci., Tech. and Dev., 32 (2): 182-196.

Nilsson, C. and Dynesius, M. 1994. Ecological effects of river regulation on mammals and

birds: a review. Regul. Rivers: Res. Manage. 9:45-53.

Patil, V. B. 2013. Ornitho faunal diversity of Ganesh Lake, Barshi, dist. Solapur,

Maharashtra. Int. Interdisciplinary Res. J. 2249-9598.

Roberts, T.J. 1992. The birds of Pakistan, vol. 2, Passeriformes. Oxford Uni. Press,

617pp.

Roberts, T.J. 1977. The Mammals of Pakistan. Ernest Benn, London and Tonbridge, pp

361.

Shahabuddin, G. and R. Kumar, 2005. Linkages between human use of forests and

Appendix-VII

Fauna Study

83

biodiversity indicators in Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan.

Telford, S. R. 1980. Notes on Agkistrodon himalayanus from Paksitan‟s Kaghan Valley.

Copeia 1980:154-155.

Thakur, M. L., R. Paliwal, P. C. Tak, H. S. Mehta and V. K. Mattu. 2002. Birds of Kalatop-

Khajjiar Wildlife Sanctuary, Chamba. Cheetal 41: 29-36.

Zulfiqar, S., Minhas R. A. Awan M. S. and Ali U. 2011. Population and Conservation

Status of Barking Deer (Muntiacus muntjac) in Pir Lasorha National Park and

Other Areas of District Kotli, Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan. Pakistan J.

Zool., 43(5): 993-997.

WWF Pakistan. 2011. Ecological assessment of fauna at Manchhar Lake, district Dadu,

Sindh baseline survey.

Appendix-VIII Fish Study

APPENDIX – VIII

FISH STUDY


TOC - I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Background of Project/Study ....................................................................................... 1

1.2 Project Description ..................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Objectives of Study .................................................................................................... 2

1.4 Support from Retrospective Knowledge ........................................................................ 2

2. LEGAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK ........................................................................ 10

2.1 West Pakistan Fisheries Ordinance 1961.................................................................... 10

2.2 Operational Procedures of IFC .................................................................................. 10

3. APPROACH & METHODOLOGY .............................................................................. 12

3.1 Literature Perusal & Its Justification ........................................................................... 12

3.2 Consultation with Stakeholders .................................................................................. 12

3.3 Aquatic / Ichthyofaunic Study Sites ............................................................................ 12

3.4 Data Collection (Methodology & Approach) ................................................................. 13

3.5 Data Analysis .......................................................................................................... 14

4. CUMULATIVE IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES (CONSTRUCTION

PHASES) ............................................................................................................... 16

4.1 Cumulative Impact Assessment & Mitigation Measures pertaining to

ichthyofauna ........................................................................................................... 16

4.1.1 Cumulative Impact Assessment for Construction Phase of Karot & Other Cascading

Hydropower Projects in Connection with Ichthyofauna of Effected River Jhelum Reach. ... 16

4.1.1.1Potential Impacts Dam Sites – In-stream Activities ........................................................... 16

4.1.2 Uncertainties & Data Gaps ........................................................................................ 17

4.1.3 Mitigations (Pre-Construction & Construction Phases) .................................................. 19

4.2 Operation Phase Cumulative Impacts of Cascading Projects on Ichthyofauna & Its Future

Sustainability and Enhancement in Jhelum Reach from Tail of Kohala HPP to Mangla Dam

.............................................................................................................................. 19

4.2.1 Impacts of Cascading Projects on Downstream Ichthyofauna of Mangla Reservoir .......... 21

5. FINAL OUTCOME MANAGEMENT MONITORING AND SUPERVISION ...................... 23

5.1.1 Environmental Flow as Downstream Management Measure ......................................... 23


TOC - I

5.1.2 Role of Public & Private Sector in Sustainable Development & Management of ichthyo-

resources in Modified Reach of Jhelum River .............................................................. 25

5.2 Operation Phases of Cascading Projects, Climate Change Phenomenon and

Ichthyobiodiversity & Biomass ................................................................................... 27

5.2.1 Climate Change & its Relevance ............................................................................... 27

5.2.2 Adaptation ............................................................................................................ 173

5.3 Conclusion .............................................................................................................. 28


1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Background of Project/Study

In 2009 SMEC (Pvt.) prepared Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of 720 MW Karot

Hydropower Project. In this report the fish and fisheries aspects were not dealt in, in depth manner.

To update this important section of EIA according to ground realities and to include the cumulative

impacts of various upcoming hydropower projects in the wake of looming grave concerns due to

climate change, this retrospective and present data oriented study was carried out. Another driven

force behind this venture was to encompass aspirations of IFCs performance standard-No.6 aiming to

protect and conserve aquatic biodiversity, the variety of life in all its forms, including genetic, species

and ecosystem diversity and its ability to change/evolve which is fundamental to sustainable

development. This performance standard ponders upon how clients can avoid or mitigate threats to

biodiversity arising from their operations as well as incorporate sustainable management of renewable

natural resources. This strive is carried out by (PES) Consultant with the spirit to update the fisheries

section of EIA report of Karot HPP also incorporating impacts of upstream cascading Projects on

ichthyofauna of River Jhelum.

The karot HPP is envisaged to be built on River Jhelum just 6 kms upstream of Mangla

Reservoir FSL near Karot in Kahuta Techsil of District Rawalpindi. The site is accessible from Federal

Capital Islamabad via Kahuta – Kotli metaled road and lies at an approximate distance of 65 kms

south-east of Rawalpindi. The GPS co-ordinates of this site are 33o-36

o N and 73

o – 36

o E. Upstream

of the proposed HPP, river Jhelum is jointed by main tributaries i.e. Kunhar, Neelum and Mahal rivers.

The cascade of upstream projects includes Azad Pattan HPP, just upstream of Karot HPP, Mahal

HPP, couple of Kms upstream of Azad Pattan HPP then Kohala HPP, Patrind HPP on Kunhar river,

Neelum – Jhelum HPP on Neelum river, Dhudnial HPP and Ashkot HPP also on Neelum River.

1.2. Project Description

As the design of major project components and allied structures has profound impact on

aquatic ecology of river, so its design description is given in this section. The project will generate 720

MW (installed capacity) Hydel power using the Jhelum River flows. The firm capacity of project has

been estimated as 116.5 MW. The average annual hydel generation comes to 3212 GWh, with the

hydel generation fluctuating between higher and lower values depending on river flow conditions;

predominantly affected by rainfall and snowmelt within the catchment. Specification of important

relevant project components includes:


2

Powerhouse: On surface, above ground with 170.4 m (L) x

27 m (W) x 61.7 m (H) and Design Discharge

of 1248.4 m³/s

Dam: Asphalt Concrete Cote Rock Fill Dam, max.

height 95.5 m, Normal Pool Level 461 masl &

Design Flood 20,700 m³/s

Spillway: Overflow Type with Radial Gates, size 12m x

22m (each)

Tunnels: Diversion Tunnels

3 Nos. with 12.5 m dia & tunnel length of 450

(each)

Head Race Tunnels

4 Nos. with 9.5 m dia & tunnel length of 240

m (each)

Tailrace Channel

Length 170.4 m and width 17.5 m.

The Project‟s green status can be gauged with the fact that it will generate 3213 GWh of

energy annually and will then avoid the annual emissions amounting to 1927800 t CO2 from a natural

gas fired CCGT. The project will divert 1248.4 m3/s water from reservoir into power channel for hydel

generation round the clock at full supply level. From October to February, it generates full capacity for

4 hours. The length of reservoir at FSL from dam site upto its tail will be 27 kms, here the valley

through which water flows is v-shaped.

1.3. Objectives of Study

Objectives of the study particularly include following:

To identify potential impacts of Karot HPP on fish & fisheries of Jhelum

River and generally the cumulative impacts of other cascading projects on

ichthyofauna.

To chalk out a strategy to mitigate potential deleterious impacts on biotic

vigor of river

To identify a way forward for sustainable development of fish and fisheries in

modified riverine habitats.

1.4. Supports from Retrospective Knowledge

Karot Hydropower Project is proposed to be constructed on Jhelum River, and located 48

kms upstream of Mangla Dam. This reach of Jhelum River is in vicinity of lacustrine aquatic habitant

of Mangla Reservoir, tail of which at 1240 FSL is just 6 kms downstream of Karot HPP near Suharey

(Mangla up-raising report). The creation of 27 kms long reservoir with the construction of Karot HPP

will provide almost similar aquatic ecological conditions, as that of Jhelum Pocket of Mangla reservoir.

The background knowledge of Mangla fish and fisheries management, and respective aquatic studies


3

of upstream and downstream reaches of River Jhelum will provide stepping stones to launch

assessment sprees for future development projects to chalk out measures for conservation and

rehabilitation and, if possible enhancement of ichthyofaunic biomass/biodiversity in modified habitats.

The fish & fisheries studies carried out during Environment Impacts Assessment of Ashkot

HPP, Kohala HPP, Patrind HPP and Neelum Jhelum HPP also helped author in filling various pixels

of picture of cumulative impact assessment of cascade of projects envisaged on River Jhelum,

particularly their synergistic impacts on aquatic ecology/fisheries ecology.

The outcome in this case is based on the template carved for Rapid Cumulative Impact

Assessment (RCIA), as depicted in the IFC Publication “Good Practice Handbook”. Cumulative

Impact Assessment and Management. This sound document describes a step-wise process for

identifying and assessing the Cumulative impacts of multiple projects.

A conceptual cumulative impact template for HPP development in cascading projects and

their impact on aquatic ecology, particularly Jhelum River upstream of Mangla is inked both by using

retrospective aquatic ecology peer knowledge and outcome of present study. The valued

Environmental Components (VECs) i.e. ichthyofauna is studied in this context. The step-wise

approach adopted is narrated below:

Step-I Determined spatial and temporal Boundaries

Step-II

Identified VEC, keeping in

view terminal product of

aquatic ecology

Identified developments

& external natural and

social stresses affecting

the VEC i.e. biotic and

abiotic

Step-III Determined present condition of VEC i.e. baseline; as depicted in recent

studies and present strive etc.

Step-IV Assessed Cumulative Impacts & evaluated their significance over

ichthyofauna predicted future conditions.

Step-V

Designed & implemented

(a). adequate strategies, plans and procedures to manage

cumulative impacts.

(b). appropriate monitoring indicator‟s and

(c). devised effective supervision mechanism

The RICA approach to Cumulative Impact Assessment (IFC-2013)

The spatial and temporal boundaries of Step-I, particularly include the construction phase

of KHPP and generally cascading HPPs from Siran, Kohala reservoir at Jhelum upto Mangla Dam.

The construction and operation phase of Karot HPP in particular and that of other projects

in general. The baseline is present and previous status of aquatic VEC i.e ichthyofauna in this River

reach i.e. from Siran upstream to Mangla Reservoir.


4

The aquatic VEC identification involve terminal biotic component i.e. ichthyofauna.

Identification of development at this level involve natural and man induced stresses i.e. biotic & abiotic

stresses on fish fauna in the wake of implementation of cascading HPPs, on Jhelum.

In case of present status of VEC, it has been assessed through various assessment

techniques. Regarding Step - IV & V, the Cumulative Impacts including changes in abiotic factors i.e.

riverine hydrology (flow behavior), morphology of river course, sedimentation patterns and water

quality. Changes in biotic factors include; changes in aquatic biodiversity, interspecific and

intraspecific competition among ichthyofauna communities & changes in recruitment and mortality

patterns etc.

In final step certain adequate strategies, plans and procedures have been designed to be

implemented to manage cumulative impacts, certain appropriate monitoring indicators are marked

and an effective supervisory mechanism is devised to encompass outcomes of monitoring sprees.

To stake stock of ichthyofauna as important aquatic VEC, the case study of Mangla

reservoir fish population dynamics, commercial exploitation patterns there-in, species composition

and changes in fish species composition in lotic & lacustrine water regimes throughout the history of

Mangla reservoir after its creation in 1967, has been taken as an important baseline data and a major

building bloc to create a sound base for future implementation of culture based fisheries management/

fisheries enhancement plans in future upstream hydraulic engineering ventures/ cascading

hydropower projects.

Gist of Fish & Fisheries Development / Management in Mangla Reservoir

Prior to 1967 i.e. pre-impoundment ara of Jhelum River at Mangla, Jhangian, confluence of

Poonch & Jhelum River (now submerged in Mangla Reservoir) alongwith Tangrote were legendary

spots regarding natural spawning of gallant Tor Putitora angling. While in Poonch the Mahseer section

was from confluence with Jhelum to upstream reach near Gulpur. Lord Mount-Batin the last Viceroy of

British Empire also visited Tangrote Rest House for angling when British held sway in Sub-Continent.

In pre-impoundment era, important indigenous fish fauna of River Jhelum from Mangla

upto Kohala comprises of; Tor Putitora, wallagu attu, Aorichthys aor, Labeo microphthmics, Labeo

dero, Labeo dychelius & upstream Dhangali nullah Schizothorax plagiostomus, Clupisoma gurva,

Sishtura nalbanti, Glyptothorax spps. (Hora etal) & (Hamid 1946).

After the construction of Dam & water impoundment at Mangla. Fish seed of major

Athara carps was transported and transplanted form Athara Hazari natural spawning grounds (near

Jhang) to Mangla Reservoir. A small hatchery and necessary unit to carry out induced breading of

Cyprinus carpio was established in vicinity of Mangla in 1972. The stocking of these desirable but

mainly forage species first time introduced concept of culture based fisheries Management in man-

made reservoir in Pakistan. These transplanted carp species i.e. Labeo rohita, Cirrhina mrigala, Catla

catla, Cyprinus carpio thrived well in early phase of reservoir.


5

The then fisheries Manager at Mangla Reservoir Abdul Slam Insari suggested that for

enhancement of fisheries resources in man-made reservoir in future, the fisheries Manager

should pay more affection to developing new fish communities in modified environments

rather than spending efforts on pressuring old ones (Insari, 1981).

The availability of huge lacustrine water body and upstream extension of lentic fauna into

afferent streams after impoundment resulted in mass-scale movement of major carps i.e. Labeo rahita

& Catla catla in Kanshi nullah for natural spawning (Dastgir 1987).

That proved seasonal movement of major craps between reservoir and streams. However,

the creation of reservoir was generally found to be beneficial to non-migratory species i.e.

Xenentodon cancila, Cirrhina reba, Oreochromus mozombicus and Puntius species in 90‟s in

reservoir.

However, it was noted that indigenous fish population tended to adopt itself better to less

pronounced changes in the abiotic habitat than to the significant biotic changes (except carnivor

varities). The fish production trends (of selected years) from Reservoir are depicted in table given

below;

Table: 1 FISH Production (Selected Years Mangla Reservoir)

Year

(Fiscal Year/ Contract Year )

Fish Production

(TONS)

1972-73 830

1979-80 1176

1980-81 1421

1983-84 1725

1985-86 155

1986-87 Fish Contract not awarded

1987-88 570

1991-92 750

1992-93 N.A

1993-94 960

1997-98 645

2002-03 1154

2007-08 871

2009-10 1026

2012-13 906

Source: WAPDA fisheries directorate and AJK- fisheries statistics


6

Table: 2 Fish Seed Production at Mangla Hatchery fisheries activities & stocking in

Reservoir (Selected / Years)

Year

(Fiscal

Year)

Seed

Production

(Nos. in

Million)

Species

(Fish)

Stocking

(Nos in

Million)

Fisherman

(Nos)

Boats

(Nos)

1972-73 0.200 Cyprinus carpio 0.180 370 186

1985-86 0.300 Cyprinus carpio

Major carps 0.205 570 200







Source: Wapda Fisheries Directorate Mangla

Fish species Composition Trends in Harvest & its Reasons

The production trends from Mangla dam reveals marked dominance of forage species in

early stages of reservoir (may be due to biotic bloom in reservoir), which started to decline in favour of

omnivores & Carnivores, then there was another surge in pelagic herbivores (due to dominance of

Hypophthlmitchthys molitrix) in recent past.

The annual water level fluctuation between 1040 (SPD) to 1202 (SPD), before Mangla

Raising, reduced the abundance of bottom fish food organisms (particularly in peripherial) sites

leading to severe competition between different bottom feeding species i.e. Cirrhina mrigala, Labeo

calbasu and Cyprinus carpio etc. resultantly, the plankton feeding species became dominant in

reservoir.

Catches of indegneous species generally declined, largely because of the lowering of the

water level in winter.

Important biotic and abiotic parameters governing fisheries in Mangla Reservoir

Temp. Profile

Usually eiplimnion is limited to the 2 m depth, while meta-limnion extends from 2m to 7 m depth,

below that water is usually homothermal.

Annual Planktonic Biomass

The average annual planktonic biomass ranges from 3.2 to 18 ml/m3. Biomass increases from

September onwards and reaches at peak in December. There are two annual planktonic peaks i.e.

spring and late autumn. Zooplankton, dominates in October.


7

Species Wise Dominance

The primary pulse of spring is found to be associated with Dinophyceae, Copepode, and cladocerons.

The secondary pulse of Oct. – Nov. was due to bloom of different agal groups, diatoms and rotifers.

Zonation in Biotic Abundance (Mangla Reservoir is divided into three water regimes i-e

lotic zone, intermediate zone or lentic zone).

Lotic zone of reservoir is least productive in relation to planktonic biomass. Here we observe two

pulses one during monsoon, & other during Dec. – Jan. There is a sharp decline in biomass in this

zone during March to May & again in September.

The overall abundance of benthos was found to be high in intermediate zone, moderate in the lotic

zone and poorest in the lentic zone.

The benthic fauna is characterized by the presence of Oligochaetes (Branchiura, Tubifex,

Limnodrilus & Nias).

Other Fauna include dipteran larvae, molluscs, ephemeropterans and nematodes.

In Lentic zone fauna include; Oligochaetes, hirudieans, Dipteran larvae, nematodes, molluscs &

ephemeroterans.

In lotic zone fauna comprise of; dipteran larvae (chironomus, chaobrous), culex, Tubifera,

Ceratopogon, probezzia, Gastropods, obigochaetes & nematodes are sporadic.

Periphytons were abundant during primary peak in autumn & secondary peak in spring (WAPDA

Fisheries Directorate – 1988)

Water Quality’s Salient Features/Parameter Governing Biota Sustainability in

Reservoir. Annual range of water temperature in Mangla Reservoir varies between 13°C to 32°C

(FAO PAK TCP. 1987). Before entering the reservoir the water temperature of the Jhelum River

varies between 8°C to 26°C (Dunn et. al 1988).

The river Jhelum catchment above Mangla is 11240 sq. miles. Present gross storage at

FSL: is 7.40 MAF (9132 Mm3) while total area of reservoir at FSL comes to 324 sq. kms/125 sq.miles.

Reservoir bear three types of water regimes i.e. lotic section, intermediate section and

lentic section.

The lotic section includes; upper reaches of Jhelum and Poonch Pockets, which are 15%

of the total reservoir area at FSL and 25% at DSL. The lentic section comprises of 65% of total area

and encompass major portions of Khad, Jari. Main Mangla and Poonch Pockets. The Intermediate

section enfolds 10% to 15% of total reservoir area; mainly in Kanshi, Jhelum & Poonch Pockets. The

annual water level fluctuation varies between 1040 and 1240 SPD. While average annual inflows

come to 22.40 MAF. Sediment deposited in Lower Jhelum as recorded during 2011 sruvey is =

5733.55 AF (WAPDA Dam Safety Organization Report 2012).


8

Mangla Reservoir / Dam after being raised upto 1240 SPD is first time filled to this FSL

during 2014.

The inflows in reservoir remain lowest in Feb.-Mar. and highest in

July – August. March is most turbid month & transparency remains high during Oct. to Dec.

Fish Stock Composition in Mangla Reservoir

Family Cyprinjdae

Barilius varga, Cheila bacaila, Ompoc bimaculatus cirrhina reba, C.mrigala, Catla catla,

Labeo dero, Labeo Calbasu. L. dyocheilus, Labeo microphthmis, Cyprinus Carpio

schizothorax Plagiostomus, Ctenophyrangdon idella, Hypophthalmitohthys molitrix, Tor

putitora, Puntius ticto, Puntius sophore, Puntius sarana, Ambasis nama, A-ranga,

Oreochromus mozimbicus, Aorichthys nibilus.

Family Cobitidae (upper reaches of Jhelum & Poonch Pockets Botia birdi, Neomachilus spp.

Family Bagridae

Aorichthys aor

Family Schilbeidae

Clupisoma garva

Family Sisoridae

Glyptothorax spp.

Family Belonidae

Xenentodon cancila

Family Siluridae

Wallago attu

Family Ophiocephalidae

Channa Punctatus

Family Mastacembelidae

Mascambelus armatus

Table: 3 Present Important Species in Sequence of Abundance

Sr. No. Species Percentage Composition

1 Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 46%

2 Cyprinus carpio 12.9%

3 Wallago attu 9%

4 Aorichthys aor 5.9%

5 Catla catla 5.5%

6 Labeo Calbasu 5%

7 Tor putitora 4.8%

8 Labeo nohita 2.6%


9

Sr. No. Species Percentage Composition

9 Puntius sarana 2.5%

10 Cinrhina reba 1.5%

11 Other 4.3%

Total 100% (catches 2012-13)

Potential of fish production as assessed through a study by ADB in 1987

The present fish yield from Mangla reservoir is 15.5 kg/h/y which can be raised upto 100

kg/h/y through stocking of desirable species in reservoir (ADB Pak. Fisheries Sector Study 1987).

Outcome

The fish population dynamics when assessed for the whole period after creation of Mangla

reservoir. The major carps remained dominant in catches w.e.f. 1975 to 1991. Then dominance was

shared between Catfishes & Major carps with sizable share of Minnows etc. from 1992 to 2002.

Recently Chinese carps and common carp dominated catches from 2005 onwards with

important share of catfishes, while major carps share reduced to 16% in total catches.

This saga of culture based fisheries management of Mangla Reservoir clearly indicates

that in case of creation of cascade of HPPs, upstream of Mangla, with a series of reservoirs

encountering fluctuating water regimes (with slightly different biotic and abiotic conditions)

can be managed on the lines of culture-based fisheries management sprees with some

modifications.


10

2. LEGAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK

2.1. West Pakistan Fisheries Ordinance 1961

West Pakistan Fisheries Act 1961 was promulgated for the conservation of fish and

fisheries in territorial boundaries of the West Pakistan. This Act prohibits the commercial exploitation

of certain desirable fish species in their spawning seasons i.e. restrictions on the catch of common

carp in early spring, silurids and Bagrids in late spring, major indian carps from June to August in

natural waters. Prohibition on the unlawful practices of resorting to indiscrimate wanton Killing of

spawners and juveniles with explosives and poisons. There are clauses in the Act further prohibiting

the catch of juvenile of certain desirable Ichthyofauna upto a certain size to secure the Ichthyo-

biomass for further viability of water body. In case of violation of any of the enactments this act

empower enforcers to inflict punitary measures against culprits/offenders. This law/Act was further

amended in 1998 to enhance the amount of fines and punitary measures to discourage the Poachers

from resorting to illegal practices.

2.2. Performance Standard-6 of IFC

International Finance Corporation applies the performance standards to take stock of

environmental and social footprints of a development project to make such projects environmentally

more sustainable and socially more acceptable in its member countries which are eligible for

financing. Overall, there are eight performance standards which are required to be met by the

Client/Project proponent, throughout the life cycle of the project. PS-I establishes the integrated

assessment to identify the social and environmental impacts, risks, and opportunities in the project‟s

area of assessment. Main components of performance standard-I include; environmental & social

assessment, management progress, organizational capacity, training, community engagement,

monitoring and reporting.

PS-3 deals with water pollution sprees in the wake of projects implementation, its

prevention/abatement in the light of international best practices to ensure sustainability of indigenous

aquatic biota. PS-6 also deals with protection and conservation of aquatic biota to ensure sustainable

development. It further ponder upon the way to mitigate the project‟s footprints on aquatic biodiversity.

These performance standards are to be managed through the owner‟s social and environmental

management system.

According to the World Bank (1999 a) operational policy OP 4.01, Karot HPP has been

classified as an Environmental Category „A‟ Project. Such projects are expected to have significant

impacts that may be sensitive, diverse or wholesome requiring full environmental impact assessment.

This section of update EIA also fulfills the requirements of the provincial environmental protection

Agencies/National environmental and social regulations.

Rest of the cascade of projects on upstream Karot HPP are also run-of river projects and


11

falls under same Category „A‟ projects and require almost similar environmental and social mitigatory

strives for implications of projects interventions. However, when putting together all pixels to develop

a picture, these all projects needs to be studied as an entity synergistically effecting more than 150

km reach of Jhelum River with their cumulative impacts.


12

3. APPROACH & METHODOLOGY

3.1. Literature Perusal & Its Justification

This study draws information presented in project (Karot HPP) feasibility study

environmental assessment 2009, and review of literature on the aquatic biota found in upper Jhelum

reaches from Mangla upstream to Siran include data from Personal studies of aquatic biota of Jhelum

and Neelum Rivers by the Author.

Data from various WAPDA reports was also consulted including extensive data about fish

and fisheries of Mangla Reservoir. The personal experience of author of working with FAO (PAK.

TCP) in 1988‟s, team; comprising of renowned limnologists and ichthyologists i.e. Dr. Dunn, Dr.T.

Petr, Dr. Woy-Norwich, Dr. Brenner and Dr. Rajbanshi, also proved handy while working on this

assignment. 2009 feasibility study by SMEC (Pvt.) mentions the ichthyfauna of Karot HPP in a

rudimentary way. The aquatic ecology study of this area got negligible attention of limnologists &

ichthyologists prior to this strive.

However, as the IFC advisors particularly asked for an input enfolding analysis of cascading

projects on upper Jhelum, the only way to draw a picture of such impacts was thorough study of

mearge available retrospective knowledge and personal works of author. The major lotic portion of

River Jhelum upstream of Karot HPP is expected to modify into lotic, lentic and intermediate zones,

as encountered in Mangla Reservoir. Another corner stone of this strive is perusal of Indus Basin level

(SSESA) Report and AJK level strategic Environment Assessment SEA Report by (IUCN) to augment

this study.

3.2. Consultation with Stakeholders

To take stock of this task various stakeholders were consulted. Present Fisheries

Contractors of Mangla & Jhelum Raja Arshad, Chaudhry Qurban and Fishermen Farid Sindhi, Allah

Bachia Sindi, Chaudhry Mahboob of Dabal, Zameer R/o Village Channa. River Jhelum, Muhammad

Shakoor B/o Resident of Dhangali, Sajid Ahmed S/o Muhammad Bashir R/o village Rajgarh near

Karot, Sajid Ahmed & Muhammad Shakoor were hired for experimental netting / fishing for study. Fish

Shopkeepers of Kahota city were also consulted alongwith local officials of fisheries department.

Local residents involved in amateur angling and occasional fisherman, particularly from Karot, Beur,

Rajgarh and Azad Pattan.

3.3. Aquatic / Ichthyofaunic Study Sites

The retrospective study sites included Neelum River reaches from Karen Nullah to Jhura

Nullah, then from Nosuda to Pattika. For upper Jhelum such sites include Sirn Nullah, Jandarbayan

Nullah. Main stem Jhelum upto Domel Muzaffarabad, Kunhar-Jhelum confluence near Lower Chattar,

Barsala Chattar Klas & Kohala reaches. For present study the sites include upstream Azad Pattan

nullah site, Karot Dam site, Rajgarh nullah downstream site Dhangali nullah.


13

All these study sites falls in rhithronic zone of Jhelum River. Mainly comprising of riffles and

pools. The riffle sites are characterized with bottom boulders and swift turbulent water currents. While

pools are comparatively deep lotic water regimes bearing pebbles & cobbles oriented bottom and

laminar, smooth flow / current. The side waters, small creeks and streams confluence sites exhibit

mixed bottoms i.e. sandy to boulder oriented.

The study area extends upstream from Mangla Dam to Sirn village at Kohala HPP reservoir

site. However, the KHP Project areas (Physical footprints of dam, powerhouse, reservoir and

associated facilities such as construction work area, resettlement sites, dumping sites, access roads,

realignment of Kahota Kotli Road, foot Bridges and Azad Pattan Bridge & Kahota Rawlakot Road area

etc. are part of this exclusive study area for present study.

3.4. Data Collection (Methodology & Approach)

The retrospective data was collected from secondary sources and author‟s personal

assessment of aquatic ecology of Jhelum River, with more than two decades long research activities

therein. However, for present exclusive study for KHPP, author visited the Karot Project site in

November 2014, and selected sites for ichthyological data collection. Ichthyological field data was

collected from project‟s area of influence, by marking three rites i.e. first, likely reservoir‟s tail, second,

at Karot dam site and third, at downstream near Rajgarh stream confluence with main stem Jhelum

River. The data was collected both from pools, riffles and side nullahs (tributary sites). The

methodology applied included installation of gill nets of various mesh size from # 25 mm to # 200 mm,

Cast net in side waters and small streams joining main-stem Jhelum. Long-lines with hooks baited

with minnows such as Ambasis nama and Ambsis ranga, etc. in side waters. Angling was carried out

in the riffle type water regimes. Mean daily flow during study strives remained between 32500 cf/sec

to 28200 cf/sec and Mangla reservoir level remained between 1217 and 1221 SPD (Mangla Wapda

hydrology section).

The gill nets were applied both during day and night times, nocturnal strives proved more

fruitful for data collection in slow flowing water regimes near river banks and pools. The cast nets

were mainly applied in side tributaries, while long lines with baited hooks were installed in turbid side

waters.

The Angling was mainly carried out in the riffle type water regimes having fast currents and

boulders at the bottom. The fish specimens caught in all cases were identified at the spot with

identification keys given by Mirza M.R. Dr. Nazir Ahmed, Rafiq etal, Jhingran V.G. Heckel, Hora S.L,

Yaqoob etal and Agarwal etc.

The alive identified specimens were measured for their morphometric studies: i-e standard

lengths, checked their fin formula & other distinguishing characters at the spot and still alive

specimens were again released in the water, while some other specimen, which were mostly

entangled in gill nets of 25mm, 35mm, 45mm and fish caught with the help of hooks and longlines,


14

retrieved during early hours of morning were kept in 10% formaline in plastic jars for study of their

bionomics later on.

3.5. Data Analysis

A detail & exhaustive narration of analysis of secondary data has already been presented in

section 1.4 of the report. However, the fish fauna captured and assessed / identified during present

study alongwith fish species caught recently by local fishmen in Karot HPP‟s footprints area i.e. from

Azad Pattan to Suhary (Jhelum River reach upto Mangla Reservoir tail) and their weight range,

occurrence pattern, are given in below Table.

Details are given as under;

Table: 4

Sr.

No. Species Name

Weight Range

(gms) Occurrence

1. Hypophthilmitchthys molitrix 500 – 7000 +++* abundant

2. Cyprinus carpio 450 – 2000 ++ *Ɵ considerable

3. Aorichthys aor 300 – 1450 ++

4. Clupisoma gurva 200 – 310 ++

5. Schizothorax plagiostomus 400 – 1850 +++

6. Labeo dychelius 350 – 500 +

7. Labeo dero 400 – 620 +

8. Wallag attu 700 – 3000 ++

9. Tor putitora 400 – 1500 + * occasional

10. Mastecambelus armatus 550 – 1300 +

11. Schizothorax esocinus 600 – 1050 +

12. Puntius sarana 300 – 500 +

13. Glyptothorax pectinopterus 150 – 350 +

14. Schistura nalbanti 130 – 170 +

15. Ambasis nama 20 – 35 +

16. Ambasis ranga 30 – 50 +

17. Ompoc bimaculatus 50 – 70 +


15

The previous data pertaining to fish population dynamics and systematics was analyzed with

particular emphasis on data from Jhelum Pocket of Mangla Reservoir which has closer resemblance

with aquatic ecology of the proposed cascading reservoirs upstream of Dhangalli, particularly, Karot

project reservoir. The analysis has already been depicted in section 1.4.

The gut contents, Gono-somatic Index (GSI) and Relative Gut Length (RLG) of fish caught

during present spree is assessed for ascertaining maturing stage and feeding patterns of these

specimens.


16

4. CUMULATIVE IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION

MEASURES (CONSTRUCTION PHASES)

Impact analysis comprise of identification of potential cumulative effects of chain of

cascading projects on baseline conditions of fish fauna, possible mitigation measures, data gaps or

uncertainties that limit interpretation of effects or assumptions regarding mitigation efficacy, and

anticipated residual effects on relevant VEC, as per step IV & V of RICA approach to Cumulative

Impact Assessment.

4.1. Cumulative Impact Assessment & Mitigation Measures pertaining to

ichthyofauna

4.1.1. Cumulative Impact Assessment for Construction Phase of Karot & Other

Cascading Hydropower Projects in Connection with Ichthyofauna of

Effected River Jhelum Reach.

While the implementation of Karot HPP in particular and other cascading projects in general

has the potential to affect the aquatic ecology of the Jhelum River & its tributaries in area of influence

during pre-construction (Contractor mobilization) and construction phases. Hydropower projects

elsewhere have also had serious impacts on aquatic biota, particularly in relation to effect of blockage

to migratory species and effects on downstream environments (Krchnak. 2009).

In this section potential impacts are assessed, highlighting the construction phase

footprints. The points of prime importance are the timings of construction of various cascading

projects i.e. when and which project will be constructed, in sequence (series of construction), its

location on river, conditions of upstream & downstream aquatic regimes, aquatic biotic components /

organisms present in that reach, migratory nature and intensity of Ichthofauna therein, presence of

any endangered aquatic species etc.

4.1.2. Potential Impacts Dam Sites – In-stream Activities

During pre-construction and construction phases the aquatic environment will potentially be

impacted by in-stream activities at various dam sites, encompassing; project‟s infrastructure works,

water pollution and finally vegetation clearing activities.

At cascading dam sites coffer dams will be constructed upstream and downstream of

working areas for construction of dams, spillways and other apertures. The riverbed work areas will be

kept dry by diverting water from just upstream of the upper coffer dam to a release point downstream

of lower coffer dam. These river stretches (in case of all projects) will be first normal river lotic regimes

to be impacted. Placement of coffer dams and initial use of diversion tunnels will increase sediment

concentrations. These preliminary activities will result in hampering the free movement of

ichthyofauna in impacted in-stem sites of river Jhelum. This impact will be limited to these stretches,

but its effect on different species of ichthyofauna will be different. The dry segments of riverbed will


17

minus those portions of river from aquatic biological productivity, part of which (in case of Karot HPP it

is 250 meters). The only important likely effect will be on migratory fish species (if any), however, the

impact on bio-productivity of these reaches will not be wholesome. Moreover, high sediment loads will

be produced during placement of cofferdams and again when water will be released through the water

diversion tunnels. River Jhelum bears high sediment content historically, with the recent increase in

anthropogenic activities in upper catchment, particularly in Kashmir valley, it has increased

tremendously. That is why, it is estimated that 15,540,000 m³ per month sediment would be trapped in

Karot Reservoir (FS-2009). This phenomenon used to be more pronounced in summer than in winter,

which is mainly responsible for changes in biotic assemblages, in main-stem river. Sediment levels

above normal (as encountered during September 2014) can cause choking of benthic fauna, clogging

of gill chambers, habitat modifications, smothering and mortality of eggs & spawn, reduction in

transparency, leading to reductions in population sizes of organisms in the ichthyofuanic species more

likely to be effected more in such cases include; Tor Putitora, Schizothorax Plagiostomus,

Schizopygae esocinus and Clupisoma gurva.

The projects infrastructure sites encompass; construction and storage sites, quarries and

batching plant sites, dumping sites, camping sites, access roads, project management, enclosure,

and energy providing facilities, work activities related to these locations (particularly if they are near

main-stem river or tributaries) could effect aquatic ecology by contributing sediment load and

undesirable substances.

Fuels and chemicals stored and used at such locations can effect aquatic biota & riparian

users in downstream areas.

Another area of concern in use of explosives during construction sprees and their

availability at project storage site. As some people occasionally resort to illegal fishing through

explosive‟s use; this may inculcate / develop an interest in workers to do the same. This type of

fishing is illegal, heinous and inefficient, as it causes damage to habit and habitat & survival of biota.

Such activity can be more lethal in case of cascading projects. To avoid potential anoxic conditions in

initial years of reservoir fillings, vegetation might be cleared prior to first filling/inundation. This may

result in large areas of disturbed soil leading to short term increase in sediment load during torrential

rains & initial inundation.

The important factor governing the severity of all above impacts is timings of construction of

various cascading projects.

4.1.3. Uncertainties & Data Gaps

When we look at downstream fishery of Mangla Reservoir, we can develop a picture for

future sustainable management of fishery in cascading reservoirs (Particularly, fishery management of

Jhelum Pocket of Mangla Reservoir). However, major lacuna felt, while applying RICA approach

during preparation of cumulative impact assessment is determination of present status of VEC, s


18

throughout that reach of river which is going to be effected during construction of various projects from

Sirn upstream to Karot HPP downstream. The present aquatic VEC, s assessment is limited to Karot

HPP. Previous personal studies in upstream reaches of Jhelum & Neelum Rivers fills some important

pixels of the picture, but still important gaps are evident regarding cohesive and continued data

availability throughout this reach. Recent cumulative impact assessment study carried but by IUCN

AJK in the wake of implementation of hydropower projects, does not fully determine the present

conditions of VEC in this reach.

However, with the help of presently available data, it can be safely depicted that cumulative

impacts of these projects can be assessed to some extent & also their significance over VEC, can be

predicted. There is no substitute to a future cohesive study of VEC in impacted reach of river to fully

address the effects of various project‟s pre-construction and construction phases activities.

Table-5: Potential Cumulative Impacts of the Projects on VEC i.e. Ichthyofauna of Jhelum

River

Sr.

No. Cumulative Impact Spatial Extent

Potential

Effect on

Biomass

Duration

Frequency Significance

1. Interruption in

normal downstream

flows

Projects

construction

sites

Slight

reduction in

ichthyofauna

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Can hamper

free mobility

2. Increase in sediments Construction

sites

Choking of

benthic fauna,

washing out of

benthic life etc.

& surface

feeders.

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Create

problems for

spawn etc.

3. Habitat modifications Construction

sites on whole

reach

Hampering

mobility

decrease in

available

habitat etc.

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Potentially

harmful for

biota

4. Ichthyofaunic

movements &

migrations

Construction

sites on whole

reach

Disturbance in

spawning &

feeding

regimes.

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Decrease in

overall

ichthyofauna

5. Decrease in habitat Construction

sites on whole

reach

Reduction in

available

habitat

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Decrease in

overall

ichthyofauna

6. Changes in species

composition of VEC

Construction

sites on whole

reach

Problems for

migratory &

herbivorous

species

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Decrease in

overall

ichthyofauna

7. Compartmentalization

of river

Construction

sites on whole

reach

Stranding of

fry, &

fingerlings

Pre-construction &

construction phase

Resulting into

less

recruitment


19

4.1.4. Mitigations (Pre-Construction & Construction Phases)

Measures are outlined in updated EIA Table 7.1 Env. & Social Management at Serial No. 6

& 7 to protect water quality and river bed morphologies at project infrastructure, roads and work areas

and to manage dumping of construction waste and use of explosives. Adherance to these measures

will minimize the risks to aquatic biota. Use of explosives on river bed should be avoided; fishing with

explosives should be banned altogether. Fish & juvenile trapped in the intended dewatered areas

(when water is diverted through tunnels around coffer dams work areas) should be transplanted to

other reaches of river to avoid mass mortality.

Additional measures include; avoidance of coffer dam construction in lean flow period,

when fish may be using limited pool areas for refuge and sediments levels along with water levels are

at their lowest. Same should be the strategy, while constructing diversion tunnels. It may be ensured

at all projects that materials from diversion tunnels are not dumped into the main-stem river. These

materials have to be transported to designated disposal sites, away from high flow level of river. All

residual materials should be cleared before flooding. Retaining walls may be constructed in case of

vulnerable dumps along river. Periodic water quality monitoring will also go many a mile to augment

knowledge about the status of water quality and in case of its deterioration, we may resort to proper

mitigatory strives. Those species which spawn downstream in semi-lotic littoral sites of Jhelum main-

stem below Karot weir will not be impacted. However, couple of species that has spawning sites

upstream, in adjoining tributaries and side waters, need further studies and research to come up with

concrete measures, to minimize the cascading impact of HPP, s in a series not only during

construction but also during pre-construction phase.

4.2. Operation Phase Cumulative Impacts of Cascading Projects on

Ichthyofauna & Its Future Sustainability and Enhancement in Jhelum

Reach from Tail of Kohala HPP to Mangla Dam

Major impacts on Ichthyofauna of main-stem Jhelum River will be encountered during

operational phase of these cascading hydropower projects. Some of them will impact the modified

river reach in the form of diversion of Jhelum & Neelum Rivers through long tunnels, depriving fairly

long reaches of both rivers of their normal seasonal flows, i.e. Neelum Jhelum HPP (with 46 km

tunnel) and Kohala HPP (with 17.7 kms tunnel). In both cases respectively; Neelum River flows will be

affected in reach; from Nausary (upstream) to Domail (downstream), while implementation of Kohala

HPP will affect the Jhelum reach from Domail to Barsala and this reach will be deprived of normal

water, contributions from both above rivers. There will be direct impact on aquatic biota and riparian

users in these upstream reaches of rivers, tunnel average flow of 260 cumec from Neelum River will

not be available downstream. In 2010 EIA (updated study) of NJ HPP affected reach of Neelum River,

12 species of fish are reported, the impacts of flow regimes changes, habitat reduction, habitat

degradation, disturbed water quality, fish poaching, climate change, etc. particularly on stenophagic

and migratory species will be drastic. Schizothorax Plagiostomus a localized migratory species will


20

continue to survive in this river reach with somewhat diminished population. All in all Neelum River

from Vishnusar 18093 SPD (In Indian Kashmir) to Domail, traverses a distance of 279 kms and 17

fish species are recorded in this reach including exotic Salmo trutto fario (Brown trout)

Onchorhynchus mykiss (Rainbow Trout), 5 species of snow carps 2 species of loaches etc. (Mirza

etal, Kullandar, 1999 Das. 1972). The Brown & Rainbow trouts are recorded and studied by present

author above the Karen nullah reach of Neelum River (Askhot HPP aquatic biota study). The only

species of importance that need / require rehabilitation in thhe future impacted reach is Malli

(Schizothorax Plagiostomus).

On the contrary, Jhelum River traverses a distance of 430 kms from Verinag to Mangla. A

total 22 Nos. of fish species were recorded from Jhlum River reach between Chakothi and Azad

Pattan a total No. of 28 fish species are present including species of rithronic and epipotamonic

reaches. Fish fauna is dominated in upper reaches by snow carps, hill stream loaches, while in

downstream reaches, Himalayan Mahseer, Carps, Chinese carps, minnows and catfishes are also

included in fish fauna alongwith predominant snow carps.

The impact on the riverine species will be more pronounced in case of snow carps (with

local migratory habits) than any other species. The cascading projects in lower reaches i.e. from

Barsala (Kohala HPP Powerhouse Site) to Suhary (Tail of Mangla Reservoir in River Jhelum) will

pose different type of impact on ichthyofauna i.e. compartmentalization of this reach into lotic and

lacustrine sections will be defining factor. As the section of river from downstream Kohala to Mahal

will be converted into reservoir, then there will be short portion 950 meter diversion tunnel below

Mahal HPP weir, and then a small lotic portion of river changing into semi-lentic back water of Azad

Pattan HPP, after a lentic V-shaped reservoir of Azad Pattan HPP, there will be a 7 kms long lotic

reach of river culminating into tail of Karot HPP (at FSL of reservoir). Then a 27 kms long V-shaped

reservoir will ensue and this lacustrine water body will be is blocked/regulated through Karot 250 M

long diversion tunnel & spillways and finally a six kms lotic section of river from downstream of Karot

HPP to Suhary (FSL of Jhelum Pocket of Mangla Reservoir).

These cascading projects will encounter alternate river sections i.e. semi-lentic & lotic (all

these projects are run-of-river projects) and will encounter daily fluctuations in water levels in

reservoirs. Such cascading reservoirs bear problematic habitat regimes for littoral fauna & flora. One

change that occurs frequently in the littoral zone of reservoir is change in water level, which never

takes care of impact on fish biology but regulate the downstream supply of water for hydro-electric

power generations. It is known fact that major percentage share of bio-productivity is contributed by

littoral zones. If such reservoir would be thermally stratified, then littoral zone benthos & large

invertebrates will comprise major portions of diet of many important fishes and particularly in early life

stages of even Aorichthy aor and Wallago attu i.e. (catfishes). Changes in water level can have

profound effect on profundal benthos (bottom dwelling) also. Some benthoses are more tolerant of

fluctuation than others, and overall effect on benthic populations in these cascading reservoirs will be


21

related to the time, degree and duration of drawdowns. However, there will be an overall increase in

Planktonic biota i.e. phyto & zoo planktons due to increased transparency in the lacustrine water

regimes of these reservoirs. This will benefit the surface & column feeders and plankfonic feeding

species. Another important group of organisms in the periphytons. Those plants and animals needing

attachment for survival. The periptyton in Jhelum river sometimes begain the food chain for the higher

fauna by serving as food for some of the bottom invertebrates. In case of drastic fluctuation in

reservoir water level they will also be at loss. However, if the fluctuation is gradual, this loss can be

partially off-set by the addition of terresterial insects and similar organisms to the diet of fishes. This

phenomenon i.e. insects can be a substantial contribution is early stages i.e. newly flooded areas of

these reservoirs.

If we grasp the overall cumulative impact on the VEC in modified reach of River Jhelum and

draw a picture based on prediction of future conditions then most important impacts during operation

phase of these cascading projects will be change in composition of species of fish, change in bio-

productivity in this section of river, change in normal sediment ratios, change in fish habitat, changes

in water quality, effects of reservoirs on downstream regimes, etc.

The compartmentalization of river into semi-lentic and lotic conditions will result in isolated

pockets of ichthyofauna depending more on localized niches. Fish fauna with restricted & behavior of

feeding & breading will be at loss, while fauna with flexible habits will be benefitted at large. However,

the change in water temp or heat distribution in different aquatic pockets within impoundments and

downstream & upstream reaches will be the most important factor in determining what occurs,

biologically chemically & physically within different lentic & lotic water regimes, which will ultimately

determine the bio-productivity of that water compartment and culminate into terminal biodiversity and

biomass of ichthyofauna.

4.2.1. Impacts of Cascading Projects on Downstream Ichthyofauna of Mangla

Reservoir

Presently fish fauna in Jhelum pocket of Mangla reservoir is represented by 36 species.

The scores of them are well adapted to semi-lotic upper reaches of reservoir including; Tor putitora,

clupisoma gurva, Schizothorax Plagiostomus, Mascambelus armatus, Labeo dero. Their feeding &

spawning behavior is well adjusted to present free flowing stream water, with the regulation of water

for hydro-electricity generation in upstream cascading projects. These species will face modified

conditions. The most important factor will be downstream supply of regulated waters from Karot HPP,

which is the last R-O-R Project just 6 kms upstream of Mangla Reservoir FSL. Whereas, the other

projects can impact small reaches between their respective dam outlets and tails of next reservoirs.

In case of Karot HPP, the last R-O-R reservoir prior to Mangla storage Reservoir, the

regulated water outflows from this reservoir will have direct bearing on ichthyobiota in Mangla

Reservoir. It has been estimated that 15,540,000m³ per month sediments would be trapped in the


22

Karot Reservoir which will be flushed though two low-level gates installed at right abutment of spillway

structure adjacent to power intake, and sediment flushing will be carried out when inflows are more

than 1400 m³/s but less than 2100 m³/s. Flushing of sediments into downstream reach will have an

impact on downstream fish fauna in many ways. It may result in choking of gills of ichthyofauna &

benthos population, smothering of eggs and juveniles of fish and many more. Regulated water flows

in downstream reaches going to reduce the availability of habitat for migratory spawners. Particularly,

in such cases the water level in Mangla Reservoir will be of prime importance, as the 80% of ichthyo -

productivity of Mangla Reservoir is monsoon season spawners and stocking dependent (Dastgir.

2012).

Regulated flows will be designed to provide water for the hydroelectricity generation with a

reliable and predictable provision/supply of water, such type of regulation will reduce both seasonal

and inter-annual variability in flows, so important for heterogenicity in the downstream environmental

indicators. Furthermore, changes in the wetting and drying cycles downstream of Karot weir due to

regulated flow regimes are likely to have major impacts on productivity and can alter biotic

assemblages. Fortunately, major spawning sites of Tor Putitora (Golden Mahseer) are mainly located

in Poonch River upstream of Mangla Reservoir near Billiporian, Gandigala tributaries and Nar &

Gulpur‟s spawning grounds. However, this endangered species also spawn on limited scale in

Kamalpur nullah site of Jhelum River from Mid-May to September in two major spawning surges. The

second surge of Mid July to September is more important. Proper hydro-biological conditions are of

utmost importance for onslaught of spawning sprees (laying eggs in batches). The regulated flows

downstream of Karot weir can impact this activity in many ways. The partial

re-establishment of morphohydrological downstream regimes, cannot restore the downgraded river

reach back to pristine conditions, but at least it will provide local scale rehabilitation efforts a launching

pad to move ahead. All in all, the length of river and aquatic resources potentially affected could

extend upto Suhary (Mangla Reservoir FSL) 6 km downstream from Karot HPP or further downstream

in case of lower-water levels in Mangla Reservoir, in the absence of discharges meant to protect the

downstream aquatic ecosystem.


23

5. FINAL OUTCOME MANAGEMENT MONITORING AND

SUPERVISION

5.1.1. Environmental Flows as Downstream Management Measure

The rising trend of regulation of rithronic river reaches for run-of-River hydel energy

generation is a usable option for an energy deficient nation like Pakistan. In the wake of Indus Basin

Treaty only two western most rivers their tributaries are available for such ventures. That is why, an

ambitious program of cascading HPPs is being pursued on Indus and Jhelum River in this rithronic

regions. Such projects which will store water for power generation and abstractions that will remove

large quantities of water from rivers, will exert major control over normal flow, affecting the total

amount of water in the system and the timing with which the remainder is discharged (world

commission of dam, 2000), such changes in discharge patterns effect species composition

abundance, and viability of river biota & may damage the sustainability of river fisheries (Bunn &

Arthingtion, 2001).

Efforts are underway globally to provide for environmental flows (EF) that satisfy the need,

for sustainability of fish and other aquatic organisms in river. These EF;s in cascading projects

become doubly important, as fish stranded and isolated in d/s compartments and pockets becomes

more vulnerable in the absence of such flows. These flows in this case may be defined as “that

portion of the original flow of a river that is needed to maintain specific valued feature (i-e VEC) of its

eco system or quantity of water that must be maintained in a river system at all times to protect the

species of interest for fisheries or for conservation of the environment on which they depend.”

Flow, can also be classified by the way they affect fish community.

Population flows influence biomass of the fish community through density dependent interaction.

The hydrological features arising population flows are volume, depth, community, and wetted or

flooded area in a system.

Critical flows triggers events such as migration or reproduction. The main features of critical flows

are flow velocity and timing coupled with season, & temp regimes etc.

Stress flows may be exceptionally high or low water events that endanger fish, either because of

excess velocity at high water (such as September floods in Jhelum River in 1992 & 2014), or through

desiccation at low water level (March 1980). Such flows can have profound impact on fish

communities and on the riverine environment, frequently acting as “reset events”.

Habitat flows maintain the availability of habitat and environmental quality, including temperature,

dissolved oxygen levels, sediment transport and environmental support systems such as vegetation

and food organisms. Here, the key features are volume of water, flow velocity, connectively and

wetted or flooded area in a system.

It is almost impossible to consider the flow requirements of all fish species individually. So,


24

attempts to restore fish fauna in Jhelum will base upon defining flows for a few most desirable

incthyofaumic species that are either prestigious because of their size such as catla catla or are of

major importance; such as schizothorax plagiostomus in upper reaches of Jhelum, or are of major

importance to fisheries or conservation such as Tor putitora in lower reaches.

Fishes can be grouped onto “guilds” according to their flow requirements. Welcome et al,

(2006) has proposed a global system for classifying guilds, they elaborates in their effort the way in

which the guilds respond to characteristic changes in river flows. The three main groups of fish and

their sub-groups respond to changes to natural hydrographs in different ways, which typically favor

generalist, eurytopic, euryhagic species at the expense of the more specialist limnophilic and

rheophilic ones. In case of cascading HPP, The Schizothorax plagiostorms will survive in d/s reaches

(as in tail race area of upper Jhelum canal & d/s Tarbela spillways,) provided that couple of creeks

and side nullah, are available before the next lentic reservoir. As in some cases fish population of

controlled rivers in d/s reaches can be maintained by recruitments from tributaries, which still have

natural flow regimes.

Environmental flow (EF) assessment methods were originally developed in US in 1970s, to

predict the amount of water required to provide habitat for angling fish (Tharme 2003). Presently more

than 50 countries employ over 200 different approaches to assessing EFs in terms of the ecosystem

they consider, the amount of data they require, and the type & the reliability of answers they provide.

Following should be taken into account while applying procedures for assessment of water

requirement of fish in River Jhelum.

I. Complexity of ecological requirements of all life stages in fish in affected

downstream reach.

II. Procedure should be easy to understand & use or be cost effective.

III. Be compatible with expertise available

IV. Be legally robust

V. Be generally accepted by all levels of fisheries and water uses stakeholders.

To avoid the impact of cascading HPP on the downstream (d/s) habitats & biota, particularly

when flow is reduced d/s of both the dam & tail race outlet during the low flow season, when water will

be retained daily for storage to supply daily peak power generation needs. In such cases, a lot of

literature should be consulted to assess flow requirement to protect aquatic ecosystems mainly in

relation to storage reservoirs (krichnak etal 2009).

A large array of methods now exists for assessment of environmental flows (falling into five

broad methodological categories; hydrological index; hydraulic rating curve; habitat simulation; holistic

and ecosystem component- specific etc. (Atherton etal 2004). However, one of the important aspects

is gap in present baseline data about important seasonal life-stage habitat characteristic of valued

taxa. In such case precious background data of any water regulation project (i-e Mangla Project) of


25

the same river can be handy and useful while devising/ assessing environment flows for cascading

projects.

One of the earliest and simplest is Montana method, which still has widespread application

often modified to suit local conditions. The original method identifies percent of average annual flow

necessary for suitable conditions in upstream habitat; 10% as a minimum instantaneous flow to

sustain short term survival; 30% to sustain good survival; & 60% for excellent to outstanding habitat

condition. The environmental flows as assessed for Neelum Jhelum HPP and other cascading

projects by modifying this method according to local needs come to 15 m3/s. The same are

suggested for Karot HPP. However, for proper and habitat sustainability based assessment of

environmental flows for cascading projects, keeping in view pros & cons of hydro biological condition

of each section d/s of respective project need full scale study, keeping in view the future viability and

continuity of fisheries there is required.

5.1.2. Role of Public & Private Sector in Sustainable Development &

Management of ichthyo - resources in Modified Reach of Jhelum River

The fish & fisheries is traditionally free for all. That is why fisheries management is difficult

to implement in any water body. However, the River Jhelum reach which will be impacted by

cascading projects in a rithronic section, where river runs in a deep v- shaped serpentine valley,

where most of the year the water current is turbulent and brisk and keep normal fishing activity at bay.

Throughout this reach there are no fishermen involved in commercial fishery expect occasional and

amateur fishermen / anglers involved in catching rare luxury i-e fish.

With the promulgation/ construction of cascading projects this normal course of action in

River will change forever, and a river with alternating lacustrine and semi lotic mediums of water

compartments will emerge. In both cases, these reaches are going to be heavenly medium for easy

fishing. Deep lentic reservoirs, with fluctuating water regimes, enhanced transparency and changed

habitats will provide a chance for development of culture based fisheries. This will open many a doors

of ichthyoriented research & development vistas. In situ induced spawning of desirable species can

be carried out in littoral zones, back water zones, tail race zones, side tributaries in cages or happas;

the species that that can be tried for such ventures might include;

Schizothorax Plagiostomu‟s induced spawning in natural reservoirs (as already being

practiced in Trisuli Nepal, Gharwal & Kashmir lakes and reservoirs in India). The likely suitable

reserviors for these ventures might be Chakothi Reservior, Kohala Reservoir & Mahl Reservoir. While

in two downstream reservoirs i-e Azad Pattan & Karot both nursery reared and in Situ produced

spawn can be stocked. In downstream reach of Karot HPP from Karot to suhary with continues

availability of dependable environmental flows, in situ induced spawning of Tor- putitora & Labeo dero

can be tried. The recruitment of + 4 years class Catla catla , Aorichthysaor, Aristichthys nobilis,

Hypophthalmichthys, moltrix & Cyprinus carpio and presence of + 4 years specimens of these fishes


26

in catches form Mangla Reservoir in Nov/Dec 2014 catches reveals the fact that these species can

be transplanted in Karot, Azad Pattan and Mahal Reservoir, after proper research. As number of

indigenous species and their total biomass is not in considerable number in likely to be impacted

difficult reaches of the river (even though the data about present ichthyostanding crop in this river

reach is rudimentary), various fragmentary and isolated studies proves this fact. The impact on

ichthyofaunic guilds will be positive & fisheries can be enhanced to manifold (with proper techniques).

However, the role of public and private sector in this regard is very important. Following

measures will augment not only participation of all stakeholders, but will enhance the stocks at the

end of the day.

I. Fisheries conservation measures should be enforced through co-ordinated

efforts of public and private enterprises.

II. Present west Pakistan Fisheries ordinance 1961 & Kashmir Bikrmi Act 1960

are outdated enactments and need to be revised according to present ground-

realities.

III. Fisheries Dept of both AJK & Punjab should join hands to make unified and

cohesive strive to manage the fisheries stocks in cascading reservoir in

sustainable way.

IV. After the creation of cascading reservoirs, local populace can resort to illegal

fish poaching. To curb this menace a participatory approach may be adopted.

Fisheries conservation units comprising of young energetic and educated local

people with some financial incentives should be formed.

V. A general awareness campaign about sensitively of habitat protection should

be inculcated among locals through various mediums.

VI. Combine departmental (public based) AJK + Punjab or just AJK based teams (

as the case may be ) constituted for each reservoir with ready availability of

speed boat to apprehend any poacher trying to indulge in catching juvenile or

spawners during breeding season.

VII. Certain areas in all water bodies may be declared as sanctuaries or safe

heavens particularly any future spawning sites of stocked in indigenous fish

fauna.

VIII. The cascading reservoirs will be dynamic and ever changing aquatic

environments downstream stretches of river will be vulnerable reaches, both

requiring continuously evolving/ever-changing research & development

activities.

IX. Couple of rearing & nursery units should be constructed in riparian areas of

the reservoir to boost the stocking of desirable species.

X. It is most likely that increased transparency, temperature regimes, heat budgets

and bio-productivity will enhance the chances of increase in bio potential of


27

catfish i-e silurids & Bagrids. To have a check on their population, hooks and

longline fishing might be encouraged.

XI. For management, monitoring & supervision, fisheries staff should be

appointed on all water bodies/cascading projects fully equipped with latest

culture based fisheries Management Knowledge having representation from

AJK as well as from Punjab.

5.2. Operation Phases of Cascading Projects, Climate Change Phenomenon

and Ichthyobiodiversity & Biomass

5.2.1. Climate Change & its Relevance

It is widely accepted that increasing concentrations of (GHG) in the atmosphere are

Causing Climate change, but there still exists uncertainly in magnitude; timing and spatial distribution

of these changes. The role of simulation modeling in assessing climatic changes impacts on

hydrology & river is well documented.

Continuous increasing trend in mean surface air temperature and changes in rainfall pattern

in predominant part of Jhelum catchment is clear enough. An increase in severity of drought (1998)

and intensity of floods (1992, 2010, 2014) in Jhelum river basin has already been reported. Hydrology

simulation models together with the output from GCMs/RCMs are the primary tool for assessing the

impact of climate change on hydrology & water regimes of Jhelum River.

The majority of the climate change impact assessment studies concentrated on determining

the effects of changes in average climate; however emphasis is needed on climate variability and

particularly frequency and magnitude of extreme events. Impact assessment using the outputs of one

or more GCMs provides an estimate of plausible changes, but no information about their likelihood.

However, calibration of MMS/RMS model can be used to estimate plausible changes in various

parameters; such as annual stream flow hydrograph, rain fall & temperature. In case of such study in

Brahmin basin (Abdul Salam 2010) a maximum decrease of 33% in annual stream flow is observed

with 4°C increase in temperature and 10 % decrease in rainfall. Correlation between changes in

temperature & rainfall, and changes in stream flow indicated that rainfall changes had a large effect

on monthly, seasonal and annual stream flow. This could be attributed to sub-humid climatic

conditions. There was a variation in the results under different emission scenarios, the estimation of

water resources availability using other GCM generated scenarios will help to ascertain these

changes. The temporal variability in the availability of water resourses in the basin under the influence

of climate change indicate the need for developing different adaptation strategies, particularly for lean

period flows i-e winter flows.

5.2.2. Adaptation


fisheries, include basin wide understanding of intricacies of water budget changes, integrated water


28

resource management, construction of cascading HPP in the anticipation of changing climatic

scenarios. Introduction of eurytonic fish species, which can thrive in changing environmental i-e hydro

biological conditions and has flexible feeding, breeding and living habits. Fishing efforts, stocking

sprees, in situ research activities should always encompass changing climatic conditions and water

availability.

An awareness companion regarding the impacts of changing climatic scenario among

stakeholders may be inculcated so that they may always be on toes to adapt the management

techniques according to the changes in fisheries patterns. Finally water loss through evaporation in

cascading reservoirs will require further knowledge about species which can adopt in changing

epilimnion i-e surface feeders aquatic environment.

5.3. Conclusion

This study is heavily dependent upon personal knowledge and experience of author, but in

the face of scarcity of baseline data, but it proved handy as impact assessment tools must make use

of scientific local expert knowledge. Indigenous knowledge systems need to be properly documented

and incorporated in such studies and community expertise accorded its place and value in the mix of

required expertise. Consideration and incorporation of local retrospective knowledge greatly enhances

the understanding about fisheries of a water body. Jhelum River basin is vulnerable to climate and

flow regime changes and we must acknowledge that action is needed urgently to cope with rapidly

changing scenario & for further viability, continuity and sustainability of fishery therein.


29

6. REFERENCES:

- Aarts BG etal (2004)

Habitat loss as the main cause of the slow recovery of fish faunas of regulated large rivers in Europe: the transversal flood plain gradient River Res. Appl.20: 3-23.

- Arthington AH etal (2004).

Env. Flow assessment with emphasis on holistic methodologies. In welcome R, Petr T (ed). FAO Bankok

- Bunn SE, Arthington AA (2002)

Basic principles and ecological consequences of altered flow regimes for aquatic biodiversity. Environ Manage 30: 492-507

- Dialogue on Water & Climate (2003)

Climate changes the water rules: how water managers can cope with today’s climate variability and tomorrow’s climate change. Printfine Liverpool.

- Costa- Pierce B (1997)

From farmers to fishers; developing reservoir aquaculture for people displaced by dams (technical paper 396) world bank Washington D.C.

- Cowx 1-G (1998)

Stocking & introduction of fish, Fishing news/ Blackwell, oxford.

- Dynesius M, Nilsson C (1994)

Fragmentation & flow regulation of river systems in the Northern third of the world science 266:753-762.

- Hartmann’w etal (2004)

People & fisheries Management, in welcomme R.L & Petr T. ed (FAO) Bankok.

- King J. etal (2003)

A scenario based holistic approach to environmental flow assessment in rivers Rivew. Res Appl. 19; 619-639.

Lucas M, Baras E (2001)

Migration of fresh water fishes. Black well science Oxford 420 PP.

- Nilsson C etal. (2005)

Fragmentation and flow regulation of the world, large river systems science 308: 405-408.

- Schimer F etal (2001)

Large Rivers: the relevance to ecotone structure & hydrological properties for the fish fauna. Arch. Hydribiol suppl. 135: 487-508.


30

- Therme RE (2003)

A global perspective on environmental flow assessment, emerging trends in the development & application of evn. Flow methodologies for rivers. Rivers. Res. Appl. 19: 397-441

- Virapat C etal (2000)

Fishery & fisheries Management in Thai reservoirs: review & assessment MRC Vientiane.

- Walker KF (1985)

A review of the ecological effects of river regulation in Australia. Hydrobiologia 125: 111-129.

- Ecopath IN IG, Cowx (ed)

Management and ecology of lakes & reservoir fisheries. Fishing News Oxford PP 96 -111.

- Welcomme RL .etal (2006)

Predicting the water requirements of River Fisheries. Eco. Stud. Vol. 190. J.T.A Verhoeven etal eds. Wt. Land & Nat. Resou. Manage. Springer. Heidelberg 2006: 123-154.

Dastgir. A. Personally Collected data:

i. Ashkot HPP aquatic ecology study

ii. Mangla Reservoir fisheries management

iii. Neelum Jhelum HPP aquatic ecology study

Dr. T. Pter Pak FAO TCP, Management of Reservoir fisheries in Pakistan 1988

WAPDA surface water hydrology, Dam safety organization and ask Fisheries Reports.

APPENDIX – IX

RATE LIST OF LAND PROVIDED BY DISTRICT MANAGEMENT

Appendix-IX

PHOTOGRAPHIC

DOCUMENTATION

A- Photographs Showing Meetings with Officers of Line Departments

Meeting with Assistant Commissioner in his office at Kahutta

Meeting with Assistant Commissioner in

his office at Kahutta

Meeting with Assistant Commissioner in his office at Sehensa,Kotli

A view of meeting with Deputy Commissioner in his office at Sudhnuti,

AJK

Meeting with Deputy Commissioner in his office at Sudhnuti, AJK


Consultation with owner of roadside hotel on Kahutta-Azad Patan Road

inBrohi Village

Consultation with Karot Village Community

Consultation with communities of Karot Village

Consultation with Karot village Community

Local Consultation in Karot village

Consultation with project Affectee at his house in Karot village


Consultation with project Affectee during census survey of the Karot

village



Consultation with affectees of Shops in Karot village

Consultation with the shopkeeper of Ghora Village

Consultation with affectees of Shops in

Karot village


Consultation with Local shop keeper of Siah Village- AJK

Consultation with Ain Pana Village

Community

Discussion with Ain Pana Village Community

Scoping Session with afectees of Hollar Village

Consutation with afectees of Hollar Village

Scoping Session with afectees of

Hollar Village

C- Photographs Showing Sites of Various Structures of the Project Area

Upstream of Dam Reservoir Location of Dam and Diversion tunnel

on Jhelum River

Location of Spillway on Right Bank of Jhelum River

Reservoir Area near Azad Patan Bridge

D- Photographs Showing Various Assets to be Affected by the Project Intervention

Suspension Bridge and a portion of metaled road to be submerged by Dam

Reservoir near Ain Pana village

Surface Water hydrology gauge station to be submerged by Dam Reservoir

A view of Azad Pattan bridge to be submerged by the reservoir

132 KV Grid Station to be affected by the reservoir on Kahutta-Azad Patan

Road inBrohi Village

A view of Karot village A view of shrine in Karot village